SF-3

As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2018

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

____________________

FORM SF-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

____________________

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC

(Depositor of the issuing entities described herein)

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	95-4836519	333-	0001131131
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)	(Commission File Number)	(Central Index Key Number)

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

(Exact name of sponsor as specified in its charter)

0000834071

(Central Index Key Number of sponsor)

Katherine Adkins, Esq. c/o Toyota Motor Credit Corporation 6565 Headquarters Drive Plano, Texas 75024 (469) 486-9020	Reed D. Auerbach, Esq. Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP 101 Park Avenue New York, New York 10178 (212) 309-6000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)	(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

From time to time after this registration statement becomes effective.

(Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public)

If any of the securities being registered on this Form SF-3 are to be offered pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ☒

If this Form SF-3 is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐ 

If this Form SF-3 is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered	Amount to be registered	Proposed maximum offering price per unit(1)	Proposed maximum aggregateoffering price(1)	Amount of registration fee(1)
Asset-Backed Notes	(2)	(2)	(2)	(2)

⁽¹⁾ Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(s) of the Securities Act of 1933.

⁽²⁾ An unspecified amount of securities of each identified class is being registered as may from time to time be offered at unspecified prices. The registrant is deferring payment of all of the registration fees for any such securities in accordance with Rules 456(c) and 457(s) of the Securities Act of 1933.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement (this “Registration Statement”) on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT CONTAINS A FORM OF PROSPECTUS RELATING TO THE OFFERING OF ASSET-BACKED NOTES BY VARIOUS ISSUING ENTITIES CREATED FROM TIME TO TIME BY TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC.  THE FORM OF PROSPECTUS RELATES ONLY TO THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED THEREIN AND IS A FORM WHICH MAY BE USED BY TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC TO OFFER ASSET-BACKED NOTES UNDER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

In addition, if and to the extent required by applicable law, the Prospectus will also be used after the completion of the related offering in connection with certain offers and sales related to market-making transactions in the offered securities.  In order to register under Rule 415 those securities which may be offered and sold in market-making transactions, the appropriate box on the cover page of the Registration Statement has been checked and the undertakings required by Item 512(a) of Regulation S-K have been included in Item 15 of Part II.

This document is subject to completion and amendment.  This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or foreign jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated [___________], 20[__]

$[_____________]

Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust

Issuing Entity (CIK Number: [__________])

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC	Toyota Motor Credit Corporation
Depositor (CIK Number: 0001131131)	Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer (CIK Number: 0000834071)

You should review carefully the factors described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page [__] of this prospectus. The primary assets of the issuing entity will include a pool of fixed rate motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts secured by new or used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles. The assets of the issuing entity will also include related security interests in the financed vehicles, proceeds from claims on related insurance policies, amounts deposited in specified bank accounts and all proceeds of the foregoing. The notes are asset-backed securities issued by the issuing entity and will be paid only from the assets of the issuing entity, including related credit enhancement and any funds in accounts pledged to the issuing entity.  The notes represent the obligations of the issuing entity only and do not represent the obligations of or interests in Toyota Motor Credit Corporation or any of its affiliates.  Neither the notes nor the receivables owned by the issuing entity are insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency.	· The issuing entity will issue the [five][six] classes of notes described in the table below with an aggregate initial principal amount of $[______].  The issuing entity will also issue a certificate representing the equity interest in the issuing entity, which is not being offered hereby. · The principal of and interest on the notes will generally be payable on the [15th] day of each month, unless the [15th] day is not a business day, in which case payment will be made on the following business day.  The first payment will be made on [_________], 20[__]. · Credit enhancement for the notes consists of a reserve account, overcollateralization, a yield supplement overcollateralization amount, [a [swap][cap] agreement,] excess interest on the receivables and, in the case of the Class A Notes, subordination of the Class B Notes.
		InitialPrincipal  Amount[*]	Interest   Rate[*]	AccrualMethod[*]	FinalScheduledPayment Date
	Class A‑1 Notes[(1)]	$[_______]	____%	Actual/360	[_____________]
	Class A-2[a] Notes[(1)]	$_______ [(aggregate)][(2)]	____%	30/360	[_____________]
	[Class A-2b Notes][(1)]		[[One-Month LIBOR] [+][-] ____%][(3)]	Actual/360	[_____________]
	Class A‑3 Notes[(1)]	$[_______]	____%	30/360	[_____________]
	Class A‑4 Notes[(1)]	$[_______]	____%	30/360	[_____________]
	Class B Notes[(1)]	$[_______]	____%	30/360	[_____________]
		Initial PublicOffering Price	UnderwritingDiscounts and Commissions		Proceeds To Depositor([4])
	[Per Class A-1 Note	_____%	_____%		_____%]
	[Per Class A-2a Note	_____%	_____%		_____%]
	[Per Class A-2b Note	_____%	_____%		_____%]
	[Per Class A-3 Note	_____%	_____%		_____%]
	[Per Class A-4 Note	_____%	_____%		_____%]
	[Per Class B Note	_____%	_____%		_____%]
	Total	$_________([5])	$__________([5])		$________([5])
	[(1)] [[The Class [__] Notes and] [A][a]pproximately, but not less than, 5% (by initial principal amount) of each of the Class [__] Notes will be retained initially by [Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC].] [(2)] [The allocation of the initial principal amount between the Class A-2a Notes and Class A-2b Notes will be determined at the time of pricing of the Notes offered hereunder. The Depositor expects that the initial principal amount of the Class A-2b Notes will not exceed $[________].] [NOTE: The timing of the allocation of the initial principal amounts of the Class A-2a and Class A-2b Notes is for illustrative purposes only.  In a particular transaction, there may be more, no or different classes for which the initial principal amounts will be allocated on the date of pricing.] [(3)] [If the sum of [One-Month LIBOR] plus ____% is less than 0.00% for any interest period, then the interest rate for the Class A-2b Notes for such interest period will be deemed to be 0.00%.  See “Description of the Notes—Payments of Interest” in this prospectus.] ([4])  Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $[_________]. ([5])  Calculated using the initial principal amount of the underwritten notes. [*]   [NOTE: The number of classes, interest rates and accrual methods are for illustrative purposes only.  In a particular transaction, there may be more or fewer classes of senior and subordinate notes (i) offered, (ii) bearing interest at fixed or floating rates and (iii) with specified accrual methods.]
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved the notes or determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. [$[______] of the Class [__] Notes are offered by the underwriters if and when issued by the issuing entity, delivered to and accepted by the underwriters and subject to their right to reject orders in whole or in part. The notes will be delivered in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company, on or about [_____] ___, 20[__] against payment in immediately available funds. The issuing entity will be relying on an exemption from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, contained in [Rule 3a-7] thereunder, although there may be additional exemptions or exclusions available to the issuing entity.  The issuing entity is being structured so as not to constitute a “covered fund” for purposes of the regulations adopted to implement Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. [The net proceeds to Toyota Motor Credit Corporation from the sale of the receivables will be used to acquire retail installment sales contracts and beneficial interests in lease contracts financing new Toyota and Lexus gas-electric hybrid or alternative fuel powertrain vehicles meeting certain criteria, as described under “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus.] [Note: To be included in Rule 424(h) filing of each pay-as-you-go takedown]

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Amount to be Registered	Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit(1)	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)	Amount of Registration Fee(2)
Asset-Backed Notes	$[________]	100%	$[________]	$[________]

⁽¹⁾    Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

⁽²⁾   [Description of calculation of registration fee to be included pursuant to Rule 456(c).]

	Joint Bookrunners
[__________]	[__________]	[__________]
	Co-Managers
[__________]	[__________]	[__________]

The date of this prospectus is [________] ___, 20[__]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SUMMARY OF PARTIES TO THE TRANSACTION	6
SUMMARY OF MONTHLY DISTRIBUTIONS OF COLLECTIONS	7
SUMMARY OF TERMS	8
RISK FACTORS	26
THE ISSUING ENTITY	51
CAPITALIZATION OF THE ISSUING ENTITY	53
THE DEPOSITOR	54
THE SPONSOR, ADMINISTRATOR AND SERVICER	55
Credit Risk Retention	55
Underwriting of Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Contracts	59
Electronic Contracts and Electronic Contracting	60
Servicing of Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Contracts	61
Securitization Experience	63
THE TRUSTEES	63
Duties of the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee	64
Fees and Expenses	66
ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER	66
General	66
Fees and Expenses	67
Resignation and Removal	67
Indemnity and Liability	68
AFFILIATIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS	68
THE RECEIVABLES	68
Asset-Level Data for the Receivables	75
[Revolving Period]	75
[Prefunding Period]	76
POOL UNDERWRITING	76
REVIEW OF POOL ASSETS	76
DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES	77
ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW	79
Delinquency Trigger	82
REPURCHASES OF RECEIVABLES	83
Dispute Resolution	85
STATIC POOLS	86
USE OF PROCEEDS	86
PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS	87
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIVES OF THE NOTES	89
POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION	98
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES	98
General	98
Payments of Interest	98
Payments of Principal	100
Allocation of Losses	101
Indenture	101
Notices	105
Governing Law	105
Minimum Denominations	105
Book-Entry Registration	105
Definitive Securities	110
List of Securityholders	110
Reports to Securityholders	111
PAYMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS	112
Calculation of Available Collections	113
Calculation of Principal Distribution Amounts	113
Priority of Payments	114

2

Payments After Occurrence of Event of Default Resulting in Acceleration	115
Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement	116
TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS	119
The Transfer and Servicing Agreements	119
Sale and Assignment of Receivables	119
Accounts	120
Servicing Procedures	120
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses	121
Insurance on Financed Vehicles	122
Collections	122
Eligible Investments	123
Payments	125
Net Deposits	125
Optional Purchase of Receivables and Redemption of Notes	125
Removal of Servicer	125
Statements to Trustees and Issuing Entity	126
Evidence as to Compliance	126
Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer; Servicer Liability	127
Rights upon Servicer Default	127
Waiver of Past Defaults	128
Amendment	128
Non-Petition	129
Payment of Notes	129
Depositor Liability	129
Termination	129
Administration Agreement	130
Investor Communications	131
[THE [SWAP][CAP] AGREEMENT]	131
[Termination Date]	132
Modifications and Amendment of the [Swap][Cap] Agreement	132
Default Under the Swap Agreement	132
Termination Events	133
Early Termination of the [Swap][Cap] Agreement	133
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES	133
General	133
Security Interests	134
Repossession of Financed Vehicles	136
Notice of Sale of Financed Vehicles; Reinstatement and Redemption Rights	136
Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds	136
Certain Bankruptcy Considerations	137
Dodd-Frank Act Orderly Liquidation Authority Provisions	138
Consumer Finance Regulation	140
Forfeiture for Drug, RICO and Money Laundering Violations	143
Other Limitations	144
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	144
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS	145
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES	146
Tax Characterization of the Issuing Entity	147
Changes Made by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015	148
Tax Consequences to Owners of the Notes	148
CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES	151
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR NOTES	152
The Issuing Entity	152
The Depositor	152
UNDERWRITING	153
European Economic Area	155
E.U. Risk Retention and Due Diligence Requirements	155
United Kingdom	157

3

LEGAL OPINIONS	157
INDEX OF TERMS	158
ANNEX A:  GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES	A-1
ANNEX B:  STATIC POOL INFORMATION	B-1

4

IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

Cross-references are included in this prospectus, which direct you to more detailed descriptions of a particular topic.  You can also find references to key topics in the table of contents beginning on page [2] of this prospectus.

For a listing of the pages where capitalized terms used in this prospectus are defined, you should refer to the “Index of Terms” beginning on page [___] of this prospectus.

Whenever we use words like “we” or “us” or similar words in this prospectus, we are referring to Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC in its capacity as depositor.  Whenever we use words like “intends,” “anticipates” or “expects” or similar words in this prospectus, we are making a forward-looking statement, or a projection of what we think will happen in the future.  Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to a variety of circumstances, many of which are beyond our control and could cause actual results to differ materially from what we anticipate.  Any forward-looking statements in this prospectus speak only as of the date of this prospectus.  We do not assume any responsibility to update or review any forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus to reflect any change in our expectation about the subject of that forward-looking statement or to reflect any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which we have based any forward-looking statement.  For the avoidance of doubt, the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE RELATING TO NOTES ISSUED BY THE ISSUING ENTITY

The Securities and Exchange Commission allows us to “incorporate by reference” information filed with it by the issuing entity or by Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC on behalf of the issuing entity, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents.  The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus.  Information that we file later with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and which is incorporated by reference, will automatically update the information in this prospectus.  In all cases, you should rely on the later information over different information included in this prospectus.  We incorporate by reference any current reports on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by or on behalf of the issuing entity before the termination of the offering of the notes, as well as the asset-level data and related documents included as exhibits to any Form ABS-EE filed by the depositor on behalf of the issuing entity prior to the filing of this prospectus.

If you have received a copy of this prospectus, you may request a copy of any information that we have incorporated by reference in this prospectus, excluding any exhibit to such information unless such exhibit is specifically incorporated by reference in that information, at no cost by contacting Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC at the following address or telephone number: Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965; telephone: (469) 486-9020.

5

SUMMARY OF PARTIES TO THE TRANSACTION

This chart provides only a simplified overview of the relationships between the key parties to the transaction.  For additional information, you should refer to this prospectus.  [The Class [__] Notes and] [A][a]pproximately, but not less than, 5% (by initial principal amount) of each of the Class [__] Notes will be retained initially by [Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC].]

6

SUMMARY OF MONTHLY DISTRIBUTIONS OF COLLECTIONS

This chart provides only a simplified overview of the monthly distributions of available collections.   For additional information, see “Payments to Noteholders—Calculation of Available Collections” and “—Priority of Payments” in this prospectus.

7

SUMMARY OF TERMS

The following information highlights selected information from this document and provides a general overview of the terms of the notes.  To understand all of the terms of the offering of these notes, you should read carefully this entire document, including any documents incorporated by reference herein, before making your investment decision.

Relevant Parties
Issuing Entity	Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust, a Delaware statutory trust.
Depositor	Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a wholly-owned, limited purpose subsidiary of Toyota Motor Credit Corporation.  The principal executive offices of Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC are located at 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, its telephone number is (469) 486-9020 and its facsimile number is (310) 381-7739.
Sponsor, Administratorand Servicer	Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, a California corporation (“TMCC”).  The principal executive offices of TMCC are located at 6565 Headquarters Drive, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, its telephone number is (469) 486-9300 and its facsimile number is (310) 381-7739.
Asset Representations Reviewer	[__________], a [__________].
Indenture Trustee	[____________________________________].
Owner Trustee	[____________________________________].
[[Swap][Cap] Counterparty	If applicable, the [swap][cap] counterparty will be identified in the prospectus and applicable disclosure regarding the [swap][cap] counterparty’s name, organizational form, the general character of the [swap][cap] counterparty’s business and any required financial disclosure will be included.]
Relevant Agreements
Indenture	The indenture between the issuing entity and the indenture trustee.  The indenture provides for the terms of the notes.
Trust Agreement	The trust agreement, as amended and restated, between the depositor and the owner trustee.  The trust agreement establishes and governs the issuing entity and provides for the terms of the certificate.
Receivables Purchase Agreement	The receivables purchase agreement between the depositor and TMCC.  The receivables purchase agreement governs the sale of the receivables from TMCC, as the originator of the receivables, to the depositor.
Sale and Servicing Agreement	The sale and servicing agreement among the issuing entity, the servicer and the depositor.  The sale and servicing agreement governs the sale of the receivables by the depositor to the issuing entity and the servicing of the receivables by the servicer.
Administration Agreement	The administration agreement among the administrator, the issuing entity and the indenture trustee.  The administration agreement governs the provision of reports by the administrator and the performance by the administrator of other administrative duties for the issuing entity.
Asset Representations Review Agreement	The asset representations review agreement among the asset representations reviewer, the issuing entity, the servicer and the administrator.  The asset representations review agreement governs the

8

	performance by the asset representations reviewer of asset representations reviews.
[The [Swap][Cap] Agreement	The interest rate [swap][cap] agreement between the issuing entity and the [swap][cap] counterparty to hedge the basis risks that result from the required payment of interest on the class A-2b notes at a one-month LIBOR rate.  Under the [swap][cap] agreement, the [swap][cap] counterparty will [be obligated to pay to the issuing entity an amount based on one-month LIBOR [plus][minus] a spread for the class A-2b notes and the issuing entity will be obligated to pay to that swap counterparty a fixed rate of interest][be required to make monthly payments to the collection account if one-month LIBOR moves above [____]%].  The [swap][cap] agreement will terminate, generally, on the earliest to occur of:
	·	the distribution date on which the outstanding principal balance of the class A-2b notes is reduced to zero (including as a result of the optional purchase of the remaining receivables by the servicer); and
	·	the maturity date of the class A-2b notes.]
Relevant Dates
Closing Date	On or about [_____] ___, 20[__].
[Initial] Cutoff Date	The issuing entity will purchase the [initial] receivables as of the close of business on [___], 20[_].  The issuing entity will be entitled to all collections in respect of the receivables [sold to it on the closing date] received after the [initial] cutoff date.
[Subsequent Cutoff Date	The subsequent cutoff date for any receivable purchased by the issuing entity during the [prefunding][revolving] period will be the date of such purchase.  The initial cutoff date and the subsequent cutoff date are each referred to as a cutoff date in this prospectus.]
Statistical Information	The statistical information concerning the receivables in this prospectus is based on the receivables as of the [initial] cutoff date. [Additionally, the characteristics (as of the applicable subsequent cutoff date) of the receivables sold to the issuing entity during the [prefunding][revolving] period will not differ materially from the characteristics (as of the initial cutoff date) of the receivables described in this prospectus.]
Collection Period	The period commencing on the first day of the applicable month (or in the case of the first collection period, from, but excluding, the [initial] cutoff date) and ending on the last day of the applicable month.
Payment Dates	The issuing entity will generally pay interest on and principal of the notes on the [15th] day of each month.  If the [15th] day of the month is not a business day, payments on the notes will be made on the next business day.  The date that any payment is made is called a “payment date.”  The first payment date will be [________], 20[__].
	A “business day” is any day except:
	·	a Saturday or Sunday; or
	·	a day on which banks in [__________________] or [__________________] are closed.
Final Scheduled Payment Dates	The final principal payment for each class of notes is due on the related final scheduled payment date specified on the front cover of this prospectus.
Record Date	So long as the notes are in book-entry form, the issuing entity will make

9

	payments on the notes to the related holders of record on the day immediately preceding the related payment date.  If the notes are issued in definitive form, the record date will be the last day of the month preceding the related payment date.
Description of the Notes	The class A-1 notes, the class A-2[a] notes, [the class A-2b notes,] the class A‑3 notes and the class A‑4 notes are referred to in this prospectus collectively as the “class A notes.”  [The class A-2a notes and the class A-2b notes are referred to in this prospectus collectively as the “class A-2 notes.”] The class A notes and the class B notes are referred to in this prospectus collectively as the “notes.”[*] [The Class [__] Notes and] [A][a]pproximately, but not less than, 5% (by initial principal amount) of each of the Class [__] Notes will be retained initially by [the depositor].] [The allocation of the initial principal amount of the class A-2 notes between the class A-2a notes and class A-2b notes will be determined at the time of pricing of the notes offered hereunder. The depositor expects that the initial principal amount of the class A-2b notes will not exceed $[_____].] [TMCC will make the determination regarding the initial principal amount of the notes based on, among other considerations, market conditions at the time of pricing. See “Risk Factors—Risks associated with unknown aggregate initial principal amount of the notes.”] All of the notes issued by the issuing entity will be secured by the assets of the issuing entity pursuant to the indenture and by funds on deposit in the accounts of the issuing entity.
	For a description of how payments of interest on and principal of the notes will be made on each payment date, you should refer to “Description of the Notes” and “Payments to Noteholders” in this prospectus. [*NOTE: While this prospectus describes [four][five] classes of class A notes and one class of class B notes, this description is for illustrative purposes only and there may be more or fewer classes of senior and subordinate notes offered in any transaction.]
Certificate	The issuing entity will also issue a certificate representing the equity or residual interest in the issuing entity and the right to receive amounts that remain after the issuing entity makes full payment of interest on and principal of the notes payable on a given payment date, required deposits to the reserve account on that payment date and other required payments. [The depositor] will initially retain the certificate.  The certificate is not being offered by this prospectus.
	Any information in this prospectus regarding the certificate is included only for informational purposes to facilitate a better understanding of the notes.
Minimum Denominations	The notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Registration of the Notes	You will generally hold your interests in the notes through The Depository Trust Company in the United States, or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or the Euroclear Bank SA/NV, as operator for the Euroclear System.  This is referred to as book-entry form.  You will not receive a definitive note except under limited circumstances.

10

	For additional information, you should refer to “Description of the Notes––Book-Entry Registration” and “Annex A: Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures” in this prospectus.
Credit Risk Retention	The risk retention regulations in Regulation RR of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, require the sponsor, either directly or through its majority-owned affiliates, to retain an economic interest in the credit risk of the receivables (the “U.S. retained interest”).  [In addition, TMCC, in its capacity as the originator of the receivables, will agree to retain, on an ongoing basis, a material net economic interest of not less than 5% of the nominal value of each of the tranches sold or transferred to investors within the meaning of the E.U. Retention Rules (the “E.U. retained interest”), by retaining, either directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries that are special purpose entities and not operating companies, not less than 5% (by initial principal amount) of each class of the notes and not less than 5% of the percentage interests in the certificate.] [The class [__] notes and] [A][a]pproximately, but not less than, 5% (by initial principal amount) of each of the class [__] notes will be retained initially by [the depositor].]  [The [class [_] notes and the] certificate, which represents the right to all funds not needed to make required payments on the Notes, pay fees and expenses of the issuing entity and make deposits into the reserve account will be retained initially by [the depositor].]  [The depositor is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TMCC and will initially retain the U.S. retained interest[, and the sponsor through the depositor will initially retain the E.U. retained interest].] The sponsor will agree that it will not, and will cause [the depositor and] each affiliate of the sponsor not to, sell, transfer, finance or hedge the U.S. retained interest, except to the extent permitted by Regulation RR.  [In addition, TMCC will agree to cause the E.U. retained interest to not be subject to any credit risk mitigation or any short positions or any other hedges and to not be sold, except to the extent permitted by the E.U. Retention Rules as may be in effect from time to time.] For more information regarding Regulation RR and the E.U. Retention Rules, and TMCC’s method of compliance with those regulations and rules, see “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer––Credit Risk Retention” and “Underwriting––E.U. Risk Retention and Due Diligence Requirements” in this prospectus.
Structural Summary
Assets of the Issuing Entity; the Receivables and Statistical Information	The primary assets of the issuing entity will include a pool of fixed rate retail installment sales contracts used to finance new and used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks or sport utility vehicles.  We refer to these contracts as the “receivables.”  The assets of the issuing entity will also include related security interests in the financed vehicles, proceeds from claims on related insurance policies, amounts deposited in specified bank accounts and all proceeds of the foregoing. Purchasers of new and used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles often finance their purchases by entering into retail installment sales contracts with Toyota and Lexus dealers who then sell the contracts to TMCC.  The purchasers of the financed vehicles are referred to as the “obligors” under the receivables.  The terms of the contracts must meet requirements specified by TMCC. The receivables will be sold by the sponsor to the depositor and then

11

transferred by the depositor to the issuing entity.  The sale by the sponsor to the depositor will be documented under a receivables purchase agreement between the sponsor and the depositor.  The sale by the depositor to the issuing entity will be documented under a sale and servicing agreement among the depositor, the servicer and the issuing entity.  The receivables will be selected based on criteria specified in the sale and servicing agreement.

The issuing entity will grant a security interest in the receivables and other specified assets of the issuing entity, and the depositor will grant a security interest in the amounts on deposit in the reserve account, in each case to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the noteholders.

The issuing entity’s main source of funds for making payments on the notes will be the receivables.

The statistical information concerning the receivables presented throughout this prospectus is based on the [initial] receivables as of the [initial] cutoff date.

As of the [initial] cutoff date, the receivables had the following characteristics:

Total Principal Balance	$[________________]
Number of Receivables	[______]
Average Principal Balance	$[_________]
Range of Principal Balances	$[______] - $[_________]
Average Original Amount Financed	$[_________]
Range of Original Amounts Financed	$[________] - $[__________]
Weighted Average Annual Percentage Rate (“APR”)(1)	[____]%
Range of APRs	[____]% – [_____]%
Weighted Average Original Number of Scheduled Payments(1)	[_____] payments
Range of Original Number of Scheduled Payments	[__] – [__] payments
Weighted Average Remaining Number of Scheduled Payments(1)	[_____] payments
Range of Remaining Number of Scheduled Payments	[_] – [__] payments
Weighted Average FICO® score (1) (2)	[___]
Range of FICO® scores (2)	[___] – [___]

___________________

⁽¹⁾  Weighted by principal balance as of the [initial] cutoff date.

⁽²⁾  FICO^® is a federally registered servicemark of Fair Isaac Corporation.

12

	For additional information regarding the characteristics of the receivables as of the [initial] cutoff date, you should refer to “The Receivables” in this prospectus. TMCC does not consider any of the receivables to be exceptions to its underwriting standards.  For additional information regarding TMCC’s underwriting standards, you should refer to “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer—Underwriting of Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Contracts” in this prospectus.
	The receivables [sold to the issuing entity on the closing date] must satisfy the eligibility criteria specified in the transaction documents.  For additional information regarding the eligibility criteria for receivables being acquired by the issuing entity, you should refer to “The Receivables” in this prospectus. [Additionally, the characteristics (as of the applicable subsequent cutoff date) of the receivables sold to the issuing entity during the [prefunding][revolving] period will not differ materially from those of the receivables as of the initial cutoff date.]
	The assets of the issuing entity will also include:
	·	certain monies due or received under the receivables after the [applicable] cutoff date;
	·	security interests in the vehicles financed under the receivables;
	[·	rights to certain payments under [the [swap][cap] agreement];]
	·	certain bank accounts and the proceeds of those accounts; and
	·	proceeds from claims under certain insurance policies relating to the financed vehicles or the obligors under the receivables and certain rights of the depositor under the receivables purchase agreement.
	For additional information regarding the assets of the issuing entity, you should refer to “The Issuing Entity” in this prospectus.
[Prefunding	On the closing date, the depositor will make a $[________] [NOTE: amount not to exceed 25% of the principal balance of the notes] deposit into the prefunding account from proceeds received from the sale of the notes.  Amounts on deposit in the prefunding account will be used to purchase additional receivables, which will be required to have the same eligibility criteria and general characteristics as the initial pool of receivables from the period beginning on the closing date and ending on the earliest of (i) [NOTE: insert date not later than one year from the closing date], (ii) the date on which the amounts on deposit in the prefunding account have been depleted and (iii) the occurrence of an event of default that results in acceleration (the “prefunding period”).  Any amounts remaining on deposit in the prefunding account following the prefunding period will be transferred to the collection account and included as part of available collections on the next succeeding payment date.  Updated asset level data will be filed with the SEC on Form ABS-EE with each filing of Form 10-D.]
[Revolving Period	During the period beginning on the closing date and ending on the earlier of (i) [NOTE: insert date not later than three years from the closing date] and (ii) the occurrence of an event of default that results in acceleration (the “revolving period”), all amounts that represent principal collections on the receivables that otherwise would become principal

13

	distributable amounts on the next related payment date will instead be used to purchase additional receivables, which will be required to have the same eligibility criteria and general characteristics as the initial pool of receivables.  After the revolving period (the “amortization period”), all amounts that represent principal collections on the receivables will become principal distributable amounts.  Updated asset level data will be filed with the SEC on Form ABS-EE with each filing of Form 10-D.]
Review of Pool Assets	In connection with the offering of the notes, the depositor has performed a review of the receivables and certain disclosure in this prospectus relating to the receivables and certain asset-level data disclosures incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and has concluded that it has reasonable assurance that such disclosure is accurate in all material respects, as described under “Review of Pool Assets” in this prospectus. As described in “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer—Underwriting of Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Contracts” in this prospectus, under TMCC’s origination process, credit applications are evaluated when received and are either automatically approved, automatically declined or forwarded for review by a TMCC credit analyst with appropriate approval authority.  The credit analyst decisions applications based on an evaluation that considers an applicant’s creditworthiness and projected ability to meet the monthly payment obligation, which is derived, among other things, from the amount financed (as defined in the sale and servicing agreement), the term, and the assigned contractual interest rate.  Approximately [_____]% of the aggregate principal balance of the receivables as of the [initial] cutoff date were automatically approved, while approximately [_____]% of the aggregate principal balance of the receivables as of the [initial] cutoff date were evaluated and approved by a TMCC credit analyst with appropriate authority in accordance with TMCC’s written underwriting guidelines.  TMCC determined that whether a receivable was accepted automatically by TMCC’s electronic credit decision system or was accepted following review by a TMCC credit analyst was not indicative of the related receivable’s quality.
Asset Representations Review	The asset representations reviewer will perform a review of certain of the receivables for compliance with the representations made about the receivables if: •     a delinquency trigger for the receivables is reached, and •     the required amount of noteholders vote to direct the review. For additional information about the asset representations review, the delinquency trigger, voting requirements for a review, the representations and warranties to be reviewed and the cost of the review, you should refer to “Asset Representations Review” in this prospectus.
Repurchase Dispute Resolution	If a request is made for the repurchase of a receivable due to a breach of a representation or warranty, and the request is not resolved within 180 days of the receipt by TMCC or the depositor of such request, the party submitting the request will have the right to refer the matter to either mediation (including non-binding arbitration) or third-party binding arbitration.  See “Repurchases of Receivables—Dispute Resolution” in this prospectus.
Servicing and Servicer Compensation	TMCC will act as servicer for the receivables owned by the issuing entity.  The servicer will handle all collections, administer defaults and

14

	delinquencies and otherwise service the contracts.  On each payment date, the issuing entity will pay the servicer a monthly fee equal to one-twelfth of [1.00]% multiplied by the aggregate principal balance of the receivables as of the first day of the related collection period[; provided that, for the first payment date, the issuing entity will pay the servicer a fee equal to two-twelfths of [1.00]% of the aggregate principal balance of the receivables as of the [initial] cutoff date].  The servicer will also receive additional servicing compensation in the form of certain investment earnings, late fees, extension fees and other administrative fees and expenses or similar charges received by the servicer during such month. For additional information regarding the compensation payable to the servicer, you should refer to “Transfer and Servicing Agreements––Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses” in this prospectus.
Trustees Fees and Expenses	The issuing entity will pay the indenture trustee a[n] [monthly][quarterly][annual] fee equal to $[____].  The issuing entity will also pay the owner trustee a[n] [monthly][quarterly][annual] fee equal to $[____].   Each trustee will also be entitled to reimbursement or payment by the issuing entity for all expenses and indemnification amounts incurred in connection with the performance of its duties under the applicable transaction agreements. For additional information regarding fees, expenses and indemnification amounts reimbursable or payable to the trustees, you should refer to “The Trustees––Fees and Expenses” in this prospectus.
Asset Representations Reviewer Fees and Expenses	The issuing entity will pay the asset representations reviewer a[n] [monthly][quarterly][annual] fee equal to $[____].  The asset representations reviewer will also be entitled to reimbursement or payment by the issuing entity for all expenses and indemnification amounts incurred in connection with the performance of its duties under the asset representations review agreement.  In the event an asset representations review occurs, the issuing entity will also pay the asset representations reviewer a fee equal to $[___] for each receivable reviewed by it.
	For additional information regarding fees, expenses and indemnification amounts reimbursable or payable to the asset representations reviewer, you should refer to “Asset Representations Reviewer––Fees and Expenses” in this prospectus.
[Administration Fee	As compensation for the performance of the administrator’s obligations and as reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the administrator will be entitled to a monthly administration fee, which will be paid by the servicer from the servicing fee.]
Interest and Principal Payments	Interest Rates
	The notes will bear interest for each interest period at the interest rates specified on the front cover of this prospectus.
	Interest Accrual
	The class A-1 notes [and the class A-2b notes] will accrue interest on an actual/360 basis from (and including) a payment date to (but excluding) the next payment date, except that the first interest period for the class A-1 notes [and the class A-2b notes] will be from (and including) the closing date to (but excluding) the initial payment date.  This means that

15

the interest due on each of the class A-1 notes and the class A-2b notes on each payment date will be the product of: (i) the outstanding principal amount of such class of notes; (ii) the related interest rate; and (iii) the actual number of days since the previous payment date (or, in the case of the first payment date, from (and including) the closing date to (but excluding) the initial payment date) divided by 360. If the sum of [One-Month LIBOR] and the applicable spread set forth on the front cover of this prospectus is less than 0.00% for any interest period, then the interest rate for the class A-2b notes for such interest period will be deemed to be 0.00%.  See “Description of the Notes—Payments of Interest” in this prospectus.
The notes (other than the class A-1 notes [and the class A-2b notes]) will accrue interest on a 30/360 basis from (and including) the [15th] day of the calendar month preceding a payment date to (but excluding) the [15th] day of the calendar month in which the payment date occurs, except that the first interest period will be from (and including) the closing date to (but excluding) [_____] [15], 20[__].  This means that the interest due on each of the class A-2a notes, the class A-3 notes, the class A-4 notes and the class B notes on each payment date will be the product of: (i) the outstanding principal amount of such class of notes, (ii) the related interest rate, and (iii) 30 (or, in the case of the first payment date, the number of days from (and including) the closing date to (but excluding) [___], 20[_] (assuming a 30-day calendar month)) divided by 360.
If noteholders of any class do not receive all interest owed on their notes on any payment date, the issuing entity will make payments of interest on later payment dates to make up the shortfall (together with interest on such amounts at the applicable interest rate for such class, to the extent permitted by law) to the extent funds are available to do so pursuant to the payment priorities described in this prospectus.  If the full amount of interest due on the controlling class is not paid within five business days of a payment date, an event of default will also occur which may result in an acceleration of the notes. The class A notes will be the “controlling class” under the indenture while any class A notes are outstanding.  After the class A notes have been paid in full, the class B notes will be the controlling class.
For additional information regarding the payment of interest on the notes, you should refer to “Description of the Notes––Payments of Interest” and “Payments to Noteholders” in this prospectus.
Principal Payments
On each payment date [beginning on or after the last day of the revolving period], except after the acceleration of the notes following an event of default, from the amounts allocated to the noteholders to pay principal described in clauses (4), (6) and (8) under “—Priority of Payments” below, the issuing entity will pay principal of the notes in the following order of priority:
	(1)	to the class A-1 notes until the principal amount of the class A-1 notes is reduced to zero; then[*]
	(2)	to the class A-2[a] notes [and the class A-2b notes, pro rata, based on the outstanding principal amounts of each of those classes of notes,] until the principal amount [of the

16

		class A-2 notes][each such note] is reduced to zero; then[*]
	(3)	to the class A-3 notes until the principal amount of the class A-3 notes is reduced to zero; then[*]
	(4)	to the class A-4 notes until the principal amount of the class A-4 notes is reduced to zero; and then[*]
	(5)	to the class B notes until the principal amount of the class B notes is reduced to zero.[*]
[*NOTE: This priority of principal payments is for illustrative purposes only.  More, different or fewer classes of notes may pay principal pro rata with another class, or all of the classes may pay principal sequentially.]
If the notes are declared to be due and payable following the occurrence of an event of default, the issuing entity will pay principal of the notes from funds allocated to the noteholders, first, to the class A-1 notes until the principal amount of the class A-1 notes is reduced to zero, second, pro rata, based upon their respective unpaid principal amounts, to the class A-2[a] notes, [the class A-2b notes,] the class A-3 notes and the class A-4 notes until the principal amount of each such class of notes is reduced to zero, and third, to the class B notes until the principal amount of the class B notes is reduced to zero.[*] All outstanding principal and interest with respect to a class of notes will be payable in full on its final scheduled payment date. For additional information regarding the payment of principal of the notes, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders” in this prospectus. [*NOTE: This priority of principal payments is for illustrative purposes only.  More, different or fewer classes of notes may pay principal pro rata with another class, or all of the classes may pay principal sequentially.]
Priority of Payments
On each payment date, except after the acceleration of the notes following an event of default, the issuing entity will make payments from available collections received during the related collection period (and, if applicable, amounts withdrawn from the reserve account) [and [amounts remaining on deposit in the prefunding account on or after the last day of the prefunding period][any principal collected on the receivables that were not used to purchase additional receivables by the end of the revolving period]] in the following order of priority:
	1.	Servicing Fee –– to the servicer, the total servicing fee (which includes any supplemental servicing fee, to the extent not previously retained by the servicer);
	2.	Transaction Fees and Expenses — to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the asset representations reviewer, the amount of any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts due to each such party, pro rata, based on amounts due to each such party, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $[________] in any calendar year;
	3.	Class A Note Interest [and Swap Counterparty] ––  [pro rata, based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the class A notes and the amount of any swap termination payment and

17

	swap payment due and payable by the issuing entity to the swap counterparty under this clause (2): (i)] to the class A noteholders (pro rata based upon the aggregate amount of interest due to such noteholders), accrued and unpaid interest on each class of class A notes[, (ii) to the swap counterparty, the amount of any termination payment due to the swap counterparty under the swap agreement due to a swap termination resulting from a payment default by the issuing entity or the insolvency of the issuing entity; provided, that if any amounts allocable to the class A notes are not needed to pay the class A noteholders’ accrued and unpaid interest as of such payment date, such amounts will be applied to pay the portion, if any, of any swap termination payment referred to above remaining unpaid, and (iii) to the swap counterparty, the amount of interest at [____]% due to the swap counterparty under the swap agreement];
4.	Class A Note Principal –– [during the amortization period,] to the noteholders, to be paid in the priority described under “—Principal Payments” above, the first priority principal distribution amount; the “first priority principal distribution amount” means, with respect to any payment date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the class A notes as of such payment date (before giving effect to any principal payments made on the class A notes on such payment date), over (b) the aggregate principal balance of the receivables less the yield supplement overcollateralization amount (which amount is referred to in this prospectus as the “adjusted pool balance”), in each case, as of the last day of the related collection period; provided, that, for the final scheduled payment date of any class of class A notes, the “first priority principal distribution amount” will not be less than the amount necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of such class of class A notes to zero;
5.	Class B Note Interest ––  to the class B noteholders, accrued and unpaid interest on the class B notes;
6.	Note Principal –– [during the amortization period,] to the noteholders, to be paid in the priority described under “—Principal Payments” above, the second priority principal distribution amount; the “second priority principal distribution amount” means, with respect to any payment date, an amount equal to (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the class A notes and class B notes as of such payment date (before giving effect to any principal payments made on the class A notes and class B notes on such payment date), over (ii) the adjusted pool balance as of the last day of the related collection period, minus (b) the first priority principal distribution amount for such payment date; provided, that, for the final scheduled payment date of the class B notes, the “second priority principal distribution amount” will not be less than the amount necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the class B notes to zero;
7.	Reserve Account Deposit –– to the reserve account, to the extent amounts then on deposit in the reserve account are less than the

18

		specified reserve account balance described below under “—Credit Enhancement—Reserve Account,” until the amount on deposit in the reserve account equals such specified reserve account balance;
	8.	Note Principal –– [during the amortization period, t][T]o the noteholders, to be paid in the priority described under “—Principal Payments” above, the regular principal distribution amount; the “regular principal distribution amount” means, with respect to any payment date, an amount equal to (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the notes as of such payment date (before giving effect to any principal payments made on the notes on such payment date); over (ii) the adjusted pool balance as of the last day of the related collection period less the overcollateralization target amount, minus (b) the sum of the first priority principal distribution amount and the second priority principal distribution amount for such payment date;
	9.	Additional Transaction Fees and Expenses [and Swap Counterparty] ––to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee[,] [and] the asset representations reviewer [and the swap counterparty],  the amount of any fees, expenses[,] [and] indemnification amounts [and, in the case of the swap counterparty, swap termination payments] due to each such party and not paid in clause (2) above [or, in the case of the swap counterparty, clause (3) above], pro rata, based on amounts due to each such party; and
	10.	Excess Amounts ––to the certificateholder, any remaining amounts.
For additional information regarding the priority of payments on the notes, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders—Calculation of Available Collections” and “—Priority of Payments” in this prospectus.
Change in Priority of Distribution upon Events of Default Resulting in an Acceleration of the Notes Following the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture that results in the acceleration of the maturity of the notes, and unless and until such acceleration has been rescinded, the issuing entity will make the following payments in the following order of priority from available collections received during the related collection period, [amounts on deposit in the prefunding account][any principal collected on the receivables] and, if necessary and available, to pay principal of the notes from amounts withdrawn from the reserve account:
	1.	Servicing Fee –– to the servicer, the total servicing fee (which includes any supplemental servicing fee, to the extent not previously retained by the servicer);
	2.	Transaction Fees and Expenses –– to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the asset representations reviewer, the amount of any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts due to each such party, pro rata, based on amounts due to each such party;
	3.	Class A Note Interest [and Swap Counterparty] –– [Pro rata, based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the class A notes and the amount of any swap termination payment and swap payment due and payable by the issuing entity to the swap

19

			counterparty under this clause (3): (i) t][T]o the class A noteholders, on a pro rata basis based on such amounts due, accrued and unpaid interest on the class A notes[, (ii) to the swap counterparty, the amount of any termination payment due to the swap counterparty under the swap agreement due to a swap termination resulting from a payment default by the issuing entity or the insolvency of the issuing entity; provided, that if any amounts allocable to the class A notes are not needed to pay the class A noteholders’ accrued and unpaid interest as of such payment date, such amounts will be applied to pay the portion, if any, of any swap termination payment referred to above remaining unpaid, and (iii) to the swap counterparty, the amount of interest at [____]% due to the swap counterparty under the swap agreement];
		4.	Class A Note Principal –– to the class A noteholders, to be paid in the priority described under “—Principal Payments” above;
		5.	Class B Note Interest –– to the class B noteholders, accrued and unpaid interest on the class B notes;
		6.	Class B Note Principal –– to the class B noteholders, until the principal amount of the class B notes is reduced to zero;
		[7.	Swap Counterparty –– to the swap counterparty,  the amount of any swap termination payments due to it and not paid in clause (3) above;] and
		[7][8].	Excess Amounts ––to the certificateholder, any remaining amounts.
	Following the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture that results in the acceleration of the maturity of the notes, amounts on deposit in the reserve account will be withdrawn and used to the extent necessary to pay principal of the notes as described in clauses (4) and (6) above, in that order of priority. For additional information regarding the priority of payments on the notes after the acceleration of the notes following an event of default, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders—Calculation of Available Collections” and “—Priority of Payments” in this prospectus.
	Final Scheduled Payment Dates
	The issuing entity is required to pay the outstanding principal amount of each class of notes in full on or before the related final scheduled payment date specified on the front cover of this prospectus.
Events of Default	Each of the following will constitute an event of default under the indenture:
		(a)	a default for five business days or more in the payment of any interest on any of the outstanding classes of the controlling class;
		(b)	a default in the payment in full of the principal of any note on its final scheduled payment date or the redemption date for such note;
		(c)	a default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the issuing entity made in the indenture which materially and adversely affects the noteholders, subject to notice and cure provisions;

20

		(d)	any representation or warranty made by the issuing entity in the indenture having been incorrect in a material respect as of the time made, subject to notice and cure provisions; or
		(e)	certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the issuing entity;
	provided, however, that a delay in or failure of performance referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above will not constitute an event of default for a period of 30 days after the applicable cure period under the indenture if that delay or failure was caused by force majeure or other similar occurrence. If an event of default under the indenture should occur and is continuing, the indenture trustee or the holders of notes evidencing not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the notes of the controlling class then outstanding (excluding for these purposes the outstanding principal amount of any notes held of record or beneficially owned by TMCC, the depositor or any of their affiliates), acting together as a single class, may declare an acceleration of the notes and the principal of the notes to be immediately due and payable. For additional information regarding the events of default, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Indenture—Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default” in this prospectus.
Credit Enhancement	Credit enhancement is intended to protect you against losses and delays in payments on your notes.  If losses on the receivables and other shortfalls in cash flows exceed the amount of available credit enhancement, such losses will not be allocated to write down the principal amount of any class of notes. Instead, the amount available to make payments on the notes will be reduced to the extent of such losses.  The credit enhancement for the notes is:
		·	the reserve account;
		·	overcollateralization;
		·	the yield supplement overcollateralization amount;
		·	in the case of the class A notes, subordination of the class B notes; and
		·	excess interest on the receivables.
	If the credit enhancement is not sufficient to cover all amounts payable on the notes, notes having a later scheduled final payment date generally will bear a greater risk of loss than notes having an earlier final scheduled payment date.  For additional information, you should refer to “Risk Factors—Payment priorities increase risk of loss or delay in payment to certain classes of notes,” “Risk Factors— —You must rely for repayment only upon payments from the issuing entity’s assets, which may not be sufficient to make full payments on your notes” and “Payments to Noteholders” in this prospectus.
	Reserve Account
	On each payment date, funds will be withdrawn from the reserve account (1) to cover shortfalls in the amounts required to be paid on that payment date with respect to clauses (1) through (6)under “—Priority of Payments” above, (2) after an event of default that results in the acceleration of the maturity of the notes, to pay principal on the notes, and (3) to pay principal on any class of notes on the final scheduled

21

payment date of that class of notes.

On the closing date, the depositor will cause to be deposited $[____________] into the reserve account, which is approximately [____]% of [the sum of (i)] the adjusted pool balance as of the [initial] cutoff date [and (ii) the amounts on deposit in the prefunding account on the closing date].  On each payment date, after making required payments to the servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the asset representations reviewer[, the swap counterparty] and the noteholders, available collections will be deposited into the reserve account to the extent necessary to maintain the amount on deposit in the reserve account at the specified reserve account balance.

On any payment date prior to an event of default that results in an acceleration of the maturity of the notes, if the amount in the reserve account exceeds the specified reserve account balance, the excess will be distributed to the depositor.  The “specified reserve account balance” is, on any payment date, the lesser of (a) $[____________] (which is approximately [____]% of [the sum of (i)] the adjusted pool balance as of the [initial] cutoff date [and (ii) the amounts on deposit in the prefunding account on the closing date] and (b) the aggregate outstanding balance of the notes after giving effect to all payments of principal on that payment date.  In addition, on any payment date prior to an event of default that results in an acceleration of the maturity of the notes, investment income on the amounts on deposit in the reserve account will be distributed to the sponsor.

For additional information regarding the reserve account, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders—Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement—Reserve Account” in this prospectus.

Overcollateralization

Overcollateralization represents the amount by which the adjusted pool balance exceeds the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the notes.  The adjusted pool balance as of the [initial] cutoff date is expected to be approximately equal to the aggregate initial principal amount of the notes.

The application of funds according to clause (8) under “—Interest and Principal Payments—Priority of Payments” above is designed to achieve and maintain the level of overcollateralization as of any payment date to a target amount of [____]% of [the sum of (i)] the adjusted pool balance as of the [initial] cutoff date [and (ii) the amounts on deposit in the prefunding account on the closing date].  This amount is referred to in this prospectus as the “overcollateralization target amount.”

The overcollateralization will be available as an additional source of funds to absorb losses on the receivables.

For additional information regarding overcollateralization, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders—Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement—Overcollateralization” in this prospectus.

Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount

The yield supplement overcollateralization amount for each payment date or with respect to the closing date is the aggregate amount by which the principal balance as of the last day of the related collection period or the [initial] cutoff date, as applicable, of each receivable with an APR below [____]% (referred to herein as the “required rate”), other than any defaulted receivable, exceeds the present value of the future payments on

22

	such receivables, calculated as if their APRs were equal to the required rate, assuming such future payment is made on the last day of each month and each month has 30 days.
	For additional information regarding the calculation of the yield supplement overcollateralization amount and its effect on the payment of principal, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders—Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement—Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount” and “—Overcollateralization” in this prospectus.
	Subordination
	Payments of interest on the class B notes will be subordinated to payments of interest on the class A notes and certain other payments on each payment date (including principal payments of the class A notes in specified circumstances). No payments of principal will be made on the class B notes until the principal of and interest on the class A notes has been paid in full. If an event of default that results in the acceleration of payment of the notes occurs, no payments of interest or principal will be made on the class B notes until the class A notes are paid in full. Consequently, the holders of the class B notes will incur losses and shortfalls because of delinquencies and losses on the receivables before the holders of the class A notes incur those losses and shortfalls. While any class A notes are outstanding, the failure to pay interest on the class B notes will not be an event of default. For additional information, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders—Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement—Subordination of Principal and Interest” in this prospectus.
	Excess Interest
	More interest is expected to be paid by the obligors in respect of the receivables than is necessary to pay the sum of (i) the servicing fee, (ii) fees required to be paid to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the asset representations reviewer in an aggregate amount not to exceed $[________] in any calendar year[, (iii) certain amounts due to the swap counterparty] and ([iii][iv]) interest on the notes each month.  Any such excess in interest payments from obligors will serve as additional credit enhancement. For additional information, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders—Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement—Excess Interest” in this prospectus.
Optional Redemption; Clean-Up Call	The servicer may purchase the receivables remaining in the issuing entity at a price equal to at least the unpaid principal amount of the notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon on any payment date when the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the receivables has declined to [_]% or less of the aggregate principal balance of the receivables as of the [receivables’ respective] cutoff date[s].  Upon the exercise of this clean-up call option by the servicer, the issuing entity must redeem the notes in whole, and not in part.
	For additional information, you should refer to “Transfer and Servicing Agreements––Optional Purchase of Receivables and Redemption of Notes” in this prospectus.
Removal of Pool Assets	Breaches of Representations and Warranties.  Upon sale of the receivables to the depositor, TMCC will make certain representations and

23

warranties regarding the receivables, and upon sale of the receivables to the issuing entity, the depositor will make certain corresponding representations and warranties to the issuing entity regarding the receivables.  The depositor is required to repurchase from the issuing entity, and TMCC is required to repurchase from the depositor, in turn, any receivable for which a representation or warranty has been breached if such breach materially and adversely affects the issuing entity or the noteholders and such breach has not been cured in all material respects.

For additional information, you should refer to “Repurchases of Receivables” in this prospectus.

Breach of Servicer Covenants.  The servicer will be required to purchase any receivable with respect to which specified servicing covenants made by the servicer under the sale and servicing agreement are breached and not cured in all material respects.

CUSIP Numbers	Class A-1 Notes:	[_________]
	Class A-2[a] Notes:	[_________]
	[Class A-2b Notes:	[_________]]
	Class A-3 Notes:	[_________]
	Class A-4 Notes:	[_________]
	Class B Notes:	[_________]

Tax Status	Subject to important considerations described under “Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences” and “Certain State Tax Consequences” inthis prospectus, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special tax counsel to the issuing entity, will deliver its opinion that:
	·	the notes held by parties unaffiliated with the issuing entity will be classified as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and
	·	the issuing entity will not be classified as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
	If you purchase the notes, you will agree to treat the notes as debt for U.S. federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income.  You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes, and the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state or other taxing jurisdiction.
	For additional information regarding the application of U.S. federal income and state tax laws to the issuing entity and the notes, you should refer to “Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences” and “Certain State Tax Consequences” in this prospectus.
ERISA Considerations	The notes sold to parties unaffiliated with the issuing entity may be purchased by employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts, subject to those considerations discussed under “ERISA Considerations” in this prospectus.
	For additional information, you should refer to “ERISA Considerations” in this prospectus.  If you are a benefit plan fiduciary considering the purchase of the notes you should, among other things, consult with your counsel in determining whether all required conditions have been satisfied.
Certain Investment Company Act Considerations	The issuing entity will be relying on an exclusion or exemption from the

24

definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, contained in [Rule 3a-7] under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, although there may be additional exclusions or exemptions available to the issuing entity. The issuing entity is being structured so as not to constitute a “covered fund” for purposes of the regulations adopted to implement Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

25

RISK FACTORS

You should consider the following risk factors in deciding whether to purchase any notes.

The notes are not suitable investments for all investors.

The notes are not a suitable investment for any investor that requires a regular or predictable schedule of payments or payment on specific dates. The notes are complex investments that should be considered only by sophisticated investors.  We suggest that only investors who, either alone or with their financial, tax and legal advisors, have the expertise to analyze the prepayment, reinvestment and default risks, the tax consequences of an investment and the interaction of these factors should consider investing in the notes.

You must rely for repayment only upon payments from the issuing entity’s assets which may not be sufficient to make full payments on your notes.

The notes represent indebtedness of the issuing entity and will not be insured or guaranteed by the depositor, sponsor, administrator, servicer or any of their respective affiliates, any governmental entity, the trustees or any other person.  The only sources of payment on your notes are payments received on the receivables and, to the extent available, any funds on deposit in the accounts of the issuing entity, including amounts on deposit in the reserve account [and any amounts payable by the [swap][cap] counterparty]. The amounts deposited in the reserve account will be limited.  If the entire reserve account has been used, the issuing entity will depend solely on current collections on the receivables to make payments on the notes.  If the available credit enhancement is exhausted, your notes will be paid solely from current collections on the receivables.  The issuing entity will also have the benefit of overcollateralization (including the yield supplement overcollateralization amount) to provide limited protection against low-interest yielding receivables. For additional information, you should refer to [“The [Swap][Cap] Agreement,”] “Payments to Noteholders—Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement—Overcollateralization,” “—Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount” and “—Reserve Account” in this prospectus. If the assets of the issuing entity are not sufficient to pay interest on and principal of the notes you hold, you will suffer a loss. Certain events (including some that are not within the control of the issuing entity, the depositor, the sponsor, the administrator, the servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee or of their respective affiliates) may result in events of default under the indenture and cause acceleration of all outstanding notes.  If so directed by the holders of notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the notes of the controlling class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, following an event of default resulting in an acceleration of the notes, the indenture trustee will liquidate the assets of the issuing entity only in limited circumstances, and the issuing entity may be required promptly to sell the receivables, liquidate its assets and apply the proceeds to the payment of the notes.  Liquidation would be likely to accelerate payment of all notes that are then outstanding.  If a liquidation occurs close to the date when any class otherwise would have been paid in full, repayment of that class might be delayed while liquidation of the assets is occurring.  The issuing entity cannot predict the length of time that will be required for liquidation of its assets to be completed.  In addition, the amounts received from a sale in these circumstances may not be sufficient to pay all amounts owed to the holders of all classes of notes or any class of notes, and you may suffer a loss.  This deficiency will be more severe in the case of any notes where the aggregate principal amount of the notes exceeds the aggregate principal balance of the receivables.  Even if

26

	liquidation proceeds are sufficient to repay the notes in full, any liquidation that causes principal of a class of notes to be paid before the related final scheduled payment date will involve the prepayment risks described under “—Prepayments on receivables may cause prepayments on the notes, resulting in reduced returns on your investment and reinvestment risk to you” below.  Also, an event of default that results in the acceleration of the maturity of the notes will cause priority of payments of the notes to change, as described under “Payments to Noteholders—Payments After Occurrence of Event of Default Resulting in Acceleration” in this prospectus.  Therefore, all outstanding notes may be affected by any shortfall in liquidation proceeds.  For additional information, you should refer to “—Prepayments on receivables may cause prepayments on the notes, resulting in reduced returns on your investment and reinvestment risk to you” below.
The absence of a secondary market for the notes or a lack of liquidity in the secondary markets could limit your ability to resell the notes or adversely affect the market value of your notes.	The notes will not be listed on any securities exchange. Therefore, to sell your notes, you must first locate a willing purchaser. The underwriters may, but are not obligated to, provide a secondary market for the notes and even if the underwriters make a market in the notes, the underwriters may stop making offers at any time.   In addition, the prices offered, if any, may not reflect prices that other potential purchasers would be willing to pay, were they to be given the opportunity. For several years after the 2008 financial crisis, major disruptions in the global financial markets caused a significant reduction in liquidity in the secondary market for asset-backed securities.  While conditions in the financial markets and the secondary markets have improved, periods of illiquidity could occur again and affect the secondary market, thereby adversely affecting the value of your notes and limiting your ability to locate a willing purchaser of your notes.  Furthermore, the global financial markets have in the past experienced increased volatility due to uncertainty surrounding the level and sustainability of the sovereign debt of various countries.  Concerns regarding sovereign debt may spread to other countries at any time.  There can be no assurance that this uncertainty related to the sovereign debt of various countries will not lead to disruption of the credit markets in the United States.  Accordingly, you may not be able to sell your notes when you want to do so or you may be unable to obtain the price that you wish to receive for your notes and, as a result, you could suffer a loss on your investment.
Economic developments, geopolitical conditions and other market events may adversely affect the performance and market value of your notes.	The United States has in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, a recession or period of economic contraction.  During the economic downturn following the 2008 financial crisis, elevated unemployment, decreases in home values and lack of available credit led to increased delinquency and default rates by obligors, as well as decreased consumer demand for automobiles and declining market values of the automobiles securing the receivables.  If an economic downturn were to occur again, delinquencies and losses on the receivables could increase, which could result in losses on your notes. Although the economy has improved in the years since the 2008 financial crisis, consumer debt levels remain elevated as a result of increased consumer spending, and there have been increasing trends in rates of delinquency and default frequency.  As consumers assume higher debt levels, delinquencies and losses on the receivables may increase, which could result in losses on your notes. Events in the global financial markets, including downgrades of

27

	sovereign debt, devaluation of currencies by foreign governments and slowing economic growth have caused or may cause a significant reduction in liquidity in the secondary market for asset-backed securities, which could adversely affect the market value of the notes and limit the ability of an investor to sell its notes.  On June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom voted in a referendum to discontinue its membership in the European Union.  On March 29, 2017, the United Kingdom provided formal notice to the European Council stating its intention to leave the European Union.  The exit of the United Kingdom or any other country out of the European Union or the abandonment by any country of the euro may have a destabilizing effect on all eurozone countries and their economies and a negative effect on the global economy as a whole.  No prediction or assurance can be made as to the effect of economic developments on the rate of delinquencies, prepayments and/or losses on the receivables or the market value of your notes. Geopolitical conditions and other market events may impact TMCC and your notes.  Restrictive exchange or import controls or other disruptive trade policies, disruption of operations as a result of systemic political or economic instability, outbreak of war or expansion of hostilities, and acts of terrorism, could each have a material adverse effect on TMCC’s business, results of operations and financial condition.  Any such events could also adversely affect TMCC’s ability to service the receivables and perform its other obligations under the transaction agreements, which could have an adverse effect on your notes.
	Additionally, higher future energy and fuel prices could reduce the amount of disposable income that the affected obligors have available to make monthly payments on their automobile finance contracts.  Higher energy costs could also cause business disruptions, which could cause unemployment and a deepening economic downturn. Such obligors could potentially become delinquent in making monthly payments or default if they were unable to make payments due to increased energy or fuel bills or unemployment.  The issuing entity’s ability to make payments on the notes could be adversely affected if the related obligors were unable to make timely payments.
	Delinquencies and losses with respect to automobile finance contracts may increase during the term of your notes.  These increases in delinquencies and losses may be related to increases in consumer debt levels, increases in interest rates and a rising supply of used vehicles.  For delinquency and loss information regarding certain automobile loans originated and serviced by TMCC, you should refer to “Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses” and “Static Pools” in this prospectus.
The issuing entity’s interests in financed vehicles may be unenforceable or defeated.	The certificates of title for vehicles financed by TMCC name TMCC as the secured party.  The certificates of title for financed vehicles under contracts assigned to the issuing entity will not be amended to identify the issuing entity as the new secured party because it would be administratively burdensome to do so.  However, financing statements showing the transfer to the issuing entity of TMCC’s and the depositor’s interest in the receivables and the transfer to the indenture trustee of the issuing entity’s interest in the receivables will be filed with the appropriate governmental authorities.  TMCC, as servicer, will retain the documentation for the receivables and the certificates of title.
	Because of these arrangements, another person could acquire an interest in the receivables and the financed vehicles that is judged by a court of law to be superior to the issuing entity’s or the indenture trustee’s

28

interest.  Examples of these persons are other creditors of the obligor, a subsequent purchaser of a financed vehicle or another lender who finances the vehicle.  Some of the ways this could happen are described under “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables” in this prospectus.  In some circumstances, either the depositor or the servicer will be required to purchase receivables if a security interest superior to the claims of others has not been properly established and maintained.  The details of this obligation are described under “Repurchases of Receivables” in this prospectus.

If the servicer does not maintain control of the receivables evidenced by electronic contracts, the issuing entity may not have a perfected interest in those receivables.

As described in “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer—Electronic Contracts and Electronic Contracting” in this prospectus, for some receivables, TMCC acquires possession of the related contracts from dealers and converts them to electronic form and maintains control of the electronic copies through TMCC’s own technology system.  Other receivables may be originated electronically through a third-party custodian using the third-party custodian’s technology system.  Both of these technology systems are designed to enable TMCC to perfect its interest in the receivables evidenced by electronic contracts by satisfying the Uniform Commercial Code’s requirements for “control” of electronic chattel paper.  TMCC will obtain “control” of an electronic contract if (a) there is a “single authoritative copy” of the electronic contract that is readily distinguishable from all other copies and which identifies TMCC as the owner, (b) all other copies of the electronic contract indicate that they are not the “authoritative copy” of the electronic contract, (c) any revisions to the authoritative copy of the electronic contract are readily identifiable as either authorized or unauthorized revisions, and (d) authorized revisions of the electronic contract cannot be made without TMCC’s participation. However, it is possible that another person could acquire an interest in an electronic contract that is superior to TMCC’s interest (and accordingly, the issuing entity’s interest).  This could occur if TMCC ceases to have “control” over the electronic contract that is maintained by TMCC or on behalf of TMCC by the third-party custodian and another party purchases that electronic contract (without knowledge that such purchase violates TMCC’s rights in the electronic contract) and obtains “control” over the electronic contract.  TMCC also could lose control over an electronic contract if through fraud, forgery, negligence or error, or as a result of a computer virus or a failure of or weakness in TMCC’s or the third-party custodian’s technology system, as applicable, a person other than TMCC were able to modify or duplicate the authoritative copy of the contract. Although TMCC will perfect its assignment of its interest in the electronic contracts to the issuing entity and the indenture trustee by filing financing statements, the fact that TMCC’s interest in the receivables may not be perfected by control may affect the priority of the issuing entity’s interest in the receivables. The issuing entity’s interest in the receivables could be junior to another party with a perfected security interest in the inventory of the originating dealer. There can be no assurances that the third-party’s technology system will perform as represented to the servicer in maintaining the systems and controls required to provide assurance that TMCC maintains control over an electronic contract.  In that event, there may be delays in obtaining copies of the electronic contract or confirming ownership and

29

	control of the electronic contract. TMCC and the depositor will represent that TMCC has a perfected interest in the receivables to the extent evidenced by electronic contracts by means of control and that the interest has been transferred to the depositor and thereafter to the issuing entity. From time to time, the receivables evidenced by electronic contracts may be amended, including, without limitation, by extensions of the final maturity date.  To the extent any of those amendments is evidenced in tangible form, TMCC and the depositor will represent that TMCC has a perfected interest in the receivables (consisting of the electronic contract and tangible amendment) by possession of the tangible amendment and control of the electronic contract. However, the law governing the perfection of interests in electronic contracts by control is relatively recent. As a result, there is a risk that the systems employed by TMCC or the third-party to maintain control of the electronic contracts may not be sufficient as a matter of law to give TMCC (and accordingly, the issuing entity) a perfected interest in the receivables evidenced by electronic contracts. As a result of the foregoing, TMCC (and accordingly, the issuing entity) may not have a perfected interest in certain receivables or its interest, although perfected, could be junior to that of another party.  Either circumstance could affect TMCC’s ability on behalf of the issuing entity to repossess and sell the underlying financed vehicles. Therefore, you may be subject to delays in payment on your notes and you may incur losses on your investment in the notes.
The bankruptcy of the issuing entity could result in losses or delays in payments on your notes.	If the issuing entity were to become subject to bankruptcy proceedings, you could experience losses or delays in the payments on your notes as a result of, among other things, an “automatic stay,” which prevents secured creditors from exercising remedies against a debtor in bankruptcy without permission from the applicable court, and provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code that permit substitution of collateral in limited circumstances.
The bankruptcy of TMCC or the depositor could result in losses or delays in payments on the notes.	If TMCC or the depositor were to become subject to bankruptcy proceedings, you could experience losses or delays in the payments on your notes.  TMCC will sell the receivables to the depositor, and the depositor will in turn sell the receivables to the issuing entity.  However, if TMCC or the depositor were to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, the court in the bankruptcy proceeding could conclude that TMCC or the depositor effectively still owns the receivables by concluding that the sale to the depositor by TMCC or the sale to the issuing entity by the depositor was not a “true sale” or that the issuing entity should be consolidated with TMCC or the depositor for bankruptcy purposes.  If a court were to reach this conclusion, you could experience losses or delays in payments on the notes as a result of, among other things:
	·	an “automatic stay” which prevents secured creditors from exercising remedies against a debtor in bankruptcy without permission from the court and provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code that permit substitution of collateral in certain circumstances;

30

	·	certain tax or government liens on TMCC’s or the depositor’s property (that arose prior to the transfer of a receivable to the issuing entity) having a prior claim on collections before the collections are used to make payments on your notes; and
	·	the fact that neither the issuing entity nor the indenture trustee has a perfected security interest in (a) one or more of the vehicles securing the receivables or (b) any cash collections held by TMCC or the depositor at the time TMCC or the depositor were to become the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding.
	The depositor will take steps in structuring the transactions described in this prospectus to minimize the risk that a court would consolidate the issuing entity with the depositor for bankruptcy purposes or conclude that the sale of receivables to the issuing entity was not a “true sale.”  For additional information, you should refer to “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables—Certain Bankruptcy Considerations” in this prospectus.
Failure to pay principal on your notes will not constitute an event of default until maturity.	The amount of principal required to be paid to the noteholders will generally be limited to amounts available in the collection account and, in certain circumstances, amounts available in the reserve account [and amounts payable by the [swap][cap] counterparty].  Therefore, the failure to pay principal of your notes generally will not result in the occurrence of an event of default until the final scheduled payment date for your notes.  For additional information, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Indenture—Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default” in this prospectus.
Receivables that fail to comply with consumer protection laws may be unenforceable, which may result in losses on your investment.	Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws regulate consumer contracts such as the receivables.  Also, some of these laws may provide that the assignee of a consumer contract (such as the issuing entity) is liable to the related obligor for any failure of the contract to comply with these laws.  If any of the receivables do not comply with one or more of these laws, the servicer may be prevented from or delayed in collecting payments on such receivables, and the issuing entity, as assignee of the related originator, could be held liable for any applicable penalties or damages.  If that happens, payments on your notes could be delayed or reduced. Although the Military Lending Act, by its terms, would not apply to any credit transaction that is expressly intended to finance the purchase of a motor vehicle when the credit is secured by the vehicle being purchased, the Department of Defense issued an interpretive rule on December 11, 2017 indicating that retail installment contracts made on or after October 3, 2016 to active-duty service members (including those on active guard or reserve duty) and their dependents, and which contracts include one or more credit-related ancillary products, such as guaranteed auto protection (GAP) insurance, credit life insurance, and similar credit products, need to comply with the requirements of the Military Lending Act.  Regulations implementing the Military Lending Act place a limit on the total interest rate that may be charged, adjust arbitration rules and require additional disclosures, in each case in respect of the related contract. Contracts that contain provisions that are otherwise prohibited by the Military Lending Act are void from the inception of the contract.  As a result of certain restrictions imposed by the Military Lending Act, TMCC is unable to determine, and there can be no assurance as to

31

whether, or to what extent, the receivables sold to the issuing entity on the closing date are affected by the Military Lending Act.  Financial services industry groups are continuing to seek further clarification regarding the interpretation of the Military Lending Act.  However, if the recent interpretations are ultimately unchanged, it could result in repurchase obligations of TMCC and the Depositor, or indemnification obligations of TMCC, and it could impact the cashflows available to the issuing entity. TMCC, the depositor and the servicer will make representations and warranties relating to the receivables’ compliance with law and the issuing entity’s ability to enforce the contracts.  If the depositor breaches any of these representations or warranties, the issuing entity’s sole remedy (other than the indemnification available to the issuing entity as described below) will be to require the depositor to repurchase the related receivable if such breach materially and adversely affects the interest of the issuing entity in such receivable and such breach has not been cured in all material respects within any applicable cure period.  TMCC will also indemnify the depositor for any failure of a receivable to have been originated in compliance with all applicable requirements of law, and the depositor’s right to such indemnification will be assigned to the issuing entity.  Any failure by TMCC, the depositor or the servicer to repurchase any affected receivables, or to indemnify the issuing entity, as applicable, could result in delays or reductions in payments on your notes.  For additional information, you should refer to “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables—Consumer Finance Regulation” and “Repurchases of Receivables” in this prospectus.

Federal financial regulatory legislation could have an adverse effect on TMCC, the depositor and the issuing entity, which could result in losses or delays in payments on your notes.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the “Dodd-Frank Act,” and its implementing regulations have broad implications for the consumer financial services industry.  The Trump Administration has indicated in public statements that the Dodd-Frank Act will be under scrutiny and that some of its provisions and the rules promulgated thereunder may be revised, repealed or amended. Any such changes, including their nature and impact, cannot yet be determined with any degree of certainty. The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, previously known as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the “CFPB,” which was created by the Dodd-Frank Act, has broad regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority over entities offering consumer financial services or products, including non-bank companies, such as TMCC (“Covered Entities”).  The CFPB examines Covered Entities for compliance with consumer financial protection laws.  As part of this authority, the CFPB’s examinations could result in enforcement actions, regulatory fines and mandated changes to TMCC’s business, products, policies and procedures. The CFPB and the Federal Trade Commission, or the “FTC,” have become more active in investigating the products, services and operations of credit providers, including banks and other finance companies engaged in auto finance activities.  Both the CFPB and the FTC announced various enforcement actions against lenders in the past few years involving significant penalties, consent orders, cease and desist orders and similar remedies that, if applicable to TMCC and the products, services and operations TMCC offers, may require TMCC to cease or alter certain business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on TMCC’s results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. The CFPB has focused on the area of auto finance, particularly

32

with respect to indirect financing arrangements, discretionary dealer compensation and fair lending compliance.  In March 2013, the CFPB issued a bulletin stating that indirect auto lenders may be liable for violations under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act based on dealer-specific and portfolio-wide disparities on a prohibited basis related to discretionary dealer compensation.  According to the bulletin, these disparities result from allowing dealers to mark up the interest rate offered by the indirect auto lenders to the contract rate offered to consumers by the dealers.  In addition, the bulletin outlined steps that indirect auto lenders should take in order to comply with fair lending laws regarding dealer compensation policies.  On May 21, 2018, President Trump signed into law a resolution approved by Congress under the Congressional Review Act that repealed the CFPB’s fair lending guidance contained in the bulletin and prohibits the future enactment of a similar rule without Congressional approval.

CFPB supervision and enforcement actions, if any, may result in monetary penalties, increase TMCC’s compliance costs, require changes in TMCC’s business practices, affect TMCC’s competitiveness, impair TMCC’s profitability, harm TMCC’s reputation or otherwise adversely affect TMCC’s business.

Recently, state regulators are taking a more stringent approach to supervising and regulating providers of financial products and services subject to their jurisdiction.  TMCC expects to continue to face greater supervisory scrutiny and enhanced supervisory requirements in the foreseeable future.  For example, on January 28, 2015, TMCC received a request for documents and information from the New York State Department of Financial Services relating to its lending practices (including fair lending), and on April 6, 2016, TMCC received a request for documents and information pursuant to a civil investigative demand from the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General relating to TMCC’s financing of guaranteed auto protection (GAP) insurance products on retail contracts.  TMCC provided the requested documents and information, but has not had further communication with either agency regarding their respective reviews.  As described under “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables—Consumer Finance Regulation” and “—Other Federal Regulation” in this prospectus, TMCC may take certain actions relating to certain of the receivables, including modifying their terms or making certain payments to obligors.  There can be no assurance that TMCC will take any of these actions or, if it does, whether any of these actions will result in the repurchase of some or all of the affected receivables. For additional information regarding state consumer protection laws and related regulations that may affect TMCC, you should refer to “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables—Consumer Finance Regulation” in this prospectus.

The Dodd-Frank Act also established the Financial Stability Oversight Council, or the “FSOC,” which may designate non-bank financial companies that pose systemic risk to the U.S. financial system, or “SIFIs,” to be supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the “Federal Reserve.”  The Federal Reserve is required to establish and apply enhanced prudential standards to SIFIs, including capital, liquidity, counterparty exposure, resolution plan and overall risk management standards.  The FSOC uses a multi-stage review process to evaluate non-bank financial companies for potential designation and supervision by the Federal Reserve.  If TMCC were designated for supervision after this multi-stage review process and any available appeal processes, TMCC could experience increased compliance

33

	costs, the need to change its business practices, impairments to TMCC’s profitability and competitiveness and other adverse effects on its business. Additionally, no assurances can be given that the liquidation framework for the resolution of “covered financial companies” would not apply to TMCC or its affiliates, including the depositor and the issuing entity.  For additional information, you should refer to “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables—Dodd-Frank Act Orderly Liquidation Authority Provisions—Potential Applicability to TMCC, the Depositor and the Issuing Entity” in this prospectus. If the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the “FDIC,” were appointed receiver of TMCC, the depositor or the issuing entity under the Orderly Liquidation Authority provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC could repudiate contracts deemed burdensome to the estate, including secured debt.  TMCC has structured the transfers of the receivables to the depositor and the issuing entity as a valid and perfected sale under applicable state law and under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to mitigate the risk of the recharacterization of the sale as a grant of security interest to secure debt of TMCC.  Any attempt by the FDIC to recharacterize the transfer of the receivables as a grant of a security interest to secure debt that the FDIC then repudiates would cause delays in payments or losses on the notes.  In addition, if the issuing entity were to become subject to the Orderly Liquidation Authority, the FDIC may repudiate the debt of the issuing entity and the noteholders would have a secured claim in the receivership of the issuing entity.  Also, if the issuing entity were subject to Orderly Liquidation Authority, the noteholders would not be permitted to accelerate the debt, exercise remedies against the collateral or replace the servicer without the FDIC’s consent for 90 days after the receiver is appointed.  As a result of any of these events, delays in payments on the notes would occur and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur.  For additional information, you should refer to “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables—Dodd-Frank Act Orderly Liquidation Authority Provisions—FDIC’s Repudiation Power Under the OLA” in this prospectus.
Payment priorities increase risk of loss or delay in payment to certain classes of notes.	Based on the priorities described under “Payments to Noteholders” in this prospectus, classes of notes that receive principal payments before other classes will be repaid more rapidly than the other classes.  Because principal of the notes will be paid sequentially, except in the case of the class A-2[a] notes, [the class A-2b notes,] the class A-3 notes and the class A-4 notes after an event of default resulting in an acceleration of the notes, classes of notes that have higher sequential numerical class designations or higher alphabetical sequential class designations will be outstanding longer and therefore will be exposed to the risk of losses on the receivables during periods after other classes have received most or all amounts payable on their notes, and after which a disproportionate amount of credit enhancement may have been applied and not replenished.
	Because of the priority of payment on the notes, the yields of the higher numerically designated classes or higher alphabetically designated classes will be more sensitive to losses on the receivables and the timing of such losses than the lower numerically designated classes and lower alphabetically designated classes.  Accordingly, the class A-2[a] notes [and the class A-2b notes] will be more sensitive to losses on the receivables and the timing of such losses than the class A-1 notes; the class A-3 notes will be relatively more sensitive to losses on the receivables and the timing of such losses than the class A-1 notes [,][and[ the class A-2[a] notes [and the class A-2b notes]; the class A-4 notes will be relatively more sensitive to losses on the receivables and the timing of

34

	such losses than the class A-1 notes, the class A-2[a] notes[, the class A-2b notes] and the class A-3 notes; and the class B notes will be relatively more sensitive to losses on the receivables and the timing of such losses than the class A notes. If the actual rate and amount of losses exceed your expectations, and if amounts in the reserve account [and payable by the [swap][cap] counterparty] are insufficient to cover the resulting shortfalls, the yield to maturity on your notes may be lower than anticipated, and you could suffer a loss.
	Classes of notes that receive payments of principal earlier than expected are exposed to greater reinvestment risk, and classes of notes that receive payments of principal later than expected are exposed to greater risk of loss.  In either case, the yields on your notes could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, the notes are subject to risk because payments of principal and interest on the notes on each payment date are subordinated to the payment of the servicing fee and certain amounts payable to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee[,] [and] the asset representations reviewer [and the swap counterparty] in respect of fees, expenses and indemnification amounts.  This subordination could result in reduced or delayed payments of principal and interest on the notes. For additional information, you should refer to “—You must rely for repayment only upon payments from the issuing entity’s assets, which may not be sufficient to make full payments on your notes” above.
The class B notes are subject to greater risk because of subordination.	The class B notes are subordinated to the class A notes and are more likely to be impacted by delinquent payments and defaults on the receivables than the class A notes.  Interest payments on the class B notes on each payment date will be subordinated to both (i) interest payments on the class A notes and (ii) principal payments to the class A notes in an amount equal to the first priority principal distribution amount. In addition, in the event the notes are declared to be due and payable after the occurrence of an event of default resulting from the failure to make a payment on the notes, no interest will be paid to the class B notes until all principal of and interest on the class A notes have been paid in full. Principal payments on the class B notes will be subordinated in priority to the class A notes, as described under “Description of the Notes—Payments of Principal” in this prospectus. No principal will be paid on the class B notes until all principal of the class A notes has been paid in full.  In addition, principal payments on the class B notes will be subordinated to payments of interest on the class A notes and the class B notes.  For additional information, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Payments of Principal” in this prospectus. Therefore, if there are insufficient amounts available to pay all classes of notes the amounts due on such classes, delays in payments or losses will be borne by the most junior class of notes outstanding.
The amounts received upon disposition of the financed vehicles may be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including discount pricing incentives, marketing incentive programs and other used car market factors, which may	The market for used Toyota or Lexus vehicles could be adversely affected by factors such as governmental action, changes in consumer demand, new vehicle incentive programs, new vehicle pricing, new vehicle sales, styling changes (including future plans for new Toyota and Lexus product introductions), recalls, the actual or perceived quality, safety or reliability of Toyota and Lexus vehicles, used vehicle supply (such as an overabundance of used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles in the marketplace), the level of current used vehicle

35

increase the risk of loss on your notes.	values, fuel prices, increased competition, fluctuations in interest rates, decreased or delayed new vehicle production due to natural disasters, supply chain interruptions or other events and economic conditions generally. Any such adverse change could result in reduced proceeds upon the liquidation or other disposition of financed vehicles, and therefore could result in reduced proceeds on defaulted receivables.  If losses on the receivables exceed the credit enhancement available, you may suffer a loss on your investment. Many manufacturers have increased their level of discount pricing incentives or other marketing incentive programs on new vehicles in an attempt to maintain and grow market share.  Discount pricing incentives or other marketing incentive programs on new vehicles by Toyota Motor North America, Inc., TMCC or any of their competitors that effectively reduce the prices of new vehicles may have the effect of reducing demand by consumers for used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles.  The reduced demand for used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles resulting from discount pricing incentives or other marketing incentive programs introduced by Toyota Motor North America, Inc.  TMCC or any of their competitors or other factors may reduce the prices consumers will be willing to pay for used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles, including the vehicles that secure the receivables. As a result, the proceeds received by the issuing entity upon any repossession of financed vehicles may be reduced and may not be sufficient to pay the receivables. The servicer remarkets used Toyota and Lexus vehicles through certain programs, but there can be no assurance that such programs will continue to be successful.
Prepayments on receivables may cause prepayments on the notes, resulting in reduced returns on your investment and reinvestment risk to you.	You may receive payment of principal on your notes earlier than you expected.  If that happens, you may not be able to reinvest the principal you receive at a rate as high as the rate on your notes.  Prepayments on the receivables will shorten the life of the notes to an extent that cannot be predicted.
	Prepayments may occur for a number of reasons.  Some prepayments may be caused by the obligors under the receivables.  For example, obligors may:
		·	make early payments, since receivables will be prepayable at any time without penalty;
		·	default, resulting in the repossession and sale of the financed vehicle;
		·	damage the vehicle or become unable to pay due to death or disability, resulting in payments to the issuing entity under any existing physical damage, credit life or other insurance; or
		·	sell their vehicles or be delinquent or default on their receivables as a result of a manufacturer recall.
	Some prepayments may be caused by the sponsor, the depositor or the servicer.  For example, the sponsor and the depositor will make representations and warranties regarding the receivables, and the servicer will agree to take or refrain from taking certain actions with respect to the receivables.  If the sponsor or the depositor breaches any such representation or warranty, or if the servicer breaches any such agreement, and such breach is material and cannot be remedied, the breaching party will be required to purchase the affected receivables from the issuing

36

	entity.  This will result, in effect, in the prepayment of the purchased receivables.  The servicer will also have the option to purchase the receivables from the issuing entity on or after the payment date when the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the receivables has declined to 5% or less of the aggregate principal balance of the receivables as of the cutoff date.  In addition, an event of default under the indenture could cause your notes to be prepaid. Additionally, under its current servicing practices, the servicer will modify the terms of any receivable impacted by the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, as amended, and will be obligated to purchase any such modified receivable by depositing an amount equal to the remaining outstanding principal balance of such impacted receivable into the collection account.  The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act provides, and similar laws of many states may provide, relief to obligors who enter active military service (including national guard members) and to obligors in reserve status who are called to active duty after the origination of their receivables.  In addition, relief may also be granted to obligors who are dependents of persons eligible for benefits under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act.  Global conflicts and tensions may continue to involve military operations that will increase the number of U.S. citizens who have been called or will be called to active duty.  The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act provides, generally, that an obligor who is covered by the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act may not be charged interest on the related receivable in excess of 6% per annum during the period of the obligor’s active duty.   The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act also limits the ability of the servicer to repossess the financed vehicle securing a receivable during the related obligor’s period of active duty and, in some cases, may require the servicer to extend the maturity of the receivable, lower the monthly payments and readjust the payment schedule for a period of time after the completion of the obligor’s military service.  We do not know how many receivables may be impacted by the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act. For additional information, you should refer to the risk factor entitled “—You must rely for repayment only upon payments from the issuing entity’s assets, which may not be sufficient to make full payments on your notes” above.
	The rate of prepayments on the receivables may be influenced by a variety of economic, social and other factors.  The sponsor cannot predict the actual prepayment rates for the receivables.  The depositor, however, believes that the actual rate of payments, including prepayments, will result in the weighted average life of each class of notes being shorter than the period from the closing date to the related final scheduled payment date.  If this is the case, the weighted average life of each class of notes will be correspondingly shorter. You will bear any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower rate of payments of the receivables. For additional information, you should refer to “Weighted Average Lives of the Notes” in this prospectus.
[The purchase of additional receivables after the closing date may adversely affect the characteristics of the receivables held by the issuing entity or the weighted average lives of and	The issuing entity may use amounts on deposit [in the prefunding account][of principal collections received on the receivables during the revolving period] to purchase additional receivables from the depositor during the [prefunding][revolving] period.  All additional receivables purchased from the depositor must meet the selection criteria applicable to the receivables purchased by the issuing entity on the closing date.  The credit quality of the additional receivables may be lower than the credit

37

rate of return on the notes.	quality of the initial receivables, however, and could adversely affect the performance of the related receivables pool.  In addition, the rate of prepayments on the additional receivables may be higher than the rate of prepayments on the initial receivables, which could reduce the weighted average lives of and rate of return on your notes.  You will bear all reinvestment risk associated with any prepayment of your notes.]
[The inability to acquire subsequent receivables may result in possible prepayments on the notes.	Funds [in the prefunding account][amounts on deposit of principal collections received on the receivables during the revolving period] will be used to purchase additional receivables from the depositor after the date the notes are issued.  The number of receivables that the depositor has to sell depends on its ability to acquire additional receivables which, in turn, is affected by, among other things, the number of financed vehicles sold.  The number of financed vehicles sold is affected by a variety of factors, including interest rates, unemployment levels, the rate of inflation and consumer perception of economic conditions generally.  To the extent all of those funds are not used by the end of the [prefunding period][revolving period] to purchase new receivables, those funds will be applied as a mandatory prepayment on the notes.  In that event, you would receive payments on your notes earlier than expected. For additional information, you should refer to “Weighted Average Lives of the Notes” in this prospectus.]
The return on the notes could be reduced by shortfalls due to state laws limiting collections on certain receivables.	Pursuant to laws of various states, payments on retail installment sales contracts or installment loans, such as the receivables, by residents in those states who are called into active duty with the national guard or the reserves, will be deferred under certain circumstances. These state laws and related regulations may also limit the ability of the servicer to repossess the financed vehicle securing a receivable.  As a result of such state legislation or regulations, there may be delays or reductions in payment of, and increased losses on the receivables and you may suffer a loss on your notes.  We do not know how many receivables may be impacted by such state legislation or regulations.
Paid-ahead simple interest contracts may affect the weighted average lives of the notes.	If an obligor on a simple interest contract makes a payment on the contract ahead of schedule (for example, because the obligor intends to go on vacation), the weighted average life of the notes could be affected.  This is because the additional scheduled payments will be treated as a principal prepayment and applied to reduce the principal balance of the related contract and the obligor will generally not be required to make any scheduled payments during the period for which it was paid ahead.  During this paid ahead period, interest will continue to accrue on the principal balance of the contract, as reduced by the application of the additional scheduled payments, but the obligor’s contract would not be considered delinquent during this period. Furthermore, when the obligor resumes his required payments, the payments so paid may be insufficient to cover the interest that has accrued since the last payment by the obligor.  This situation will continue until the regularly scheduled payments are once again sufficient to cover all accrued interest and to reduce the principal balance of the contract. The payment by the issuing entity of the paid ahead principal amount on the notes will generally shorten the weighted average lives of the notes.  However, depending on the length of time during which a paid ahead simple interest contract is not amortizing as described above, the

38

	weighted average lives of the notes may be extended. TMCC’s portfolio of retail installment sales contracts has historically included simple interest contracts which have been paid ahead by one or more scheduled monthly payments. There can be no assurance as to the number of contracts in the issuing entity which may become paid ahead simple interest contracts as described above or the number or the principal amount of the scheduled payments which may be paid ahead.
There may be potential adverse effects on the servicer, the receivables and your notes in the event any Toyota or Lexus models are subject to recalls.	Toyota Motor North America, Inc. periodically conducts vehicle recalls which could include temporary suspensions of sales and production of certain Toyota and Lexus models.  Because TMCC’s business is substantially dependent upon the sale of Toyota and Lexus vehicles, such events could adversely affect TMCC’s business. A decline in values of used Toyota and Lexus vehicles would have a negative effect on realized values and return rates which, in turn, could increase credit losses to TMCC.  Further, as described above in “—Federal financial regulatory legislation could have an adverse effect on TMCC, the depositor and the issuing entity, which could result in losses or delays in payments on your notes,” TMCC and its affiliates have been or may continue to become subject to litigation or governmental investigations and have been or may become subject to fines or other penalties.  These factors could affect sales of Toyota and Lexus vehicles and, accordingly, could have a negative effect on TMCC’s business, results of operations and financial condition. If the demand for used Toyota or Lexus vehicles decreases due to recalls or other factors, the resale value of the vehicles related to the receivables may also decrease. As a result, the amount of proceeds received upon the liquidation or other disposition of financed vehicles may decrease.  A decrease in the level of sales, including as a result of the actual or perceived quality, safety or reliability of Toyota and Lexus vehicles, or a change in standards of regulatory bodies, will have a negative impact on the level of TMCC’s financing volume, insurance volume, earnings assets and revenues.  The credit performance of TMCC’s dealer and consumer lending portfolios may also be adversely affected.  In addition, as a result of any recalls, obligors of related receivables may be more likely to be delinquent in or default on payments on their receivables. If any of these events materially affect collections on the receivables, you may experience delays in payments or principal losses on your notes if the available credit enhancement has been exhausted.
There may be potential adverse effects of credit ratings-related matters on the servicer, which could have an adverse effect on your notes.	Several credit rating agencies rate the long-term corporate credit and/or debt of TMCC and its affiliates.  The credit ratings of TMCC depend, in large part, on the existence of the credit support arrangements with Toyota Financial Services Corporation and Toyota Motor Corporation and on the financial condition and results of operations of Toyota Motor Corporation.  If these arrangements (or replacement arrangements acceptable to the applicable rating agencies) become unavailable to TMCC, or if the credit ratings of the credit support providers were lowered, TMCC’s credit ratings would be adversely impacted. The cost and availability of financing is influenced by credit ratings, which are intended to be an indicator of the creditworthiness of a particular company, security or obligation. Credit rating agencies which rate the credit of Toyota Motor

39

	Corporation and its affiliates, including TMCC, may qualify or alter ratings at any time.  Global economic conditions and other geopolitical factors may directly or indirectly affect such ratings and your notes.  Any downgrade in the sovereign credit ratings of the United States or Japan may directly or indirectly have a negative effect on the ratings of Toyota Motor Corporation and TMCC. Downgrades or placement on review for possible downgrades could result in an increase in TMCC’s borrowing costs as well as reduced access to global unsecured debt capital markets. These factors would have a negative impact on TMCC’s competitive position, results of operations and financial condition, which could affect the ability of the servicer to collect on the receivables and therefore result in delays in payments or principal losses on your notes if the available credit enhancement has been exhausted.
Funds held by the servicer that are intended to be used to make payments on the notes may be exposed to a risk of loss.	The servicer generally may retain all payments and proceeds collected on the receivables during each collection period.  The servicer is generally not required to segregate those funds from its own accounts until the funds are deposited in the collection account on or prior to each payment date.  Until any collections or proceeds are deposited into the collection account, the servicer will be able to invest those amounts for its own benefit at its own risk.  The issuing entity and noteholders are not entitled to any amount earned on the funds held by the servicer.  If the servicer does not deposit the funds in the collection account as required on any payment date, the issuing entity may be unable to make the payments owed on your notes.
A servicer default may result in additional costs, increased servicing fees by a substitute servicer or a diminution in servicing performance, including higher delinquencies and defaults, all of which may have an adverse effect on your notes.	If a servicer default occurs, the indenture trustee or the holders of notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the notes of the controlling class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, may remove the servicer without the consent of the owner trustee or the certificateholders.  In the event of the removal of the servicer and the appointment of a successor servicer, we cannot predict:
		·	the cost of the transfer of servicing to the successor;
		·	the ability of the successor to perform the obligations and duties of the servicer under the servicing agreement; or
		·	the servicing fees charged by the successor.
	In addition, the holders of notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the notes of the controlling class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, have the ability, with some exceptions, to waive defaults by the servicer. Furthermore, the indenture trustee or the holders of notes evidencing not less than a majority of the principal amount of the notes of the controlling class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, may experience difficulties in appointing a successor servicer and during any transition phase, it is possible that normal servicing activities could be disrupted, resulting in increased delinquencies and/or defaults on the receivables.
	Additionally, because the servicer is paid its basic servicing fee based on a percentage of the aggregate outstanding amount of the receivables, the fee the servicer receives each month will be reduced as the size of the pool decreases over time.  At some point, if the need arises to obtain a successor servicer, the fee that such successor servicer would earn might not be sufficient to induce a potential successor servicer to agree to service the remaining receivables in the pool, which could result in increased delinquencies and/or defaults on the receivables.

40

The insolvency or bankruptcy of the servicer could delay the appointment of a successor servicer or reduce payments on your notes.

In the event of default by the servicer resulting solely from certain events of insolvency or the bankruptcy of the servicer, neither the indenture trustee nor the noteholders of the controlling class could either appoint a successor servicer or prevent the servicer from appointing a sub-servicer, as the case may be, without the consent of the bankruptcy trustee or the bankruptcy court, and delays in the collection of payments on the receivables may occur.  Any delay in the collection of payments on the receivables may delay or reduce payments to noteholders.

A security breach or a cyber-attack affecting TMCC could adversely affect TMCC’s business, results of operations and financial condition, which could have an adverse effect on your notes.

TMCC collects and stores certain personal and financial information from customers, employees, and other third parties.  Security breaches or cyber-attacks involving TMCC’s systems or facilities, or the systems or facilities of TMCC’s service providers, could expose TMCC to a risk of loss of personally identifiable information of customers, employees and third parties or other proprietary or competitively sensitive information, business interruptions, regulatory scrutiny, actions and penalties, litigation, reputational harm, a loss of confidence, and other financial and non-financial costs, all of which could potentially have an adverse impact on TMCC’s future business with current and potential customers, results of operations and financial condition, and which could adversely affect TMCC’s ability to service the receivables and perform its other obligations under the transaction agreements, which could have an adverse effect on your notes. TMCC relies on encryption and other information security technologies licensed from third parties to provide security controls necessary to help in securing online transmission of confidential information pertaining to customers, employees and other aspects of TMCC’s business.  Advances in information system capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology that TMCC uses to protect sensitive data.  A party who is able to circumvent TMCC’s security measures by methods such as hacking, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruption in TMCC’s operations.  TMCC may be required to expend capital and other resources to protect against such security breaches or cyber-attacks or to remediate problems caused by such breaches or attacks.  TMCC’s security measures are designed to protect against security breaches and cyber-attacks, but TMCC’s failure to prevent such security breaches and cyber-attacks could subject TMCC to liability, decrease TMCC’s profitability and damage TMCC’s reputation. Even if a failure of, or interruption in, TMCC’s systems or facilities is timely resolved or an attempted cyber incident or other security breach is successfully avoided or thwarted, it may require TMCC to expend substantial resources or to take actions that could adversely affect customer satisfaction or behavior and expose TMCC to reputational harm. TMCC could also be subjected to cyber-attacks that could result in slow performance and loss or temporary unavailability of TMCC’s information systems.  Information security risks have increased because of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists, and others.  TMCC may not be able to anticipate or implement effective preventative measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently and because attacks can originate

41

	from a wide variety of sources. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on TMCC’s business, results of operations and financial condition, could adversely affect TMCC’s ability to service the receivables and perform its other obligations under the transaction agreements, and could have an adverse effect on your notes.
A failure or interruption of TMCC’s information systems, including in connection with any consolidation of or change in servicing operations, could have an adverse effect on your notes.	TMCC relies on internal and third party information and technological systems to manage its operations, which creates meaningful operational risk for TMCC.  Any failure or interruption of TMCC’s information systems or the third party information systems on which it relies as a result of inadequate or failed processes or systems, human errors, employee misconduct, catastrophic events, external or internal security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, malware, ransomware, misplaced or lost data, or other events could disrupt TMCC’s normal operating procedures, damage its reputation and have an adverse effect on TMCC’s business, results of operations and financial condition, which could adversely affect TMCC’s ability to service the receivables and perform its other obligations under the transaction agreements, which could have an adverse effect on your notes. From time to time, TMCC may update its servicing systems in order to improve operating efficiency, update technology and enhance customer services.  For example, TMCC is in the process of implementing a new core servicing system to replace its legacy core servicing system, which includes building a new enterprise integration platform that also accommodates downstream systems.  In connection with any such updates, TMCC may experience limited disruptions in servicing activities both during and following roll-out of the new servicing systems or platforms caused by, among other things, periods of system down-time and periods devoted to user training.  These and other implementation related difficulties may contribute to higher delinquencies.  It is not possible to predict with any degree of certainty all of the potential adverse consequences that may be experienced, and there can also be no assurance that any such disruptions in servicing activities will not adversely affect TMCC’s ability to service the receivables, which could have an adverse effect on your notes.
The timing of principal payments is uncertain, and losses and delinquencies on the receivables may differ from TMCC’s historical loss and delinquency levels.	The amount of distributions of principal on the notes and the time when you receive those distributions depend on the rate of payments and losses relating to the receivables, which cannot be predicted with certainty.  Increased delinquency and credit losses are significantly influenced by the combined impact of a number of factors, including the effects of changes in a servicer’s servicing operations, lower used vehicle values, continued economic weakness, longer term financing and tiered/risk based pricing.  TMCC cannot guarantee that the delinquency and loss levels of the receivables will correspond to the delinquency and loss levels TMCC has experienced in the past on its loan portfolio.  There is a risk that delinquencies and losses could increase or decline from historical levels for various reasons including changes in underwriting standards or changes in local, regional or national economies.
[Payments on the notes will be dependent on payments made under the [swap][cap]	The issuing entity’s ability to protect itself from shortfalls in cash flow caused by interest rate changes will depend to a large extent on the terms of the [swap][cap] agreement and whether the [swap][cap] counterparty performs its obligations under the [swap][cap] agreement.  If

42

agreement.	the issuing entity does not receive the payments it expects from the [swap][cap] counterparty, the issuing entity may not have adequate funds to make all payments to noteholders when due, if ever. Interest will be due on the class A-2b notes at adjustable rates, while interest will be earned on the receivables at fixed rates.  The issuing entity will enter into an interest rate [swap][cap] to reduce its exposure to changes in interest rates.  The interest rate [swap][cap] requires [one party to make payments to the other party in an amount calculated by applying an interest rate (for example, a floating rate) to a specified notional amount in exchange for the other party making a payment calculated by applying a different interest rate (for example, a fixed rate) to the same notional amount.  For example, if the issuing entity issues $100 million of notes bearing interest at a floating LIBOR rate, it might enter into a swap agreement under which the issuing entity would pay interest to the swap counterparty in an amount equal to an agreed upon fixed rate on $100 million in exchange for receiving interest on $100 million at the floating LIBOR rate][the cap counterparty to make payments to the issuing entity in an amount calculated by applying an interest rate equal to the excess, if any, of an interest rate (for example, a floating rate) over a different interest rate (for example, a fixed rate) to a specified notional amount.  For example, if the issuing entity issues $100 million of notes bearing interest at a floating one-month LIBOR rate, it might enter into a cap agreement under which the cap counterparty would pay interest to the issuing entity in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the floating one-month LIBOR rate over a fixed rate on $100 million in exchange for receiving a fixed payment made by the issuing entity on the closing date].  The $100 million would be the “notional” amount because it is used simply to make the calculation.  In an interest rate [swap][cap], no principal payments are exchanged.
[Termination of the [swap][cap] agreement and the inability to locate a replacement [swap][cap] counterparty may cause termination of the issuing entity and sale of its assets.	The [swap][cap] agreement may be terminated if particular events occur.  Most of these events are generally beyond the control of the issuing entity or the [swap][cap] counterparty.  If an event of default under the [swap][cap] agreement occurs and the indenture trustee is not able to assign the [swap][cap] agreement to another party, obtain a [swap][cap] agreement on substantially the same terms or is unable to establish any other arrangement consistent with the rating agencies’ criteria, the indenture trustee may terminate the [swap][cap] agreement, which will result in an event of default under the indenture.  It is impossible to predict how long it would take to sell the assets of the issuing entity.  Some of the possible adverse consequences of a sale of the assets of the issuing entity are:
		·	the proceeds from the sale of assets under those circumstances may not be sufficient to pay all amounts owed to you;
		·	amounts available to pay you will be further reduced if the issuing entity is required to make a termination payment to the [swap][cap] counterparty and such termination payments are equal or higher in priority to payments on the notes;
		·	termination of the [swap][cap] agreement may expose the issuing entity to interest rate risk, further reducing amounts available to pay you;
		·	the sale may result in payments to you occurring significantly earlier than expected; and
		·	a significant delay in arranging a sale of the issuing entity’s assets

43

		could result in a delay in principal payments.  This would, in turn, increase the weighted average lives of the notes and could reduce the return on your notes.
	The [swap][cap] agreement involves risk and the issuing entity will be exposed to this risk.  For this reason, only investors capable of understanding these risks should invest in the notes.  You are strongly urged to consult with your financial advisors before deciding to invest in the notes.]
The geographic concentration of the obligors and performance of the receivables may increase the risk of loss on your investment.	The concentration of the receivables in specific geographic areas may increase the risk of loss.  A deterioration in economic conditions in the states where obligors reside could adversely affect the ability and willingness of obligors to meet their payment obligations under the receivables and may consequently affect the delinquency, loss and repossession experience of the issuing entity with respect to the receivables.  An improvement in economic conditions could result in prepayments by the obligors of their payment obligations under the receivables.  As a result, you may receive principal payments of your notes earlier than anticipated.
	As of the [initial] cutoff date, TMCC’s records indicate that, based on the mailing addresses of the obligors of the receivables, the aggregate principal balance of the receivables was concentrated in the following states:

State	Percentage of Aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date
[_________]	[_____]%

No other state, based on the mailing addresses of the related obligors, accounts for more than 5.00% of the aggregate principal balance of the receivables as of the [initial] cutoff date.

Certain obligors’ ability to make timely payments on the receivables, and the condition of the financed vehicles, may be adversely affected by extreme weather conditions, natural disasters and other similar events.

Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, hurricanes, earthquakes, tornadoes, wildfires and other similar events, could result in substantial business disruptions, economic losses and unemployment, and could have a negative effect on general economic conditions, consumer confidence and general market liquidity.  As a result of such events, the obligors’ ability to make timely payments could be adversely affected, and the issuing entity’s ability to make payments on the notes could be adversely affected if obligors are unable to make timely payments on the receivables. In addition, any such events may adversely affect the condition of the financed vehicles.  No representation or warranty will be made by TMCC or any other entity regarding the condition of any financed vehicle as of the cutoff date or any other date.   Under the terms of the receivables, obligors are required to maintain physical damage insurance.  However, there can be no assurance that such insurance has been maintained in all cases or would fully cover any damage to the related financed vehicle.   For additional information, you should refer to “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Insurance on Financed Vehicles” in this prospectus. No prediction can be made, and no assurance may be given, as to

44

	the effect of extreme weather conditions, natural disasters and other similar events on the rate of delinquencies, prepayments and/or losses on the receivables or the market value of your notes.
[The rating of the [swap][cap] counterparty may affect the ratings of the notes.	Any rating agencies rating the notes will consider the provisions of the [swap][cap] agreement and any ratings assigned to the [swap][cap] counterparty.  A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the rating of the debt of the [swap][cap] counterparty by any rating agency may result in the downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the rating assigned by that rating agency to any class (or all classes) of notes.  A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the rating assigned by any rating agency to a class of notes would likely have adverse consequences on their liquidity or market value. To provide some protection against the adverse consequences of a downgrade, the [swap][cap] counterparty will be required to take one of the following actions if any rating agency rating its debt reduces its debt ratings below certain levels:
		·	collateralize its obligations under the [swap][cap] agreement;
		·	assign the [swap][cap] agreement to another party with a better debt rating;
		·	obtain a replacement [swap][cap] agreement on substantially the same terms as the [swap][cap] agreement; or
		·	establish any other arrangement satisfactory to any rating agencies rating the notes.
	The interest rate [swap][cap] involves a degree of counterparty credit risk and the issuing entity will be exposed to this risk.  For this reason, only investors capable of understanding these risks should invest in the notes.  You are strongly urged to consult with your financial advisors before deciding to invest in the notes.]
The ratings for the notes may be lowered or withdrawn at any time and do not consider the suitability of the notes for you.	The ratings assigned to the notes by any rating agency will be based on, among other things, the adequacy of the assets of the issuing entity, any credit enhancement and any other information such rating agency considers material to such determination.  The rating considers only the likelihood that the issuing entity will pay interest on time and will ultimately pay principal in full or make full distributions of note balances.  Ratings on the notes do not address the timing of distributions of principal on the notes prior to their applicable final scheduled payment date.  The ratings do not consider the prices of the notes or their suitability to a particular investor.  The ratings may be lowered or withdrawn at any time.  If any rating agency changes its rating or withdraws its rating, no one has an obligation to provide additional credit enhancement or to restore the original rating.
Withdrawal or downgrading of the initial ratings of the notes	A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities.  Similar ratings on different types of securities do not

45

will, and any adverse changes to a rating may, affect the prices for the notes upon resale, and the payment of rating agency fees by the sponsor may present a conflict of interest.

necessarily mean the same thing.  To the extent the notes are rated by any rating agency, any such rating agency may change its rating of the notes if that rating agency believes that circumstances have changed.  Any subsequent change in a rating will likely affect the price that a subsequent purchaser would be willing to pay for the notes and your ability to resell your notes. The depositor expects that the notes will receive ratings from two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, or “NRSROs,” hired by the sponsor to rate the notes.  Ratings initially assigned to the notes will be paid for by the sponsor.  The sponsor is not aware that any other NRSRO, other than the NRSROs hired by the sponsor to rate the notes, has assigned ratings on the notes.  Securities and Exchange Commission rules state that the payment of fees by the sponsor, the issuing entity or an underwriter to rating agencies to issue or maintain a credit rating on asset-backed securities is a conflict of interest for rating agencies.  In the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this conflict is particularly acute because arrangers of asset-backed securities transactions provide repeat business to the rating agencies.  Under Securities and Exchange Commission rules, information provided by the sponsor or the underwriters to a hired NRSRO for the purpose of assigning or monitoring the ratings on the notes is required to be made available to each non-hired NRSRO in order to make it possible for such non-hired NRSROs to assign unsolicited ratings on the notes.  An unsolicited rating could be assigned at any time, including prior to the closing date, and none of the depositor, the sponsor, the underwriters or any of their affiliates will have any obligation to inform you of any unsolicited ratings assigned to the notes and such parties may be aware of such unsolicited ratings.  NRSROs, including the hired rating agencies, may have different methodologies, criteria, models and requirements.  If any non-hired NRSRO assigns an unsolicited rating on the notes, there can be no assurance that such rating will not be lower than the ratings provided by the hired rating agencies, which could adversely affect the market value of your notes and/or limit your ability to resell your notes.  In addition, if the sponsor fails to make available to the non-hired NRSROs any information provided to any hired rating agency for the purpose of assigning or monitoring the ratings on the notes, a hired rating agency could withdraw its ratings on the notes, which could adversely affect the market value of your notes and/or limit your ability to resell your notes. Furthermore, Congress or the Securities and Exchange Commission may determine that any NRSRO that assigns ratings to the notes no longer qualifies as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization for purposes of the federal securities laws and that determination may also have an adverse effect on the market price of the notes. Potential investors in the notes are urged to make their own evaluation of the creditworthiness of the receivables and the credit enhancement on the notes, and not to rely solely on the ratings on the notes.

The rate of depreciation of certain financed vehicles could exceed the amortization of the outstanding principal balance of the loan on those financed vehicles, which may result in losses.

There can be no assurance that the value of any financed vehicle will be greater than the outstanding principal balance of the related receivable.  New vehicles normally experience an immediate decline in value after purchase because they are no longer considered new.  As a result, it is highly likely that the principal balance of the related receivable will exceed the value of the related vehicle during the earlier years of a receivable’s term.  Defaults during these earlier years are likely to result in losses because the proceeds of repossession are less likely to pay the full

46

	amount of interest and principal owed on the receivable.  The frequency and amount of losses may be greater for receivables with longer terms, because these receivables tend to have a somewhat greater frequency of delinquencies and defaults and because the slower rate of amortization of the principal balance of a longer term receivable may result in a longer period during which the value of the financed vehicle is less than the remaining principal balance of the receivable. See the table entitled “Composition of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date” under “The Receivables” in this prospectus for the percentage of the aggregate principal balance of the receivables as of the [initial] cutoff date consisting of receivables with original scheduled payments greater than 60 months.   The frequency and amount of losses may also be greater for obligors with little or no equity in their vehicles because the principal balances for such obligors are likely to be greater for similar loan terms and vehicles than for obligors with a more significant amount of equity in the vehicle.  Additionally, although the frequency of delinquencies and defaults tends to be greater for receivables secured by used vehicles, the amount of any loss tends to be greater for receivables secured by new vehicles because of the higher rate of depreciation described above.
You may suffer losses due to receivables with low annual percentage rates.	The receivables include receivables that have APRs that are less than the interest rates on your securities.  Obligors with higher APR receivables may prepay at a faster rate than obligors with lower APR receivables.  Higher rates of prepayments of receivables with higher APRs may result in the issuing entity holding receivables that will generate insufficient collections to cover delinquencies or chargeoffs on the receivables or to make current payments of interest on or principal of your notes.  Similarly, higher rates of prepayments of receivables with higher APRs will decrease the amounts available to be deposited in the reserve account, reducing the protection against losses and shortfalls afforded thereby to the notes.  For additional information, you should refer to the table entitled “Distribution of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date by APR” under “The Receivables” and “Prepayment and Yield Considerations” in this prospectus.
[Retention of [the class [___] notes and] approximately, but not less than 5% (by initial principal amount) of each of the class [__] notes may reduce the liquidity of such classes of notes.	[The class [__] notes and] [A][a]pproximately, but not less than, 5% (by initial principal amount) of each of the class [__] notes will be retained initially by [the depositor], but[, to the extent not necessary to satisfy Regulation RR and the E.U. Retention Rules, as described under “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer––Credit Risk Retention” and “Underwriting––E.U. Risk Retention and Due Diligence Requirements” in this prospectus,] may subsequently be sold directly, including through a placement agent or through underwriters, in one or more negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be determined at the time of sale.  If only a portion of the class [___] notes are sold, the market for such a retained class of notes may be less liquid than would otherwise be the case.  In addition, if any retained notes are subsequently sold in the secondary market, demand for and the market price of notes already in the market could be adversely affected.  Additionally, if any class [___] notes are subsequently sold, the voting power of the noteholders of the outstanding notes may be diluted.]
Holders of the notes that are subordinate to the controlling class may suffer losses because they have limited control over actions of the issuing entity and conflicts between classes of notes may occur.	The class A notes will be the “controlling class” under the indenture while any class A notes are outstanding.  After the class A notes have been paid in full, the class B notes will be the controlling class. The rights of the controlling class will include the following:
		·	following an event of default, to direct the indenture trustee to exercise one or more of the remedies specified in the indenture relating to the property of the issuing entity,

47

			including a sale of the receivables;
		·	following certain servicer defaults, to waive such servicer default or to terminate the servicer;
		·	to appoint a successor indenture trustee; and
		·	to consent to specified types of amendments.
	In exercising any rights or remedies under the indenture, the controlling class may act solely in its own interests or direct the indenture trustee to act solely in the interest of the controlling class. Therefore, holders of notes that are subordinated to the controlling class will not be able to participate in the determination of any proposed actions that are within the purview of the controlling class, and the controlling class, or the indenture trustee at the direction of the controlling class, could take actions that would adversely affect the holders of notes that are subordinated to the controlling class.
[The issuing entity will issue floating rate notes, but the issuing entity will not enter into any interest rate hedge agreements and you may suffer losses on your notes if interest rates rise.	The receivables sold to the issuing entity on the closing date will provide for level monthly payments, while the class A-2b notes will bear interest at a floating rate based on a spread over [One-Month LIBOR]. Even though the issuing entity will issue the class A-2b notes as floating rate notes, it will not enter into any interest rate swap or interest rate cap agreements in connection with the issuance of the class A-2b notes. If the floating rate payable by the issuing entity in respect of the class A-2b notes increases to the point where the amount of interest and principal due on the notes, together with other fees and expenses payable by the issuing entity, exceeds the amount of collections and other funds available to the issuing entity to make such payments, the issuing entity may not have sufficient funds to make payments on the notes, including the class A-2b notes.  If the issuing entity does not have sufficient funds to make payments, you may experience delays or reductions in the interest and principal payments on your notes. If market interest rates rise or other conditions change materially after the issuance of the notes, you may experience delays or reductions in interest and principal payments on your notes. The issuing entity will make payments on the class A-2b notes out of its generally available funds—not solely from funds that are dedicated to the class A-2b notes.  Therefore, an increase in interest rates would reduce the amounts available for distribution to holders of all notes, not just the holders of the class A-2b notes.]
[Risks associated with the unknown allocation of the class A-2a notes and the class A-2b notes.	The allocation of the initial principal amount between the class A-2a notes and the class A-2b notes may not be known until the time of pricing. Therefore, investors should not expect further disclosure of these matters prior to their entering into commitments to purchase these classes of notes.  Additionally, one of the two classes may not be issued or may have a very small initial principal amount.  However, the depositor expects that the initial principal amount of the class A-2b notes will not exceed $[___]. As the allocated initial principal amount of the class A-2b notes is increased (relative to the class A-2a notes), there will be a greater amount of floating rate notes issued by the issuing entity, and therefore the issuing entity will have greater exposure to increases in the floating rate payable on the class A-2b notes.

48

	Because the aggregate initial principal amount of class A-2a notes and the class A-2b notes is fixed as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, the division of the aggregate initial principal amount between the class A-2a notes and the class A-2b notes may result in one of such classes being issued in only a very small principal amount, which may reduce the liquidity of such class of notes.]
[Negative One-Month LIBOR rates would reduce the rate of interest on the class A-2b notes.	The interest rate to be borne by the class A-2b notes is based on a spread over One-Month LIBOR.  As a result, changes in One-Month LIBOR will affect the rate at which the class A-2b notes accrue interest and the level of interest payments on the class A-2b notes. To the extent that One-Month LIBOR decreases below 0.00% for any interest period, the rate at which the class A-2b notes accrue interest for such interest period will be reduced by the amount by which One-Month LIBOR is negative, provided that the interest rate on the class A-2b notes for any interest period will not be less than 0.00%.  A negative One-Month LIBOR rate could result in the interest applied to the class A-2b notes decreasing to 0.00% for the related interest period.]
[Uncertainty relating to LIBOR and potential phasing out of LIBOR after 2021 may adversely affect the value of the notes.	The interest rate to be borne by the class A-2b notes is based on a spread over One-Month LIBOR. The London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, serves as a global benchmark for home mortgages, student loans and what various issuers pay to borrow money. Regulators and law-enforcement agencies in a number of different jurisdictions have conducted and continue to conduct civil and criminal investigations into potential manipulation or attempted manipulation of LIBOR submissions to the British Bankers’ Association.  The British Bankers’ Association was replaced by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (the “IBA”) as LIBOR administrator as of February 1, 2014, and additional reforms to LIBOR, and related submission and calculation procedures, are anticipated.  Investors in the notes should be aware that the administrator of LIBOR will not have any involvement in the administration of the issuing entity or the notes and may take actions in respect of LIBOR without regard to the effect of such actions on the notes.  Any changes to LIBOR could affect the level and volatility of the published One-Month LIBOR rate and any uncertainty in the value of LIBOR or the development of a widespread market view that LIBOR has been manipulated, or any uncertainty in the prominence of LIBOR as a benchmark interest rate due to the recent regulatory reform may adversely affect the interest rate on the class A-2b notes and the liquidity and market value of the class A-2b notes in the secondary market. In addition, on July 27, 2017, the Chief Executive Officer of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) announced that by the end of 2021 (the “London Interbank Offered Rate Phase-Out Date”), LIBOR would no longer be sustained through the FCA’s efforts to compel banks’ participation in setting the benchmark.  In the announcement, the Chief Executive Officer of the FCA stated that the London interbank market is no longer sufficiently active to determine reliable rates.  It is not currently known whether the IBA, the entity responsible for administering LIBOR, will continue to quote LIBOR after the London Interbank Offered Rate Phase-Out Date.  The IBA has not proposed an alternative benchmark rate, nor has it outlined a process or schedule for introducing an alternative benchmark rate, if any.

49

If a published LIBOR rate is unavailable at any time after the issuance date of the notes, the rate of interest on the class A-2b notes will be determined using the alternative methods described under “Description of the Notes—Payments of Interest.”  These alternative methods may result in lower interest payments than would have been made if LIBOR were available in its current form. The alternative methods may also be subject to factors that make LIBOR impossible or impracticable to determine.  If a published LIBOR rate is unavailable and banks are unwilling to provide quotations, the rate of interest on the class A-2b notes for a determination date will be the same as on the preceding determination date, and such rate could remain the rate of interest on the class A-2b notes for the remaining life of the class A-2b notes. As a result of the foregoing, the rate at which the class A-2b notes bear interest could be adversely affected by misconduct in the rate-setting process for LIBOR, changes to such process, the phasing out of the rate entirely or the unavailability of such rate.  Any of these events may have an adverse effect on the interest rate, yield, value and marketability of the notes and could impact the amount of funds available to make payments on the notes.]

Because the notes are in book-entry form, your rights can only be exercised indirectly.

Because the notes will be issued in book-entry form, you will be required to hold your interest in the notes through The Depository Trust Company in the United States, or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or the Euroclear Bank SA/NV, as operator for the Euroclear System or their successors or assigns. Transfers of interests in the notes within The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or the Euroclear System must be made in accordance with the usual rules and operating procedures of those systems. So long as the notes are in book-entry form, you will not be entitled to receive a definitive note representing your interest. The notes will remain in book-entry form except in the limited circumstances described under “Description of the Notes—Book-Entry Registration” in this prospectus. Unless and until the notes cease to be held in book-entry form, the indenture trustee will not recognize you as a “noteholder,” as the term is used in the indenture. As a result, you will only be able to exercise the rights of noteholders indirectly through The Depository Trust Company (if in the United States) and its participating organizations, or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or the Euroclear Bank SA/NV, as operator for the Euroclear System and their participating organizations. Holding the notes in book-entry form could also limit your ability to pledge your notes to persons or entities that do not participate in The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or the Euroclear System and to take other actions that require a physical certificate representing the notes. Interest and principal on the notes will be paid by the issuing entity to The Depository Trust Company as the record holder of the notes while they are held in book-entry form. The Depository Trust Company will credit payments received from the issuing entity to the accounts of its participants which, in turn, will credit those amounts to noteholders either directly or indirectly through indirect participants. This process may delay your receipt of principal and interest payments from the issuing entity.

50

THE ISSUING ENTITY

The Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust (the “Issuing Entity”) is a Delaware statutory trust formed pursuant to the trust agreement, as amended and restated (the “Trust Agreement”), between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as depositor (“TAFR LLC” or the “Depositor”), and [____________________________________], as owner trustee (in such capacity, the “Owner Trustee”), and the filing of a certificate of trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.  After its formation, the Issuing Entity will not engage in any activity other than:

(i)            acquiring, holding and managing the Receivables described below under “The Receivables” and the other property of the Issuing Entity and proceeds therefrom;

(ii)           issuing:

(a)              the Class A‑1 Asset-Backed Notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $[___________] (the “Class A‑1 Notes”);^[*]

(b)             the Class A-2[a] Asset-Backed Notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $[___________] (the “Class A-2[a] Notes”);^[*]

[(c)            the Class A-2b Asset-Backed Notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $___________ (the “Class A-2b Notes”);]^[*]

([c][d])      the Class A-3 Asset-Backed Notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $[___________] (the “Class A‑3 Notes”);^[*]

([d][e])      the Class A-4 Asset-Backed Notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $[__________] (the “Class A‑4 Notes”); ^[*]

([e][f])       the Class B Asset-Backed Notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $[__________] (the “Class B Notes”); and^[*]

([f][g])       the certificate (the “Certificate”), evidencing an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Issuing Entity that is subordinate to the interests of the holders of any class of Notes (the “Noteholders”);

[The allocation of the original principal amount between the Class A-2a Notes and Class A-2b Notes will be determined at the time of pricing of the Notes offered hereunder. The Depositor expects that the original principal amount of the Class A-2b Notes will not exceed $[________]..]^[**]

[*     NOTE: The number of classes is for illustrative purposes only.  In a particular transaction, there may be more or fewer classes of senior and subordinate notes offered.]

[**     NOTE: The timing of the allocation of the original principal amounts of the Class A-2a and Class A-2b Notes is for illustrative purposes only.  In a particular transaction, there may be more, no or different classes for which the original principal amounts will be allocated on the date of pricing.]

[(iii)         entering into and performing its obligations under [the [Swap][Cap] Agreement with the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty];]

([iii][iv]) making distributions on the Notes and the Certificate and to the Depositor, the Servicer, [the Swap Counterparty,] the Administrator and any third parties;

([iv][v])  engaging in those other activities, including entering into agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith;

51

([v][vi])  subject to compliance with the Transfer and Servicing Agreements, engaging in such other activities as may be required in connection with conservation of the Trust Estate; and

([vi][vii]) assigning, granting, transferring, pledging, mortgaging and conveying the Trust Estate pursuant to, and on the terms and conditions described in, the indenture (the “Indenture”) between the Issuing Entity and [_____________ ______________________], as indenture trustee (in such capacity, the “Indenture Trustee”) and to holding, managing and distributing to the holders of the Certificate (the “Certificateholders”) pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement any portion of the Trust Estate released from the lien of the Indenture.

[The Class A-2a Notes and the Class A-2b Notes are referred to in this prospectus collectively as the “Class A-2 Notes.”]  The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A‑3 Notes and the Class A‑4 Notes are referred to in this prospectus collectively as the “Class A Notes.”  The Class A Notes and the Class B Notes are referred to in this prospectus collectively as the “Notes.”^[*]  [The Class [__] Notes and] [A][a]pproximately, but not less than, 5% (by initial principal amount) of each of the Class [__] Notes will be retained initially by [the depositor].], but[, to the extent not necessary to satisfy Regulation RR and the E.U. Retention Rules, as described under “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer––Credit Risk Retention” and “Underwriting––E.U. Risk Retention and Due Diligence Requirements” in this prospectus,] such Notes may subsequently be sold directly, including through a placement agent, on or after the Closing Date, or through underwriters after the Closing Date in one or more negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be determined at the time of sale.]

[^*NOTE: While this prospectus describes [four][five] classes of Class A Notes and one class of Class B Notes, this description is for illustrative purposes only and there may be more or fewer classes of senior and subordinate notes offered in any transaction.]

The Notes and the Certificate are collectively referred to as the “Securities” and the holders of Securities are referred to as “Securityholders.”  Each Note will represent an obligation of, and each Certificate will represent an undivided ownership interest in, the Issuing Entity. Payments in respect of the Certificate will be subordinated to payments in respect of the Notes to the extent described in this prospectus.  The Notes are the only securities being offered hereby.  The Certificate is not being offered to you in this offering.

The Issuing Entity may not issue securities other than the Notes and Certificate.  Except for the Notes, the Issuing Entity is also prohibited from borrowing money or making loans to any other person.

Any amendment to the trust agreement to amend, supplement or modify these permitted activities, or otherwise make any modification that would materially and adversely affect the Noteholders, would require the consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Class.

The Issuing Entity will be structured as a bankruptcy remote, special purpose entity.  The Issuing Entity will use the Notes and the Certificate as consideration for the Receivables transferred to the Issuing Entity by the Depositor pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (the “Sale and Servicing Agreement”).  Only the Notes are being offered by this prospectus.  The Depositor will deliver the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to TMCC, the sponsor of this transaction (in such capacity, the “Sponsor”), as consideration for the Receivables transferred to the Depositor by TMCC, pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”).

TMCC will be appointed to act as the servicer of the Receivables (in such capacity, the “Servicer”).  TMCC, as Servicer, will service the Receivables pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement.  TMCC, as administrator (in such capacity, the “Administrator”), will perform additional administrative services for the Issuing Entity, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Administration Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”).  TMCC (or any successor servicer [or successor administrator]) will be compensated for such services as described under “Transfer and Servicing Agreements––Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses” and “––Administration Agreement” in this prospectus.

Pursuant to agreements between TMCC and authorized Toyota and Lexus vehicle dealers or dealer groups and, to a lesser extent, other domestic and import franchise dealers (collectively, the “Dealers”), each Dealer will

52

repurchase from TMCC those contracts that do not meet certain representations and warranties made by the Dealer when sold by the Dealer.  These Dealer repurchase obligations are referred to in this prospectus as “Dealer Recourse.”  Although the Dealer agreements with respect to the Receivables will not be assigned to the Issuing Entity, the Sale and Servicing Agreement will require that any recovery by TMCC in respect of any Receivable pursuant to any Dealer Recourse be deposited in the Collection Account in satisfaction of TMCC’s repurchase obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  However, the representations and warranties of the Dealers in the Dealer Agreements will not be incorporated in the Transfer and Servicing Agreements and TMCC will not represent or warrant in the Transfer and Servicing Agreements that the representations and warranties of the Dealers in the Dealer Agreements are true and correct.  Thus, TMCC will not be obligated to repurchase any Receivables upon a breach of representation or warranty by the related Dealer.  The sales by the Dealers of installment sales contracts to TMCC do not generally provide for recourse against the Dealers for unpaid amounts in the event of a default by a retail purchaser of a Financed Vehicle who entered into a retail installment sales contract with a Dealer (each, an “Obligor”) under an installment sales contract, other than in connection with the breach of the foregoing representations and warranties.  As of [___________], 20[__], there were approximately [_____] Dealers from whom TMCC has purchased installment sales contracts.

The Notes will be secured by and payable from the property of the Issuing Entity.  The property of the Issuing Entity that secures the Notes will include the Receivables and certain monies due or received on such Receivables after the [Initial] Cutoff Date.  The property of the Issuing Entity will also include (i) such amounts as from time to time may be held in one or more accounts established and maintained by the Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as described below; (ii) security interests in the Financed Vehicles and any accessions thereto; (iii) the rights to proceeds with respect to the Receivables under physical damage, theft, credit life, credit disability and similar insurance policies covering the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors, as the case may be; (iv) the right to receive proceeds from any Dealer Recourse; (v) the rights of the Depositor under the Receivables Purchase Agreement; (vi) the right to realize upon any property (including the right to receive future proceeds of liquidation of Defaulted Receivables) that secured a Receivable and that has been acquired by the Issuing Entity[; (vii) [the rights of the Issuing Entity and powers of the Indenture Trustee under the [Swap][Cap] Agreement][the amounts payable to the Issuing Entity under the [Swap][Cap] Agreement;] and (vii[i]) any and all proceeds of the property listed in clauses (i) through (vi[i]).  The property of the Issuing Entity is referred to herein as the “Trust Estate.”

The Reserve Account, which belongs to the Depositor, will be established with and maintained by the Indenture Trustee and pledged to the Indenture Trustee to secure payments on the Notes.

The Issuing Entity’s fiscal year end will occur on the 31st day of December each year.

The Issuing Entity’s principal offices are in [__________], Delaware, in care of [______________], at the address described below under “The Trustees” in this prospectus.

For additional information regarding permissible activities of or restrictions on the Issuing Entity, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Indenture—Certain Covenants” in this prospectus.  The Issuing Entity will initially be capitalized with the Notes, the Certificate, the yield supplement overcollateralization amount, overcollateralization and the amounts on deposit in the accounts of the Issuing Entity.

CAPITALIZATION OF THE ISSUING ENTITY

The property of the Issuing Entity will include a pool of retail installment sales contracts (the “Receivables”) between Dealers and the Obligors of new and used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles (the “Financed Vehicles”) and all payments due on such Receivables on and after the close of business on [_________], 20[__] (the “[Initial] Cutoff Date”).  The Receivables were originated by Dealers in accordance with TMCC’s requirements and subsequently purchased by TMCC.  TMCC purchased the Receivables in the ordinary course of business pursuant to Dealer Agreements.  The Receivables evidence the indirect financing made available by TMCC to the related Obligors of the Financed Vehicles.  Each Receivable creates a valid, subsisting and enforceable first priority security interest in favor of TMCC in the related Financed Vehicle.  On or before the date of initial issuance of the Notes (the “Closing Date”), TMCC will sell the Receivables to the Depositor pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement.  The Depositor will, in turn, sell the Receivables to the Issuing Entity pursuant

53

to the Sale and Servicing Agreement[; provided that subsequent sales of additional Receivables by the Depositor may occur during the [Revolving][Prefunding] Period].  For so long as the Notes are outstanding, neither the Depositor nor TMCC may substitute any other retail installment sales contract for any Receivable sold to the Issuing Entity.

The following table illustrates the capitalization of the Issuing Entity as of the Closing Date, as if the issuance and sale of the Notes and the Certificate had taken place on such date:

Class A-1 Notes	$[______________]
Class A-2[a] Notes[(1)]	$[______________]
[Class A-2b Notes(1)	$[______________]]
Class A-3 Notes	$[______________]
Class A-4 Notes	$[______________]
Class B Notes	$[_____________]
Reserve Account Initial Deposit([1][2])	$[____________]
[Prefunding Account Initial Deposit([1][2])	$[____________] [NOTE: amount not to exceed 25% of the principal balance of the notes]]
Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount	$[_____________]
Initial Overcollateralization	$[______]
Total	$[________________]

_______________________________________________________________

^[(1) The allocation of the initial principal amount between the Class A-2a Notes and Class A-2b Notes will be determined at the time of pricing of the Notes offered hereunder. The Depositor expects that the initial principal amount of the Class A-2b Notes will not exceed $[________].]

^[([1][2])] The Reserve Account is pledged to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and, although the Issuing Entity does not have rights to the Reserve Account, funds on deposit therein will be applied to payments of the Notes in certain circumstances, as described in this prospectus.

THE DEPOSITOR

The Depositor was formed in the State of Delaware on December 22, 2000, as a wholly-owned, limited purpose subsidiary of TMCC. The principal executive offices of the Depositor are located at 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attn: President, and its telephone number is (469) 486-9020.

The Depositor was organized primarily for the purpose of acquiring installment sales contracts similar to the Receivables and associated rights from TMCC, selling the Receivables and installment sales contracts similar to the Receivables to issuing entities, causing the issuance of securities similar to the Notes and the Certificate and engaging in related transactions.  Initially, the Depositor will also own the Certificate issued by the Issuing Entity.  The Depositor’s limited liability company agreement limits its activities to the purposes indicated above and to any activities incidental to and necessary for such purposes (including repurchase obligations with respect to Warranty Receivables).  Other than the obligation to obtain the consent of the Certificateholder with respect to amendments to the Trust Agreement or other consent rights given to the holder of the residual interest in the Issuing Entity, the Depositor will have no ongoing duties with respect to the Issuing Entity.

The limited liability company agreement of the Depositor includes requirements for independent directors, extensive corporate separateness covenants and restrictions on its permitted corporate functions (including on its ability to borrow money or incur debts), all of which are designed to prevent the consolidation of the assets of the Depositor with those of any of TMCC, any of its affiliates or of the Issuing Entity in the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding of TMCC, such other affiliated entity or the Issuing Entity.

54

THE SPONSOR, ADMINISTRATOR AND SERVICER

TMCC was incorporated in California in 1982, and commenced operations in 1983.  The address of TMCC’s principal executive offices is 6565 Headquarters Drive, Plano, Texas 75024-5965.  TMCC is wholly-owned by Toyota Financial Services International Corporation (formerly Toyota Financial Services Americas Corporation), a California corporation, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Toyota Financial Services Corporation, a Japanese corporation (“TFSC”).  TFSC, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Toyota Motor Corporation (“TMC”), a Japanese corporation.  TFSC manages TMC’s worldwide financial services operations.  TMCC is marketed under the brands of Toyota Financial Services and Lexus Financial Services.

In fiscal 2018, TMCC substantially completed the process of moving its corporate headquarters operations from Torrance, California to Plano, Texas as part of TMC’s consolidation of its three North American headquarters for manufacturing, sales and marketing, and finance operations into a single new headquarters facility.

TMCC provides a variety of finance and insurance products to Dealers and their customers in the United States of America (excluding Hawaii) (the “U.S.A.”) and Puerto Rico.  The Dealers will originate, and TMCC will purchase, the Receivables in the ordinary course of business pursuant to dealer agreements (the “Dealer Agreements”).  TMCC’s products fall primarily into the following categories:

· Finance – TMCC acquires retail installment sales contracts from Dealers in the U.S.A. and Puerto Rico (“retail contracts”) and leasing contracts accounted for as operating leases (“lease contracts”) from Dealers in the U.S.A.  TMCC also provides dealer financing, including wholesale financing, working capital loans, revolving lines of credit and real estate financing to Dealers in the U.S.A. and Puerto Rico.

· Insurance – Through Toyota Motor Insurance Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary, and its insurance company subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “TMIS”), TMCC provides marketing, underwriting, and claims administration for vehicle and payment protection products sold by Dealers in the U.S.A.  TMCC’s vehicle and payment protection products include vehicle service agreements, guaranteed auto protection agreements, prepaid maintenance contracts, excess wear and use agreements, tire and wheel protection agreements and key replacement protection.  TMIS also covers certain risks of Dealers and provides related administrative services to certain of TMCC’s affiliates in the U.S.A.  Although the vehicle and payment protection products are generally not regulated as insurance products, for ease of reference the group of products provided by TMIS are collectively referred to herein as “insurance products.”

TMCC acquires retail and lease contracts from Dealers, and TMIS markets insurance products to Dealers,  through [29] dealer sales and services offices (“DSSOs”). The DSSOs are supported by three regional management offices and TMCC services contracts through three regional customer service centers (“CSCs”) located throughout the U.S.A.  The DSSOs primarily support the Dealers by acquiring retail and lease contracts and providing wholesale financing and other dealer financing activities such as business acquisitions, facilities refurbishment, real estate purchases, and working capital requirements.  The DSSOs also provide support for TMCC’s insurance products sold in the U.S.A.  The CSCs support customer account servicing functions such as collections, lease terminations, and administration of both retail and lease contract customer accounts.  The Central region CSC also supports insurance product operations by providing agreement and claims administrative services.

 Credit Risk Retention

The risk retention regulations in Regulation RR of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), require the Sponsor, either directly or through its majority-owned affiliates, to retain an economic interest in the credit risk of the Receivables (the “U.S. Retained Interest”) until the latest of two years from the Closing Date, the date the Pool Balance is one-third or less of the initial Pool Balance, or the date the aggregate principal amount of the Notes is one-third or less of the initial aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

[Combination Vertical and Horizontal Interest Option: The [Depositor][Sponsor] expects to satisfy the risk retention requirements of Regulation RR by retaining a combination of an “eligible vertical interest" and an "eligible horizontal residual interest" under Regulation RR.  The [Depositor][Sponsor] expects that the percentage of the

55

"eligible vertical interest" and the percentage of the fair value of the "eligible horizontal residual interest" will equal at least [____].]

[Eligible Vertical Interest Option:  [The [Depositor’s][Sponsor’s] retention of [at least] [5]% of each class of Notes satisfies the requirements for an "eligible vertical interest" under Regulation RR.  The [Depositor][Sponsor] is required to retain this interest for at least two years from the Closing Date.]

[Eligible Horizontal Residual Interest Option:  The [Depositor’s][Sponsor’s] retention of [the Class [__] Notes and] the Certificate satisfies the requirements for an “eligible horizontal residual interest” under Regulation RR.  The fair value of [the Class [__] Notes and] the Certificate[, together with the required amounts in the Reserve Account, which constitutes an “eligible horizontal cash reserve account” under Regulation RR,] is expected to represent at least [__]% of the fair value of the Notes on the Closing Date.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The fair value of the Class [____] Notes [and the Certificate] is expected to equal [__]% of the fair value of the Notes and the Certificate and [__]% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Certificate.  The fair value of the Reserve Account is expected to equal [__]% of the aggregate fair value of the Notes and the Certificate and [__]% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Certificate.  The Sponsor determined the fair value of the Notes , the Certificate and the Reserve Account using a fair value measurement framework under generally accepted accounting principles.  The use of observable and unobservable inputs is reflected in the fair value hierarchy assessment below:

Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets and liabilities.

Level 2: Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, or inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity may require significant judgment in order to determine the fair value of the assets and liabilities.

The fair value of the Reserve Account is considered Level 1 in the hierarchy as it consists of a cash balance.

The fair value of the Notes is considered Level 3 in the hierarchy. It is estimated based on current market rates and credit spreads for debt with similar maturity and prepayment profiles.  The initial fair value of the Notes is assumed to be equal to the initial principal amount, or par.  We use internal assumptions, including prepayment speeds and expected credit losses on the underlying securitized assets, to estimate the timing of cash flows to be paid on these instruments.  We assumed that the final interest rates of the Notes will be close to the interest rate assumptions below:

Class	Interest Rate
Class A-1	[____]%
Class A-2[a]	[____]%
[Class A-2b	[One-Month LIBOR] [+][-] [____]%]
Class A-3	[____]%
Class A-4	[____]%
Class B	[____]%

The fair value of the Certificate is considered Level 3 in the hierarchy as inputs to the fair value calculation are not readily observable.

The Sponsor used an internal valuation model to calculate the fair value of the Certificate.  This model forecasts interest and principal payments on the Receivables pool, the interest and principal payments on each class of the Notes, the servicing fee and other expenses of the Issuing Entity.  The resulting cash flows to the Certificate

56

are then discounted to present value using a discount rate that reflects the credit risk of these cash flows.  In making these calculations, the Sponsor made the following assumptions:

· interest accrues on the Notes at the rates referenced above.

· principal and interest cash flows for the Receivables are calculated using [12] sub-pools and related assumptions as described in "Weighted Average Lives of the Notes;"

· the Receivables prepay at a [__]% ABS rate, as described in "Prepayment and Yield Considerations;"

· cumulative net losses on the Receivables, as a percentage of the initial Receivables pool balance, occur each month at the following rates:

Month	Cumulative Net Loss	Month	Cumulative Net Loss	Month	Cumulative Net Loss
1	%	17	%	33	%
2	%	18	%	34	%
3	%	19	%	35	%
4	%	20	%	36	%
5	%	21	%	37	%
6	%	22	%	38	%
7	%	23	%	39	%
8	%	24	%	40	%
9	%	25	%	41	%
10	%	26	%	42	%
11	%	27	%	43	%
12	%	28	%	44	%
13	%	29	%	45	%
14	%	30	%	46	%
15	%	31	%	47	%
16	%	32	%	48	%

; and

· Certificate cash flows are discounted at [  ]%.

The Sponsor developed these inputs and assumptions by analyzing the following data:

· ABS rate: estimated based upon the composition of the Receivables and the performance of prior securitized pools included in Annex B;

· Cumulative net loss rate: estimated based upon the lifetime cumulative net losses and the timing of those losses.  The lifetime cumulative net loss assumption was developed based upon the composition of the Receivables, the performance of prior securitized pools in Annex B, used vehicle value trends, economic conditions and the cumulative net loss calculations of the hired NRSROs.  The timing of the cumulative net losses is based upon a historical average of prior securitized pools included in Annex B.  Default and recovery rate estimates are incorporated into the cumulative net loss assumption; and

57

· Discount rate applied to Certificate cash flows: estimated to assess the credit risk in the Certificate cash flows.  Due to the lack of a liquid market for Certificate trading, the discount rate was based upon qualitative factors that reflect the equity-like aspect of the first loss exposure.]

The Sponsor believes that the inputs and assumptions described above include all inputs and assumptions that could have a material impact on the fair value calculation or a prospective investor's ability to evaluate the Sponsor's fair value calculations.

The Sponsor will recalculate the fair value of the Notes [and the Certificate] as of the Closing Date to reflect the issuance of the Notes and any changes in the methodology or inputs and assumptions described above.  The fair value of the Notes [and the Certificate] as a percentage of the fair value and principal amount of the Notes will be included in the first investor report, together with a description of any material changes in the methodology or inputs and assumptions used to calculate the fair value.]

The material terms of the Notes are described in “Description of the Notes” and “Payments to Noteholders,” including under “—Priority of Payments,” “—Payments After Occurrence of Event of Default Resulting in Acceleration” and “—Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement.” The Certificate represents the equity or residual interest in the Issuing Entity and the right to receive amounts that remain after the Issuing Entity makes full payment of interest on and principal of the Notes payable on a given Payment Date, required deposits to the Reserve Account on that Payment Date and other required payments.  The Sponsor will agree that it will not, and will cause [the Depositor and] each affiliate of the Sponsor not to, sell, transfer, finance or hedge the U.S. Retained Interest, except to the extent permitted by Regulation RR.

[In addition, TMCC, in its capacity as the originator of the Receivables, will agree in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, with reference to the E.U. Retention Rules (as defined below under “Underwriting––E.U. Risk Retention and Due Diligence Requirements”) as in effect as of the date of this prospectus unless otherwise specified:

(a)to retain, on an ongoing basis, a material net economic interest of not less than 5% of the nominal value of each of the tranches sold or transferred to investors within the meaning of paragraph 1(a) of Article 405 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, paragraph 1(a) of Article 51 of Regulation (EU) No 231/2013, and paragraph 2(a) of Article 254 of Regulation (EU) No 2015/35 (the “E.U. Retained Interest”), by retaining, either directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries that are special purpose entities and not operating companies, not less than 5% (by initial principal amount) of each class of the Notes and not less than 5% of the percentage interests in the Certificate, and initially by causing the Depositor to acquire such securities on the Closing Date;

(b)to cause the E.U. Retained Interest to not be subject to any credit risk mitigation or any short positions or any other hedges and to not be sold, except to the extent permitted by the E.U. Retention Rules as may be in effect from time to time;

(c)that it will provide such information within its possession or control (subject to any applicable duties of confidentiality) as may be reasonably requested by a Noteholder and which is necessary to satisfy the E.U. Retention Rules, for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding;

(d)to confirm its continued compliance with its agreements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above: (i) for so long as TMCC is the Servicer, in each monthly statement to Noteholders and (ii) if TMCC is not the Servicer, to the Indenture Trustee on a monthly basis; and

(e)to promptly notify the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee if it fails to comply with its agreements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.

58

Each prospective investor in the Notes that is subject to the E.U. Retention Rules or any other applicable legal, regulatory or other requirements should consult with its own legal, accounting and other advisors and/or its national regulator in determining the extent to which the information set out in this prospectus is sufficient for the purpose of complying with the E.U. Retention Rules, or any such other applicable legal, regulatory or other requirements.  Each prospective investor is required to independently assess and determine the originator status of TMCC and the sufficiency of the information in this prospectus and the undertakings of TMCC for the purposes of complying with the E.U. Retention Rules, and none of the Issuing Entity, TMCC, the Depositor or any other person makes any representation as to such status or that any such information or undertakings are sufficient for such purposes.  In addition, each prospective investor should ensure that it complies with the interpretation given to the E.U. Retention Rules by the applicable regulatory authorities in its jurisdiction.  Prospective investors who are uncertain as to the requirements which apply to them in respect of their relevant jurisdiction should seek guidance from their regulator and independent advisors.  For more information regarding the risk retention regulations, see “Underwriting––E.U. Risk Retention and Due Diligence Requirements” in this prospectus.]

Underwriting of Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Contracts

TMCC purchases retail installment sales contracts secured by new or used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles from Dealers located throughout the U.S.A. and Puerto Rico.  Dealers originate these Receivables in accordance with TMCC’s requirements as specified in existing agreements between TMCC and the Dealers.  The Receivables are purchased in accordance with TMCC’s underwriting guidelines.  TMCC acquires possession of the retail installment sales contracts that are not originated electronically from Dealers and generally converts such retail installment sales contracts to electronic form and maintains control of the electronic copies.

TMCC utilizes a tiered pricing program, which matches interest rates with customer risk as defined by credit bureau scores and other factors for a range of price and risk combinations.  Each application is assigned a credit tier.  Rates vary based on credit tier, term, loan-to-value and collateral, including whether a new or used vehicle is financed.  In addition, special rates may apply as a result of promotional activities or exceptions granted by TMCC on a case-by-case basis, in each case in accordance with TMCC’s underwriting guidelines.  TMCC reviews and adjusts interest rates based on competitive and economic factors and distributes the rates, by tier, to Dealers.

Dealers transmit customer credit applications electronically through TMCC’s online system for credit acquisition.  The customer may submit a credit application directly to TMCC’s website, in which case, the credit application is sent to the Dealer of the customer’s choice and is considered by TMCC for preapproval.  Upon receipt of the credit application, TMCC’s loan origination system automatically requests a credit bureau report from one of the major credit bureaus.  TMCC uses a proprietary credit scoring system to evaluate an applicant’s risk profile.  Factors used by the credit scoring system (based on the applicant’s credit history) include the term of the contract, ability to pay, debt ratios, amount financed relative to the value of the vehicle to be financed and credit bureau attributes, such as number of trade lines, utilization ratio, and number of credit inquiries.

Applications received from Dealers include the applicant’s name, address, residential status, source and amount of monthly income and amount of monthly rent or mortgage payment.  Applications received from consumers also include the applicant’s name, address, residential status, source and amount of monthly income and amount of monthly rent or mortgage payment.  TMCC calculates the payment-to-income ratio for an applicant by dividing the related monthly payment by the gross monthly income and other monthly income of the applicant and any co-applicant as submitted to TMCC in the related credit application.  In limited cases, the submitted income amount may be adjusted through TMCC’s income verification process.

TMCC’s loan origination system first reviews the application for compliance with key TMCC credit policies (such as OFAC, social security, fraud, identity theft and address discrepancies).  It then aggregates and sends the application’s credit profile characteristics (full credit history information) and deal structure information (payment-to-income ratios, loan-to-value ratio, term and new versus used status), along with the FICO® and VantageScore^®, to a decision engine where an internal (TMCC) credit score is computed for the application.

Credit applications are subject to systematic evaluation.  TMCC’s loan origination system evaluates each application to determine if it qualifies for automatic approval or decline without manual intervention (“auto-

59

decisioning”) using specific requirements, including internal credit score and other application characteristics.  Typically, the highest quality credit applications are approved automatically and the lowest quality credit applications are automatically declined.

Credit analysts (located at the DSSOs) approve or decline all credit applications that are not auto-decisioned, and may also approve an application that has been the subject of an automated decline.  Failure to be automatically approved through auto-decisioning does not mean that an application does not meet TMCC’s underwriting guidelines.  A credit analyst decisions applications based on an evaluation that considers an applicant’s creditworthiness and projected ability to meet the monthly payment obligation, which is derived, among other things, from the amount financed and the term. A credit analyst will verify information contained in the credit application if the application presents an elevated level of credit risk.  TMCC’s proprietary scoring system assists the credit analyst in the credit review process.

The system calculates and assigns a payment probability and a credit grade.  To calculate the payment probability, key data from credit bureaus are combined with data from customer applications, including ratios such as vehicle payment-to-income and total debt payments-to-income.  These and other factors are weighted by a statistically validated credit scoring process to produce the payment probability and credit grade.  The credit analyst’s final credit decision is made based upon the degree of credit risk perceived by the credit analyst after assessing the strengths and weaknesses of the application.

Credit analysts are assigned approval levels for maximum amount financed, maximum percentage advanced, payment-to-income ratio, and maximum term.  Senior personnel with appropriate approval authority may approve applications that have not been approved by a credit analyst or were not originally approved by a credit analyst.  Purchasing standards are not strict limits or requirements and may be overridden for a number of compensating reasons determined in the judgment of the analyst or more senior personnel with appropriate approval authority evaluating the application, including, but not limited to, demonstrated ability to pay, strong credit history, and prior favorable TMCC financing experience with the applicant.  Applications approved by senior personnel with appropriate approval authority are made in accordance with TMCC’s underwriting guidelines.

When a customer application for credit is approved, the Dealer is required to submit specific contract documentation in accordance with TMCC procedures.  When a customer application is denied, or is the subject of a counteroffer, by TMCC, an Equal Credit Opportunity Act adverse action notice is sent to the customer specifying the reasons for such denial or counteroffer.

TMCC regularly reviews and analyzes its portfolio of Receivables to evaluate the effectiveness of its underwriting guidelines and purchasing criteria.  If external economic factors, credit losses or delinquency experience, market conditions or other factors change, TMCC may adjust its underwriting guidelines and purchasing criteria in order to change the asset quality of its portfolio or to achieve other goals and objectives.

TMCC’s retail installment sales contracts require Obligors to possess physical damage insurance and to provide evidence of such insurance upon TMCC’s request.  The terms of each Receivable allow, but do not require, TMCC to obtain any such coverage on behalf of the Obligor.  In accordance with its normal servicing procedures, TMCC currently does not obtain insurance coverage on behalf of the Obligor.

Electronic Contracts and Electronic Contracting

For Receivables that are not originated electronically, TMCC typically acquires possession, directly or through a third party, of retail installment sales contracts assigned by Dealers to TMCC, and causes such retail installment sales contracts to be converted into electronic form, and TMCC maintains control of the electronic copies (“Converted Electronic Contracts”) through TMCC’s technology system that permits storage, access and administration of these Converted Electronic Contracts.

Beginning in 2011, TMCC began to engage a number of Dealers in the United States in electronic contracting, under which the related contracts are evidenced by an electronic record and are electronically signed by the related Obligors (the “Original Electronic Contracts”).  TMCC has contracted with a third-party to facilitate the process of creating and storing Original Electronic Contracts.  The third-party’s technology system permits transmission, storage, access and administration of Original Electronic Contracts and is comprised of proprietary and third-party software, hardware, network communications equipment, lines and services, computer servers, data

60

centers, support and maintenance services, security devices and other related technology materials that enable electronic contracting in the automobile retail industry.  Through use of the third-party’s system, a Dealer originates electronic retail installment sales contracts and then transfers these electronic contracts to TMCC.

Both TMCC’s system for Converted Electronic Contracts and the third-party system for Original Electronic Contracts use a combination of technological and administrative features that are designed to (i) designate a single copy of the record or records comprising an electronic contract as being the single authoritative copy of the Receivable, (ii) manage access to and the expression of the authoritative copy, (iii) identify TMCC as the owner of record of the authoritative copy and (iv) in the case of Original Electronic Contracts, provide a means for transferring record ownership of, and the exclusive right of access to, the authoritative copy from the current owner of record to a successor owner of record.

Servicing of Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Contracts

TMCC is the Servicer of the Receivables.  Each of the three customer service centers services open finance contracts using the same servicing system and procedures.  TMCC manages third party vendor relationships responsible for the bankruptcy administration and post-charge-off recovery and liquidation activities, certain administrative activities, customer service activities, and pre-charge-off collections with support from the service centers.  TMCC considers an Obligor to be past due if less than 90% of a regularly scheduled payment is received by the due date.  TMCC uses an online collection and auto dialer system that prioritizes collection efforts and signals TMCC collections personnel to make telephone contact with delinquent Obligors.  In the event of a default by an Obligor under a retail installment sales contract, some jurisdictions require that the Obligor be notified of the default and be given a time period within which to cure the default prior to repossession.  TMCC engages a third party vendor to mail the majority of such cure notices to customers at 45 days past due.  In certain limited circumstances, the required cure notices are sent directly to the customers by the service centers.

TMCC also uses a behavioral-based collection strategy to minimize risk of loss and employs various collection methods based on behavioral scoring models (which analyze borrowers’ payment performance, vehicle valuation and credit bureau scores to predict future payment behavior).  In accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, TMCC may offer to Obligors with temporary financial hardships due date changes, extensions and payment deferrals over the course of the contract.  Extensions and deferral approvals are based on specific business rules and risk-based scoring for each account.

TMCC generally determines whether to commence repossession efforts after a Receivable is approximately 80 days past due.  Repossessed vehicles are held for sale to comply with statutory requirements and then sold at private auctions, unless public auctions are required by state law.  Any unpaid amounts remaining after the repossessed vehicle is sold, or after taking the full balance charge‑off, are pursued by TMCC to the extent practical and legally permissible.  For additional information, you should refer to “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables—Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds” in this prospectus.  Any surplus amounts remaining after recovery fees, disposition costs, and other expenses have been paid, and after any reserve charge-backs, dealer guarantees and optional product refunds have been credited to the customer’s account, are refunded to the customers.  Refunds of surplus amounts are administered by the service centers.  Collections of post-sale deficiencies and full-balance charge-offs are handled by third party vendors and the service centers.  TMCC’s policy is to charge‑off a finance contract in its servicing system as soon as disposition of the vehicle has been completed, sales proceeds have been received, and optional product refunds have been applied, when applicable.  However, TMCC may in some circumstances charge-off a finance contract prior to repossession.  In the case of uncollectible accounts, charge-off of a finance contract will occur prior to and without repossession.  When repossession and disposition of the collateral has not been completed, TMCC’s policy is to charge‑off the account as soon as TMCC determines that the vehicle cannot be recovered, but not later than when the account is 120 days delinquent. However, the service centers will continue to collect or pursue recovery of the vehicle until the related contract is up to 190 days past due.

As described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is generally obligated to manage, service, administer and make collections on the Receivables with reasonable care, using the same degree of skill and attention that the Servicer exercises with respect to comparable automotive receivables that it services for itself or others (“Customary Servicing Practices”).  As part of its Customary Servicing Practices, the Servicer may implement new programs, whether on an intermediate, pilot or permanent basis, or on a regional or nationwide basis, or modify its standards, policies and procedures as long as, in each case, the Servicer implements such

61

programs or modifies its standards, policies and procedures in respect of comparable assets it services for itself in the ordinary course of business.  For example, the Servicer from time to time grants deferrals, extensions and other administrative relief to obligors living in areas affected by natural disasters.

As also described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer may, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, waive any prepayment charge, late payment charge or any other fees that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing the Receivables.  In addition, to the extent provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will also be authorized to offer and grant extensions, rebates or adjustments on a Receivable in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, without the prior consent of the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or any registered holder of the Securities, subject to the terms described under “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Servicing Procedures” in this prospectus.

TMCC, in its capacity as Servicer, began servicing operations in 1983.  In addition to servicing retail installment sales contracts similar to the Receivables, TMCC also services vehicle leases, dealer loans and other products and services.

TMCC has been engaged in purchasing finance contracts from authorized Toyota dealers in the U.S. since 1983, and has seen its managed portfolio of retail installment sales contracts grow to approximately $[__] billion as of [___________], 20[__].

The tables below under “Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses” in this prospectus show TMCC’s servicing experience for its entire portfolio of retail installment sales contracts on automobiles, including contracts sold in securitizations, that TMCC continues to service, as further described under “Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses” in this prospectus.

The Servicer is permitted to appoint a sub-servicer or engage a third party to perform all or a portion of its servicing obligations at the Servicer’s expense.  For example, TMCC has contracted with third parties to retrieve titles with respect to the Receivables, make collections on TMCC’s behalf and perform certain vehicle repossession functions.  Such an appointment does not relieve the Servicer of its obligations or liability for servicing and administering the Receivables in accordance with the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Under its current servicing practices, the Servicer will modify the terms of any Receivable impacted by the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, as amended (the “SCRA”), and will be obligated to purchase any such modified Receivable by depositing an amount equal to the remaining outstanding Principal Balance of such Receivable into the Collection Account.

The Servicer has a contract modification program pursuant to which the Servicer may enter into an amendment to the loan contract with an Obligor whose Receivable relates to a new or used vehicle that meets certain criteria, in order to extend the term of such Receivable, thereby increasing the number of Scheduled Payments remaining on such Receivable, and re-amortize the loan to reduce monthly payments.  Such extensions are generally only available to Obligors if a default, breach, violation, delinquency or event permitting acceleration under the terms of such Receivable has occurred or, in the judgment of the Servicer, is imminent.  The maximum term of such an amendment is 12 months added to the original term to maturity of the related contract regardless of whether prior deferments were granted.  However, a Receivable will not be amended if the original contract term is greater than [72] months.  In addition, if any amendment under this contract modification program has the effect of extending the maturity of the related Receivable beyond the end of the Collection Period preceding the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date, the Servicer will be obligated to purchase such Receivable, as described under “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Servicing Procedures” in this prospectus.

In December 2016, the Servicer implemented another contract modification program designed to increase the likelihood of collections from Obligors with final payments that are higher than their regular Scheduled Payments, generally as the result of prior extensions, due date changes or late payments in respect of the related Receivable.  Under this program, the maturity date of the related Receivable may be extended by up to 12 months and interest will not accrue during the extension period.  This program is only available to Obligors with fewer than two remaining Scheduled Payments, whose final Scheduled Payment is greater than $500 or at least twice the amount of their regular Scheduled Payment and who meet certain other criteria for program eligibility.  Although

62

the Servicer is not currently offering this program to Obligors, the Servicer may make the program available to Obligors again in the future.  If this final payment amendment program is made available to the Obligors of any Receivables, the Servicer will be obligated to purchase those Receivables, as described under “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Servicing Procedures” in this prospectus.

Securitization Experience

TMCC utilizes the asset-backed securities markets as a complement to its core unsecured funding programs, to secure an alternate source of liquidity, and to gain access to a unique investor base. TMCC currently maintains a shelf registration statement on Form SF-3 (the “Registration Statement”), with the Depositor listed as the registrant, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) relating to the issuance of securities secured by retail installment sales contracts.

TMCC indirectly originates all Receivables in each asset pool to be securitized in the ordinary course of its business.  For additional information regarding the selection criteria used in selecting the asset pool to be securitized, you should refer to “The Receivables” in this prospectus.  TMCC engages one of the underwriters to assist in structuring the transaction based on the forecasted cash flows of the pool and to determine class sizes and average lives based on current market conditions.

Since it began sponsoring securitization trusts in 1993, TMCC, in its capacity as Sponsor, has sponsored more than [__] securitization trusts backed by retail installment sales contracts which have issued more than approximately $[__] billion of registered securities to date, none of which have defaulted, experienced any events of default or failed to pay principal in full at maturity.

In addition to securitizing retail installment sales contracts similar to the Receivables, since 1993, TMCC has sponsored other securitization entities backed by pools of automobile leases which have issued more than $[__] billion of registered securities to date, none of which have defaulted, experienced any trigger events of default or failed to pay principal in full at maturity.

THE TRUSTEES

[__________] will be the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.  As a matter of Delaware law, the Issuing Entity will be viewed as a separate legal entity, distinct from the Owner Trustee, and the Issuing Entity will be viewed as the issuer of the Certificate.  [Applicable disclosure regarding the Owner Trustee and its prior experience will be provided by the Owner Trustee and included in the applicable prospectus.]

[__________] will be the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.  [Applicable disclosure regarding the Indenture Trustee and its prior experience will be provided by the Indenture Trustee and included in the applicable prospectus.]

The Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and any of their respective affiliates may hold the Notes in their own names or as pledgees.  For the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of certain jurisdictions or in other circumstances set forth in the Trust Agreement, the Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly (or in some instances, the Owner Trustee acting alone) and the Indenture Trustee will have the power to appoint co-trustees or separate trustees of all or any part of the Issuing Entity.  In the event of such an appointment, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, will be conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, and each such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction in which the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, will be incompetent or unqualified to perform certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who will exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable.

The Owner Trustee’s or the Indenture Trustee’s liability in connection with the issuance and the sale of the Securities is limited solely to the express obligations described in the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable.  The Owner Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Depositor, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, and the Indenture Trustee may resign at any time by providing written notice of its resignation to the Issuing Entity.  If the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee resigns,

63

the Servicer or the Administrator, respectively, will be obligated to appoint a successor thereto.  The Administrator may also remove the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee if either (i) ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Trust Agreement or the Indenture, as the case may be, (ii) becomes legally unable to act, (iii) is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or (iv) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, or their respective property.  In such circumstances, the Servicer or the Administrator, as applicable, will be obligated to promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee, respectively.  Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee and appointment of a successor thereto will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by such successor.  If no successor Owner Trustee has been so appointed or has accepted such appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.  If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Administrator or the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Class may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

The Depositor, the Servicer and their respective affiliates may maintain normal commercial banking relations with the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and their respective affiliates.The Trust Agreement and the Indenture will provide that the Issuing Entity will pay the fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, respectively, in connection with their duties under the Trust Agreement and Indenture, respectively.  The Administrator will agree, in the Administration Agreement, to pay the fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by the Issuing Entity in accordance with the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture.  The Trust Agreement will further provide that the Owner Trustee will be entitled to indemnification by the Issuing Entity for, and will be held harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Owner Trustee not resulting from its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence (other than by reason of a breach of any of its representations or warranties to be described in the Trust Agreement).  The Indenture will further provide that the Indenture Trustee will be entitled to indemnification by the Issuing Entity for, and will be held harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with the administration of the Issuing Entity and the performance of its duties (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and fees and expenses incurred in the enforcement of the Issuing Entity’s obligations) under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Administration Agreement (collectively, the “Transfer and Servicing Agreements”) not resulting from its own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence.  The Indenture Trustee will notify the Issuing Entity and the Administrator promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity; provided, that, failure by the Indenture Trustee to provide such notification will not relieve the Issuing Entity or the Administrator of its obligations under the Indenture if no prejudice to the Issuing Entity or the Administrator will have resulted from such failure.  Neither the Issuing Entity nor the Administrator need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

TMCC will agree to promptly pay to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee the amount of any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts not otherwise paid or reimbursed to it by the Issuing Entity on any Payment Date; provided that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee will be obligated to reimburse TMCC for any such amounts to the extent such Trustee subsequently receives payment or reimbursement in respect thereof from the Issuing Entity.

Duties of the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee

The Owner Trustee will make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of the Trust Agreement, the Notes or the Certificate (other than the authentication of the Certificate) or of any Receivables or related documents and is not accountable for the use or application by the Depositor or the Servicer of any funds paid to the Depositor or the Servicer in respect of the Notes, the Certificate or the Receivables, or the investment of any monies by the Servicer before those monies are deposited into the Collection Account.  The Owner Trustee will not independently verify information concerning the Receivables.  The Owner Trustee will be required to perform only those duties specifically required of it under the Trust Agreement.  Generally, those duties will be limited to the receipt of the various certificates, reports or other instruments required to be furnished to the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, in which case it will only be required to examine them to determine whether they conform to

64

the requirements of the Trust Agreement.  The Owner Trustee will not be charged with knowledge of a failure by the Servicer to perform its duties under the Trust Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement, or the breach of any representations made with respect to the Receivables, unless the Owner Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure or breach as will be specified in the Trust Agreement.

The Owner Trustee will not be required to perform any of the obligations of the Issuing Entity under the Transfer and Servicing Agreements or the Asset Representations Review Agreement that are required to be performed by:

· the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement;

· the Administrator under the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement or the Indenture;

· the Depositor under the Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Trust Agreement; or

· the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.

In addition, the Owner Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Trust Agreement or to make any investigation of matters arising under the Trust Agreement or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under the Trust Agreement or in relation thereto at the request, order or direction of any Certificateholder, unless that Certificateholder has offered to the Owner Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Owner Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the Owner Trustee in connection with the exercise of those rights.

The Indenture Trustee will make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of the Indenture, the Notes (other than the execution and authentication thereof) or of any Receivables or related documents, and will not be accountable for the use or application by the Sponsor or the Servicer of any funds paid to the Sponsor or the Servicer in respect of the Notes, or the Receivables, or the investment of any monies by the Servicer before such monies are deposited into the Collection Account.  If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee will be required to perform only those duties specifically required of it under the Indenture.  Generally, those duties will be limited to the receipt of the various certificates, reports or other instruments required to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, in which case it will only be required to examine them to determine whether they conform to the requirements of the Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee will not be charged with knowledge of a failure by the Servicer to perform its duties under the Trust Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement or of TMCC to perform its duties under the Administration Agreement, unless the Indenture Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure as will be specified in the Indenture.

If required under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”), the Indenture Trustee will be required to mail (within 60 days after each December 31, beginning with December 31, 20[__]) to all Noteholders a brief report relating to its eligibility and qualification to continue as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture and other information relating to the Receivables.  For additional information regarding such reports, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Indenture” in this prospectus.

The Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture or the other Transfer and Servicing Agreements or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under the Indenture or in relation to the Indenture or the other Transfer and Servicing Agreements at the request, order or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to such agreements, other than to fulfill its obligations relating to the asset representations review procedures described below under “Asset Representations Review,” unless such Noteholders have offered to the Indenture Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby.  No Noteholder will have any right under the Indenture to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture, except pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures described below under “Dispute Resolution,” unless such holder previously has given to the Indenture Trustee written notice of the occurrence of an Event of Default and (i) the Event of Default arises from the Servicer’s failure to remit payments when due or (ii) the holders of the Controlling Class (excluding for such purposes the outstanding principal amount of any Notes held of record or beneficially owned by TMCC, TAFR LLC or any of their affiliates), evidencing not less than 25% of the voting interests of such Controlling Class, have made

65

written request upon the Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture and have offered to the Indenture Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and the Indenture Trustee for 30 days has neglected or refused to institute any such proceedings.  For additional information, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Indenture” in this prospectus.

Neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner Trustee will have any obligation or responsibility to monitor or enforce the Sponsor’s compliance with any risk retention requirements.

Fees and Expenses

The table below sets forth the fees and expenses payable on each Payment Date, unless otherwise specified in this prospectus.

Party	Amount
Servicer (1)	(i) from Available Collections, one-twelfth of [1.00]% multiplied by the outstanding Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the first day of the related Collection Period[; provided that, in the case of the first Payment Date, the servicing fee is equal to two-twelfths of [1.00]% multiplied by the outstanding Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date], plus (ii) investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account and all late fees, extension fees and other administrative fees and expenses or similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to the Receivables received by the Servicer during the related Collection Period (the “Servicing Fee”)
[Administrator] (1), (2)	[$[________] per annum[, payable in [monthly][quarterly] installments]
Indenture Trustee (1), (2)	$[________] per annum[, payable in [monthly][quarterly] installments][payable on the Payment Date occurring in [_] of each year, commencing in [_] 20[_]]
Owner Trustee (1), (2)	$[________] per annum[, payable in [monthly][quarterly] installments][payable on the Payment Date occurring in [_] of each year, commencing in [_] 20[_]]
Asset Representations Reviewer (1), (2)	$[________] per annum[, payable in [monthly][quarterly] installments][payable on the Payment Date occurring in [_] of each year, commencing in [_] 20[_]]. In the event of an Asset Representations Review, the Asset Representations Reviewer will also be entitled to receive a fee equal to $[___] for each Receivable reviewed by it.

(1) To be paid before any amounts are distributed to Noteholders. [The Administrator will be entitled to a monthly administration fee, which will be paid to it by the Servicer from the Servicing Fee.]

(2) Fees, expenses and indemnification amounts payable to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer prior to the payment of any amounts to Noteholders are subject to an aggregate cap equal to $[________] in any calendar year prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Indenture that results in the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes.

ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

General

66

[__________], a [__________], will serve as asset representations reviewer (the “Asset Representations Reviewer”) pursuant to the terms of an asset representations review agreement (the “Asset Representations Review Agreement”) among the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Issuing Entity, the Servicer and the Administrator.

The Asset Representations Reviewer is not and will not be affiliated with any of TMCC, the Depositor, the Issuing Entity, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or any of their respective affiliates, and has not been, and may not be an affiliate of any person that was engaged by TMCC or any underwriter of the Notes to perform any due diligence on the Receivables prior to the Closing Date.

[Applicable disclosure regarding the Asset Representations Reviewer and its prior experience will be provided by the Asset Representations Reviewer and included in the applicable prospectus.]

Fees and Expenses

The Issuing Entity will pay the Asset Representations Reviewer a [monthly][quarterly][annual] fee equal to $[______][, which is payable in [_] of each year, commencing in [_] 20[_]].  The Asset Representations Reviewer will also be entitled to reimbursement or payment by the Issuing Entity for all costs, expenses and indemnification amounts incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties under the Asset Representations Review Agreement.  In the event an Asset Representations Review occurs, the Issuing Entity will also pay the Asset Representations Reviewer a fee equal to $[___] for each Receivable reviewed.

Prior to an acceleration of the Notes following the occurrence of an Event of Default, the aggregate amount of fees, expenses and indemnification amounts payable to the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee before payments are made to Noteholders on any Payment Date will not exceed $[______] in any calendar year.  Any such costs, expenses and indemnification amounts due in excess of the annual cap will be paid to the Asset Representations Reviewer and such other parties after payment of principal and interest due on the Notes on the related Payment Date, as described under “Payments to Noteholders––Priority of Payments” in this prospectus.  After the acceleration of the Notes following the occurrence of an Event of Default, all fees, expenses and indemnification amounts due to the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee will be reimbursed or paid to the Asset Representations Reviewer and such other applicable parties before the Issuing Entity makes any payments to Noteholders.  TMCC will agree to promptly pay to the Asset Representations Reviewer the amount of any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts not otherwise paid or reimbursed to it by the Issuing Entity on any Payment Date; provided that the Asset Representations Reviewer will be obligated to reimburse TMCC for any such amounts to the extent it subsequently receives payment or reimbursement in respect thereof from the Issuing Entity.

Resignation and Removal

The Asset Representations Reviewer may not resign unless it determines it is legally unable to perform its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement and there is no reasonable action that it could take to make the performance of its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement permitted under applicable law.  If the Asset Representations Reviewer breaches any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements under the Asset Representations Review Agreement, becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding, or no longer satisfies the applicable eligibility criteria, the Issuing Entity may remove the Asset Representations Reviewer and terminate its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement. The Issuing Entity will be obligated to engage a successor asset representations reviewer after any such resignation or removal.  No resignation or removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer will be effective, and the Asset Representations Reviewer will continue to perform its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement, until a successor asset representations reviewer has accepted its engagement for such purpose.

If the Asset Representations Reviewer resigns or is removed, the Asset Representations Reviewer is obligated to pay the reasonable expenses of transitioning its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement and preparing the successor asset representations reviewer to assume its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement.  To the extent expenses incurred in connection with the replacement of the Asset Representations Reviewer are not paid by the Asset Representations Reviewer that is being replaced, the Issuing Entity will be responsible for the payment of such expenses.  Any resignation, removal, replacement or

67

substitution of the Asset Representations Reviewer, or the appointment of a new asset representations reviewer, will be reported by the Administrator in the Form 10-D related to the Collection Period in which such change occurs, together with a description of the circumstances surrounding the change and, if applicable, information regarding the new asset representations reviewer.

Indemnity and Liability

The Asset Representations Reviewer will not be liable to any person or entity for any action taken, or not taken, in good faith under the Asset Representations Review Agreement or for errors in judgment.  However, the Asset Representations Reviewer will be liable for its willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence in performing its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement.  The Asset Representations Reviewer and its officers, directors, employees and agents will be indemnified by the Issuing Entity for all costs, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities resulting from the performance of its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement (including the fees and expenses of defending itself against any loss, damage or liability), but excluding any cost, expense, loss, damage or liability resulting from (i) the Asset Representations Reviewer’s willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence or (ii) the Asset Representations Reviewer’s breach of any of its representations or warranties in the Asset Representations Review Agreement.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will indemnify each of the Issuing Entity, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents for all fees, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities resulting from (a) the willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence of the Asset Representations Reviewer in performing its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement or (b) the Asset Representations Reviewer’s breach of any of its representations or warranties in the Asset Representations Review Agreement (including the reasonable attorneys’ fees and fees and expenses incurred in the enforcement of the Asset Representation Reviewer’s obligations).

AFFILIATIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

The Issuing Entity, the Depositor and Toyota Financial Services Securities USA Corporation (“TFSS USA”) are affiliates of TMCC (which is the Sponsor, the Servicer and the Administrator).  There is not currently, and there was not during the past two years, any material business relationship, agreement, arrangement, transaction or understanding that is or was entered into outside the ordinary course of business or is or was on terms other than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party, among any of the Depositor, the Issuing Entity, TFSS USA and the Sponsor.

[None of the Depositor, Sponsor, the Issuing Entity or any of their affiliates have, within the past two years, entered into any business relationship, agreement, arrangement, transaction or understanding  with any of the Underwriters, Indenture Trustee, Owner Trustee, [[Swap][Cap] Counterparty,] or the Asset Representations Reviewer that would be material to an investor's understanding of the Notes and that is outside the ordinary course of business or is on terms other than would be obtained in an arm's length transaction with an unrelated third party.]

THE RECEIVABLES

The Receivables will be purchased by the Issuing Entity as of the Cutoff Date.  The Receivables will have been originated by Dealers in accordance with TMCC’s requirements and subsequently purchased by TMCC.  The Receivables evidence the indirect financing made available by TMCC to the related Obligors in connection with the purchase by such Obligors of the Financed Vehicles.  On or before the Closing Date, TMCC will sell the Receivables to the Depositor pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement.  The Depositor will, in turn, sell the Receivables to the Issuing Entity pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement[, provided that the Issuing Entity may subsequently purchase additional Receivables from the Depositor during the [Revolving][Prefunding] Period].  During the term of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, neither the Depositor nor TMCC may substitute any other retail installment sales contract for any Receivable sold to the Issuing Entity.

The Receivables were purchased by TMCC from Dealers in the ordinary course of business pursuant to Dealer Agreements.  TMCC purchases Receivables originated in accordance with its credit standards which are based upon the vehicle buyer’s ability and willingness to repay the obligation as well as the value of the vehicle being financed, as described under “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer—Underwriting of Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Contracts” in this prospectus.

68

The Receivables were selected from TMCC’s portfolio of car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle retail installment sales contracts that met several criteria.  These criteria require that each Receivable satisfies the criteria below.  No selection procedures believed by the Depositor to be adverse to the Noteholders will be used in selecting the Receivables.

Each Receivable will provide for the allocation of payments according to the simple interest method (“Simple Interest Receivables”).  Payments on Simple Interest Receivables will be applied first to interest accrued through the date immediately preceding the date of payment and then to unpaid principal.  Accordingly, if an Obligor pays an installment before its due date, the portion of the payment allocable to interest for the Interest Period will be less than if the payment had been made on the due date, the portion of the payment applied to reduce the Principal Balance will be correspondingly greater, and the Principal Balance will be amortized more rapidly than scheduled.  Conversely, if an Obligor pays an installment after its due date, the portion of the payment allocable to interest for the Interest Period will be greater than if the payment had been made on the due date, the portion of the payment applied to reduce the Principal Balance will be correspondingly less, and the Principal Balance will be amortized more slowly than scheduled, in which case a larger portion of the Principal Balance may be due on the Final Scheduled Payment Date for the related Receivable.  No adjustment to the scheduled monthly payments is made in the event of early or late payments, although in the case of late payments the Obligor may be subject to a late charge.

The statistical information concerning the Receivables presented throughout this prospectus is based on the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date. [Additionally, the characteristics (as of the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date) of the Receivables sold to the Issuing Entity during the [Prefunding][Revolving] period will not differ materially from the characteristics (as of the Initial Cutoff Date) of the Receivables described in this prospectus as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date illustrated in the tables below.]

As of the [Initial] Cutoff Date, the Receivables had an aggregate Principal Balance of $[________________].

TMCC and the Depositor will represent and warrant that the Receivables satisfy certain representations and warranties, as described below under “Repurchases of Receivables.”  In addition, the Receivables were selected by TMCC from its portfolio of car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle retail installment sales contracts using certain selection criteria.  Pursuant to such selection criteria, as of the Cutoff Date and as of the Closing Date (unless one specific date is otherwise stated below), each Receivable:

l	falls within the range of:
	remaining Principal Balance as of [the][its respective] Cutoff Date	$[ __] to $[ __]
	original Principal Balance	$[ __] to $[ __]
	APR	[__]% to [__]%
	original number of monthly payments (“Scheduled Payments”)	[__] to [__] payments
	remaining number of Scheduled Payments as of [the][its respective] Cutoff Date	[__] to [__] payments
l	as of [the][its respective] Cutoff Date, had a FICO® score of at least	[__]
l	as of [the][its respective] Cutoff Date, does not relate to a vehicle as to which the related obligor is an employee of TMCC or any of its affiliates.

No selection procedures believed by TMCC to be adverse to Noteholders have been used in selecting the Receivables from qualifying retail installment sales contracts owned by TMCC. Except as described in the first bullet-point above, the Receivables were not selected on the basis of their APRs.

[_____] Receivables, having an aggregate Principal Balance of approximately $[______________] (representing approximately [_____]% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date) are evidenced by electronic contracts.

69

Based on the mailing addresses of the Obligors, the Receivables have been originated in [48] States and the District of Columbia.  Except in the case of any breach of representations and warranties by the related Dealer, the Receivables generally do not provide for recourse against the originating Dealer.  The composition, and the distributions by APR, geographic distribution, remaining Principal Balance, original number of Scheduled Payments, remaining number of Scheduled Payments and FICO^® score of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date are as described in the following tables. The characteristics in the following tables related to the term of the Receivables and the vehicle type may not match the asset-level data included as an exhibit to Form ABS-EE as the result of differences between the methods of calculating the term of the Receivables for the purpose of presenting statistical information concerning the Receivables in this prospectus and for the purpose of presenting asset-level data in Form ABS-EE.

Composition of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date

Total Principal Balance	$[________________]
Number of Receivables	[______]
Average Principal Balance	$[_________]
Range of Principal Balances	$[______] - $[_______]
Average Original Amount Financed	$[_________]
Range of Original Amounts Financed	$[______] - $[_______]
Weighted Average APR(1)	[____]%
Range of APRs	[____]% - [_____]%
Weighted Average Original Number of Scheduled Payments(1)	[_____] payments
Range of Original Number of Scheduled Payments	[__] – [__] payments
Percentage of Total Principal Balance Consisting of Receivables with Original Scheduled Payments Greater Than 60 Months	[____]%
Weighted Average Remaining Number of Scheduled Payments(1)	[_____] payments
Range of Remaining Number of Scheduled Payments	[_] – [__] payments
Weighted Average FICO® score(1) (2)	[___]
Range of FICO® scores(2)	[___] – [___]

_______________________________________________________________

⁽¹⁾ Weighted by Principal Balance as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date.

⁽²⁾ FICO^® is a federally registered servicemark of Fair Isaac Corporation.

The following are additional characteristics of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date, in each case as a percentage of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date:

New vehicles	[_____]%
Used vehicles	[_____]%
Cars	[_____]%
Minivans	[_____]%
Light-duty trucks	[_____]%
Sport utility vehicles	[_____]%
Toyota vehicles	[_____]%
Lexus vehicles	[_____]%

70

Distribution of the Receivables

as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date by APR

Range of APRs	Number of Receivables	Percentage of Total Number of Receivables	[Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance	Percentage of [Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]%	$    [____________]	[_____]%
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
[___] - [___]%	[_____]	[_____]	[______________]	[_____]
Total(1):	[_____]	100.00%	$[______________]	100.00%

________________________________________________________________

⁽¹⁾ Percentages may not add to 100% due to rounding.

[* Represents a number greater than 0.000% but less than 0.005%.]

71

Distribution of the Receivables

as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date by Geographic Distribution⁽¹⁾

Geographic Distribution	Number of Receivables	Percentage of Total Number of Receivables	[Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance	Percentage of [Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance
[[___]	[___]	[___]%	$     [____________]	[___]%
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]
[___]	[___]	[___]	[____________]	[___]]
Total(2):	[______]	100.00%	$[________________]	100.00%

72

________________________

⁽¹⁾ Based solely on the mailing addresses of the Obligors.

⁽²⁾ Percentages may not add to 100% due to rounding.

[* Represents a number greater than 0.000% but less than 0.005%.]

73

Distribution of the Receivables

as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date by Remaining Principal Balance

Remaining Principal Balance	Number of Receivables	Percentage of Total Number of Receivables	[Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance	Percentage of [Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]%	$     [_____________]	[____]%
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] or greater	[_____]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
Total(1):	[______]	100.00%	$[________________]	100.00%

________________________

 ⁽¹⁾ Percentages may not add to 100% due to rounding.

[* Represents a number greater than 0.000% but less than 0.005%.]

Distribution of the Receivables

as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date by Original Number of Scheduled Payments

Original Number of Scheduled Payments	Number of Receivables	Percentage of Total Number of Receivables	[Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance	Percentage of [Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]%	$            [___________]	[____]%
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]]
Total(1):	[______]	100.00%	$[_________________]	100.00%

________________________

⁽¹⁾ Percentages may not add to 100% due to rounding.

[* Represents a number greater than 0.000% but less than 0.005%.]

74

Distribution of the Receivables
as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date by Remaining Number of Scheduled Payments

Remaining Number of Scheduled Payments	Number of Receivables	Percentage of Total Number of Receivables	[Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance	Percentage of [Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]%	$            [___________]	[____]%
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[_] – [_]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]]
Total(1):	[______]	100.00%	$[_________________]	100.00%

________________________

 ⁽¹⁾ Percentages may not add to 100% due to rounding.

[* Represents a number greater than 0.000% but less than 0.005%.]

Distribution of the Receivables

as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date by FICO^® Score Range⁽¹⁾

FICO® Score Range(1)	Number of Receivables	Percentage of Total Number of Receivables	[Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance	Percentage of [Initial] Cutoff Date Aggregate Principal Balance
[___] - [___]	[______]	[____]%	$            [__________]	[____]%]
[___] - [___]	[______]	[____]	[__________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
[___] - [___]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
Greater than or equal to [____]	[______]	[____]	[_____________]	[____]
Total(2):	[_______]	100.00%	$[________________]	100.00%

________________________

 ⁽¹⁾ FICO^® is a federally registered servicemark of Fair Isaac Corporation.

 ⁽²⁾ Percentages may not add to 100% due to rounding.

[* Represents a number greater than 0.000% but less than 0.005%.]

Asset-Level Data for the Receivables

The Depositor prepared asset-level data for the Receivables and filed it with the SEC prior to the filing of this prospectus on exhibits to Form ABS-EE (such asset-level data, the “Initial Asset-Level Data”).  The Initial Asset-Level Data is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.  The Initial Asset-Level Data contains detailed information concerning each Receivable, including data regarding its origination characteristics, contract terms, characteristics of the related Financed Vehicle and Obligor, contract and payment activity, servicing activity and status.  Investors should carefully review the Initial Asset-Level Data.

The Servicer will also prepare asset-level data with respect to the Receivables for each Collection Period and file it with the SEC on exhibits to Form ABS-EE at or before the time of filing the related Form 10-D. The exhibits to each Form ABS-EE filed by or on behalf of the Issuing Entity after the filing of this prospectus will be incorporated by reference into the related Form 10-D.

 [Revolving Period]

[The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that all of the principal collected on the Receivables may be applied by the Indenture Trustee to acquire subsequent Receivables during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of (i) [NOTE: insert date not later than three years from the closing date] and (ii) the occurrence of an event of default that results in acceleration (the “Revolving Period”) rather than used to distribute payments of principal to holders of the Securities.  The additional Receivables will be transferred to the Issuing

75

Entity in exchange for money released to the Sponsor from the Collection Account.  The Revolving Period will be followed by an “Amortization Period,” during which Noteholders would receive payments in respect of principal.  Any principal collected on the Receivables that are not used to purchase additional Receivables by the end of the Revolving Period will be applied as a mandatory prepayment of the Notes.  The Revolving Period may terminate earlier than its scheduled end date upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.  Any such termination of the Revolving Period would result in earlier than expected principal repayment of the Notes.]

[Prefunding Period]

[On the Closing Date, [____]% [NOTE: amount not to exceed 25% of the principal balance of the Notes] of the proceeds received from the sale of the Notes will be deposited into the Prefunding Account.  The Issuing Entity will have the ability to purchase additional Receivables to the extent there are sufficient funds on deposit in the Prefunding Account during the period beginning on the Closing Date and terminating upon the earliest of (i) [NOTE: insert date not later than one year from the Closing Date], (ii) the date on which the amounts on deposit in the Prefunding Account have been depleted and (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default (the “Prefunding Period”).  If all of the monies originally deposited in the Prefunding Account are not used by the end of the Prefunding Period, all remaining monies will be applied as a mandatory prepayment of the Notes.  The termination of the Prefunding Period will result in earlier than expected principal repayment of the Notes.]

POOL UNDERWRITING

As described in “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer—Underwriting of Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Contracts” in this prospectus, under TMCC’s origination process, credit applications are evaluated when received and are either automatically approved, automatically declined or forwarded for review by a TMCC credit analyst with appropriate approval authority.  The credit analyst decisions applications based on an evaluation that considers an applicant’s creditworthiness and may consider an applicant’s projected ability to meet the monthly obligation, which is derived from the amount financed, the term, and the assigned contractual interest rate.  [______] Receivables, having an aggregate Principal Balance of approximately $[______________] (representing approximately [_____]% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date) were automatically approved, while [______] Receivables, having an aggregate Principal Balance of approximately $[______________] (representing approximately [_____]% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date) were evaluated and approved by a TMCC credit analyst with appropriate authority in accordance with TMCC’s written underwriting guidelines.  TMCC determined that whether a Receivable was accepted automatically by TMCC’s electronic credit decision system or was accepted following review by a TMCC credit analyst was not indicative of the related Receivable’s quality.

REVIEW OF POOL ASSETS

In connection with the offering of the Notes, the Depositor has performed a review of the Receivables and the disclosures regarding the Receivables included in this prospectus, including the Initial Asset-Level Data (such disclosures, collectively, the “Rule 193 Information”).  This review was designed and effected to provide the Depositor with reasonable assurance that the Rule 193 Information is accurate in all material respects.  The Depositor consulted with, and was assisted by, responsible personnel of TMCC in performing the review.  This review consisted of a review of TMCC underwriting guidelines and the eligibility and characteristics of the Receivables, as well as a review of the disclosure describing such underwriting guidelines, and the eligibility and characteristics of the Receivables in this prospectus. Certain of the information included in the Initial Asset-Level Data was also reviewed for consistency with the descriptions of the Receivables in this prospectus.

As part of the review of the Receivables, TMCC and the Depositor identified the Rule 193 Information to be covered by the review and identified the review procedures for each portion of such Rule 193 Information.  Descriptions in this prospectus under “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer—Underwriting of Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Contracts” consisting of factual information regarding TMCC underwriting guidelines were reviewed and approved by TMCC management to ensure the accuracy of such descriptions.  Additionally, members of TMCC’s Treasury group consulted with internal counsel, as well as external counsel, with respect to the descriptions of the legal and regulatory provisions that may materially and adversely affect the performance of the Receivables or payments on the Notes.

76

TMCC selected a random sample of [___] Receivables (the “Sample”).  TMCC also tested the accuracy of the data contained in TMCC’s data tape.  The data tape is an electronic record maintained by TMCC, which includes certain attributes of the Receivables.  TMCC reviewed the Receivable files for the Sample to confirm that the following [__] data points conformed to the applicable information on the data tape, within certain tolerance bands: account number, contract date, original principal balance, original interest rate, interest rate as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date, interest rate for the [________] scheduled monthly payment, monthly payment amount, first payment due date, maturity date at origination, vehicle identification number, vehicle make, vehicle model, model year, state of origination, new or used, original term, FICO^® score, co-obligor status, delinquency status, repossession/bankruptcy status and, other than for electronic titles, confirmed TMCC is listed as lienholder or was assigned the lien].  [___] variance[s] between the data points reviewed and the data tape [was][were] found.  [The variances were subsequently remedied by TMCC.]  [The Depositor considers the variance[s] to be immaterial and determined that [it is][they are] not indicative of any systematic errors in the data or other errors that could have a material adverse effect on the data and information about the Receivables described in this prospectus.]  TMCC also compared the statistical information contained in the table entitled “Composition of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date” under “The Receivables” above to data contained in, or derived from, the data tape.  Specifically, statistical information relating to the Receivables was recalculated using the applicable information on the data tape.

In addition to this review, the Depositor’s review of the Receivables and the Rule 193 Information, including the Initial Asset-Level Data, is further supported by TMCC compliance procedures used in the day-to-day operation of its business.  These procedures include financial reporting controls required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, regular internal audits of key business functions, including credit decisioning, servicing and systems processing, testing controls to verify compliance with procedures and quality assurance reviews for credit decisions and securitization processes.  In addition, TMCC has a network of computer applications which capture and maintain information about the Receivables.  These computer systems are subject to change control processes, automated controls testing and control review programs to determine whether systems controls are operating effectively.

Portions of the review of the characteristics of, and statistical information with respect to, the Sample and the Receivables, were performed with the assistance of third parties engaged by TMCC.  TMCC and the Depositor determined the nature, extent and timing of the review and the sufficiency of the assistance provided by the third parties for purposes of its review.  The Depositor had ultimate authority and control over, and assumes all responsibility for, the review and the findings and conclusions of the review.  The Depositor attributes all finding and conclusions of the review to itself.

After undertaking the review described above, the Depositor has found and concluded that it has reasonable assurance that the Rule 193 Information, including the Initial Asset-Level Data, is accurate in all material respects.

DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES

Described below is information concerning TMCC’s experience with respect to its portfolio of new and used car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle retail installment sales contracts which it has funded and is servicing, including contracts that have been securitized.

The data presented in the following tables are for illustrative purposes only.  There is no assurance that TMCC’s delinquency, credit loss and repossession experience with respect to car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle retail installment sales contracts in the future, or the experience of the Issuing Entity with respect to the Receivables, will be similar to that described below.

Delinquency and credit losses are significantly influenced by the combined impact of a number of factors, including, but not limited to, general economic conditions (including unemployment rates, fuel and energy prices and interest rates), consumer debt levels, the used vehicle market, purchase quality mix, contract term length, unenforceable or defeated security interests and operational changes affecting TMCC, which have the potential to adversely affect delinquencies and credit losses by disrupting TMCC’s normal operations during the operational change process.

The following tables show TMCC’s servicing experience for its entire portfolio of retail installment sales contracts on automobiles, including contracts sold in securitizations that TMCC continues to service.  The

77

percentages in the tables below have not been adjusted to eliminate the effect of the growth of TMCC’s portfolio.  Accordingly, the delinquency, repossession and net loss percentages would be expected to be higher than those shown for any group of Receivables that are isolated for any period or periods of time and the delinquency, repossession and net loss data measured the activity only for that isolated group over the periods indicated, as will be the case for the Receivables.  If the credit losses on the Receivables included in the Issuing Entity are greater than the historical credit loss experience listed below, the yield to holders of the Notes could be adversely affected.

Managed Portfolio

Historical Delinquency Experience⁽¹⁾

	At [___________],		At March 31,
	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]
Outstanding Contracts(2)	[_______]	[_______]	[_______]	[_______]	[_______]	[_______]	[_______]
Number of Accounts Past Due in the following categories
30 - 59 days	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]
60 - 89 days	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]
Over 89 days	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]
Delinquencies as a Percentage of Contracts Outstanding(3)
30 - 59 days	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%
60 - 89 days	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%
Over 89 days	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%

____________________

⁽¹⁾ The historical delinquency data reported in this table includes all retail installment sales contracts purchased by TMCC, excluding those purchased by a subsidiary of TMCC in Puerto Rico.  The historical delinquency data reported in this table also includes contracts that have been sold but are still being serviced by TMCC.

⁽²⁾ Number of contracts outstanding at end of period.

⁽³⁾ The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are contractually past due.  A payment is deemed to be past due if less than 90% of such payment is made.

78

Managed Portfolio

Net Loss and Repossession Experience⁽¹⁾(Dollars In Thousands)

	For the [__] Months Ended [___________],		For the Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]	20[__]
Principal Balance Outstanding(2)	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]
Average Principal Balance Outstanding(3)	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]
Number of Contracts Outstanding	[________]	[________]	[________]	[________]	[________]	[________]	[________]
Average Number of Contracts Outstanding(3)	[________]	[________]	[________]	[________]	[________]	[________]	[________]
Number of Repossessions(4)	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]	[______]
Number of Repossessions as a Percent of the Number of Contracts Outstanding	[____]%[(7)]	[____]%(7)	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%
Number of Repossessions as a Percent of the Average Number of Contracts Outstanding	[____]%[(7)]	[____]%(7)	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%
Gross Charge-Offs(5)	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]
Recoveries(6)	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]
Net Losses	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]	$[_______]
Net Losses as a Percentage of Principal Balance Outstanding	[____]%[(7)]	[____]%(7)	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%
Net Losses as a Percentage of Average Principal Balance Outstanding	[____]%[(7)]	[____]%(7)	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%	[____]%

____________________

⁽¹⁾ The net loss and repossession data reported in this table includes all retail installment sales contracts purchased by TMCC, excluding those purchased by a subsidiary of TMCC in Puerto Rico.  The net loss and repossession data reported in this table also includes contracts that have been sold but are still being serviced by TMCC.

⁽²⁾ Principal Balance Outstanding includes payoff amount for simple interestcontracts and net principal balance for actuarial contracts.  Actuarial contracts do not comprise any of the Receivables.

⁽³⁾ Average of theprincipal balance or number of contracts outstanding asof thebeginningand end of the indicated periods.

⁽⁴⁾ Includes bankrupt repossessions but excludes bankruptcies.

⁽⁵⁾ Amount charged off is the net remaining principal balance, including earned but not yet received finance charges, repossession expenses andunpaid extension fees, less any proceeds from the liquidation of the related vehicle.  Also includes dealer reserve charge‑offs.

⁽⁶⁾ Includes all recoveries from post‑disposition monies received on previously charged‑off contracts including any proceeds from the liquidation of the related vehicle after the related charge‑off.  Also includes recoveries for dealer reserve charge‑offs and dealer reserve chargebacks.

[⁽⁷⁾ Annualized.]

ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW

The Asset Representations Reviewer will perform a review of certain Receivables for compliance with representations and warranties made by TMCC and the Depositor about the Receivables in the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreements (an “Asset Representations Review”) if:

79

· a Delinquency Trigger occurs; and

· the required amount of Noteholders vote to direct an Asset Representations Review.

A “Delinquency Trigger” will occur if the aggregate Principal Balance of 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as a percentage of the aggregate Principal Balance of Receivables as of the end of a Collection Period exceeds the Delinquency Trigger Percentage for that Collection Period set by TMCC as described below.

A “60-Day Delinquent Receivable” is, for any date of determination, a Receivable for which payment of at least 90% of the required payment has not been received by the Servicer by the payment due date on or immediately preceding 60 days prior to such date of determination.  Charged off Receivables are not considered delinquent Receivables and therefore are not included in the Delinquency Trigger calculation.  TMCC does not treat a charged off Receivable as a delinquent Receivable because the related vehicle is no longer in the possession of the related Obligor and any loss would have been realized.

Upon the occurrence of a Delinquency Trigger, the Servicer will promptly send a notice to the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee, each Noteholder and clearing agency (which notice will be forwarded to the related Note Owners), which notice will describe the occurrence of the Delinquency Trigger and the rights of the Noteholders regarding an Asset Representations Review (including a description of the method by which Noteholders and Note Owners may contact the Indenture Trustee in order to request a formal Noteholder vote).  The Administrator will also include such descriptions in the Issuing Entity’s Form 10-D filing for the Collection Period in which the Delinquency Trigger occurs.

If Noteholders and Verified Note Owners (as defined below) holding at least 5% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, other than Notes held by the Sponsor, the Servicer, or any affiliate of either  (“Requesting Noteholders”), request a formal Noteholder vote by contacting the Indenture Trustee within 90 days of the date of the Form 10-D in which the occurrence of a Delinquency Trigger has been reported, then the Administrator will include in the Issuing Entity’s Form 10-D filing for the Collection Period in which such request occurred a statement that sufficient Requesting Noteholders are requesting a full vote of Noteholders and Note Owners to commence an Asset Representations Review.  If the requesting party is a record Noteholder, no further verification of ownership will be required.  If the requesting party is a Note Owner, then the Note Owner must include with its request to the Indenture Trustee a written certification that it is a Note Owner, together with one of the following additional forms of documentation of the requesting party’s status as a Note Owner:

· a trade confirmation;

· an account statement;

· a letter from a broker dealer that is acceptable to the Indenture Trustee or Administrator, as applicable; or

· any other form of documentation that is acceptable to the Indenture Trustee or Administrator, as applicable.

Any Note Owner who provides the required certification and documentation is referred to herein as a (“Verified Note Owner”).  While Verified Note Owners may request a formal Noteholder vote without acting through their respective DTC participants, in a formal Noteholder vote Note Owners may vote only through their respective DTC Participants.  For more information on the policies and procedures applicable to book-entry Notes, refer to “Description of the Notes—Book-Entry Registration” in this prospectus.

The related Form 10-D filing will specify the means by which Noteholders and Note Owners may make their votes known to the Indenture Trustee and will also specify the voting deadline (not earlier than 150 days from the date of the Form 10-D filing that first reported the occurrence of the Delinquency Trigger) that will be used to calculate whether the requisite amount of Noteholders have cast affirmative votes to direct the Indenture Trustee to notify the Asset Representations Reviewer to commence an Asset Representations Review.  If, by that voting deadline, votes in favor of an Asset Representations Review have been cast by Noteholders representing at least a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes held by voting Noteholders, and such affirmative votes represent votes by Noteholders holding at least 5% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes (excluding, for the purpose of each such calculation of the requisite percentage of Noteholders, any

80

Notes held by the Sponsor, the Servicer or any affiliate of either), the Indenture Trustee will send a notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Administrator and the Servicer informing them that the requisite Noteholders have directed the Asset Representations Reviewer to perform a review of all Receivables that are 60 days or more delinquent (the “ARR Receivables”) for the purpose of determining whether such Receivables were in compliance with the representations and warranties made by TMCC and the Depositor about the Receivables in the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreements.  The Form 10-D filing for the Collection Period in which the Indenture Trustee sent the foregoing notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer will specify that the requisite Noteholders have directed an Asset Representations Review.

However, if by the voting deadline date set forth in the related Form 10-D, affirmative votes have not been cast by Noteholders representing at least a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes held by voting Noteholders, or if affirmative votes were not cast by Noteholders holding at least 5% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes (excluding, for the purpose of each such calculation of the requisite percentage of Noteholders, any Notes held by the Sponsor, the Servicer or any affiliate of either), then no Asset Representations Review will occur for that occurrence of the Delinquency Trigger.

Within 60 days of the delivery of notice by the Indenture Trustee to the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Administrator and the Servicer that the Asset Representations Reviewer is to proceed with an Asset Representations Review, the Servicer will give the Asset Representations Reviewer access to the information necessary for it to perform a review of the ARR Receivables, as described below.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will be obligated to complete its review within 60 days after receiving access to such information, provided that such deadline will be extended for an additional 30 days in respect of any ARR Receivable in respect of which additional information was required by the Asset Representations Reviewer for the purpose of completing the related review.  The review procedures for each ARR Receivable will consist of tests designed to determine whether such ARR Receivable was or was not in compliance with the representations and warranties made regarding such ARR Receivable in the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreements.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will determine whether each such test was passed or failed; however, the Asset Representations Reviewer will have no obligation to determine whether a Delinquency Trigger has occurred or whether the required percentage of Noteholders has voted to direct a review, to determine which Receivables are to be the subject of a review, to obtain or confirm the validity of the information to be reviewed, to obtain missing or insufficient review information, or to take any action or cause any other party to take any action to enforce any remedies for breaches of representations or warranties.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will only be required to perform the specific tests enumerated in the Asset Representations Review Agreement, and will not be obligated to perform additional procedures on any ARR Receivable other than as specified therein.  However, the Asset Representations Reviewer may, in its discretion, perform other tests that it deems reasonable and appropriate in determining whether the ARR Receivables were in compliance with the representations and warranties made by TMCC and the Depositor about the Receivables in the Transfer and Servicing Agreements as of [the][their respective] Cutoff Date[s], and may provide additional information about any ARR Receivable that it determines in good faith to be material to the related review.  If the Servicer notifies the Asset Representations Reviewer that an ARR Receivable was paid in full or repurchased from the pool before a review report is delivered, the Asset Representations Reviewer will terminate the tests of that ARR Receivable and the review of that ARR Receivable will be considered complete.

The Sale and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer will render reasonable assistance, including granting access to copies of any underlying documents and Receivable files, to the Asset Representations Reviewer to facilitate the performance of a review of all ARR Receivables in order to verify compliance with the representations and warranties made to the Issuing Entity by TMCC and the Depositor.  The Servicer will provide the Asset Representations Reviewer with access to the related Receivables and all other relevant documents related to each ARR Receivable.  The Servicer may redact these materials to remove any personally identifiable customer information, but will use commercially reasonable efforts not to change the meaning of these materials or their usefulness to the Asset Representations Reviewer in connection with its review.

The Asset Representations Reviewer will report its findings and conclusions to the Issuing Entity, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee, TMCC and the Depositor after completion of the Asset Representations Review, but in any event, no later than five days after completion of the Asset Representations Review.  The ultimate determination as to whether the compliance or non-compliance of any representation constitutes a breach of the applicable agreement will not be made by the Asset Representations Reviewer, but by

81

TMCC and the Depositor, as described below. The related Form 10-D filed for the Issuing Entity will include a summary of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s report, so that Noteholders and Note Owners can form their own views of whether they consider any non-compliance of any representation to be a breach of the applicable agreement and, if so, what actions they intend to take.  The Form 10-D will also specify the means by which Noteholders and Verified Note Owners may notify the Indenture Trustee, TMCC and the Depositor in writing that they consider any non-compliance of any representation to be a breach of the applicable agreement, or may request in writing that a Receivable be repurchased.  If a Noteholder or a Verified Note Owner notifies the Indenture Trustee in writing that it considers any non-compliance of any representation to be a breach of the applicable agreement, or requests in writing that a Receivable be repurchased, the Indenture Trustee will forward that written notice to TMCC and the Depositor.  The Indenture Trustee will not have any obligation to pursue or otherwise be involved in resolving any repurchase request, including any such request that is the subject of a dispute resolution proceeding, unless it is directed to do so by Noteholders representing not less than a majority of the principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, and such Noteholders have offered to the Indenture Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements, advances and liabilities that might be incurred by it, its agents and its counsel in compliance with such direction. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Indenture Trustee does not agree to pursue or otherwise be involved in resolving any repurchase request, the related Noteholders may independently pursue dispute resolution in respect of any such repurchase request in accordance with the terms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.

TMCC and the Depositor will evaluate any report of the Asset Representations Reviewer, and any repurchase request received from the Indenture Trustee, any Noteholder, any Verified Note Owner or any other party to any of the transaction documents.  After receiving and reviewing a report of the Asset Representations Reviewer, or any such repurchase request, the Depositor will have the sole ability to determine if there was non-compliance with any representation or warranty made by it that constitutes a breach, and whether to repurchase the related Receivable from the Issuing Entity, and TMCC will have the sole ability to determine if there was non-compliance with any representation or warranty made by it that constitutes a breach, and whether to repurchase the related Receivable from the Depositor.  None of the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Depositor, the Sponsor or the Servicer is otherwise obligated to monitor the Receivables or otherwise to investigate the accuracy of the representations and warranties with respect to the Receivables.  The transaction documents require that any breach of the representations and warranties must materially and adversely affect the Issuing Entity’s interests in a Receivable before the TMCC or the Depositor would be required to repurchase the Receivable.

Delinquency Trigger

The “Delinquency Trigger Percentage” will equal [_]%.

TMCC developed the Delinquency Trigger Percentage by considering the 60-Day Delinquent Receivables rate observed in each Collection Period of its public securitization transactions since 20[__].  TMCC observed the highest monthly 60-Day Delinquent Receivables rate from these transactions and applied a multiple of [6.0x] to the maximum 60-Day Delinquent Receivables rate and rounded to the nearest 0.05%.  This multiple corresponds generally to the multiple of expected cumulative net losses on the pool of Receivables shortly before the Notes would realize the first dollar loss.  By aligning this multiple with the maximum level of credit losses that the Notes can withstand without a loss, TMCC believes the Delinquency Trigger Percentage provides an appropriate early warning threshold at the point when Noteholders may benefit from an Asset Representations Review.

TMCC believes that the Delinquency Trigger Percentage is appropriate based on (1) its review of TMCC’s other transactions, which have not experienced significant historical 60-Day Delinquent Receivables, (2) the relatively stable economic period for these transactions and (3) the expectation that the [6.0x] multiple would generate a Delinquency Trigger Percentage that would be met shortly before any losses on the Notes would occur.

For the prior pools of receivables that were securitized by TMCC included in Annex B, the 60-Day Delinquent Receivables rate has ranged from [_]% to [_]%.

82

REPURCHASES OF RECEIVABLES

TMCC and the Depositor (each, a “Seller”), pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, respectively, will represent and warrant with respect to each Receivable, that as of the [applicable] Cutoff Date and as of the Closing Date (or as of such other date specified below):

· it was originated in the United States by a Dealer for the retail sale of the related Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of such Dealer’s business, it has been fully and properly executed or electronically authenticated by the parties thereto, it has been purchased by TMCC from such Dealer under an existing agreement with TMCC, and it has been validly assigned by such Dealer to TMCC;

· as of the Closing Date, TMCC has, or has started procedures that will result in TMCC having, a perfected, first priority security interest in the related Financed Vehicle, which security interest was validly created and is assignable to the related transferee;

· it provides for scheduled monthly payments that fully amortize the amount financed by maturity (except for minimally different payments in the first or last month in the life of the Receivable) and it provides for a finance charge or yield interest at its APR, in either case calculated based on the simple interest method;

· it allows for prepayment without penalty;

· to the Seller’s knowledge, it complied in all material respects at the time it was originated with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws, and regulations thereunder;

· it is on a form contract containing customary and enforceable provisions that includes rights and remedies allowing the holder to enforce the obligation and realize on the related Financed Vehicle and represents the legal, valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the related Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and by general principles of equity and consumer protection laws, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

· it is not due from the United States or any state or local government, or from any agency, department or instrumentality of the United States or any state or local government;

· as of the [applicable] Cutoff Date, it has not been satisfied, nor has the related Financed Vehicle been released in whole or in part from the lien granted by the such Receivable;

· as of the [applicable] Cutoff Date, no material provision of the Receivable has been amended, modified or waived in a manner that is prohibited by the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

· to the Seller’s knowledge, as of the Closing Date, it is not subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, nor has any such right been asserted or threatened with respect to such Receivable;

· except for payment delinquencies that have been continuing for a period of not more than [29] days, no payment default under the terms of any Receivable exists as of the [applicable] Cutoff Date;

· the related Financed Vehicle has not been repossessed without reinstatement as of the [applicable] Cutoff Date;

· the terms of such Receivable require the related Obligor to obtain and maintain physical damage insurance covering the related Financed Vehicle in accordance with TMCC’s normal requirements, and the related Financed Vehicle was not subject to force-placed insurance;

· immediately prior to the transfer and assignment contemplated by the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller thereof had good and marketable title to such Receivable free and clear of all liens and rights of others (other than pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreements) and, immediately upon the transfer and assignment thereof, the purchaser thereof will have good and marketable title to such Receivable, free and clear of all liens and rights of others (other than pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreements);

· it has not been originated in, and is not subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable under the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement or the pledge of such Receivable under the Indenture are unlawful, void or voidable, and the terms of such Receivable do not limit the right of the owner of such Receivable to sell such Receivable; and

· (A) it is being serviced by TMCC as of the Closing Date; (B) it is secured by a new or used car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle; (C) it was no more than 29 days past due as of the

83

[applicable] Cutoff Date; and (D) as of the [applicable] Cutoff Date, it was not noted in the records of TMCC or the Servicer as being the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding or insolvency proceeding.

By the last day of the second month following the discovery by or notice to the Depositor of a breach of any representation or warranty of the Depositor that materially and adversely affects the interests of the Issuing Entity in any Receivable, without regard to any limitation set forth in such representation or warranty concerning the knowledge of the Seller as to the facts stated therein, unless the breach is cured in all material respects, the Depositor will repurchase such Receivable (a “Warranty Receivable”) from the Issuing Entity and, pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, TMCC will purchase such Warranty Receivable from the Depositor at a price equal to its unpaid Principal Balance plus interest thereon at a rate equal to the sum of the Interest Rate and the Servicing Fee rate up to and including the last day of the Collection Period relating to such repurchase (the “Warranty Purchase Payment”).  This repurchase obligation will constitute the sole remedy (other than the indemnification available to the issuing entity as described below) available to the Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee or the Issuing Entity for any such uncured breach by the Depositor.  The obligation of the Depositor to repurchase a Warranty Receivable will not be conditioned on performance by TMCC of its obligation to purchase such Warranty Receivable from the Depositor pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

[TMCC’s current financial condition is [____________] and, as a result, there is a material risk that the effect of TMCC’s financial condition on its ability to comply with the provisions in the Transfer and Servicing Agreements relating to the repurchase obligations for Warranty Receivables could have a material impact on the performance of the Receivables Pool or the Securities.]

The transaction documents for prior pools of receivables securitized by the Sponsor contain covenants requiring the repurchase of receivables for breach of a related representation or warranty.  TMCC, as securitizer, discloses, in a report on Form ABS-15G, all fulfilled and unfulfilled repurchase requests for securitized receivables that were the subject of a demand to repurchase.  In the past three years, there was no activity to report with respect to any demand to repurchase receivables underlying a securitization sponsored by TMCC.  TMCC (CIK Number: 0000834071) filed its most recent corresponding report on Form ABS-15G with the SEC on [__________], 20[__].  For additional information about obtaining a copy of the report, you should refer to “Where You Can Find More Information about Your Notes” in this prospectus.

In the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will covenant that, except as otherwise contemplated in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (i) it will not release any Financed Vehicle from the security interest granted in the related Receivable except (a) in the event of payment in full or payment in full less a deficiency which the Servicer would not attempt to collect in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices by or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder, (b) in connection with repossession of such Financed Vehicle by the Servicer or (c) as may be required by an insurer in order to receive proceeds from any insurance policy covering such Financed Vehicle; (ii) it will do nothing to impair the rights of the Securityholders in the Receivables and (iii) it will not amend any Receivable such that the total number of Scheduled Payments, the Amount Financed (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement) or the APR is altered or the maturity of a Receivable is extended beyond the Final Scheduled Maturity Date.  By the last day of the second Collection Period following the Collection Period in which the Servicer discovers or receives notice from the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuing Entity, of a breach of any such covenant that materially and adversely affects the interest of the Issuing Entity in a Receivable, the Servicer, unless the breach is cured in all material respects, will purchase the Receivable (an “Administrative Receivable”) from the trustee at a price equal to its unpaid Principal Balance, plus interest thereon at a rate equal to the sum of the Interest Rate and the Servicing Fee rate up to and including the last day of the Collection Period relating to such purchase (the “Administrative Purchase Payment”).  This purchase obligation will constitute the sole remedy (other than the indemnification available to the issuing entity as described below) available to the Securityholders, the Issuing Entity, the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee for any such uncured breach by the Servicer.

In the Sale and Servicing Agreement, TMCC will agree to indemnify the Depositor for any failure of a Receivable to have been originated in compliance with all applicable requirements of law.  In the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the depositor’s right to such indemnification will be assigned to the Issuing Entity.

84

Dispute Resolution

The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that if the Owner Trustee or any Noteholder or Verified Note Owner requests (by written notice to TMCC or the Depositor), that a Receivable be repurchased due to an alleged breach of a representation or warranty as described above, and the request has not been fulfilled or otherwise resolved to the reasonable satisfaction of the requesting party within 180 days of the receipt of such request by TMCC or the Depositor (which, if sent by a Noteholder or Verified Note Owner to the Indenture Trustee, will be forwarded to TMCC and the Depositor), then the requesting party has the right to refer the matter, at its discretion, to either mediation (including non-binding arbitration) or third-party binding arbitration held in New York, New York, on the following terms, or to institute a legal proceeding.  Dispute resolution to resolve repurchase requests will be available regardless of whether Noteholders and Verified Note Owners voted to direct an Asset Representations Review or whether the Delinquency Trigger occurred.

The Depositor will direct the Indenture Trustee to, and the Indenture Trustee will, notify the requesting party of the date when the 180-day period ends without resolution by the appropriate party.  The requesting party will be required to provide notice of its choice to mediate, to arbitrate or to institute a legal proceeding to the appropriate party within 30 days after the delivery of such notice of the end of the 180-day period.  The Indenture Trustee will have no obligation whatsoever to participate in any dispute resolution, mediation or arbitration nor to determine if a repurchase request has been resolved within the applicable 180-day period.

JAMS, an organization providing alternative dispute resolution services, will administer any mediation (including non-binding arbitration) pursuant to its mediation procedures in effect on the Closing Date. The mediator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York and an attorney specializing in commercial litigation with at least 15 years of experience, and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by JAMS.  Upon being supplied a list of at least 10 potential mediators fitting the criteria above by JAMS, each party will have the right to exercise two peremptory challenges within 14 days and to rank the remaining potential mediators in order of preference.  JAMS will select the mediator from the remaining attorneys on the list, respecting the preference choices of the parties to the extent possible.  The parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to begin the mediation within 30 days of the selection of the mediator and to conclude the mediation within 60 days of the start of the mediation. The fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed by the parties as part of the mediation.

Any binding arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) pursuant to its commercial arbitration rules and mediation procedures in effect on the Closing Date. The panel will consist of three members.  One arbitrator will be appointed by the requesting party within five business days of its notice selecting arbitration, one arbitrator will be appointed by the Depositor within five business days of the requesting party’s appointment, and one arbitrator (who will preside over the panel) will be chosen by the two party-appointed arbitrators within five business days of the second appointment.  If any party fails to appoint an arbitrator or the two party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint the third within the required time periods, then the appointments will be made by AAA.  In each such case, each arbitrator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York and an attorney specializing in commercial litigation with at least 15 years of experience.  Each arbitrator will be independent and will abide by the AAA’s code of ethics for arbitrators in commercial disputes in effect as of the Closing Date.  Before accepting an appointment, each arbitrator must disclose any circumstances likely to create a reasonable inference of bias or conflict of interest or likely to preclude completion of the hearings within the prescribed time schedule.  Any arbitrator may be removed by AAA for cause consisting of actual bias, conflict of interest or other serious potential for conflict.

After consulting with the parties, the panel will devise procedures and deadlines for the arbitration, to the extent not already agreed to by the parties, with the goal of expediting the proceeding and completing the arbitration within 90 days after appointment.  The arbitral panel will have the authority to schedule, hear, and determine any and all motions in accordance with New York law, and will do so on the motion of any party.  Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, each party to the arbitration will be presumptively limited to four party witness depositions not to exceed five hours, and one set of interrogatories, document requests and requests for admissions, though the panel will have the ability to grant additional discovery based on a determination of good cause after a showing that additional discovery is reasonable and necessary.

85

The panel will make its final determination no later than 90 days after appointment.  The panel will not have the power to award punitive damages or consequential damages.  The panel will determine and award the costs of the arbitration and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as determined by the panel in its reasonable discretion.  The determination in any binding arbitration will be final and non-appealable and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.  By selecting binding arbitration, the selecting party will give up the right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by jury.  No person may bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration.

STATIC POOLS

Attached to this prospectus as Annex B is tabular information that reflects the static pool performance data (including delinquency and cumulative net loss experience) of previous, recent securitizations of the Sponsor.  The static pool information is deemed to be a part of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The characteristics of the receivables included in the static pool information discussed above, as well as the social, economic and other conditions existing at the time when those receivables were originated and repaid, may vary materially from the characteristics of the Receivables and the social, economic and other conditions existing at the time when the Receivables were originated and those that will exist in the future when the Receivables are required to be repaid.  For additional information regarding the receivables included in the Sponsor’s previous, recent securitizations, you should refer to the summary characteristics for such prior securitizations that are included in Annex B.  There is no assurance that the delinquency and loss experience with respect to the Receivables will be similar to the delinquency and loss experience with respect to the receivables described in Annex B to this prospectus.

[If applicable, insert a description of how the static pools differ from the Receivables, such as the extent to which the Receivables were originated with the same or differing underwriting criteria, loan terms, and risk tolerances than the static pools presented.]

USE OF PROCEEDS

The Depositor will use the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to third parties to purchase the Receivables from TMCC pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement and to make a deposit into the Reserve Account.

[The net proceeds to TMCC from the sale of the Receivables on the Closing Date will be deposited by TMCC into one or more segregated accounts (the “Proceeds Accounts”).  The net proceeds to TMCC on the Closing Date will be an amount equal to the initial public offering price of the Notes sold to third parties on the Closing Date, less the sum of applicable underwriting discounts and commissions[, the amount deposited into the Prefunding Account], the amount deposited into the Reserve Account and approximately $[___], which is the anticipated amount of expenses payable by the Depositor in connection with the offering of the Notes.  If any Notes retained by the Depositor or its affiliate on the Closing Date are subsequently sold to third parties, then an amount equal to the net proceeds of such subsequent sale will also be deposited by TMCC into the Proceeds Accounts.  TMCC will agree in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to withdraw and use the amounts deposited into the Proceeds Accounts solely for the purpose of acquiring retail installment sales contracts and beneficial interests in lease contracts financing new Toyota and Lexus vehicles of the following models: [___], [___], [___], [___], [___] and [___] (each, a “Qualifying Model”).  As of [___] 20[_], each Qualifying Model has [(i) gas-electric hybrid or alternative fuel powertrains, (ii) minimum highway and city miles per gallon (or miles-per-gallon equivalent, which represents the number of miles a vehicle can go using a quantity of fuel with the same energy content as a gallon of gasoline) of at least 35, and (iii) a smog rating of “8” or better (“10” being the cleanest), as determined by the United States Environmental Protection Agency for the purchase of a vehicle in California].

Until such time as the amounts required to be deposited into the Proceeds Accounts by TMCC have been used in their entirety, TMCC will certify to the Indenture Trustee on a monthly basis with respect to its use of such amounts for the prior calendar month and since the Closing Date, including the amount used to finance each Qualifying Model and any such amount remaining unused in the Proceeds Accounts.  TMCC intends to engage a firm of independent accountants to perform agreed upon procedures with respect to the amounts certified to the Indenture Trustee.  Any unused amounts on deposit in the Proceeds Accounts may be invested by TMCC, from time

86

to time, in money market investments.  Investment income on amounts on deposit in the Proceeds Accounts will be distributed to TMCC.

If the use of net proceeds by TMCC is a factor in your decision to invest in the Notes, you should consider the foregoing discussion and consult with your counsel or other advisors before making an investment in any Notes.]

PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

For additional information regarding certain maturity and prepayment considerations with respect to the Notes, you should refer to “Risk Factors––Prepayments on receivables may cause prepayments on the notes, resulting in reduced returns on your investment and  reinvestment risk to you,” [“––The inability to acquire subsequent receivables may result in possible prepayments on the notes,”] “Description of the Notes––Payments of Principal” and “Weighted Average Lives of the Notes” in this prospectus.

Because the rate of payment of principal of each class of Notes depends primarily on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the Principal Balance of the Receivables, final payment of any class of Notes could occur significantly earlier or later than their respective Final Scheduled Payment Dates.  Noteholders will bear the risk of not being able to reinvest principal payments on the Notes at yields equal at least to the yield on their respective Notes.  Such reinvestment risk includes the risk that interest rates may be lower at the time such holders received payments from the Issuing Entity than interest rates would otherwise have been had such prepayments not been made or had such prepayments been made at a different time.  No prediction can be made as to the rate of prepayments on the Receivables.

Obligors with higher interest rate Receivables may prepay at a faster rate than Obligors with lower interest rate Receivables.  Higher rates of prepayments of Receivables with higher APRs may result in the Issuing Entity holding Receivables that will generate insufficient collections to cover delinquencies or chargeoffs on the Receivables or to make current payments of interest on or principal of the Notes.  Similarly, higher rates of prepayments of Receivables with higher APRs will decrease the amounts available to be deposited in the Reserve Account, reducing the protection against losses and shortfalls afforded thereby to the Notes.  For additional information, you should refer to the table entitled “Distribution of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date by APR” under “The Receivables” in this prospectus.

Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default resulting in acceleration of the maturity of the Notes, principal payments will be made on a sequential basis, i.e., principal payments will not be made on the Class A-2[a] Notes [or the Class A-2b Notes] until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero; principal payments will not be made on the Class A-3 Notes until the principal amount[s] of the Class A-2[a] Notes [and the Class A-2b Notes] [is][are] reduced to zero; principal payments will not be made on the Class A-4 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero; and principal payments will not be made on the Class B Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero.  However, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default resulting in acceleration of the maturity of the Notes (and until such acceleration has been rescinded), the Issuing Entity will pay principal of the Notes, first, to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been reduced to zero, second, pro rata, based upon their respective unpaid principal amounts, to the holders of the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes, until the principal amount of each such class of the Notes has been reduced to zero, and third, to the holders of the Class B Notes until the principal amount of the Class B Notes has been reduced to zero.  It is expected that final payment of each class of Notes will occur on or prior to their respective Final Scheduled Payment Dates.^[*]

[^*NOTE: These priorities of principal payments are for illustrative purposes only.  More, different or fewer classes of notes may pay principal pro rata with another class, or all of the classes may pay principal sequentially.]

Failure to make final payment of any class of Notes on or prior to its respective Final Scheduled Payment Dates will constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, which may result in an acceleration of payments in respect of classes that have not reached their respective Final Scheduled Payment Dates.  However, as the rate of payment of principal of each class of Notes depends on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the Principal Balance of the Receivables, sufficient funds may not be available to pay each class of Notes in full on or prior to its

87

respective Final Scheduled Payment Dates.  If sufficient funds are not available, final payment of any class of Notes could occur later than such dates, and the holders of such Notes could suffer a loss.

The rate of prepayments of the Receivables may be influenced by a variety of economic, social and other factors, and under certain circumstances relating to breaches of representations, warranties or covenants, the Depositor and/or the Servicer will be obligated to repurchase Receivables from the Issuing Entity.  A higher than anticipated rate of prepayments will reduce the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables more quickly than expected and thereby reduce anticipated aggregate interest payments on the Notes.  For additional information, you should refer to “Risk Factors––Prepayments on receivables may cause prepayments on the notes, resulting in reduced returns on your investment and reinvestment risk to you” in this prospectus.

Noteholders should consider, in the case of Notes purchased at a discount, the risk that a slower than anticipated rate of principal payments on the Receivables could result in an actual yield that is less than the anticipated yield and, in the case of Notes purchased at a premium, the risk that a faster than anticipated rate of principal payments on the Receivables could result in an actual yield that is less than the anticipated yield.

Certain events (including some that are not within the control of the Issuing Entity) may cause an Event of Default under the Indenture.  Certain Events of Default under the Indenture will not result in acceleration of the Notes unless a majority of the holders of the Class A Notes, for so long as the Class A Notes are outstanding, and thereafter, the Class B Notes then outstanding (the “Controlling Class”) (excluding for such purposes the outstanding principal amount of any Notes held of record or beneficially owned by TMCC, TAFR LLC or any of their affiliates), voting together as a single class, instruct the Indenture Trustee to accelerate the Notes.  The holders of any class of Notes may not have sufficient voting interests as of any date to cause or to prevent an acceleration of the Notes.  If an Event of Default under the Indenture results in the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes, the Indenture Trustee may liquidate the assets of the Issuing Entity.  Liquidation would accelerate payment of all Notes that are then outstanding.  If a liquidation occurs close to the date when any class otherwise would have been paid in full, repayment of such class might be delayed while liquidation of the assets is occurring.  The Issuing Entity cannot predict the length of time that will be required for liquidation of the assets of the Issuing Entity to be completed.  Even if liquidation proceeds are sufficient to repay the Notes in full, any liquidation that causes principal of a class of Notes to be paid before the related Final Scheduled Payment Date will involve the prepayment risks described under “Risk Factors––Prepayments on receivables may cause prepayments on the notes, resulting in reduced returns on your investment and reinvestment risk to you” in this prospectus.

[In addition, an Event of Default will result in the termination of the [Prefunding][Revolving] Period and [all remaining monies originally deposited in the Prefunding Account that are not used][any principal collected on the Receivables that are not used to purchase additional Receivables] by the end of the [Prefunding][Revolving] Period will be applied as a mandatory prepayment of the Notes.  Any such termination of the [Prefunding][Revolving] Period would result in earlier than expected principal repayment of the Notes and will involve the prepayment risks described under “Risk Factors––Prepayments on receivables may cause prepayments on the notes, resulting in reduced returns on your investment and reinvestment risk to you” in this prospectus.]

The proceeds of any liquidation of the assets of the Issuing Entity may be insufficient to pay in full all accrued interest on and principal of each outstanding class of Notes.  All outstanding Notes will be affected by any shortfall in liquidation proceeds.

88

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIVES OF THE NOTES

The weighted average lives of the Notes will generally be influenced by the rate at which the Principal Balances of the Receivables are paid, which payment may be in the form of scheduled amortization or prepayments.  For this purpose, the term “prepayments” includes prepayments in full, partial prepayments (including those related to rebates of extended warranty contract costs and insurance premiums), liquidations due to default, as well as receipts of proceeds from physical damage, theft, credit life and credit disability insurance policies and repurchases or purchases by the Depositor or TMCC of certain Receivables for breaches of covenants by the Servicer or for breaches of representations and warranties.  The term “weighted average life” corresponds to the average amount of time during which each dollar of principal of a Receivable is outstanding.

All of the Receivables will be prepayable at any time without penalty to the Obligor.  If full or partial prepayments are received, the actual weighted average lives of the Receivables may be shorter than the scheduled weighted average lives of the Receivables.  The rate of prepayment of automotive receivables is influenced by a variety of economic, social and other factors, including the fact that an Obligor generally may not sell or transfer the Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable without the consent of the Servicer.  A prepayment may also occur if an Obligor refinances a Receivable.  Refinancings may occur more frequently in a declining interest rate environment.

Under certain circumstances, the Depositor or Servicer will be obligated to repurchase Warranty Receivables from the Issuing Entity.  For additional information, you should refer to “Repurchases of Receivables” and “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Servicing Procedures” in this prospectus.  In addition, pursuant to agreements between TMCC and the Dealers, each Dealer is obligated to repurchase from TMCC contracts that do not meet certain representations and warranties made by such Dealer (such Dealer repurchase obligations are referred to in this prospectus as “Dealer Recourse”).  For additional information, you should refer to “The Issuing Entity” in this prospectus.  Such representations and warranties relate primarily to the origination of the contracts and the perfection of the security interests in the related Financed Vehicles, and do not relate to the creditworthiness of the related Obligors or the collectability of such contracts.  Although the Dealer Agreements with respect to the Receivables will not be assigned to the Issuing Entity, TMCC’s interest in any Dealer Recourse will be assigned, and the Sale and Servicing Agreement will require that TMCC deposits any recovery in respect of any Receivable pursuant to any Dealer Recourse in the Collection Account.  The sales by the Dealers of installment sales contracts to TMCC do not generally provide for recourse against the Dealers for unpaid amounts in the event of a default by an Obligor under such retail installment sales contract, other than in connection with the breach of the foregoing representations and warranties.  For additional information, you should refer to “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Sale and Assignment of Receivables” and “—Servicing Procedures” in this prospectus.

The effective yield on, and average lives of, the Notes will depend on, among other things, the amount of payments (including prepayments) on or in respect of the Receivables and the rate at which such payments are made to such Noteholders. The timing of changes in the rate of payments in respect of the Receivables may also significantly affect an investor’s actual yield to maturity and the average lives of the Notes. A substantial increase in the rate of payments on or in respect of the Receivables (including liquidation or other disposition of Financed Vehicles) may shorten the final maturities of, and may significantly affect the yields on, the Notes.

An investor’s expected yield will be affected by:

· the price paid for the Notes,

· the rate of prepayments of the Receivables, and

· the investor’s assumed reinvestment rate.

These factors do not operate independently, but are interrelated. For example, if prepayments on the related Receivables are slower than anticipated, an investor’s yield may be lower if interest rates are higher than anticipated and higher if interest rates are lower than anticipated. Conversely, if prepayments on the related Receivables are faster than anticipated, an investor’s yield may be higher if interest rates are higher than anticipated and lower if interest rates are lower than anticipated.

89

Early redemption of the Notes will occur if the Servicer, or any successor to the Servicer, exercises its option to purchase all of the Receivables remaining in the Issuing Entity on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date when the Pool Balance is equal to or less than [_]% of the Pool Balance as of the [Receivables’ respective] Cutoff Date[s].  For additional information, you should refer to “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Termination” in this prospectus.  Certain Events of Default could result in liquidation of the assets of the Issuing Entity and acceleration of the Notes.  For additional information, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Indenture—Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default” in this prospectus.  [For additional information regarding events that would result in a termination of the [Swap][Cap], you should refer to “The [Swap][Cap] Agreement.”]

Any reinvestment risk resulting from the rate of prepayments of the Receivables and the payment of such prepayments to Noteholders will be borne entirely by the Noteholders.

In light of the above considerations, there can be no assurance as to the amount of principal payments to be made on the Notes on each Payment Date, since the amount will depend, in part, on the amount of principal collected on the Receivables during the applicable Collection Period.  No prediction can be made as to the actual prepayment experience on the Receivables, and any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Receivables will be borne entirely by the Noteholders.

Prepayments on automotive Receivables can be measured relative to a prepayment standard or model.  The model used in this prospectus, the Absolute Prepayment Model (“ABS”), represents an assumed rate of prepayment each month relative to the original number of Receivables in a pool of Receivables.  ABS further assumes that all the Receivables in such a pool are the same size and amortize at the same rate and that each such Receivable will, in each month of its life, either be paid as scheduled or be prepaid in full.  For example, in a pool of Receivables originally containing 10,000 Receivables, a 1% ABS rate means that 100 Receivables prepay in full each month.  ABS does not purport to be a historical description of prepayment experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of receivables, including the Receivables to be sold to the Issuing Entity on the Closing Date.

As the rate of payment of principal of each class of Notes will depend on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the Principal Balance of the Receivables, final payment of any class of Notes could occur significantly earlier than the Final Scheduled Payment Date for such class.  Reinvestment risk associated with early payment of the Notes of any class will be borne exclusively by the holders of such Notes.

The tables captioned “Percent of Initial Note Principal Amount at Various ABS Percentages” (collectively, the “ABS Tables”) in this prospectus have been prepared on the basis of the characteristics of the Receivables. Each absolute prepayment model table assumes that:

· the Receivables prepay in full at the specified constant percentage of the absolute prepayment model monthly, with no defaults, losses or repurchases on any of the Receivables;

· each scheduled monthly payment on the Receivables is made on the last day of each month commencing in [_____] 20[__] and each month has 30 days;

· [interest] payments on the Notes are made on each Payment Date (and each Payment Date is assumed to be the [15th] day of each applicable month) commencing on [_____] [15], 20[__] [and principal payments on the Notes are made on each Payment Date (and each Payment Date is assumed to be the [15th] day of each applicable month) commencing on [_____] [15], 20[__]];

· the closing date is [_______], 20[__];

· the Servicer exercises its option to purchase all of the Receivables and cause a redemption of the Notes when the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables is equal to [____]% or less of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the [Receivables’ respective] Cutoff Date[s];

90

· the Servicing Fee for each Payment Date is equal to a rate of 1/12 of [1.00]% times the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the first day of the related Collection Period; [provided that, in the case of the first Payment Date, the Servicing Fee is equal to a rate of 2/12 of [1.00]% times the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date;]

· the aggregate amount of fees, expenses and indemnification amounts payable to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer in each calendar year is equal to $[________];

· interest on the Class A-1 Notes [and the Class A-2b Notes] will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and a 360-day year and interest on the other classes of Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;^[*]

^[*     NOTE: The accrual method for each class is for illustrative purposes only.  In a particular transaction, there may be more or fewer classes with specified accrual methods.]

· [the initial principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes is allocated to the Class A-2a Notes in the amount of $[___________] and to the Class A-2b Notes in the amount of $[___________];]

· the initial outstanding principal amounts of the Class A-1 Notes will be $[___________], of the Class A-2 Notes will be $[___________], of the Class A-3 Notes will be $[___________], of the Class A-4 Notes will be $[___________] and of the Class B Notes will be $[__________];

· interest accrues on the Class A-1 Notes at [_______]% per annum, on the Class A-2[a] Notes at [____]% per annum, [on the Class A-2b Notes at [One-Month LIBOR] [plus][minus] [____]% per annum,] on the Class A-3 Notes at [____]% per annum, on the Class A-4 Notes at [____]% per annum and on the Class B Notes at [____]% per annum; [and]

[*     NOTE: The Interest Rate for each class is for illustrative purposes only.  In a particular transaction, there may be more or fewer classes bearing fixed or floating rates of interest.]

· [the level of [One-Month LIBOR] remains constant at [____]%; and]

· [for each Payment Date, the Swap Counterparty is due [____]% times the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the first day of the related Collection Period; and]

· [[the Prefunding Account was][all principal collected on the Receivables during the Revolving Period were] fully applied to purchase subsequent Receivables on [__________], 20[__]; and]

· no Event of Default has occurred; and

· the Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount at each Payment Date is the amount described in the schedule below.

The Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount schedule described below is utilized solely to calculate the weighted average lives and percentages of initial outstanding principal amounts at various absolute prepayment model percentages in the tables below.  The actual Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount will be calculated for each Payment Date and may differ depending on the Receivables and the actual prepayments and losses on those Receivables with an APR less than the Required Rate. For purposes of the Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount schedule described below, the “Required Rate” is assumed to be [____]%.

91

Payment Date	Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount	Payment Date	Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount
Closing Date	$[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	$[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]
[_____] 20[__]	[_____________]	[_____] 20[__]	-

For purposes of these absolute prepayment model tables, the Receivables [purchased by the Issuing Entity on the Closing Date] have an assumed cutoff date of the close of business on [_________], 20[__] [and the Receivables purchased by the Issuing Entity during the [Prefunding][Revolving] Period have an assumed cutoff date of the close of business on [_________], 20[__]].  Each absolute prepayment model table indicates the projected weighted average life of each class of Notes and sets forth the percent of the original principal amount of each class of Notes that is projected to be outstanding after each of the Payment Dates, shown at various constant absolute prepayment model percentages.

The ABS Tables also assume that the Receivables have been aggregated into 12 hypothetical pools with all of the Receivables within each such pool having the following characteristics and that the level scheduled monthly payment for each of the pools (which is based on its aggregate Principal Balance, weighted average APR, weighted average original number of scheduled payments and weighted average remaining number of scheduled payments as of the assumed cutoff date) will be such that each pool will be fully amortized by the end of its remaining term to maturity.

92

Pool	Aggregate Principal Balance	Weighted Average APR (%)	Weighted Average Remaining Number of Scheduled Monthly Payments	Weighted Average Original Number of Scheduled Monthly Payments
1	$[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
2	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
3	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
4	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
5	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
6	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
7	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
8	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
9	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
10	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
11	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
12	[____________]	[_____]	[__]	[__]
	$[______________]

The actual characteristics and performance of the Receivables will differ from the assumptions used in constructing the ABS Tables.  The assumptions used are hypothetical and have been provided only to give a general sense of how the principal cash flows might behave under varying prepayment scenarios.  For example, it is very unlikely that the Receivables will prepay at a constant level of ABS until maturity or that all of the Receivables will prepay at the same level of ABS.  Moreover, the diverse terms of Receivables within each of the hypothetical pools could produce slower or faster principal distributions than indicated in the ABS Tables at the various constant percentages of ABS specified, even if the original and remaining terms to maturity of the Receivables are as assumed.  [The Receivables acquired during the [Prefunding][Revolving] Period are likely to be acquired over time and will have different Cutoff Dates.]  Any difference between such assumptions and the actual characteristics and performance of the Receivables, or actual prepayment experience, will affect the percentages of initial amounts outstanding over time and the weighted average lives of each class of Notes.

Percent of Initial Note Principal Amount at Various ABS Percentages⁽¹⁾

	Class A-1 Notes
Payment Date	0.00%	0.50%	1.00%	1.30%	1.50%	1.80%
Closing Date	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Call (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Other than the weighted average life to maturity, the numbers in this table were calculated based on the assumption that the Servicer will exercise its clean-up call option to purchase the Receivables.

⁽²⁾ The weighted average life of a note is determined by (x) multiplying the amount of each principal payment on a note by the number of years from the date of issuance of the note to the related Payment Date, (y) adding the results and (z) dividing the sum by the original principal amount of the note.

93

Percent of [Aggregate Class A-2a and Class A-2b] Initial Note Principal Amount at Various ABS Percentages⁽¹⁾

	Class A-2 Notes
Payment Date	0.00%	0.50%	1.00%	1.30%	1.50%	1.80%
Closing Date	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Call (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Other than the weighted average life to maturity, the numbers in this table were calculated based on the assumption that the Servicer will exercise its clean-up call option to purchase the Receivables.

⁽²⁾ The weighted average life of a note is determined by (x) multiplying the amount of each principal payment on a note by the number of years from the date of issuance of the note to the related Payment Date, (y) adding the results and (z) dividing the sum by the original principal amount of the note.

94

Percent of Initial Note Principal Amount at Various ABS Percentages⁽¹⁾

	Class A-3 Notes
Payment Date	0.00%	0.50%	1.00%	1.30%	1.50%	1.80%
Closing Date	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Call (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Other than the weighted average life to maturity, the numbers in this table were calculated based on the assumption that the Servicer will exercise its clean-up call option to purchase the Receivables.

⁽²⁾ The weighted average life of a note is determined by (x) multiplying the amount of each principal payment on a note by the number of years from the date of issuance of the note to the related Payment Date, (y) adding the results and (z) dividing the sum by the original principal amount of the note.

95

Percent of Initial Note Principal Amount at Various ABS Percentages⁽¹⁾

	Class A-4 Notes
Payment Date	0.00%	0.50%	1.00%	1.30%	1.50%	1.80%
Closing Date	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Call (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Other than the weighted average life to maturity, the numbers in this table were calculated based on the assumption that the Servicer will exercise its clean-up call option to purchase the Receivables.

⁽²⁾ The weighted average life of a note is determined by (x) multiplying the amount of each principal payment on a note by the number of years from the date of issuance of the note to the related Payment Date, (y) adding the results and (z) dividing the sum by the original principal amount of the note.

96

Percent of Initial Note Principal Amount at Various ABS Percentages⁽¹⁾

	Class B Notes
Payment Date	0.00%	0.50%	1.00%	1.30%	1.50%	1.80%
Closing Date	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00	100.00
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
[________], 20[__]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Call (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (Years) (2)	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]	[____]

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Other than the weighted average life to maturity, the numbers in this table were calculated based on the assumption that the Servicer will exercise its clean-up call option to purchase the Receivables.

⁽²⁾ The weighted average life of a note is determined by (x) multiplying the amount of each principal payment on a note by the number of years from the date of issuance of the note to the related Payment Date, (y) adding the results and (z) dividing the sum by the original principal amount of the note.

The foregoing tables have been prepared on the basis of the assumptions described above under “Weighted Average Lives of the Notes” (including the assumptions regarding the characteristics and performance of the Receivables, which will differ from the actual characteristics and performance of the Receivables), and should be read in conjunction therewith.

97

POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION

The “Pool Factor” with respect to any class of Notes will be a seven-digit decimal indicating the principal amount of such class of Notes as of the close of business on the Payment Date in such month as a fraction of the respective principal amount thereof as of the Closing Date.  The Servicer will compute each Pool Factor each month.  Each Pool Factor will initially be 1.0000000 and thereafter will decline to reflect reductions in the principal amount of each class of Notes.  Each such principal amount will be computed by allocating payments in respect of the Receivables to principal and interest using the simple interest method.  The portion of the principal amount of any class of Notes for a given month allocable to a Noteholder can be determined by multiplying the original denomination of the holder’s Note by the related Pool Factor for that month.

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

General

The Notes will be issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, a form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  A copy of the form of Indenture will be filed with the SEC upon the filing of this prospectus.  The following summary describes certain terms of the Notes and the Indenture.  The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture.

Payments of Interest

Interest on the principal amounts of the Notes will accrue at the respective per annum interest rates described on the front cover of this prospectus (each, an “Interest Rate”) and will be payable to the related Noteholders monthly on the [15th] of each month (or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) (each such date, a “Payment Date”) commencing [____] [15], 20[__].  A “Business Day” is any day except (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banks in [_________________] or [_________], Delaware are closed.  Interest accrued as of any Payment Date but not paid on such Payment Date will be due on the next Payment Date, together with interest on such amount at the applicable Interest Rate (to the extent lawful).

Interest will accrue for the period (i) with respect to the Class A-1 Notes [and the Class A-2b Notes], from and including the Closing Date (in the case of the first Payment Date) or from and including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding the following Payment Date and (ii) with respect to the Notes (other than the Class A-1 Notes [and the Class A-2b Notes]), from and including the Closing Date (in the case of the first Payment Date) or from and including the [15th] day of the most recent calendar month during which interest was paid preceding each Payment Date to but excluding the [15th] day of the following calendar month (each an “Interest Period”).

Interest payments on all classes of Class A Notes will have the same priority and will be subordinated to Servicing Fees (which includes any Supplemental Servicing Fee) due to the Servicer and payment or reimbursement of fees, expenses and indemnification amounts  required to be paid to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer (which fees, expenses and indemnification amounts may not exceed an aggregate amount equal to $[________]  in any calendar year)[, and will be paid pro rata with the amount of any termination payment due to the Swap Counterparty due to a Swap Termination resulting from a payment default by the Issuing Entity or the insolvency of the Issuing Entity].  Interest payments on the Class B Notes will be subordinated to (i) Servicing Fees (which includes any Supplemental Servicing Fee) due to the Servicer and payment or reimbursement of fees, expenses and indemnification amounts  required to be paid to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer (which fees, expenses and indemnification amounts may not exceed an aggregate amount equal to $[________]  in any calendar year)[, (ii) [the amount of any termination payment due to the Swap Counterparty due to a Swap Termination resulting from a payment default by the Issuing Entity or the insolvency of the Issuing Entity], (iii)] interest payments on the Class A Notes and ([iii][iv]) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount.  For additional information, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders” in this prospectus.

98

Under certain circumstances, the amount available for interest payments on the Notes could be less than the amount of interest payable on such class of Notes.  In such case, with respect to the Class A Notes, each class of Class A Noteholders will receive their pro-rata share (based upon the aggregate amount of such amounts due to such class of Noteholders) of the aggregate amount available to be paid in respect of interest on the Class A Notes on such Payment Date.  For additional information, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders—Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement” and “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Payments” in this prospectus.

An Event of Default will occur if the full amount of interest due on any Controlling Class is not paid within five business days of the related Payment Date.  Upon such an Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee may accelerate the maturity of the Notes and take actions to liquidate the assets of the Issuing Entity and funds on deposit in the accounts of the Issuing Entity.  For additional information, you should refer to “Description of Notes—Indenture—Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default” in this prospectus.

[Each of the Class [__] Notes] (the “Fixed Rate Notes”) will bear interest at the applicable fixed per annum interest rate specified on the front cover of this prospectus.  [The Class [A-2b] Notes (the “Floating Rate Notes”) will bear interest during each applicable Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the sum of [One-Month LIBOR], [plus][minus] [____]% and the applicable spread set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, provided that, if the sum of [One-Month LIBOR] and such spread is less than 0.00% for any Interest Period, then the interest rate for the Class [A-2b] Notes for such Interest Period will be deemed to be 0.00%.

Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Class [A-1] Notes and the Class [A-2b] Notes will accrue at the related interest rate during an Interest Period from (and including) the previous Payment Date to (but excluding) the next Payment Date, except that the first Interest Period for the Class [A-1] Notes and the Class [A-2b] Notes will be from (and including) the Closing Date to (but excluding) the initial Payment Date.  Interest on the Class [A-1] Notes and the Class [A-2b] Notes will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in such Interest Period, but assuming a 360-day year.

Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Class [A-2a Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B] Notes will accrue at the related interest rate during an Interest Period from (and including) the [15]th day of the calendar month preceding a Payment Date to (but excluding) the [15]th day of the calendar month in which the Payment Date occurs, except that the first Interest Period for the Class [A-2a Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B] Notes will be from (and including) the Closing Date to (but excluding) [__________], 20[__].  Interest on the Class [A-2a Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B] Notes for each such Interest Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, irrespective of how many days are actually in that Interest Period.

[The Floating Rate Notes will also have ([in each case] expressed as a rate per annum): [(i) a maximum limitation, or ceiling, on the rate at which interest may accrue during any interest period and (ii) a minimum limitation, or floor, on the rate at which interest may accrue during any interest period.  In addition to the maximum interest rate applicable to the Floating Rate Notes, the interest rate applicable to the Floating Rate Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.]

For purposes of computing interest on the Class [A-2b] Notes, the following terms have the following meanings:

[“One-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars having a maturity of one month commencing on the related LIBOR Determination Date which appears on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date; provided, however, that for the first Interest Period, One-Month LIBOR will mean an interpolated rate for deposits based on London interbank offered rates for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period that corresponds to the actual number of days in the first Interest Period.  If the rates used to determine One-Month LIBOR do not appear on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, the rates for that day will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. Dollars, having a maturity of one month and in a principal balance of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 are offered at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market by the Reference Banks.  The Indenture Trustee will request the principal London office

99

of each Reference Bank to provide a quotation of its rate.  If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean to the nearest 1/100,000 of 1.00% (0.0000001), with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward, of all such quotations.  If fewer than two such quotations are provided, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean to the nearest 1/100,000 of 1.00% (0.0000001), with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward, of the offered per annum rates that one or more leading banks in New York City, selected by the Indenture Trustee (after consultation with the Depositor), are quoting as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such LIBOR Determination Date to leading European banks for U.S. Dollar deposits for that maturity; provided that if such selected Banks are not quoting as described in this sentence, One-Month LIBOR in effect for the applicable Interest Period will be One-Month LIBOR in effect for the previous Interest Period. The “Reference Banks” for any LIBOR Determination Date are the four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Indenture Trustee (after consultation with the Depositor).  [References to LIBOR may be replaced by another benchmark rate adopted by the market in replacement of LIBOR.]

“LIBOR Determination Date” means, (i) with respect to the first Payment Date, the second London Business Day prior to the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to each subsequent Payment Date, the second London Business Day prior to the immediately preceding Payment Date.

“London Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions in London, England are authorized or obligated by law or government decree to be closed.

The Indenture Trustee will determine One-Month LIBOR for each Interest Period on the related LIBOR Determination Date.  All determinations of One-Month LIBOR by the Indenture Trustee, in the absence of manifest error, will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Noteholders.]]

Payments of Principal

Principal payments will be made to the Noteholders on each Payment Date commencing [________], 20[__].  Payments of interest on the Notes will generally be made prior to payments of principal.  [During the Revolving Period, only payments of interest will be made on the Notes.]  For additional information, you should refer to “Payments to Noteholders” in this prospectus.

On each Payment Date [during the Amortization Period], except after an Event of Default resulting in the acceleration of the Notes, from the amounts allocated to the Noteholders to pay principal described in clauses (4), (6) and (8) under “Payments to Noteholders—Priority of Payments” in this prospectus, the Issuing Entity will pay principal of each class of Notes in the following order of priority:

(1) to the Class A-1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero; then

(2) to the Class A-2[a] Notes [and the Class A-2b Notes, pro rata, based on the outstanding principal amounts of each of those classes of notes,]  until the principal amount of [the Class A-2 Notes][each such note] is reduced to zero; then

(3) to the Class A-3 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero; then

(4) to the Class A-4 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero; and then

(5) to the Class B Notes until the principal amount of the Class B Notes is reduced to zero.

If the Notes are declared to be due and payable following the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuing Entity will pay principal of all classes of Notes from funds allocated to the Noteholders, first, to the Class A-1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero, second, pro rata, based upon their respective unpaid principal amount, to the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes until the principal amount of each such class of the Notes is reduced to zero, and third, to the Class B Notes until the principal amount of the Class B Notes is reduced to zero.  For additional information regarding Events of Default, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Indenture––Events of Default, Rights Upon Event of Default” in this prospectus.

100

The principal amount of each class of Notes will be due on the respective Final Scheduled Payment Dates indicated on the front cover of this prospectus (the “Class A-1 Final Scheduled Payment Date,” the “Class A-2[a] Final Scheduled Payment Date,” [the “Class A-2b Final Scheduled Payment Date,”] the “Class A-3 Final Scheduled Payment Date,” the “Class A-4 Final Scheduled Payment Date” and the “Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date,” respectively, and each a “Final Scheduled Payment Date”).  The actual date on which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any class of Notes is paid may be earlier than the respective Final Scheduled Payment Dates described above based on a variety of factors, including those described under “Prepayment and Yield Considerations” and “Weighted Average Lives of the Notes” in this prospectus.

For additional information, you should refer to“Payments to Noteholders—Calculation of Principal Distribution Amounts”and“—Priority of Payments”in this prospectus.

Allocation of Losses

If losses on the Receivables exceed the amount of available credit enhancement, such losses will not be allocated to write down the principal amount of any class of Notes.  Instead, the amount available to make payments on the Notes will be reduced to the extent of such losses.  If the available credit enhancement is not sufficient to cover all amounts payable on the Notes, Notes having a later Final Scheduled Payment Date generally will bear a greater risk of loss than Notes having an earlier Final Scheduled Payment Date.

Indenture

Modification of Indenture.  The Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee may, with the consent of the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, execute a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate any provisions of, the Indenture, or modify (except as provided below) in any manner the rights of the Noteholders.  For purposes of determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite percentage of the outstanding amount of the Controlling Class or any class of Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, or waiver under the Indenture or other Transfer and Servicing Agreements, Notes held or owned by the Issuing Entity, any other obligor upon the Notes, TAFR LLC, TMCC or any affiliate of any of the foregoing will be disregarded and deemed not to be “outstanding,” except that, in determining whether the Indenture Trustee will be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, or waiver, only Notes that a Trust Officer of the Indenture Trustee actually knows to be so owned will be so disregarded.

The Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee may also enter into supplemental indentures with prior notice to the rating agencies engaged by TMCC to rate the Notes (each, a “Rating Agency”) and without obtaining the consent of the Securityholders, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders; provided, that either (i) an officer’s certificate has been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such supplemental indenture will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any such Noteholder or (ii) each Rating Agency either has provided the Indenture Trustee a letter to the effect that such action will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of any rating it currently assigns to any class of Notes or has not notified the Indenture Trustee, within 10 days following delivery of notice to such Rating Agency of the proposed supplemental indenture, that such action might or would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the rating it has currently assigned to any class of Notes.

Additionally, the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee may also enter into supplemental indentures, without obtaining the consent of the Securityholders, but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, for the purpose of, among other things, correcting or amplifying the description of the collateral, conforming the provisions in the Indenture to the descriptions thereof contained in this prospectus, evidencing the assumption of the Issuing Entity’s obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Certificate, as applicable, by a permitted successor to the Issuing Entity, adding additional covenants of the Issuing Entity for the benefit of the Noteholders [and/or the Swap Counterparty], surrendering rights of the Issuing Entity, conveying, or otherwise transferring or pledging, property to or with the Indenture Trustee, evidencing and providing for the appointment of a successor indenture trustee or adding or changing any of the provisions of the Indenture as necessary and permitted to facilitate the administration

101

by more than one indenture trustee, and modifying, eliminating or adding to the provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the TIA.

Subject to the terms described in the following paragraph, the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee may also, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to the indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders under such indenture; provided, that holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, have consented to such amendment.

Without the consent of the holder of each such outstanding Note affected thereby, no supplemental indenture will: (i) change the due date of any installment of principal of or interest on any such Note or reduce the principal amount of any such Note, the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with respect thereto or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any such Note or any interest thereon is payable; (ii) impair the right to bring suit for the enforcement of certain provisions of the Indenture regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of the holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or of certain defaults under the Indenture and their consequences as provided for in the Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the provisions of the Indenture regarding the voting of Notes held by the Issuing Entity, any other obligor on such Notes, the Depositor or an affiliate of any of them; (v) reduce the percentage of the aggregate outstanding amount of such Notes, the consent of the holders of which is required to direct the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate if the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes; (vi) decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes required to amend the sections of the Indenture which specify the applicable percentage of aggregate principal amount of the Notes necessary to amend the Indenture or certain other related agreements; or (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of the Indenture with respect to any of the collateral for such Notes or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated in such Indenture, terminate the lien of such Indenture on any such collateral or deprive the holder of any such Note of the security afforded by the lien of such Indenture.

Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.  With respect to the Notes, an event of default under the Indenture (an “Event of Default”) will consist of: (i) a default for five business days or more in the payment of any interest on any Note of the Controlling Class; (ii) a default in the payment of the principal of any such Note on the related Final Scheduled Payment Date; (iii) a default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the Issuing Entity made in the Indenture which materially and adversely affects interests of the Noteholders and the continuation of any such default for a period of 90 days after written notice of such default is given to the Issuing Entity by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee by the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class; (iv) any representation or warranty made by the Issuing Entity in the Indenture or in any certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith having been incorrect in a material respect as of the time made which materially and adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders, and such breach not having been cured within 60 days after written notice of such breach is given to the Issuing Entity by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee by the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class; or (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the Issuing Entity (which, if involuntary, remains unstayed for more than 90 days).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders under the Indenture will generally be limited to amounts available to be deposited in the Collection Account.  Therefore, the failure to pay principal on a class of Notes generally will not result in the occurrence of an Event of Default until the Final Scheduled Payment Date for such class of Notes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a delay in or failure of performance referred to under clauses (i) through (iv) above was caused by force majeure or other similar occurrence, the grace period described in the applicable clause will be extended for a period of 30 calendar days.  In addition, as described below, following the occurrence of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default related to the failure to make required payments) resulting in an acceleration of the maturity of the Notes, the Indenture Trustee is not required to sell the assets of the Issuing Entity (as described above under “Capitalization of the

102

Issuing Entity”in this prospectus), and the Indenture Trustee may sell the assets of the Issuing Entity only after meeting requirements specified in the Indenture.  Under those circumstances, even if the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated, there may not be any funds to pay the principal owed on the Notes.

If an Event of Default should occur and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee or holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, may declare the principal of such Notes to be immediately due and payable.  Such declaration may be rescinded by the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, if:

(i)            the Issuing Entity has paid or deposited with the Indenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all payments of principal of and interest on the Notes and all other amounts that would then be due on such Notes if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had not occurred; and

(B) all sums paid by the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee and their respective agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal or interest of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived.

[An Event of Default during the [Prefunding][Revolving] Period may cause the early termination of the [Prefunding][Revolving] Period[, in which case, any amounts remaining on deposit in the Prefunding Account will be deposited in the Collection Account][and the commencement of payments of principal on the Notes].]

If the Notes are due and payable following an Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee may institute proceedings to collect amounts due, exercise remedies as a secured party, including foreclosure or sale of the Trust Estate or elect to have the Issuing Entity maintain possession of the Trust Estate and continue to apply proceeds from the Trust Estate as if there had been no declaration of acceleration.  However, the Indenture Trustee is prohibited from selling the Trust Estate following an Event of Default, other than a default in the payment of any principal on the Final Scheduled Payment Date of a Note or a default for five business days or more in the payment of any interest on any Note of the Controlling Class, unless (i) the holders of all such outstanding Notes of the Controlling Class consent to such sale, (ii) the proceeds of such sale are sufficient to pay in full the principal of and the accrued interest on the outstanding Notes at the date of such sale or (iii) the Indenture Trustee determines that the proceeds of the Trust Estate would not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on the Notes as such payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the holders of 66 2/3% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Notes of the Controlling Class.  In the event of a sale of the assets of the Trust Estate by the Indenture Trustee following an Event of Default, the Noteholders will receive notice and an opportunity to submit a bid in respect of such sale.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge of such Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee will be obligated to mail to each Noteholder notice of the Event of Default within 90 days of the Indenture Trustee’s discovery thereof in the case of an Event of Default in payment of principal on the Final Scheduled Payment Date of a Note or of interest on any Note of the Controlling Class, the Indenture Trustee may withhold the notice to Noteholders if and so long as a committee of its officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the best interests of Noteholders.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Indenture Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of such Notes if the Indenture Trustee reasonably believes it will not be adequately indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with such request.  Subject to the provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained in the Indenture, the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes

103

of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee or exercising of any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee, and the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, may, in certain cases, waive any default under the Indenture except a default in (i) the deposit of collections or other required amounts, (ii) any required payment from amounts held in any Trust Account in respect of amounts due on the Notes, (iii) payment of principal or interest or (iv) a default in respect of a covenant or provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent of all the holders of such outstanding Notes of the Controlling Class.

Any Notes owned by the Depositor, the Servicer or any of their respective affiliates will be entitled to equal and proportionate benefits under the Indenture, except that such Notes, while owned by the Depositor, the Servicer or any of their respective affiliates, will not be considered to be outstanding for the purpose of determining whether the requisite percentage of Noteholders have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or other action under the Indenture.

No holder of a Note will have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture, unless (i) such holder previously has given to the Indenture Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the Controlling Class have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name, (iii) such holder or holders have offered the Indenture Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, (iv) the Indenture Trustee has for 30 days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such 30 day period by the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class.

In addition, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, by accepting the Notes, covenant that they will not at any time institute against the Issuing Entity or the Depositor any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

With respect to the Issuing Entity, neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, nor any holder of the Certificate representing an ownership interest in the Issuing Entity nor any of their respective owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes or for the agreements of the Issuing Entity contained in the Indenture.

Certain Covenants.  The Indenture will provide that the Issuing Entity may not consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless, among other things, (i) the entity formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger is organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District of Columbia, (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Issuing Entity’s obligation to make due and punctual payments upon the Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of the Issuing Entity under the Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately after such merger or consolidation, (iv) the Issuing Entity has been advised that the rating of the Notes then in effect would not be reduced or withdrawn by the Rating Agencies as a result of such merger or consolidation and (v) the Issuing Entity has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such consolidation or merger would have no material adverse tax consequence to the Issuing Entity or to any Securityholder.

The Issuing Entity will not, among other things, (i) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, the Transfer and Servicing Agreements or certain related documents with respect to the Issuing Entity (collectively, the “Related Documents”), sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the Issuing Entity, (ii) claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal and interest payable in respect of the Notes (other than amounts withheld under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former holder of the Notes because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed upon the Issuing Entity, (iii) except as expressly permitted by the Related Documents, dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, (iv) permit the validity or effectiveness of the Indenture to be impaired or permit any person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under the Indenture except as may be expressly permitted thereby or (v) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other

104

encumbrance to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the assets of the Issuing Entity or any part thereof, or any interest in the assets of the Issuing Entity or the proceeds thereof.

The Issuing Entity may not engage in any activity other than as specified in this prospectus.  The Issuing Entity will not incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness other than indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Notes and the Indenture or otherwise in accordance with the Related Documents.

Indenture Trustee’s Annual Report.  If required by the TIA, the Indenture Trustee will be required to distribute each year to all Noteholders a brief report relating to its eligibility and qualification to continue as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount, interest rate and maturity date of certain indebtedness owing by the Issuing Entity to the Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity, the property and funds physically held by the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially affects the Notes and that has not been previously reported.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.  The Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing the Notes upon the delivery to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all such Notes or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all such Notes, including interest thereon, and any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts due and payable to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer.

Notices

Noteholders of record will be notified in writing by the Indenture Trustee of any Event of Default or termination of, or appointment of a successor to, the Servicer promptly upon a Trust Officer (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement) obtaining actual knowledge thereof.  While Notes are held in book-entry form, these notices will be delivered by the Indenture Trustee to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).  If Notes are issued in definitive form, these notices will be mailed to the addresses provided to the Indenture Trustee by the holders of record as of the relevant record date.  Such notices will be deemed to have been given as of the date of delivery to DTC or mailing.

Governing Law

The Indenture and Notes are governed by and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made in and to be performed wholly within such jurisdiction.

Minimum Denominations

The Notes of each class will be issued in U.S. Dollars in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (except for one Note of each class which may be issued in a denomination other than an integral multiple of $1,000).  Each class of Notes will initially be represented by one or more Notes registered in the name of the nominee of DTC (together with any successor depository selected by the Issuing Entity, the “Depository”) and will be registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of DTC, the clearing agency.  Accordingly, such nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the Notes of each class.  Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued under the limited circumstances described in this prospectus, no Noteholder will be entitled to receive a physical certificate representing a Note.  All references in this prospectus to actions by Noteholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its participating organizations (the “DTC Participants”) and all references in this prospectus to payments, notices, reports and statements to Noteholders refer to payments, notices, reports and statements to DTC or its nominee, as the registered holder of the Notes, for distribution to Noteholders in accordance with DTC’s procedures with respect thereto.  For additional information, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Book-Entry Registration” and “—Definitive Securities” in this prospectus.

Book-Entry Registration

General

105

Upon issuance, all Notes in book-entry form having the same original issue date, maturity and otherwise having identical terms and provisions will be represented by one or more fully registered global notes.  Each global note will be deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC, as depository, registered in the name of DTC or a nominee of DTC.

Except as described below, a global note may not be transferred except as a whole: (1) by DTC to a nominee of DTC; (2) by a nominee of DTC to DTC or another nominee of DTC; (3) by DTC or any nominee to a successor of DTC or a nominee of the successor.

So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of a global note, DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, will be the sole holder of the Notes in book-entry form represented by the global note for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the actual purchasers, or “Beneficial Owners,” of the global note or Notes representing Notes in book-entry form will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated form and will not be considered to be the holders of the Notes for any purpose under the Indenture, and no global note representing Notes in book-entry form will be exchangeable or transferable. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if a person is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which the person owns its interest in order to exercise any rights of a holder under the Indenture.

We may elect to allow Beneficial Owners to hold their interest in a Global Note held by DTC through Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”) or Euroclear Bank SA/NV, as operator of the Euroclear system (“Euroclear”), if they are participants in those systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in those systems. Clearstream and Euroclear will hold interests on behalf of their customers through accounts held in Clearstream’s and Euroclear’s names on the books of their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold the interests in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC.

We understand that under existing industry practices, if we request any action of holders or if a Beneficial Owner of a global note desires to give or take any action that a holder is entitled to give or take under the Indenture, DTC would authorize the participants holding the relevant beneficial interests to give or take the desired action, and the participants would authorize Beneficial Owners owning through the participants to give or take the desired action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of Beneficial Owners. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will take action on behalf of their participants only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to its respective depositaries’ ability to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.

The laws of some jurisdictions require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of the securities in definitive certificated form. These limits and laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global note representing Notes in book-entry form. Further, because DTC can act only on behalf of its participants, who in turn act on behalf of indirect participants, the ability of Beneficial Owners to pledge their interest in the Notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take action with respect to such interest, may be limited by the lack of a definitive certificate of such interest.

Settlement Procedures

The initial depository for the Notes will be DTC. The depository will act as securities depository for the Notes in book-entry form. The Notes in book-entry form will be issued as fully registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co., the depository’s nominee or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One global note will be issued to represent each $500,000,000 of aggregate principal amount of Notes of the same issue. Additional global notes will be issued to represent any remaining principal amount of the issue.

Purchases of Notes in book-entry form under DTC’s system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for Notes in book-entry form on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each Beneficial Owner is in turn recorded on the records of direct participants and indirect participants. Beneficial Owners of Notes in book-entry form will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but each Beneficial Owners is expected to receive written confirmation providing details of the related transaction, as well as periodic statements of its holdings, from the direct or indirect participant through which such Beneficial Owner entered into the related transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in a global note representing Notes in book-

106

entry form are accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of the Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners of global notes representing Notes in book-entry form will not receive Notes in certificated form representing their ownership interests in the Notes, unless use of the book-entry system for Notes in book-entry form is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all global notes representing Notes in book-entry form which are deposited with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of global notes with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee effect no change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the global notes representing the Notes in book-entry form; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts the Notes in book-entry form are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers and for forwarding all notices concerning the Notes to their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants, and by direct participants and indirect participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices will be sent to DTC. If less than all of the Notes in book-entry form are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each direct participant in the issue to be redeemed.

Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor any other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the global notes representing the Notes in book-entry form unless authorized by a direct participant in accordance with DTC’s procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to us as soon as possible after the applicable record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those direct participants, identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy, to whose accounts the Notes in book-entry form are credited on the applicable record date.

So long as DTC, or its nominee, is a registered owner of the global notes representing the Notes in book-entry form, we will make principal and interest payments on the global notes representing the Notes in book-entry form to DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from TAFR LLC or the Indenture Trustee, on the applicable Payment Date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of the participant and not of DTC, the Indenture Trustee or TAFR LLC, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of principal and interest to DTC is the responsibility of TAFR LLC or the Indenture Trustee. Disbursement of such payments to direct participants is the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of payments to the Beneficial Owners is the responsibility of direct participants and indirect participants. Distributions with respect to Notes held through Clearstream or Euroclear will be credited, to the extent received by their respective depositaries, to the cash accounts of their participants in accordance with the relevant system’s rules and procedures.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the Notes in book-entry form at any time by giving reasonable notice to TAFR LLC or the Indenture Trustee. Under these circumstances, if a successor securities depository is not obtained, Notes in certificated form are required to be printed and delivered.

We may decide (subject to the procedures of the securities depository) to discontinue use of a system of book-entry transfers through the depository or a successor securities depository. In that event, Notes in definitive certificated form will be printed and delivered.

If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as depository and a successor depository is not appointed by us within 90 days, we will issue Notes in certificated form in exchange for the Notes represented by the global notes. In addition, we may at any time and in our sole discretion determine (subject to the procedures of

107

the securities depositary) to discontinue use of a global note and, in that event, will issue Notes in certificated form in exchange for the Notes represented by the global note. The Notes of each class will be issued in U.S. Dollars in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (except for one Note of each class which may be issued in a denomination other than an integral multiple of $1,000) and will be issued in registered form only, without coupons.

Secondary Market Trading

Because the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to establish at the time of trading of any Notes where both the purchaser’s and seller’s accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value date.

Trading between participants of DTC, or “DTC Participants.”  Secondary market sales of Notes held in DTC between DTC Participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled using the procedures applicable to United States corporate debt obligations.

Trading between participants of Euroclear, or “Euroclear Participants” and/or participants of Clearstream, or “Clearstream Participants.”  Secondary market sales of beneficial interests in the Notes held through Euroclear or Clearstream to purchasers that will hold beneficial interests through Euroclear or Clearstream will be conducted in accordance with the normal rules and operating procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream and will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds.

Trading between DTC Seller and Euroclear/Clearstream Purchaser.  When book-entry interests in Notes are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the account of a Euroclear or Clearstream accountholder, the purchaser must first send instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream through a participant at least one business day (European time) prior to the settlement date, in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). Clearstream Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions directly to DTC. Euroclear or Clearstream will then instruct its depositary to receive the Notes and make payment for them. On the settlement date, the depositary will make payment to the DTC Participant’s account and the Notes will be credited to the depositary’s account. After settlement has been completed, DTC will credit the Notes to the U.S. depositary for Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be. Euroclear or Clearstream will credit the Notes, in accordance with its usual procedures, to the participant’s account, and the participant will then credit the purchaser’s account. These securities credits will appear the next business day (European time) after the settlement date. The cash debit from the account of Euroclear or Clearstream will be back-valued to the value date (which will be the preceding business day (European time) if settlement occurs in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the cash debit will instead be valued at the actual settlement date. Since the settlement will occur during New York business hours, a DTC Participant selling an interest in the Notes can use its usual procedures for transferring notes to the U.S. depositary for Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, for the benefit of Euroclear Participants or Clearstream Participants. The DTC seller will receive the sale proceeds on the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC seller, a cross-market sale will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

Trading between a Euroclear or Clearstream Seller and a DTC Purchaser.  Due to time zone differences in their favor, Euroclear Participants and Clearstream Participants can use their usual procedures to transfer Notes through the applicable U.S. depositary to a DTC Participant. The seller must first send instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream through a participant at least one business day (European time) prior to the settlement date. Euroclear or Clearstream will then instruct its U.S. Depositary to credit the Notes to the DTC Participant’s account and receive payment. The payment will be credited in the account of the Euroclear or Clearstream Participant on the following business day (European time), but the receipt of the cash proceeds will be back-valued to the value date (which will be the preceding business day (European time) if settlement occurs in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the receipt of the cash proceeds will instead be valued at the actual settlement date.

The Clearing Systems

DTC.  DTC, the world’s largest securities depository, is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a

108

member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity issues, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments (from over 100 countries) that DTC Direct Participants deposit with DTC.  DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among DTC Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities, through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between DTC Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates.  DTC Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations.  DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”).  DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies.  DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries.  Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly. The DTC Rules applicable to DTC Direct Participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com.

Clearstream.  Clearstream advises that it is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional depository. Clearstream holds securities for Clearstream Participants and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Clearstream Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Clearstream Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Clearstream provides to Clearstream Participants, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Clearstream interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository in Luxembourg, Clearstream is subject to regulation by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier. Clearstream Participants are recognized financial institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to Clearstream is also available to other institutions such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Clearstream Participant either directly or indirectly.  Distributions with respect to the Notes held beneficially through Clearstream will be credited to cash accounts of Clearstream Participants in accordance with its rules and procedures, to the extent received by the U.S. Depositary for Clearstream.

Euroclear.  Euroclear holds securities and book-entry interests in securities for Euroclear Participants and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Euroclear Participants, and between Euroclear Participants and participants of certain other securities intermediaries through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of such participants or other securities intermediaries.  Euroclear provides Euroclear Participants, among other things, with safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement, securities lending and borrowing and related services. Euroclear Participants include investment banks, securities brokers and dealers, banks, central banks, supranationals, custodians, investment managers, corporations, trust companies and certain other organizations. Non-participants in Euroclear may hold and transfer beneficial interests in a global note through accounts with a Euroclear Participantor any other securities intermediary that holds a book-entry interest in a global note through one or more securities intermediaries standing between such other securities intermediary and Euroclear.  Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with Euroclear are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System, and applicable Belgian law (collectively, the “Terms and Conditions”). The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. Euroclear acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants. Distributions with respect to Notes held beneficially through Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Euroclear Participants in accordance with the Terms and Conditions, to the extent received by the U.S. Depository for Euroclear.

Although the foregoing sets out the procedures of Euroclear, Clearstream and DTC in order to facilitate the transfers of interests in the Notes among participants of DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear, none of Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC is under any obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures

109

may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor any agent or any paying agent, any underwriter or any affiliate of any of the above, or any person by whom any of the above is controlled for the purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream or their respective direct or indirect participants or accountholders of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations or for the sufficiency for any purpose of the arrangements described above.

Definitive Securities

The Certificate will be issued in fully registered, certificated form (the “Definitive Certificate”).  The Notes will be issued in fully registered, certificated form (the “Definitive Notes” and together with the Definitive Certificate, the “Definitive Securities”) to Noteholders or their respective nominees, instead of to DTC or its nominee, only if (i) DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as depository with respect to such Notes and the Administrator or the Owner Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor (and if it is the Administrator that has made such determination, the Administrator so notifies the Indenture Trustee in writing), (ii) the Depositor or the Administrator or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, at its option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Servicer Default with respect to the Notes, holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, advise the Indenture Trustee through DTC in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC (or a successor to DTC) with respect to the Notes is no longer in the best interest of the holders of the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Indenture Trustee will be required to notify all applicable Noteholders through participants of the availability of Definitive Notes.  Upon surrender by DTC of the definitive certificates representing the corresponding Notes and receipt of instructions for re-registration, the Indenture Trustee will reissue such Notes as Definitive Notes to such Noteholders.

Payments of principal of, and interest on, such Definitive Notes will thereafter be made by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the procedures described in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as applicable, directly to holders of Definitive Notes in whose names the Definitive Notes were registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date.  Such payments will be made by check mailed to the address of such holder as it appears on the register maintained by the Indenture Trustee.  The final payment on any such Definitive Note, however, will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such Definitive Note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final payment to the applicable Noteholders.  The Indenture Trustee will provide such notice to the applicable Noteholders not less than 15 or more than 30 days prior to the date on which such final payment is expected to occur.

Definitive Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the applicable trustee or of a registrar named in a notice delivered to holders of Definitive Securities.  No service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as applicable, may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

List of Securityholders

Separately from the requirement to include a request to communicate in a Form 10-D, three or more holders of the Notes or one or more holders of the Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes may, by written request to the Indenture Trustee, obtain access to the list of all Noteholders maintained by the Indenture Trustee for the purpose of communicating directly with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes.  The Indenture Trustee may elect not to afford the requesting Noteholders access to the list of Noteholders if it agrees to mail the desired communication or proxy, on behalf of and at the expense of the requesting Noteholders, to all Noteholders.

The Depositor or an affiliate will be the initial Certificateholder.

110

The Trust Agreement and Indenture will not provide for the holding of annual or other meetings of Securityholders.

Reports to Securityholders

On or prior to each Payment Date, the Servicer will prepare and provide to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee statements to be delivered or made available to the Noteholders and Certificateholders, respectively, on such Payment Date.  Each such statement to be delivered or made available to Securityholders will include (to the extent applicable) the following information as to the Notes and as to the Certificate with respect to such Payment Date or the period since the previous Payment Date, as applicable:

· the amount paid or distributed in respect of interest on each class of Notes[, including One-Month LIBOR for the related Interest Period];

· the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount, the Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount, the Regular Principal Distribution Amount and the amount paid or distributed in respect of principal on or with respect to each Class of Notes;

· the amount paid or distributed to the Certificateholders;

· the number of Receivables, the Pool Balance and the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the close of business on the first day and the last day of the related Collection Period;

· the aggregate outstanding principal amount and the Pool Factor for each class of Notes, before and after giving effect to all payments in respect of principal on such Payment Date;

· the amount of the Basic Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer, with respect to the related Collection Period and the amount of any unpaid Basic Servicing Fees from the prior Payment Date;

· the amount of any shortfall of interest applicable to each class of Notes after giving effect to all payments on interest on such Payment Date, and the change in such amounts from the preceding Payment Date;

· the amount of fees, expenses and indemnification amounts due and payable to each of [the Administrator,] the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer, before and after giving effect to payments on such Payment Date;

· [the amounts, if any, payable by [or due to] the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty for the related Payment Date;]

· the balance of the Reserve Account on such Payment Date and the Specified Reserve Account Balance for such Payment Date, before and after giving effect to changes thereto on such Payment Date;

· [the balance of the Prefunding Account][amounts collected in respect of principal during the Revolving Period that have not been used to purchase subsequent Receivables] on such date, (i) before giving effect to changes thereto on that date and the amount of those changes and (ii) after giving effect to changes thereto on that date and the amount of those changes;]

· the Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount for such Payment Date;

· the amount of Available Collections for the related Collection Period;

111

· delinquency and loss information with respect to the Receivables for the related Collection Period;

· any material change in practices with respect to charge-offs, collection and management of delinquent Receivables, and the effect of any grace period, re-aging, re-structure, partial payments or other practices on delinquency and loss experience;

· any material modifications, extensions or waivers to Receivables terms, fees, penalties or payments during the related Collection Period, or that have cumulatively become material over time;

· any material breaches of representations and warranties made with respect to the Receivables, or covenants, contained in the Transfer and Servicing Agreements; and

· whether a Delinquency Trigger has occurred as of the end of the related Collection Period.

Within the prescribed period of time for tax reporting purposes after the end of each calendar year, the applicable Trustee will mail to each person who at any time during such calendar year has been a Securityholder and received any payment on the Securities held by such Person a statement containing certain information for the purposes of such Securityholder’s preparation of U.S. federal income tax returns.  The Servicer will make the foregoing statements available to the Noteholder each month via its Internet website, which is presently located at http://www.toyotafinancial.com.  For additional information, you should refer to “Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences” in this prospectus.

The Servicer, on behalf of the Issuing Entity, will also prepare an asset-level data file with respect to the Receivables for each calendar month and file it with the SEC on Form ABS-EE before filing the related Form 10-D.  The exhibits to each Form ABS-EE filed by or on behalf of the Issuing Entity after the filing of this prospectus will be incorporated by reference into the related Form 10-D.  Each asset-level data file will contain detailed information concerning each Receivable, including data regarding its origination characteristics, contract terms, characteristics of the related Financed Vehicle and Obligor, contract and payment activity, servicing activity and status.  Certain asset-level data, such as data related to term, collections, vehicle type, repurchases, losses on the Receivables and repossessions, may not match the aggregate data provided on the monthly statements to Securityholders as a result of differences between the methods of determining or calculating such data for the purpose of presenting the monthly statements to Securityholders and for the purpose of presenting asset-level data in Form ABS-EE.

PAYMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

On the second Business Day preceding each Payment Date (each, a “Determination Date”), the Servicer will inform the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of, among other things, the amount of funds collected on or in respect of the Receivables[, the amounts [due to or] payable by the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty] and  the Servicing Fee (which includes any Supplemental Servicing Fee) payable to the Servicer, in each case with respect to the calendar month immediately preceding the month in which the related Payment Date occurs (the “Collection Period”).  On each Determination Date, the Servicer will also inform the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of the amount of any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts  required to be paid to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer on the related Payment Date.  On or before each Determination Date, the Servicer will also determine the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount, the Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount, the Regular Principal Distribution Amount and, based on the Available Collections and other amounts available for distribution on the related Payment Date as described below, the amount to be distributed to the Securityholders.

The Indenture Trustee will make payments to the Noteholders out of the amounts on deposit in the Collection Account.  The amounts to be distributed to the Noteholders will be determined in the manner described below.

112

Calculation of Available Collections

The amount of funds available for payment on a Payment Date (without taking into account amounts withdrawn from the Reserve Account, if available) (“Available Collections”) will generally be the sum (without duplication) of the following amounts with respect to the Collection Period preceding such Payment Date or, in the case of the first Payment Date, the period from the [Initial] Cutoff Date through the last day of the calendar month preceding such Payment Date:

(i) all collections of interest and principal on or in respect of the Receivables other than Defaulted Receivables;

[(ii) any amounts payable by the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty and [amounts remaining on deposit in the Prefunding Account on or after the last day of the Prefunding Period][principal collected on the Receivables that were not used to purchase additional Receivables by the end of the Revolving Period];]

([ii][iii]) all insurance proceeds and proceeds of the liquidation of Defaulted Receivables, net of expenses incurred by the Servicer in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices in connection with such liquidation, including amounts received in subsequent Collection Periods as and when received;

([iii][iv]) all Warranty Purchase Payments with respect to Warranty Receivables repurchased by the Sponsor and Administrative Purchase Payments with respect to Administrative Receivables purchased by the Servicer, in each case in respect of such Collection Period;

([iv][v]) any recovery in respect of any Receivable pursuant to any Dealer Recourse; and

([v][vi]) the amount paid by the Servicer pursuant to any exercise of the Servicer’s option, if any, to purchase the Receivables.

Available Collections on any Payment Date will exclude late fees, extension fees and other administrative fees and expenses or similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to the Receivables (which amounts are payable to the Servicer as supplemental servicing fees (together with investment earnings on deposit in the Collection Account, the “Supplemental Servicing Fee”)).

“Defaulted Receivable” means a Receivable (other than an Administrative Receivable or a Warranty Receivable) as to which (a) all or any part of a Scheduled Payment is 120 or more days past due, or (b) if all or any part of a Scheduled Payment is less than 120 days past due, the Servicer has, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, (i) determined that eventual payment in full is unlikely, (ii) repossessed and liquidated the related Financed Vehicle or (iii) repossessed and held the related Financed Vehicle in its repossession inventory for 90 days, whichever of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) occurs first.  The Principal Balance of any Receivable that becomes a Defaulted Receivable will be deemed to be zero as of the date it becomes a Defaulted Receivable.  The Servicer’s policy is to charge-off retail installment sales contracts as soon as disposition of the vehicle has been effected and sales proceeds have been received, and may in some circumstances charge-off an auto loan contract prior to repossession.  When repossession and disposition of the collateral related to a Receivable has not been effected, TMCC’s policy with respect to Receivables included in the Issuing Entity is to charge-off as soon as TMCC determines that the vehicle cannot be recovered, but not later than when the contract is 120 days contractually delinquent.

Calculation of Principal Distribution Amounts

First Priority Principal Distribution Amount.  The “First Priority Principal Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes as of such Payment Date (before giving effect to any principal payments made on the Class A Notes on such Payment Date), over (b) the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Collection Period; provided, however, that (i) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-1 Final

113

Scheduled Payment Date will not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes to zero; (ii) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-2[a] Final Scheduled Payment Date will not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-2[a] Notes to zero; [(iii) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-2b Final Scheduled Payment Date will not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-2b Notes to zero;] ([iii][iv])the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-3 Final Scheduled Payment Date will not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes to zero; and ([iv][v]) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-4 Final Scheduled Payment Date will not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes to zero.

The “Pool Balance” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of that date.

The “Adjusted Pool Balance” means, as of any date, the Pool Balance less the Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount.

The “Principal Balance” of a Receivable, as of any date, means an amount equal to the Amount Financed (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement) minus the sum of (i) that portion of all Scheduled Payments actually received on or prior to such date allocable to principal, (ii) any Warranty Purchase Payment or Administrative Purchase Payment with respect to such Receivable allocable to principal (to the extent not included in clause (i) above) and (iii) any prepayments or other payments applied to reduce the unpaid Principal Balance of such Receivable (to the extent not included in clauses (i) and (ii) above).

Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount.  The “Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes as of such Payment Date (before giving effect to any principal payments made on the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes on such Payment Date), over (ii) the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Collection Period minus (b) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount for such Payment Date; provided, however, that the Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date will not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class B Notes to zero.

Regular Principal Distribution Amount.  The “Regular Principal Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes as of such Payment Date (before giving effect to any principal payments made on the Notes on such Payment Date), over (ii) the excess, if any, of the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Collection Period less the Overcollateralization Target Amount, minus (b) the sum of the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount and the Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount for such Payment Date.

The “Overcollateralization Target Amount” with respect to any Payment Date is equal to approximately [____]% of [the sum of (i)] the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date [and (ii) the amounts on deposit in the Prefunding Account on the Closing Date].

Priority of Payments

On each Payment Date, except after an Event of Default resulting in an acceleration of the Notes, the Issuing Entity will make the following payments in the following order of priority from Available Collections for the related Collection Period and, if necessary and available, from amounts withdrawn from the Reserve Account:

1. Servicing Fee –– to the Servicer, the Total Servicing Fee (which includes any Supplemental Servicing Fee, to the extent not previously retained by the Servicer);

2. Transaction Fees and Expenses –– to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer, the amount of any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts due to each

114

such party, pro rata, based on amounts due to each such party, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $[________] in any calendar year;

3. Class A Note Interest [and Swap Counterparty] –– [pro rata, based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes and the amount of any Swap Termination payment and swap payment due and payable by the Issuing Entity to the Swap Counterparty under this clause (3): (i)] to the Class A Noteholders (pro rata based upon the aggregate amount of interest due to such Noteholders), accrued and unpaid interest on each class of the Class A Notes, together with any amounts that were to be paid pursuant to this clause (3) on any prior Payment Date but were not paid because Available Collections were not sufficient to make such payment (with interest accrued on such unpaid amounts at the rate or rates at which interest accrued on the related Notes during the relevant Interest Period or Interest Periods)[, (ii) to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of any termination payment due to the Swap Counterparty under the Swap Agreement due to a Swap Termination resulting from a payment default by the Issuing Entity or the insolvency of the Issuing Entity; provided, that if any amounts allocable to the Class A Notes are not needed to pay the Class A Noteholders’ accrued and unpaid interest as of such payment date, such amounts will be applied to pay the portion, if any, of any Swap Termination payment referred to above remaining unpaid, and (iii) to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of interest at [____]% due to the Swap Counterparty under the Swap Agreement];

4. Class A Note Principal –– to the Noteholders for distribution in respect of principal of the Notes, in the priority described above under “Description of the Notes—Payments of Principal,” an amount equal to the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount for such Payment Date;

5. Class B Note Interest –– to the Class B Noteholders, accrued and unpaid interest on the Class B Notes, together with any amounts that were to be paid pursuant to this clause (5) on any prior Payment Date but were not paid because Available Collections were not sufficient to make such payment (with interest accrued on such unpaid amounts at the rate at which interest accrued on the Class B Notes during the relevant Interest Period or Interest Periods);

6. Note Principal –– to the Noteholders for distribution in respect of principal of the Notes, in the priority described above under “Description of the Notes—Payments of Principal,” an amount equal to the Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount for such Payment Date;

7. Reserve Account Deposit –– to the Reserve Account, to the extent amounts then on deposit in the Reserve Account are less than the Specified Reserve Account Balance described below under “—Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement—Reserve Account,” until the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account equals such Specified Reserve Account Balance;

8. Note Principal –– to the Noteholders for distribution in respect of principal of the Notes, in the priority described above under “Description of the Notes—Payments of Principal,” an amount equal to the Regular Principal Distribution Amount for such Payment Date;

9. Additional Transaction Fees and Expenses [and Swap Counterparty]–– to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer [and the Swap Counterparty], the amount of any fees, expenses[,] [and] indemnification amounts [and, in the case of the Swap Counterparty, Swap Termination payments] due to each such party and not paid in clause (2) above [or, in the case of the Swap Counterparty, clause (3) above], pro rata, based on amounts due to each such party; and

10. Excess Amounts –– to the Certificateholder, any remaining Available Collections for such Payment Date.

Payments After Occurrence of Event of Default Resulting in Acceleration

After an Event of Default that results in the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes and unless and until such acceleration has been rescinded, the Issuing Entity will make the following payments in the following order of priority from Available Collections for the related Collection Period:

115

1. Servicing Fee –– to the Servicer, the Total Servicing Fee (which includes any Supplemental Servicing Fee, to the extent not previously retained by the Servicer);

2. Transaction Fees and Expenses –– to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer, the amount of any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts due to each such party pro rata, based on amounts due to each such party;

3. Class A Note Interest [and Swap Counterparty] –– [pro rata, based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes and the amount of any Swap Termination payment and swap payment due and payable by the Issuing Entity to the Swap Counterparty under this clause (3): (i)] to the Class A Noteholders (pro rata based upon the aggregate amount of interest due to such Noteholders), accrued and unpaid interest on each class of the Class A Notes, together with any amounts that were to be paid pursuant to this clause (3) on any prior Payment Date but were not paid because Available Collections were not sufficient to make such payment (with interest accrued on such unpaid amounts at the rate or rates at which interest accrued on the related Notes during the relevant Interest Period or Interest Periods))[, (ii) to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of any termination payment due to the Swap Counterparty under the Swap Agreement due to a Swap Termination resulting from a payment default by the Issuing Entity or the insolvency of the Issuing Entity; provided, that if any amounts allocable to the Class A Notes are not needed to pay the Class A Noteholders’ accrued and unpaid interest as of such payment date, such amounts will be applied to pay the portion, if any, of any Swap Termination payment referred to above remaining unpaid, and (iii) to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of interest at [____]% due to the Swap Counterparty under the Swap Agreement];

4. Class A Note Principal –– first, to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero, and second, pro rata, based upon their respective unpaid principal amounts, to the holders of the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes, until the principal amount of each such class of Notes is reduced to zero;

5. Class B Note Interest –– to the Class B Noteholders, accrued and unpaid interest on the Class B Notes, together with any amounts that were to be paid as interest on the Class B Notes on any prior Payment Date but were not paid because Available Collections were not sufficient to make such payment (with interest accrued on such unpaid amounts at the rate at which interest accrued on the Class B Notes during the relevant Interest Period or Interest Periods);

6. Class B Note Principal –– to the holders of the Class B Notes, until the principal amount of the Class B Notes is reduced to zero;

[7. Swap Counterparty–– to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of any Swap Termination payments due to it and not paid in clause (3) above;] and

[7][8].     Excess Amounts –– to the Certificateholder, any remaining Available Collections for such Payment Date.

Following the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Indenture that results in the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes, amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will be withdrawn and used to the extent necessary to pay principal of the Notes as described in clauses (4) and (6) above, in that order of priority.

Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement

The presence of credit enhancement for the benefit of any class of Notes is intended to enhance the likelihood of receipt by the Noteholders of such class of the full amount of principal and interest due thereon and to decrease the likelihood that such Noteholders will experience losses.  The credit enhancement for a class of Notes will not provide protection against all risks of loss and will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal amount and interest thereon.  If losses occur that exceed the amount covered by any credit enhancement or that are not covered by any credit enhancement, Noteholders of any class will bear their allocable share of deficiencies.  In

116

addition, if a form of credit enhancement covers more than one class of Notes, Noteholders of any such class will be subject to the risk that such credit enhancement will be exhausted by the claims of Noteholders of other classes.

Subordination of Principal and Interest.  The subordination of the Class B Notes to the Class A Notes, as described under “—Priority of Payments” above is intended to provide credit enhancement to the Class A Notes. Payments of principal will not be made on the Class B Notes until the principal on the Class A Notes has been paid in full. Payments of interest will not be made on the Class B Notes on a Payment Date until accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A Notes and the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount has been paid.  Also, if payment of the Notes has been accelerated after an Event of Default, then no payments of interest or principal will be made on the Class B Notes until the Class A Notes have been paid in full.  While any Class A Notes are outstanding, the failure to pay interest on the Class B Notes will not be an Event of Default.  When the Class A Notes are no longer outstanding, an Event of Default will occur if the full amount of interest due on the Class B Notes is not paid within five Business Days after the related Payment Date.

Reserve Account.  The Reserve Account will be a segregated trust account established by the Depositor pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement on the Closing Date and held by the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders (the “Reserve Account”).  Any amounts held on deposit in the Reserve Account will be owned by the Depositor, subject to the right of the Indenture Trustee to withdraw such amounts as described below.  Prior to an Event of Default that results in an acceleration of the maturity of the Notes, any investment earnings thereon will be distributed to the Sponsor on each Payment Date and will be taxable to the Sponsor for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Except as described below, no funds will be withdrawn from, and no amounts will be deposited into, the Reserve Account.

The Depositor will grant to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, a security interest in the accounts of the Issuing Entity, including any funds in the Reserve Account and the proceeds thereof (subject to the right of the Sponsor to investment earnings thereon), to secure the payment of interest on the Notes, the payment of principal on the Notes on any Payment Date to the extent the aggregate principal amount of the Notes exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Collection Period and the payment of principal on any class of Notes on the Final Scheduled Payment Date of that class of Notes, and the Indenture Trustee will have all of the rights of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”) with respect thereto.

On the Closing Date, the Depositor will cause to be deposited $[____________] into the Reserve Account, (which is approximately [____]% of [the sum of (i)] the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date [and (ii) the amounts on deposit in the Prefunding Account on the Closing Date]) into the Reserve Account.  On each Payment Date, after making required payments to the Servicer[, the Swap Counterparty] and the Noteholders, as described under “—Priority of Payments” above, the Issuing Entity will make a deposit into the Reserve Account to the extent that funds are available therefor to the extent necessary to maintain the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account at a Specified Reserve Account Balance.

The “Specified Reserve Account Balance” with respect to any Payment Date will be an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $[____________] (which is approximately [____]% of [the sum of (i)] the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date [and (ii) the amounts on deposit in the Prefunding Account on the Closing Date]) and (b) the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (after giving effect to any principal payments made on the Notes on such Payment Date).

The amount of funds on deposit in the Reserve Account may decrease on each Payment Date by withdrawals of funds (i) to cover shortfalls in the amounts required to be distributed pursuant to clauses (1) through (6) under “—Priority of Payments” above, (ii) after an Event of Default that results in the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes, to pay principal on the Notes, and (iii) to pay principal on any class of Notes on the Final Scheduled Payment Date of that class of Notes.

If the principal amount of a class of Notes is not paid in full on the related Final Scheduled Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee will withdraw amounts (if available) from the Reserve Account, to reduce the principal amount of such class of Notes to zero.

117

The Servicer may amend the formula or percentage for determining the Specified Reserve Account Balance that is different from that described above or make certain changes with respect to the manner by which the Reserve Account is funded pursuant to the amendment provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement described under “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Amendment” in this prospectus.

As of the close of business on any Payment Date that occurs prior to an Event of Default that results in the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes and on which the amount of funds on deposit in the Reserve Account (excluding investment income, which will be distributed on each such Payment Date to the Sponsor) is greater than the Specified Reserve Account Balance for such Payment Date, the Servicer will instruct the Indenture Trustee to release and distribute such excess to the Depositor.

Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account may be invested in Eligible Investments.  Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default resulting in an acceleration of the maturity of the Notes, investment income on monies on deposit in the Reserve Account will be released to the Sponsor and will not be available for payment to Noteholders or otherwise subject to any claims or rights of the Noteholders.  Any net loss on such investments will be charged to the Reserve Account.

After the payment in full, or the provision for such payment, of (i) all accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, any funds remaining on deposit in the Reserve Account, subject to certain limitations, will be paid to the Depositor.]

Overcollateralization.  Overcollateralization represents the amount by which the Adjusted Pool Balance exceeds the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.  The Adjusted Pool Balance as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date is expected to be approximately equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as of the Closing Date.  In addition to providing credit enhancement, overcollateralization also serves to provide limited protection against losses and low-interest Receivables.

The following table shows the Notes as a percentage of the initial Pool Balance and as a percentage of the initial Adjusted Pool Balance.  The percentages may not add to the total percentage shown due to rounding.

	Percentage of Initial Pool Balance	Percentage of Adjusted Pool Balance
Class A Notes	[_____]%	[_____]%
Class B Notes	[_____]%	[_____]%
Total	[_____]%	100.00%

The application of funds on each Payment Date according to clause (8) of the first paragraph under “—Priority of Payments” aboveis designed to achieve and maintain the level of overcollateralization as of any Payment Date to the Overcollateralization Target Amount.  The overcollateralization is an additional source of funds to absorb losses on the Receivables that are not otherwise covered by excess collections for the Receivables, if any.

To achieve and maintain the amount of overcollateralization on any Payment Date at the Overcollateralization Target Amount, the Issuing Entity must make principal payments on the Notes in an amount greater than the decline in the Adjusted Pool Balance for the preceding month.  The use of Available Collections to make Regular Principal Distribution Amount payments is expected to achieve and maintain overcollateralization at an amount equal to the Overcollateralization Target Amount.   When the actual amount of overcollateralization is less than the Overcollateralization Target Amount, principal payments will be made to the Noteholders from Available Collections until the Overcollateralization Target Amount is reached.

 Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount.  Because the Receivables include [a substantial number] of low APR Receivables, the Receivables could generate less collections of interest than the sum of (i) the Servicing Fee, (ii) fees, expenses and indemnification amounts required to be paid to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer in an aggregate amount not to exceed $[________] in any calendar year[, (iii) certain amounts due to the Swap Counterparty] and ([iii][iv]) interest payments on the Notes and any required deposits in the Reserve Account if the low APR Receivables are not adequately offset by high APR Receivables.  The yield supplement overcollateralization amount is intended to compensate for low APRs on some of the Receivables.

118

The “Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount” for each Payment Date, or with respect to the Closing Date, is the aggregate amount by which the Principal Balance as of the last day of the related Collection Period or as of the [Receivables’ respective] Cutoff Date[s], as applicable, of each of the related Receivables with an APR as stated in the related contract of less than the Required Rate, other than a Defaulted Receivable, exceeds the present value, calculated using a discount rate of the Required Rate, of each scheduled payment of each such Receivable assuming such scheduled payment is made on the last day of each month and each month has 30 days.

The Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount on the Closing Date will be $[_____________].

Excess Interest. More interest is expected to be paid by the Obligors in respect of the Receivables than is necessary to pay the sum of (i) the Servicing Fee, (ii) fees, expenses and indemnification amounts required to be paid to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer in an aggregate amount not to exceed $[________] in any calendar year[, (iii) certain amounts due to the Swap Counterparty] and ([iii][iv]) interest on the Notes each month.  Any such excess in interest payments from Obligors will serve as additional credit enhancement.

[[Swap][Cap] Agreement. The Issuing Entity will enter into the [Swap][Cap] Agreement to [offset basis risk between Receivables that pay based on fixed interest rates and Notes that pay based on a One-Month LIBOR index][reduce its exposure to interest rate risks] and to ensure the timely payment of interest on the [Class A-2b] Notes.  For additional information, you should refer to “The [Swap][Cap] Agreement.”]

TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

The Transfer and Servicing Agreements

The following summary describes certain terms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.  The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.  Forms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.  Copies of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements will be filed as current reports on Form 8-K with the SEC.  For additional information regarding reports required to be filed by the Depositor, you should refer to “Where You Can Find More Information about Your Notes—The Depositor” in this prospectus.

Sale and Assignment of Receivables

On the Closing Date, TMCC will sell and assign to the Depositor, without recourse, pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, its entire interest in the Receivables, including the security interests in the Financed Vehicles.  On the Closing Date, the Depositor will transfer and assign to the Issuing Entity, without recourse, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, its entire interest in the Receivables, including its security interests in the related Financed Vehicles.  Each such Receivable will be identified in [the][a] transfer notice ([the][a] “Transfer Notice”) delivered to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Issuing Entity will pledge its assets, including the Receivables, to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders.  The Indenture Trustee will, concurrently with such transfer and assignment, on behalf of the Issuing Entity, execute and deliver the Notes and the Certificate.  The net proceeds received from the sale of the Notes will be applied to the purchase of the Receivables from TMCC and to make the required initial deposit into the accounts of the Issuing Entity.  [Provision for acquisition of additional Receivables by the Issuing Entity, evidenced by Transfer Notices, during the [Prefunding][Revolving] Period will be made in the Receivables Purchase Agreement and Sale and Servicing Agreement.]

Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, to ensure uniform quality in servicing both the Receivables and the Servicer’s own portfolio of car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle retail installment sales contracts, as well as to reduce administrative costs, the Depositor and the Issuing Entity will designate the Servicer as custodian to maintain possession or, in the case of electronic contracts, control (directly or through an agent), on behalf of the Issuing Entity, of the related installment sales contracts and any other documents relating to the Receivables.  In performing its duties as custodian, the Servicer will act with reasonable care, using the same degree of skill and attention that the Servicer exercises with respect to the Receivable files relating to comparable automotive Receivables that the Servicer services for itself or others.  The Servicer will make available to the

119

Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee a list of the locations of the Receivable files and the related accounts, records and computer systems maintained by the Servicer at such times during normal business hours as instructed by the Issuing Entity or the Indenture Trustee with reasonable advance notice.  The Receivables will not be physically segregated from other car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle retail installment sales contracts of the Servicer, or those which the Servicer services for others, to reflect the transfer to the Issuing Entity.  However, UCC financing statements perfecting the sale and assignment of the Receivables by TMCC to the Depositor and by the Depositor to the Issuing Entity and the pledge of the Receivables by the Issuing Entity to the Indenture Trustee will be filed, and the respective accounting records and computer files of TMCC and the Depositor will reflect such sale and assignment.  The Depositor, or the Servicer on behalf of the Depositor, will be responsible for maintaining the perfection of such interest through the filing of continuation statements or amended financing statements, as applicable.  Because the Receivables will remain in the possession or control of the Servicer or its agent and will not be stamped or otherwise marked to reflect the assignment to the Indenture Trustee, if a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession or, in the case of electronic Receivables, control of the Receivables without knowledge of the assignment, the Indenture Trustee’s interest in the Receivables could be defeated.  For additional information, you should refer to “Risk Factors—The issuing entity’s interests in financed vehicles may be unenforceable or defeated” and “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables—Security Interests” in this prospectus.  In addition, under certain circumstances the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in collections that have been received by the Servicer but not yet remitted to the Collection Account could be defeated.

Accounts

On or prior to the Closing Date, the Servicer will establish and the Indenture Trustee will maintain a trust account in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders [and the Swap Counterparty], into which collections on or in respect of the Receivables, and all amounts released from  the Reserve Account [or the Prefunding Account][payable by the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty], will be deposited (the “Collection Account”) together with income received on the investment of funds on deposit in the Collection Account.  The Depositor will establish and will maintain with the Indenture Trustee the accounts of the Issuing Entity for the benefit of the Noteholders.  The accounts of the Issuing Entity will not be assets of the Issuing Entity.

Servicing Procedures

The Servicer, for the benefit of the Issuing Entity, will manage, service, administer and make collections on the Receivables (other than Administrative Receivables and Warranty Receivables) with reasonable care, using the same degree of skill and attention that the Servicer exercises with respect to all comparable motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts that it services for itself or others.  The Servicer’s duties will include collection and posting of all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors or federal, state or local government authorities with respect to the Receivables, investigating delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors, reporting tax information to Obligors in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, policing the collateral, accounting for collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee with respect to distributions, generating U.S. federal income tax information and performing the other duties specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer will, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, have full power and authority, acting alone, to do any and all things in connection with such managing, servicing, administration and collection that it may deem necessary or desirable.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Servicer will be authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the Issuing Entity, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Securityholders or any of them, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Receivables and the Financed Vehicles.  The Servicer is authorized to commence, in its own name or in the name of the Issuing Entity, a legal proceeding to enforce a defaulted Receivable or to commence or participate in a legal proceeding (including, without limitation, a bankruptcy proceeding) relating to or involving a Receivable, including a defaulted Receivable.  If the Servicer commences or participates in such a legal proceeding in its own name, the Issuing Entity will be deemed to have automatically assigned, solely for the purpose of collection on behalf of the party retaining an interest in such Receivable, such Receivable and the other related property of the Issuing Entity with respect to such Receivable to the Servicer for purposes of commencing or participating in any such proceeding as a party or claimant.  The Servicer is also authorized and empowered under the Sale and Servicing Agreement to execute and deliver in the Servicer’s name any notices, demands, claims, complaints, responses, affidavits or other documents or instruments in connection with any such proceeding.  If in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding, it will be held

120

that the Servicer may not enforce a Receivable on the grounds that it will not be a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce such Receivable, the Issuing Entity will, at the Servicer’s expense and written direction, take steps to enforce such Receivable, including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders.  The Issuing Entity is required to furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney and other documents and take any other steps which the Servicer may deem necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments due with respect to the Receivables held by the Issuing Entity and will, consistent with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, follow the collection procedures it follows with respect to comparable motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts it services for itself and others.

Consistent with its normal procedures, the Servicer will be authorized to grant certain rebates, adjustments or extensions with respect to the Receivables without the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.  However, if the amount of any Scheduled Payment due in a subsequent Collection Period is reduced as a result of any modification to the related APR or the Amount Financed (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement), an increase in the total number of Scheduled Payments or an extension of the maturity of a Receivable beyond the end of the Collection Period preceding the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date, the Servicer will be obligated to purchase such Administrative Receivable, as described below, provided that the Servicer will have no such obligation to repurchase an Administrative Receivable as a result of any such extension of the maturity of such Administrative Receivable if it is required to grant such extension under law or pursuant to a court order.  However, the Servicer may, if a default, breach, violation, delinquency or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable has occurred or, in the judgment of the Servicer, is imminent:

(A) extend such Receivable for credit-related reasons that would be acceptable to the Servicer with respect to comparable Receivables that it services for itself, but only if the Final Scheduled Payment Date of such Receivable as extended would not be later than the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date; or

(B) reduce an Obligor’s monthly payment amount in the event of a prepayment resulting from refunds of credit life and disability insurance premiums and service contracts and make similar adjustments in an Obligor’s payment terms to the extent required by law.

Additionally, if at the end of the scheduled term of any Receivable, the outstanding principal amount of the Receivable is such that the final payment to be made by the related Obligor is larger than the regularly scheduled payment of principal and interest made by such Obligor, the Servicer may permit such Obligor to pay such remaining principal amount in more than one payment of principal and interest, provided that the last such payment will be due on or prior to the last day of the Collection Period preceding the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date.  The Servicer may, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, waive any prepayment charge, late payment charge or any other fees that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing the Receivables.

If the Servicer determines that eventual payment in full of a Receivable is unlikely, the Servicer will follow its Customary Servicing Practices to recover all amounts due upon such Receivable, including the repossession and disposition of the related Financed Vehicle at a public or private sale, or the taking of any other action permitted by applicable law.  For additional information, you should refer to “Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables” in this prospectus.

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

The Servicing Fee, together with any previously unpaid Servicing Fee, will be paid to the Servicer on each Payment Date solely to the extent of Available Collections and, to the extent available, the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account.  The Servicer will be entitled to collect and retain as additional servicing compensation the Supplemental Servicing Fee (together with the Servicing Fee, the “Total Servicing Fee”), plus any investment earnings or interest earned during such Collection Period from the investment of monies on deposit in the Collection Account.  For additional information, you should refer to “—Collections” in this prospectus.  The Servicer will be paid the Servicing Fee for each Collection Period on the following Payment Date related to that Collection Period.

121

The Servicing Fee will be paid from Available Collections in accordance with the priority of payments described under “Payments to Noteholders––Priority of Payments” in this prospectus.

The Total Servicing Fee will compensate the Servicer for performing the functions of a third party servicer of Receivables as an agent for their beneficial owner, including collecting and posting all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Receivables, investigating delinquencies, providing payment information, paying costs of collections and policing the collateral.  The Total Servicing Fee will also compensate the Servicer for administering the Receivables, including accounting for collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee with respect to payments and generating U.S. federal income tax information for the Issuing Entity and for the Securityholders.  The Total Servicing Fee will also reimburse the Servicer for certain taxes, accounting fees, outside auditor fees, data processing costs and other costs incurred in connection with administering the Receivables.

As compensation for the performance of the Administrator’s obligations and as reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the Administrator will be entitled to a monthly administration fee, which will be paid by the Servicer from the Servicing Fee.

Insurance on Financed Vehicles

Each Receivable requires the related Obligor to possess physical damage insurance which covers loss or damage to the Financed Vehicle in an amount not less than the full value of the vehicle, and to provide evidence of such insurance upon TMCC’s request.  TMCC is required to be named as loss payee under such insurance policies.  Since the Obligors may select their own insurers to provide the requisite coverage, the specific terms and conditions of their policies may vary.  The terms of each Receivable allow, but do not require, TMCC to obtain any such coverage on behalf of the Obligor.  In accordance with its normal servicing procedures, TMCC currently does not exercise its right to obtain insurance coverage on behalf of the Obligor.  TMCC currently does not monitor ongoing customer insurance coverage in connection with its Customary Servicing Practices.  In the event that the failure of an Obligor to maintain any such required insurance results in a shortfall in amounts to be paid to Securityholders, to the extent such shortfall is not covered by amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account or other methods of credit enhancement, the Securityholders could suffer a loss on their investment.

Collections

Except as described under “—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses” above, the Servicer will deposit all payments on the Receivables (from whatever source) and all proceeds of such Receivables collected during each Collection Period into the Collection Account.

For as long as (i) TMCC is the Servicer, (ii) a Servicer Default or an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing and (iii) the short-term unsecured debt of TMCC is rated at least “[__]” by [____] and “[__]” by [____], or has ratings that are otherwise acceptable to each Rating Agency rating the Notes (or alternative arrangements acceptable to such Rating Agencies are made), the Servicer generally may retain all payments on or in respect of the Receivables received from Obligors and all proceeds of Receivables collected during each Collection Period without segregation in its own accounts until deposited in the Collection Account on or prior to the related Payment Date.  However, if the conditions stated in the immediately preceding sentence are not met, the Servicer will deposit all such payments and proceeds into the Collection Account not later than two Business Days after identification.  Pending deposit into the Collection Account, the Servicer may invest collections at its own risk and for its own benefit.  Such amounts will not be segregated from its own funds.  The Servicer, at its own risk and for its own benefit, may instruct the Indenture Trustee to invest amounts held in the Collection Account in Eligible Investments from the time deposited until the related Payment Date.  The Sponsor, at its own risk and for its own benefit, may instruct the Indenture Trustee to invest amounts held in the Reserve Account, if any, in Eligible Investments from each Payment Date (or the Closing Date) to the next Payment Date.  The Sponsor or the Servicer, as the case may be, will remit the aggregate Warranty Purchase Payments and Administrative Purchase Payments, respectively, of any Receivables to be purchased from the Issuing Entity into the Collection Account on or before the related Payment Date.  Prior to an Event of Default or a Servicer Default, all decisions regarding deposits and withdrawals from the Collection Account will be made by the Servicer in accordance with the terms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements and will not be independently verified.

122

The Servicer will not be required to, and is not expected to, make advances of interest or principal payments on the Receivables.

[The Servicer has, in order to satisfy the requirements described above, [obtained a letter of credit, guarantee, insurance policy and surety bond and made a deposit of [cash and securities]] as provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement for the benefit of the Issuing Entity to secure timely remittances of collections on the Receivables and payment of the aggregate Warranty Purchase Payments and Administrative Purchase Payments with respect to Warranty Receivables and Administrative Receivables, as applicable.]

Collections on or in respect of a Receivable made during a Collection Period (including Warranty Purchase Payments and Administrative Purchase Payments) which are not late fees, extension fees or certain other similar fees or charges will be applied to the related Scheduled Payment.  Any collections on or in respect of a Receivable remaining after such applications will be considered an “Excess Payment.”  Excess Payments will be applied as a prepayment.  On the records and computer systems maintained by the Servicer, Excess Payments that do not constitute a prepayment in full typically result in future payments not being due on such Receivable in the amount of such Excess Payments.

Eligible Investments

Funds in the Collection Account [not allocated for the purchase of additional Receivables during the Revolving Period] and the Reserve Account (collectively, the “Trust Accounts”) will be invested, at the direction of the Servicer, in Eligible Investments.

“Eligible Investments” means, at any time, any one or more of the following obligations and securities, which are subject to other requirements as specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement: (a) obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States or any agency thereof, provided such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) general obligations of or obligations guaranteed by Federal National Mortgage Association, or any State of the United States, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico which obligations are rated in the highest available credit rating for such obligations of each Rating Agency; (c) certificates of deposit issued by any depository institution or trust company (including the Indenture Trustee) incorporated under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and subject to supervision and examination by banking authorities of one or more of such jurisdictions, provided that the short-term unsecured debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company are then rated the highest available rating of each Rating Agency for such obligations; (d) certificates of deposit, commercial paper, demand or time deposits of, bankers’ acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by, any depository institution or trust company (including the Indenture Trustee or any affiliate of the Indenture Trustee) incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or State banking authorities and the deposits of which are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), so long as at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment, either such depository institution or trust company is an Eligible Institution (or if such investment will mature after more than one month, the long-term, unsecured debt of the issuer has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency) or as to which the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee have either received written confirmation from each Rating Agency to the effect that such investment would not result in the reduction or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to any Notes issued by the Issuing Entity or, after notice to each applicable Rating Agency, such Rating Agency has not, within 10 calendar days of such notice, notified the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee that such investment would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to any Notes issued by the Issuing Entity; (e) certificates of deposit issued by any bank, trust company, savings bank or other savings institution that is an Eligible Institution and is fully insured by the FDIC (or if such investment will mature after more than one month, the long-term, unsecured debt of the issuer has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency); (f) repurchase obligations held by the Indenture Trustee that are acceptable to the Indenture Trustee with respect to any security described in clauses (a), (b) or (g) hereof or any other security issued or guaranteed by any other agency or instrumentality of the United States, in either case entered into with a federal agency or a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (d) above (including the Indenture Trustee), subject to the limitations described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (g) securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State (including commercial paper of the Sponsor or its affiliates) so long as, at the time of such

123

investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment, (i) the long-term, unsecured debt, or if such securities are commercial paper, the short-term unsecured debt, of such corporation has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency or (ii) the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee have received written confirmation from each Rating Agency to the effect that such investment would not result in the reduction or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to any Notes issued by the Issuing Entity or, after notice to each applicable Rating Agency, such Rating Agency has not, within 10 calendar days of such notice, notified the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee that such investment would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to any Notes issued by the Issuing Entity; (h) money market funds, mutual funds or other pooled investment vehicles, including any such fund for which the Indenture Trustee or an affiliate thereof serves as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent and/or custodian or subcustodian, subject to the requirements described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (i) investments in Eligible Investments maintained in “sweep accounts,” short-term asset management accounts and the like utilized for the investment, on an overnight basis, of residual balances in investment accounts maintained at the Indenture Trustee or any other depository institution or trust company (including the Indenture Trustee) incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or State banking authorities and the deposits of which are fully insured by the FDIC, so long as, at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment, either such depository institution or trust company is an Eligible Institution (or if such investment will mature after more than one month, the long-term, unsecured debt of the issuer has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency) or the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee have received written confirmation from each Rating Agency to the effect that such investment would not result in the reduction or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to any Notes issued by the Issuing Entity or, after notice to each applicable Rating Agency, such Rating Agency has not, within 10 calendar days of such notice, notified the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee that such investment would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to any Notes issued by the Issuing Entity and (j) such other investments acceptable to each Rating Agency and that will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned by such Rating Agency to any of the Notes; provided that each of the foregoing investments will mature or be liquidated (i) on the Payment Date next succeeding such investment or (ii) if the short-term unsecured debt obligations of the Indenture Trustee has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency on the date such investment is made, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date next succeeding such investment.  Eligible Investments are limited to obligations or securities that mature on or before the next Payment Date.  However, to the extent permitted by the Rating Agencies, funds in any Trust Account may be invested in securities that will not mature prior to the date of the next payment with respect to such Notes and will not be sold to meet any shortfalls.  Thus, the amount of cash in the accounts of the Issuing Entity at any time may be less than the balance of the amount specified for their respective purposes.  If the amount required to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account to cover shortfalls in collections on the Receivables exceeds the aggregate amount of cash in the available credit enhancement methods, a temporary shortfall in the amounts paid to the related Noteholders could result, which could, in turn, increase the weighted average lives of the Notes.  Investment earnings on funds deposited in the Trust Accounts, net of losses and investment expenses (collectively, “Investment Earnings”), will be released to the Servicer on each Payment Date as additional servicing compensation, or to the Sponsor (in the case of Investment Earnings in the Reserve Account).

The Trust Accounts will be maintained as either (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities of such depository institution have a credit rating from S&P Global Ratings of at least BBB, if it is a Rating Agency, and a credit rating from each other Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade (an “Eligible Deposit Account”).  “Eligible Institution” means a depository institution or trust company (which may be the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any of their respective affiliates) organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), (i) which has either (A) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies, (B) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies or (C) such other rating that is acceptable to each Rating Agency and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.  In the event that the Collection Account maintained with the Indenture Trustee is no longer an Eligible Deposit Account, then the Servicer will, with the Indenture Trustee’s assistance as necessary, use reasonable efforts to cause the Collection Account to be moved to an Eligible Institution within 30 days.

124

Payments

Beginning on the Payment Date in [_____], 20[__], payments of [principal and] interest[, and beginning on the Payment Date in [_____], 20[__], payments of principal,] on each class of Securities entitled thereto will be made by the Indenture Trustee to the Noteholders and by the Owner Trustee to the Certificateholders.

Net Deposits

As an administrative convenience, unless the Servicer is required to remit collections daily as described under “—Collections” above, the Servicer will be permitted to make the deposit of collections and amounts deposited in respect of purchases of Receivables by the Depositor or the Servicer for or with respect to the related Collection Period net of payments to be made to the Servicer with respect to such Collection Period.  The Servicer, however, will account to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee as if all of the foregoing deposits, payments, distributions and transfers were made individually.

Optional Purchase of Receivables and Redemption of Notes

In order to avoid excessive administrative expenses, the Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not in part, on any Payment Date on which the Servicer exercises its clean-up call option to purchase the Receivables.  The Servicer, or any successor to the Servicer, may purchase the Receivables on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date when the Pool Balance is equal to or less than 5% of the Pool Balance as of the [Initial] Cutoff Date, as described under “––Termination” below.  The “Redemption Price” for the outstanding Notes will be equal to at least the sum of the unpaid principal amount of the outstanding Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.  The Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee will give written notice of termination to each Securityholder.

Removal of Servicer

If a Servicer Default occurs, the Indenture Trustee or the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding (excluding for such purposes the outstanding principal amount of any Notes held of record or beneficially owned by TMCC, TAFR LLC or any of their affiliates), voting together as a single class, may terminate the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or waive any Servicer Default, without the consent of the Certificateholder.

Each of the following is a “Servicer Default” as specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement:

(a) any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Indenture Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account or Reserve Account any required payment or to direct the Indenture Trustee to make any required payment or distribution therefrom, which failure continues unremedied for a period of five Business Days after discovery of the failure by an officer of the Servicer or written notice of such failure is received (i) by the Servicer from the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or (ii) by the Servicer and the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, from the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class;

(b) failure by the Servicer to duly observe or to perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, which failure materially and adversely affects the rights of the Certificateholder or Noteholders and continues unremedied for a period of 90 days after the date on which written notice of such failure is received (i) by the Servicer from the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or (ii) by the Servicer and the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee, from the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class; or

(c) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer;

125

provided, however, that a delay or failure of performance referred to under clauses (a) or (b) above for an additional period of 60 days will not constitute a Servicer Default if such delay or failure was caused by force majeure or other similar occurrence.

“Insolvency Event” means, (a) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Servicer or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for the Servicer or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the Servicer’s affairs, and such decree or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b) the commencement by the Servicer of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Servicer to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by the Servicer to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for the Servicer or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by the Servicer of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the Servicer generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by the Servicer in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

Upon receipt of notice of the occurrence of a Servicer Default, prompt written notice thereof will be delivered to the Rating Agencies.

For additional information regarding the removal of the Servicer, you should refer to “––Rights upon Servicer Default” below.

Statements to Trustees and Issuing Entity

On each Determination Date, the Servicer will provide to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee a statement setting forth substantially the same information as is required to be provided in the periodic reports provided to Securityholders described under “Description of the Notes—Reports to Securityholders” in this prospectus.

Evidence as to Compliance

The Sale and Servicing Agreement will provide that a firm of nationally recognized independent accountants will furnish to the Issuing Entity, Administrator, Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee annually a statement as to compliance in all material respects by the Servicer with certain standards relating to the servicing of the applicable Receivables during the preceding twelve months (or, in the case of the first such certificate, from the applicable Closing Date, which will be a [longer][shorter] period).

The Sale and Servicing Agreement will also provide for delivery to the Issuing Entity, Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee, substantially simultaneously with the delivery of such accountants’ statement referred to above, of a certificate signed by an officer of the Servicer stating that the Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement throughout the preceding twelve months (or, in the case of the first such certificate, from the Closing Date) in all material respects or, if there has been a material default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, describing each such default.  The Servicer has agreed to give the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee notice of certain Servicer Defaults under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

The Sale and Servicing Agreement will require the Servicer to furnish to the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee any report or information required to facilitate compliance by the Issuing Entity with Subpart 229.1100 – Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17 C.F.R. §§229.1100-229.1125, as that regulation may be amended from time to time, and subject to such clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the SEC in the related adopting releases or by the staff of the Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from time to time.

[If material to noteholders, a summary of all instances of material non-compliance disclosed by the Servicer under Items 1122 and 1123, if any, steps taken to remedy such material non-compliance and the status of such remedial steps will be included.]

126

Copies of such statements and certificates may be obtained by Noteholders by a request in writing addressed to the Indenture Trustee.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer; Servicer Liability

The Sale and Servicing Agreement will provide that TMCC may not resign from its obligations and duties as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, except upon determination that TMCC’s performance of such duties is no longer permissible under applicable law, except as provided in the immediately following paragraph.  No such resignation will become effective until the Indenture Trustee or a successor servicer has assumed TMCC’s servicing obligations and duties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Under the circumstances specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, any entity into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the business of the Servicer will be the successor of the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

The Sale and Servicing Agreement will further provide that neither the Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees and agents will be under any liability to the Issuing Entity or the Securityholders for taking any action or for refraining from taking any action pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement or for errors in judgment; except that neither the Servicer nor any such person will be protected against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of the Servicer’s duties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  In addition, the Sale and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer is under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to the Servicer’s servicing responsibilities under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion, may cause it to incur any expense or liability.

Upon a termination of the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee will select and appoint a successor servicer to perform the outgoing Servicer’s duties and undertake its responsibilities and liabilities.  The appointed successor servicer must be an established financial institution with a net worth of at least $25,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of contracts.  The successor servicer will hold all the rights of the outgoing Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreements and will be entitled to receive the Servicing Fee.  No successor servicer appointed in accordance with the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may resign from its duties unless the law prohibits it from continuing to perform such duties.

Upon the termination or resignation of the Servicer, the outgoing Servicer will transfer all cash amounts that are to be held by the successor servicer to the successor servicer and will provide the successor servicer with all information regarding the Receivable files that is required for the proper servicing of the Receivables.   All reasonable and documented costs, expenses and fees incurred in connection with the transfer of Receivable files to the successor servicer under the provisions described in this paragraph will be paid by the outgoing Servicer.  Any such costs, expenses and fees not paid by the outgoing Servicer within 90 days will be paid solely from the application of available collections in accordance with the priority of payments described under “Payments to Noteholders—Priority of Payments” in this prospectus.  The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee will provide prompt written notice of any resignation or termination of the Servicer to the Certificateholders and Noteholders, respectively, upon either occurrence.

Rights upon Servicer Default

As long as a Servicer Default under a Sale and Servicing Agreement remains unremedied, the Indenture Trustee or holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, may terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement (except for obligations that expressly survive termination), whereupon the Indenture Trustee or a successor servicer appointed by the Indenture Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee, as successor Servicer, will have no obligations with respect to the payment or reimbursement of fees, expenses or other amounts (including indemnities

127

other than those resulting from the actions of the Indenture Trustee as successor Servicer) of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or the Asset Representations Reviewer, the fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee’s attorneys, the Indenture Trustee’s attorneys, or the Asset Representations Reviewer’s attorneys, the fees and expenses of any custodian and the fees and expenses of independent accountants or expenses incurred in connection with distributions and reports to the Noteholders.  If the Servicer becomes a debtor in bankruptcy or, if not eligible to be a debtor in bankruptcy, becomes the subject of insolvency proceedings, and no Servicer Default other than such commencement of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding has occurred, the Indenture Trustee or such Noteholders may be unable to effect a transfer of servicing.  In the event that the Indenture Trustee is unwilling or unable to so act, it may appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a successor with a net worth of at least $25,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of Receivables.  The Indenture Trustee may make such arrangements for compensation to be paid, which in no event may be greater than the servicing compensation to the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  In no event will the Indenture Trustee be liable for any servicing fee or for any differential between the amount of the servicing fee paid to TMCC, as Servicer, and the amount necessary to induce any successor Servicer to act as successor Servicer. Notwithstanding any termination of the Servicer, the Servicer will be entitled to payment of certain amounts payable to it prior to such termination for services rendered prior to such termination.

Waiver of Past Defaults

The holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, may, on behalf of all such Noteholders, waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and its consequences, except a Servicer Default in making any required deposits to or payments from any of the Trust Accounts in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  No such waiver will impair such Noteholders’ rights with respect to subsequent defaults.

Amendment

Each of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be amended by the parties thereto (including, in the case of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, with the consent of the Owner Trustee in the event that it would be affected by such amendment), without the consent of the Securityholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in the Transfer and Servicing Agreements or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such Transfer and Servicing Agreements or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders; provided, that either (i) an officer’s certificate has been delivered by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such supplemental indenture will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or (ii) each Rating Agency either has provided the Indenture Trustee a letter to the effect that such amendment will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of any rating it currently assigns to any class of Notes or has not notified the Indenture Trustee, within 10 days following delivery of notice to such Rating Agency of the proposed amendment,  that the proposed amendment might or would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the rating it has currently assigned to any class of Notes.  Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement may also be amended by the parties thereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for the purpose of conforming the provisions in such agreement to the descriptions thereof contained in this prospectus.

Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement may also be amended by the parties thereto (including, in the case of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, with the consent of the Owner Trustee in the event that it would be affected by such amendment) without the consent of any Securityholder for the purpose of changing the formula or percentage for determining the Specified Reserve Account Balance, the manner in which the Reserve Account is funded, changing the remittance schedule for deposit of collections in accounts or changing the definition of Eligible Investments if each Rating Agency either has provided the Indenture Trustee a letter to the effect that such amendment will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of any rating it currently assigns to any class of Notes or has not notified the Indenture Trustee, within 10 days following delivery of notice to such Rating Agency of the proposed amendment,  that the proposed amendment might or would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the rating it has currently assigned to any class of Notes.

The Transfer and Servicing Agreements may also be amended by the parties thereto (including, in the case of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, with the consent of the Owner Trustee in the event that it would be affected by

128

such amendment) with the consent of the Indenture Trustee and with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of any such agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders under such agreement; provided, that if the interests of the Noteholders are materially and adversely affected, the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class, have consented to such amendment.

However, no amendment to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement may (x) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the related Receivables or distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of such Securityholders without the consent of all Securityholders adversely affected thereby, or (y) reduce the percentage of the Notes or the Certificate which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of the Securityholders adversely affected thereby; provided, that any amendment referred to in clause (x) or (y) above will be deemed to not adversely affect any Noteholder if each Rating Agency either has provided the Indenture Trustee a letter to the effect that such amendment will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of any rating it currently assigns to such class of Notes or has not notified the Indenture Trustee, within 10 days following delivery of notice to such Rating Agency of the proposed amendment, that the proposed amendment might or would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the rating it has currently assigned to such class of Notes.  No amendment referred to in clause (x) in the immediately preceding sentence will be permitted unless an officer’s certificate has been delivered by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any such Noteholder whose consent was not obtained.

For additional information regarding the modification of the Indenture, see “Description of the Notes—Indenture” in this prospectus.

Non-Petition

The Trust Agreement will provide that the Owner Trustee does not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy with respect to the Issuing Entity without the unanimous prior approval of all Certificateholders (including the Depositor) of the Issuing Entity and the delivery to the Owner Trustee by each such Certificateholder (including the Depositor) of a certificate certifying that such Certificateholder reasonably believes that the Issuing Entity is insolvent.

In addition, each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will contain a non-petition clause, whereunder all applicable parties covenant not to institute any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings (or take any related actions) against either the Issuing Entity or the Depositor at any time in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes or any of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.

Payment of Notes

Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, the Owner Trustee will succeed to all the rights of the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders will succeed to all the rights of the Noteholders, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, except as otherwise provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Depositor Liability

Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor will agree to be liable directly to an injured party solely to the extent described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Termination

With respect to the Issuing Entity, the obligations of the Servicer, the Depositor, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreements, will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of the last Receivable and the disposition of any amounts received

129

upon liquidation of any property remaining in the Issuing Entity and (ii) the payment to Noteholders, if any, and Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.

The Indenture Trustee will give written notice of termination to each Noteholder of record. The final distribution to any Noteholder will be made only upon surrender and cancellation of that holder’s Note at any office or agency of the Indenture Trustee specified in the notice of termination.  Any funds remaining in the Issuing Entity, after the Indenture Trustee has taken measures to locate Noteholders as described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or Indenture and those measures have failed, will be distributed, subject to applicable law, as provided in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as applicable.

[If a [Swap][Cap] Termination or an Event of Default occurs during the Revolving Period, such [Swap][Cap] Termination or Event of Default may cause the early termination of the Revolving Period and the commencement of payments of principal on the Notes.]

Upon termination of the Issuing Entity, the Owner Trustee will, or will direct the Indenture Trustee to, promptly sell the assets of the Issuing Entity (other than the Trust Accounts) in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms.  The proceeds from any such sale, disposition or liquidation of the Trust Estate of the Issuing Entity will be treated as collections on the Receivables and deposited in the Collection Account.  With respect to the Issuing Entity, if the proceeds from the liquidation of the Trust Estate and any amounts on deposit in the accounts of the Issuing Entity and the Collection Account are not sufficient to pay the Notes in full, the amount of principal returned to Noteholders will be reduced and some or all of such Noteholders will incur a loss.

Any outstanding Notes will be redeemed concurrently with any of the events specified above and the subsequent payment to the Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust Agreement will effect early retirement of the Certificate.

Administration Agreement

Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will agree, to the extent provided in such Administration Agreement, to perform certain administrative obligations of the Issuing Entity.  As compensation for the performance of such obligations, the Administrator will be entitled to a monthly administration fee, which will be paid to it by the [Servicer from the Servicing Fee].

The Administrator may not resign or be removed until (i) a successor administrator is appointed by the Issuing Entity, (ii) such successor administrator has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of the Administration Agreement in the same manner as the Administrator and (iii) each Rating Agency either has provided the Owner Trustee a letter to the effect that such action will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of any rating it currently assigns to any class of Notes or has not notified the Owner Trustee or the Depositor, within 10 days following delivery of notice to such Rating Agency of the proposed amendment, that such action might or would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the rating it has currently assigned to any class of Notes.

Under the circumstances specified in the Administration Agreement, any entity into which the Administrator may be merged or consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Administrator is a party, or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the business of the Administrator will be the successor of the Administrator under such Administration Agreement.

The Administration Agreement may be amended by a written amendment signed by the Issuing Entity, the Administrator, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, but without the consent of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or modifying or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Administration Agreement; provided, however, that an officer’s certificate is delivered by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee in connection with such amendment certifying that either (i) such officer reasonably believes such amendment will not, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or (ii) each Rating Agency either has provided the Indenture Trustee a letter to the effect that such action will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of any rating it currently assigns to any class of Notes or has not notified the Indenture Trustee, within 10 days following delivery of notice to such Rating Agency of the proposed

130

amendment, that such action might or would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the rating it has currently assigned to any class of Notes.  The Administration Agreement may also be amended by the parties thereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for the purpose of conforming the provisions in the Administration Agreement to the descriptions thereof contained in this prospectus.

Investor Communications

A Noteholder or a Note Owner may send a written request to the Administrator stating that the Noteholder or Note Owner is interested in communicating with other Noteholders and Note Owners about the possible exercise of rights under the transaction documents. The Administrator has agreed in the Administration Agreement to include in the Form 10-D for any Collection Period any written request received by the Administrator during that Collection Period from a Noteholder or Verified Note Owner to communicate with other Noteholders and Note Owners regarding exercising their rights under the transaction documents.

Upon receipt of such a request, the Administrator will include in the Form 10-D for the relevant Collection Period the following information:

• the name of the requesting Noteholder or Verified Note Owner,

• the date the request was received,

• a statement that the Administrator has received the request from that Noteholder or Verified Note Owner that it is interested in communicating with other Noteholders and Note Owners about the possible exercise of rights under the transaction documents, and

• a description of the method by which the other Noteholders and Note Owners may contact the requesting Noteholder or Verified Note Owner.

The Administrator is not required to include any additional information in the Form 10-D, and is required to disclose a Noteholder’s or a Verified Note Owner’s request only where the communication relates to the exercise by a Noteholder or a Verified Note Owner of its rights under the transaction documents.  The expenses of administering the foregoing investor communication provisions will be the responsibility of the Administrator.

[THE [SWAP][CAP] AGREEMENT]

[On the Closing Date, the issuing entity will enter into an interest rate [swap][cap] agreement (the “[Swap][Cap] Agreement”) with [__________], an eligible [swap][cap] counterparty (the “[Swap][Cap] Counterparty”), to hedge the [basis] risk that results from [the payment of a One-Month LIBOR-based floating rate of interest on the Class A-2b Notes][LIBOR fluctuations].

The [Swap][Cap] Agreement will be documented under a 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency‑Cross Border) modified to reflect the terms of the Notes, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement.

Under the [Swap][Cap] Agreement, the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty will make the payments described below to the Administrator on behalf of the Issuing Entity, on or before the [____] Business Day preceding each Payment Date while the [Swap][Cap] Agreement is still in effect.

Under the [Swap][Cap] Agreement, the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty will pay to the Issuing Entity an amount equal to the product of:

· [the excess, if any, of] a One-Month LIBOR-based floating rate of interest (provided that One-Month LIBOR for the first Payment Date will be determined using the same formula that applies to the Class A-2b Notes) [over [____]%],

· the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-2b Notes immediately following the preceding Payment Date (or with respect to the first Payment Date, the Closing Date); and

131

· a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days elapsed in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360.

All amounts received from the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty will be deposited into the Collection Account and will become part of Available Collections on the next distribution date.

[In exchange for the Swap Counterparty’s payments under the Swap Agreement, the Issuing Entity will pay to the Swap Counterparty from Available Collections and, if necessary, the Reserve Account, on or before each Payment Date while the Swap Agreement is still in effect, prior to interest payments on the Notes, an amount equal to the product of:

· a fixed rate of interest with respect to the Class A-2b Notes;

· the outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A-2b Notes immediately following the preceding Payment Date (or with respect to the first Payment Date, the Closing Date); and

· a fraction, the numerator of which is 30 and the denominator of which is 360]

[In exchange for the Cap Counterparty’s payments under the Cap Agreement, the Issuing Entity will pay to the Cap Counterparty an upfront payment on the Closing Date (or, if the Issuing Entity enters into a replacement Cap Agreement during the transaction, prior to interest on the Notes).]

[The payment obligations of the Issuing Entity and the Swap Counterparty under the Swap Agreement will be netted.]

[Termination Date]

[The Swap Agreement will terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) the distribution date on which the outstanding Principal Balance of Class A-2b Notes is reduced to zero; or (ii) the maturity date of the Class A-2b Notes (the “Swap Termination”).  The Swap Agreement may terminate earlier than either such date if an Event of Default or a termination event under the Swap Agreement occurs.]

Modifications and Amendment of the [Swap][Cap] Agreement

The Trust Agreement and the Indenture will contain provisions permitting the Indenture Trustee to enter into amendments to the [Swap][Cap] Agreement to cure any ambiguity in, or correct or supplement any provision of the [Swap][Cap] Agreement, so long as the Administrator determines that the amendment will not adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders whose written consent has not been obtained.

Default Under the Swap Agreement

Events of default under the [Swap][Cap] Agreement are limited to:

· the failure of [the Issuing Entity or] the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty to pay or deliver any amount when due under the [Swap][Cap] Agreement after giving effect to the applicable grace period;

· the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency;

· an acceleration of the principal of the Notes following an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to a breach of any covenant or a violation of any representation or warranty) which acceleration has become non-rescindable and non-waivable;

· an acceleration of the principal of the Notes following an Event of Default for a breach of any covenant or a violation of any representation or warranty which acceleration has become non-rescindable and non-waivable, and pursuant to which the Indenture Trustee has liquidated the Receivables; and

132

· the following other standard events of default under the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement, as modified by the terms of the [Swap][Cap] Agreement: “Breach of Agreement” (not applicable to the Issuing Entity), “Credit Support Default” (not applicable to the Issuing Entity), “Misrepresentation” (not applicable to the Issuing Entity), “Default Under Specified Transaction” (not applicable to the Issuing Entity), “Cross‑Default” (not applicable to the Issuing Entity) and “Merger Without Assumption” (not applicable to the Issuing Entity), as described in Sections 5(a)(ii), 5(a)(iii), 5(a)(iv), 5(a)(v), 5(a)(vi) and 5(a)(viii), respectively, of the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement.

Termination Events

The [Swap][Cap] Agreement will contain usual and customary termination events, as well as additional termination events.  The additional termination events include (i) the failure of the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty to comply with certain requirements associated with the downgrade of its credit ratings and (ii) the occurrence of certain other events, in each case as specified in the [Swap][Cap] Agreement.

Early Termination of the [Swap][Cap] Agreement

Upon the occurrence of any event of default under the [Swap][Cap] Agreement or a termination event, the non-defaulting party or the non-affected party, as the case may be, will have the right to designate an early termination date.  The Issuing Entity may not designate an early termination date without the consent of the Administrator.

Upon any early termination of the [Swap][Cap] Agreement, [either the Issuing Entity or] the [Swap][Cap] Counterparty[, as the case may be,] may be obligated to make a termination payment to the [other, regardless of which party has caused that termination][Issuing Entity].  The amount of that termination payment will be based on the value of the [swap][cap] transaction as computed in accordance with the procedures in the [Swap][Cap] Agreement.  [In the event that the Issuing Entity is required to make a termination payment following an event of default or termination event under the Swap Agreement, the payment will be payable pari passu with the Class A Noteholders’ interest distribution amount unless (i) an event of default under the Swap Agreement occurs with respect to which the Swap Counterparty is the defaulting party or (ii) a termination event (other than “Illegality” or a “Tax Event”, as described in Sections 5(b)(i) and 5(b)(ii), respectively, of the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement) or additional termination event occurs with respect to which the Swap Counterparty is the sole affected party, in which case such payment will be payable after the payment of certain additional amounts on the related distribution date, as described under “Payments to Noteholders—Priority of Payments” and —Payments After Occurrence of Event of Default Resulting in Acceleration.”  However, in the event that a termination payment is owed to the Swap Counterparty following any other event of default by the Issuing Entity under the Swap Agreement, any swap default resulting from a default of the Swap Counterparty or a termination event under the Swap Agreement, the termination payment will be subordinate to the right of the Noteholders to receive full payment of principal of and interest on the Notes on that Payment Date, to the replenishment of the Reserve Account to the Specified Reserve Account Balance and to any unpaid fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee.]

Upon termination of the [Swap][Cap] Agreement, the Administrator, on behalf of the Issuing Entity will attempt to enter into a replacement [Swap][Cap] Agreement on substantially the same terms as the original [Swap][Cap] Agreement.  However, no assurance can be given that this will be possible under then-existing economic or market conditions or that the Issuing Entity will have sufficient funds available for this purpose.]

CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

General

The transfer of the Receivables to the Issuing Entity and the pledge of the Receivables to the Indenture Trustee, the perfection of the interests in the Receivables and the enforcement of rights to realize on the Financed Vehicles as collateral for the Receivables are subject to a number of federal and state laws, including the UCC as in effect in various states.  The Servicer and the Depositor will take the actions described below to perfect the rights of the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables.  If another party purchases (including the taking of a security interest in) the Receivables for new value in the ordinary course of its business, without actual knowledge of the Issuing

133

Entity’s interest, and takes possession or, in the case of electronic Receivables, control of the Receivables, that purchaser would acquire an interest in the Receivables superior to the interest of the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee.

Security Interests

General. In states in which retail installment sales contracts such as the Receivables evidence the credit sale of cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles by dealers to Obligors, the contracts also constitute personal property security agreements and include grants of security interests in the vehicles under the UCC in effect in the applicable state(s).  Perfection of security interests in financed cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles is generally governed by the motor vehicle registration laws of the state in which the vehicle is located.  In most states, a security interest in a car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle is perfected by obtaining possession of the certificate of title to the Financed Vehicle or by a notation of the secured party’s lien on the vehicle’s certificate of title, as applicable.

All retail installment sales contracts acquired by TMCC from Dealers name TMCC as obligee or assignee and as the secured party.  TMCC’s possession of tangible contracts and its control of electronic contracts perfects its interest in the contracts against the Dealers and their creditors and also provides TMCC priority over any prior secured creditor, such as an inventory financer, that has a security interest in the contracts.  TMCC also takes all actions necessary under the laws of the state in which the related Financed Vehicle is located to perfect its security interest in that Financed Vehicle, including, where applicable, having a notation of its lien recorded on the related certificate of title or with the department of motor vehicles of such state and, where applicable, obtaining possession of that certificate of title.  Because TMCC continues to service the contracts as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Obligors on the contracts will not be notified of the sale from TMCC to the Depositor or the sale from the Depositor to the Issuing Entity.

Perfection.  Pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, TMCC will sell and assign its interest in the Receivables, including its security interest in the Financed Vehicles to the Depositor and, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor will sell and assign its interest in the Receivables, including its security interest in the Financed Vehicles to the Issuing Entity.  The Issuing Entity will pledge its interest in the Receivables, including its security interest in the Financed Receivables to the Indenture Trustee.  UCC financing statements with respect to the transfer to the Depositor of TMCC’s interest in the Receivables, including its security interest in the Financed Vehicles, the transfer to the Issuing Entity of the Depositor’s interest in the Receivables, including its security interest in the Financed Vehicles and the transfer to the Indenture Trustee of the Issuing Entity’s interest in the Receivables, including its security interest in the Financed Vehicles will be filed with the appropriate governmental authorities.  However, because of the administrative burden and expense, none of TMCC, the Depositor, the Issuing Entity or the Indenture Trustee will amend any certificate of title to identify the Issuing Entity or the Indenture Trustee as the new secured party on such certificate of title relating to a Financed Vehicle.  The Servicer will continue to hold any certificates of title relating to the vehicles in its possession as custodian for the Depositor and the Issuing Entity pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

The requirements for the creation, perfection, transfer and release of liens in Financed Vehicles generally are governed by state law and thus vary on a state-by-state basis. Failure to comply with these detailed requirements could result in liability to the Issuing Entity or the release of the lien on the vehicle or other adverse consequences.

In most states, an assignment of contracts and interests in motor vehicles such as that under the Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement is an effective conveyance of a security interest and the assignee succeeds thereby to the assignor’s rights as secured party.  In those states, the Issuing Entity will have a perfected security interest in the vehicles even though the Issuing Entity’s or the Indenture Trustee’s security interest will not be noted on a vehicle’s certificate of title, as discussed above.  In those states, in the absence of fraud or forgery by the vehicle owner or the Servicer or administrative error by state or local agencies, the notation of TMCC’s lien on the certificates of title will be sufficient to protect the Issuing Entity against the rights of subsequent purchasers of a Financed Vehicle or subsequent lenders who take a security interest in a Financed Vehicle.  However, the security interest of the Issuing Entity and the Indenture Trustee in the vehicle could be defeated through fraud or forgery by the vehicle owner or the Servicer or administrative error by state or local agencies because neither the Issuing Entity nor the Indenture Trustee will be listed as lienholder on the certificates of title.

134

For example, the State of New York passed legislation allowing a dealer of used motor vehicles to have the lien of a prior lienholder in a motor vehicle released, and to have a new certificate of title with respect to that motor vehicle reissued without the notation of the prior lienholder’s lien, upon submission to the Commissioner of the New York Department of Motor Vehicles of evidence that the prior lien has been satisfied without any signature or formal release by the prior lienholder. It is possible that, as a result of fraud, forgery, negligence or error, a lien on a Financed Vehicle could be released without prior payment in full of the Receivable.  In the other states, the amendment of any lien noted on a vehicle’s certificate of title is required to effectively convey the related security interest.  In the Receivables Purchase Agreement, TMCC will represent and warrant, and in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor will represent and warrant, that it has taken all action necessary to obtain a perfected security interest in each Financed Vehicle.  If there are any Financed Vehicles as to which TMCC failed to obtain and assign to the Depositor a perfected security interest, the security interest of the Depositor in the Financed Vehicles would be subordinate to, among others, subsequent purchasers of the Financed Vehicles and holders of perfected security interests in the Financed Vehicles.  To the extent that such failure has a material and adverse effect on the Issuing Entity’s interest in the related Receivables, it would constitute a breach of the warranties of TMCC under the Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Depositor under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.  Accordingly, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor would be required to repurchase the related Warranty Receivable from the Issuing Entity and, pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, TMCC would be required to purchase that Warranty Receivable from the Depositor, in each case unless the breach was cured by the last day of the second Collection Period following the Collection Period in which the Depositor discovers or receives notice of such breach.  Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor will assign its rights to the Issuing Entity or cause TMCC to purchase the Warranty Receivable under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.  For additional information, you should refer to “Repurchases of Receivables” and “Risk Factors—The issuing entity’s interests in financed vehicles may be unenforceable or defeated” in this prospectus. 

Continuity of Perfection in Financed Vehicles.  Under the laws of most states, the perfected security interest in a vehicle would continue for up to four months after the vehicle is moved to and re-registered by its owner in a state that is different from the one in which it is initially registered.  A majority of states generally require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a vehicle.  In those states that require a secured party to hold possession of the certificate of title to maintain perfection of the security interest, the secured party would learn of the re‑registration through the Obligor’s request under the related installment sales contract that the secured party surrenders possession of the certificate of title.  In the case of vehicles registered in states providing for the notation of a lien on the certificate of title but not possession by the secured party, the secured party would receive notice of surrender from the state of re‑registration if the security interest is noted on the certificate of title.  Thus, in either case, there are procedural safeguards in place to provide the secured party with notice of re-registration and an opportunity to re‑perfect its security interest in the vehicle in the state of relocation.  However, these procedural safeguards will not protect the secured party if through fraud, forgery or administrative error, the debtor procures a new certificate of title that does not list the secured party’s lien.  Additionally, in states that do not require a certificate of title for registration of a motor vehicle, re‑registration could defeat perfection.  In the ordinary course of servicing the Receivables, TMCC will take steps to effect re-perfection upon receipt of notice of re-registration or information from the Obligor as to relocation.  Similarly, when an Obligor sells a Financed Vehicle, TMCC must surrender possession of the certificate of title or will receive notice as a result of its lien noted on the certificate of title and accordingly will have an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Receivable before release of the lien.  Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be obligated to take appropriate steps, at the Servicer’s expense, to maintain perfection of security interests in the Financed Vehicles and will be obligated to purchase the related Receivable if it fails to do so and that failure has a material and adverse effect on the Issuing Entity’s interest in the Receivable.

Priority of Liens in Financed Vehicles Arising by Operation of Law.  Under the laws of most states (including California), liens for repairs performed on a motor vehicle and liens for unpaid taxes take priority over even a perfected security interest in a financed vehicle.  The Code also grants priority to specified federal tax liens over the lien of a secured party.  The laws of some states and federal law permit the confiscation of vehicles by governmental authorities under some circumstances if used in unlawful activities, which may result in the loss of a secured party’s perfected security interest in the confiscated vehicle.  For additional information, you should refer to “—Forfeiture for Drug, RICO and Money Laundering Violations” in this prospectus.  TMCC will represent and warrant to the Depositor in the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and the Depositor will represent and warrant to the

135

Issuing Entity in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, that, as of the Closing Date, each security interest in a Financed Vehicle is prior to all other present liens (other than tax liens and any other liens that arise by operation of law) upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle.  However, liens for repairs or taxes could arise, or the confiscation of a Financed Vehicle could occur, at any time during the term of a Receivable.  No notice will be given to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, any Noteholders or the Certificateholders if a lien arises or confiscation occurs which would not give rise to the Depositor’s repurchase obligation under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or TMCC’s repurchase obligation under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

Repossession of Financed Vehicles

In the event of default by an Obligor, the holder of the related retail installment sales contract has all the remedies of a secured party under the UCC as in effect in the applicable state, except where specifically limited by other state laws.  Among the UCC remedies, the secured party has the right to repossess by means of self‑help, unless it would constitute a breach of the peace or is otherwise limited by applicable state law.  Unless a vehicle financed by TMCC is voluntarily surrendered, self-help repossession is the method employed by TMCC in most states and is accomplished simply by retaking possession of the Financed Vehicle.  In cases where an Obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession, or if otherwise required by applicable state law, a court order must be obtained from the appropriate state court, and that vehicle must then be recovered in accordance with that order.  In some jurisdictions, the secured party is required to notify that Obligor of the default and the secured party’s intent to repossess the collateral and to give that Obligor a time period within which to cure the default prior to repossession.  In some states, an Obligor has the right to reinstate its contract and recover the collateral by paying the delinquent installments and other amounts due.

Notice of Sale of Financed Vehicles; Reinstatement and Redemption Rights

In the event of default by an Obligor under a retail installment sales contract, some jurisdictions require that the Obligor be notified of the default and be given a time period within which to cure the default prior to repossession.  Generally, this right of cure may only be exercised on a limited number of occasions during the term of the related contract.

The UCC and other state laws require the secured party to provide an Obligor with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale and/or the date after which any private sale of the collateral, such as a Financed Vehicle, may be held.  In most states, under certain circumstances after any such financed vehicle has been repossessed, the related Obligor may reinstate the related contract by paying the delinquent installments and other amounts due.  Additionally, in most states, an Obligor has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual sale by paying the secured party the unpaid principal balance of the obligation, accrued interest on the obligation plus reasonable expenses for repossessing, holding and preparing the collateral for disposition and arranging for its sale, plus, in some jurisdictions, reasonable attorneys’ fees.  In some states, an Obligor has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual sale by payment of only delinquent installments or the unpaid balance.

Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds

The proceeds of resale of the vehicles generally will be applied first to the expenses of resale and repossession and then to satisfaction of the indebtedness.  In the event that net proceeds from resale do not cover the full amount of the indebtedness, a deficiency judgment, which is a personal judgment against the Obligor, for the shortfall can be sought in those states that do not prohibit or limit such judgments.  In addition to the notice requirement described above, the UCC requires that every aspect of the sale or other disposition, including the method, manner, time, place and terms, be “commercially reasonable.”  Generally, courts have held that when a sale is not “commercially reasonable,” the secured party loses its right to a deficiency judgment.  However, because a defaulting Obligor can be expected to have very little capital or sources of income available following repossession, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency judgment or, if one is obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount or be uncollectible.  In addition, the UCC permits the Obligor or other interested party to recover for any loss caused by noncompliance with the provisions of the UCC.  Also, prior to a sale, the UCC permits the Obligor or other interested person to prohibit the secured party from disposing of the collateral if it is established that the secured party is not proceeding in accordance with the “default” provisions under the UCC.

136

Occasionally, after resale of a repossessed vehicle and payment of all expenses and indebtedness, there is a surplus of funds.  In that case, the UCC requires the creditor to remit the surplus to any holder of a subordinate lien with respect to that vehicle or, if no such lienholder exists, the UCC requires the creditor to remit the surplus to the Obligor.

Certain Bankruptcy Considerations

In structuring the transactions contemplated in this prospectus, the Depositor has taken steps that are intended to make it unlikely that the voluntary or involuntary application for relief by TMCC under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) or similar applicable state laws (collectively, “Insolvency Laws”) will result in consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Issuing Entity with those of TMCC or the Depositor.  These steps include the creation of both the Depositor as a wholly-owned, limited purpose subsidiary pursuant to a limited liability company agreement containing certain limitations (including requiring that the Depositor must at all times have at least one “Independent Manager” and restrictions on the nature of the Depositor’s business and on its ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Law without the affirmative vote of a majority of its managers, including each Independent Manager) and the Issuing Entity as a wholly-owned, limited purpose subsidiary pursuant to the Trust Agreement containing certain limitations (including restrictions on the nature of the Issuing Entity’s business and on its ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Law).  However, delays in payments on the Notes and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur if:

1. a court were to conclude that the assets and liabilities of the Issuing Entity should be consolidated with those of TMCC or the Depositor in the event of the application of applicable Insolvency Laws to TMCC or the Depositor;

2. a filing were made under any Insolvency Law by or against the Depositor or the Issuing Entity; and

3. an attempt were made to litigate any of the foregoing issues.

On the Closing Date, counsel to the Depositor will give an opinion to the effect that, based on a reasoned analysis of analogous case law (although there is no case law directly on point), and, subject to facts, assumptions and qualifications specified in the opinion and applying the principles described in the opinion, in the event of a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the Depositor under Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the property of the Issuing Entity would not properly be substantively consolidated with the property of the estate of the Depositor.  Among other things, that opinion will assume that each of the Depositor and the Issuing Entity will follow specified procedures in the conduct of its affairs, including maintaining records and books of account separate from those of the other, refraining from commingling its assets with those of the other, and refraining from holding itself out as having agreed to pay, or being liable for, the debt of the other.  The Depositor and the Issuing Entity intend to follow these and other procedures related to maintaining their separate corporate identities.  However, there can be no assurance that a court would not conclude that the assets and liabilities of the Issuing Entity should be consolidated with those of the Depositor.

TMCC, the Depositor and the Issuing Entity will treat the transactions described in this prospectus as a sale of the Receivables from TMCC to the Depositor and from the Depositor to TMCC, in order to reduce the likelihood that the automatic stay provisions of the Bankruptcy Code would apply to the Receivables in the event that TMCC or the Depositor were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding.  TMCC and the Depositor will represent and warrant in the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, respectively, that each sale of the Receivables to the Depositor and the Issuing Entity is a valid sale.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if TMCC or the Depositor were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding, a court could take the position that the sale of Receivables to the Issuing Entity should instead be treated as a pledge of those Receivables to secure a borrowing by TMCC or the Depositor.  In addition, if the transfer of Receivables to the Issuing Entity is treated as a pledge instead of a sale, a tax or government lien on the property of TMCC or the Depositor arising before the transfer of a Receivable to the Issuing Entity may have priority over the Issuing Entity’s interest in that Receivable.  In addition, while TMCC is the Servicer, cash collections on the Receivables may be commingled with funds of TMCC and, in the event of a bankruptcy of TMCC, the Issuing Entity may not have a perfected ownership interest in those collections and the Indenture Trustee may not have a perfected security interest in those collections.

137

Dodd-Frank Act Orderly Liquidation Authority Provisions

General.  Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), among other things, gives the FDIC authority to act as receiver of certain bank holding companies, financial companies and their respective subsidiaries in specific situations as described in more detail below.  This authority is referred to as the FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority provisions (“OLA”) of the Dodd-Frank Act.  The proceedings, standards, powers of the FDIC as receiver and many substantive provisions of the OLA differ from those of the Bankruptcy Code in several respects.  In addition, because the FDIC has yet to use OLA in any receivership, it is unclear what impact these provisions will have on any particular company, including TMCC, the Depositor, the Issuing Entity or any of their respective creditors.  On February 21, 2018, the Department of the Treasury has proposed a number of changes to the bankruptcy process for financial companies and reform of the FDIC’s OLA authority. It is uncertain whether these proposals or other amendments to OLA will be enacted by statute or regulation, and what effect they would have on the Sponsor, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Issuing Entity, or any of their respective creditors.

Potential Applicability to TMCC, the Depositor and the Issuing Entity.  There is uncertainty about which companies will be subject to the OLA rather than the Bankruptcy Code.  For a company to become subject to the OLA, the Secretary of the Treasury (in consultation with the President of the United States) must determine, among other things, that such company is in default or in danger of default, that the company’s failure and its resolution under the Bankruptcy Code “would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States,” that no viable private sector alternative is available to prevent the default of the company and that an OLA proceeding would avoid or mitigate these adverse effects.  In addition, certain financial companies with $50 billion or more in assets, which could include TMCC, are potentially subject to assessments under the OLA.

TMCC’s senior unsecured debt is currently assigned an investment grade rating.  TMCC’s business is generally limited to providing retail financing, dealer financing and certain other financial products and services to vehicle and industrial equipment dealers and their customers and marketing, underwriting and administering insurance agreements related to covering certain risks of vehicle dealers and their customers.  TMCC has many competitors in these businesses with substantial resources.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that circumstances will not change in the future or that, regardless of the nature and scope of TMCC’s business and competitive market, the Secretary of the Treasury would not determine that the failure of TMCC and its resolution under the Bankruptcy Code would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States.

Under certain circumstances, if TMCC were determined to be a “covered financial company,” the Issuing Entity or the Depositor could also be subject to the provisions of the OLA as a “covered subsidiary” of TMCC.  For a covered subsidiary to be considered a covered financial company for purposes of the OLA and therefore be subject to receivership under the OLA, (1) the FDIC would have to be appointed as receiver for TMCC under the OLA as described above, and (2) the FDIC and the Secretary of the Treasury would have to jointly determine that (a) the Issuing Entity or Depositor, as applicable, is in default or in danger of default, (b) appointment of the FDIC as receiver of the covered subsidiary would avoid or mitigate serious adverse effects on the financial stability or economic conditions of the United States and (c) such appointment would facilitate the orderly liquidation of TMCC.  To reduce the likelihood that the Issuing Entity or the Depositor would be subject to the OLA, the Issuing Entity does not intend to issue non-investment grade debt and the Depositor will not issue any debt. Moreover, the Issuing Entity will own a relatively small amount of the Receivables originated and serviced by TMCC and the Issuing Entity and the Depositor will be structured as separate legal entities from TMCC and other issuing entities sponsored by TMCC.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, because of the novelty of the Dodd-Frank Act and the OLA provisions, the uncertainty of the Secretary of the Treasury’s determination and the fact that such determination would be made in the future under potentially different circumstances, no assurance can be given that the OLA provisions would not apply to TMCC, the Issuing Entity or the Depositor or, if they were to apply, that the timing and amounts of payments to the Noteholders would not be less favorable than under the Bankruptcy Code.

FDIC’s Repudiation Power Under the OLA.  If the FDIC were appointed receiver of TMCC or of a covered subsidiary, including the Issuing Entity or the Depositor, under the OLA, the FDIC would have various powers under the OLA, including the power to repudiate any contract to which TMCC or such covered subsidiary was a party, if the FDIC determined that performance of the contract was burdensome to the estate and that repudiation would promote the orderly administration of TMCC’s or such covered subsidiary’s affairs, as applicable.  In January

138

2011, in response to questions regarding whether the FDIC would apply its repudiation power under Section 210(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act to transfers of assets where the assets would not be treated as property of the estate under the Bankruptcy Code, the then-Acting General Counsel of the FDIC, later appointed as General Counsel (the “FDIC Counsel”), issued an advisory opinion letter (the “FDIC Counsel Opinion”) clarifying, among other things, its intended application of the FDIC’s repudiation power under the OLA. The FDIC Counsel Opinion states that the Dodd-Frank Act does not change the existing law governing the separate existence of separate entities under other applicable law and thus, in the FDIC Counsel’s opinion, the FDIC, as receiver for a covered financial company (which could include TMCC or its subsidiaries (including the Depositor or the Issuing Entity)), cannot repudiate a contract or lease of an entity unless (1) it has been appointed as receiver for that entity or (2) the separate existence of that entity may be disregarded under other applicable law.  In addition, the FDIC Counsel Opinion states the FDIC Counsel’s opinion that, until such time as the FDIC Board of Directors adopts a regulation further addressing the application of Section 210(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act, if the FDIC were to become receiver for a covered financial company (which could include TMCC or its subsidiaries (including the Depositor or the Issuing Entity)), the FDIC will not, in the exercise of its authority under Section 210(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act, reclaim, recover, or recharacterize as property of such covered financial company or claim receivership of any asset transferred by such covered financial company prior to the end of the applicable transition period of a regulation, provided that such transfer satisfies the conditions for the exclusion of such assets from the property of the estate of such covered financial company under the Bankruptcy Code.  Although this advisory opinion does not bind the FDIC or its Board of Directors, and could be modified or withdrawn in the future, the advisory opinion also states that if further regulations affecting the statutory power to disaffirm or repudiate contracts are implemented the FDIC Counsel will recommend that the FDIC Board of Directors incorporates a transition period of 90 days for any such regulations.  Subsequent to the advisory opinion, the FDIC has issued regulations implementing OLA; none of those regulations alters or contradicts the views of FDIC Counsel in the advisory opinion regarding the power of the FDIC to disaffirm or repudiate contracts.  The FDIC Counsel Opinion does not bind the FDIC or its Board of Directors, and could be modified or withdrawn in the future.  To the extent any future regulations or subsequent FDIC actions in an OLA proceeding involving TMCC or its subsidiaries (including the Depositor or the Issuing Entity) are contrary to the FDIC Counsel Opinion, payment or distributions of principal and interest on the Securities issued by the Issuing Entity could be delayed or reduced.

As discussed above, we will structure each transfer of Receivables under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement with the intent that it would be characterized as a legal true sale under applicable state law and that the Receivables would not be included in the transferor’s bankruptcy estate under the Bankruptcy Code.  If the transfers are so characterized, based on the FDIC Counsel Opinion and applicable law, the FDIC would not be able to recover the transferred Receivables using its repudiation power.  However, if the FDIC were to successfully assert that a transfer of Receivables was not a legal true sale and should instead be characterized as a transfer of a security interest to secure loans, and if the FDIC repudiated those loans, the purchasers of the Receivables or the Noteholders, as applicable, would, in lieu of their interests in the Receivables themselves, have a claim for their “actual direct compensatory damages,” which claim would be no less than the amount lent plus interest accrued to the date the FDIC was appointed receiver.  In addition, to the extent that the value of the collateral securing the loan exceeds such amount, the purchaser or the Noteholders, as applicable, would also have a claim for any interest that accrued after such appointment at least through the date of repudiation or disaffirmance.  In addition, even if an initial determination by the FDIC that the transfers were not legal true sales or that the FDIC could use its repudiation power to recover the Receivables were reversed by a court, Noteholders could suffer delays in the payments on their Notes.

If the FDIC were appointed receiver of TMCC or of a covered subsidiary (including the Issuing Entity or the Depositor) under the OLA, the FDIC’s repudiation power would also extend to continuing obligations of TMCC or such covered subsidiary, as applicable, including such party’s obligations to repurchase Warranty Receivables as well as its obligation to service the Receivables.  If the FDIC were to exercise this repudiation power, Noteholders would not be able to compel TMCC or any applicable covered subsidiary to repurchase Warranty Receivables and instead would have a claim for damages in TMCC’s or that covered subsidiary’s receivership, as applicable, and thus would suffer delays and may suffer losses of payments on their Notes.  Noteholders would also be prevented from replacing the Servicer during a stay in connection with these proceedings.  In addition, if the FDIC were to repudiate TMCC’s obligations as Servicer, there may be disruptions in servicing as a result of a transfer of servicing to a third party, which could cause Noteholders to suffer delays or losses of payments on their Notes.  In addition, there are other statutory provisions under the OLA enforceable by the FDIC under which, if the FDIC takes action, payments or distributions of principal and interest on the Notes could be delayed or reduced.

139

In addition, under the OLA, none of the parties to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement or the Indenture could exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate, or declare a default under those contracts, or otherwise affect TMCC’s or a covered subsidiary’s rights under those contracts without the FDIC’s consent for 90 days after the FDIC is appointed as receiver.  Similar to an “automatic stay” in a bankruptcy proceeding, during the same period, the FDIC’s consent would also be required for any attempt to obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of TMCC or of a covered subsidiary.

If the Issuing Entity were to become subject to the OLA, the FDIC may repudiate the debt of the Issuing Entity.  In such an event, the Noteholders would have a secured claim in the receivership of the Issuing Entity for “actual direct compensatory damages” as described above, and payments on the Notes would be delayed and could be reduced.  In addition, for a period of 90 days after a receiver was appointed, Noteholders would be stayed from accelerating the debt or exercising any remedies under the Indenture.

FDIC’s Avoidance Power Under the OLA.  Under statutory provisions of the OLA similar to those of the Bankruptcy Code, the FDIC could avoid transfers of Receivables that are deemed “preferential.”  On July 15, 2011, the FDIC Board of Directors issued a final rule (the “Final Rule”), which, among other things, clarifies that the treatment of preferential transfers under the OLA was intended to be consistent with, and should be interpreted in a manner consistent with, the related provisions under the Bankruptcy Code.  The Final Rule became effective on August 15, 2011.  Based on the Final Rule, a transfer of the Receivables perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement against TMCC, the Depositor and the Issuing Entity as provided in the Transfer and Servicing Agreements would not be avoidable by the FDIC as a preference under the OLA.  For additional information, you should refer to “—Certain Bankruptcy Considerations” above.

Consumer Finance Regulation

Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations impose substantial requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer finance.  These laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act and its implementing regulation, Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and its implementing regulation, Regulation B, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Debt Collections Practices Act, the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Military Lending Act, the SCRA and similar state laws protecting servicemembers, the National Consumer Credit Protection Act, the Texas Consumer Credit Code, the Dodd-Frank Act, state adoptions of the National Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and state motor vehicle retail installment sales acts and other similar laws.  Many states have adopted “lemon laws” that provide redress to consumers who purchase a vehicle that remains out of compliance with its manufacturer’s warranty after a specified number of attempts to correct a problem or a specified time period.  Also, state laws impose finance charge ceilings and other restrictions on consumer transactions and require contract disclosures in addition to those required under federal law.  These requirements impose specific statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their provisions.  In some cases, this liability could affect an assignee’s ability to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Receivables.

Any licensing requirements of the Issuing Entity are governed by state and sometimes local law, and thus vary on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis.  For example, the City of New York passed legislation requiring a purchaser of delinquent loans to be licensed as a debt collector.  It is not clear what “delinquent” means under that law.  It is possible that, as a result of not being properly licensed under a state or local law, the Issuing Entity could be subject to liability or other adverse consequences.

With respect to used vehicles, the Federal Trade Commission’s Rule on Sale of Used Vehicles (the “FTC Rule”) requires all sellers of used vehicles to prepare, complete and display a “Buyers Guide” which explains the warranty coverage for such vehicles.  The Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act and state lemon laws may impose further obligations on motor vehicle dealers.  Holders of the Receivables may have liability or claims and defenses under those statutes, the FTC Rule and similar state statutes.

The “Holder in Due Course” Rule of the Federal Trade Commission (the “HDC Rule”), the provisions of which are generally duplicated by the Uniform Consumer Credit Code, other statutes or the common law in some states, has the effect of subjecting a seller (and specified creditors and their assignees) in a consumer credit transaction to all claims and defenses which the Obligor in the transaction could assert against the seller of the goods.  Liability under the HDC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the Obligor under the contract, and the

140

holder of the Receivable may also be unable to collect any balance remaining due under that contract from the Obligor.

Most of the Receivables will be subject to the requirements of the HDC Rule.  Accordingly, the Issuing Entity, as holder of the Receivables, will be subject to any claims or defenses that the purchaser of an applicable Financed Vehicle may assert against the seller of such Financed Vehicle.  For each Obligor, these claims are limited to a maximum liability equal to the amounts paid by the Obligor on the related Receivable.  Under most state motor vehicle dealer licensing laws, sellers of motor vehicles are required to be licensed to sell motor vehicles at retail sale.  Furthermore, federal odometer regulations promulgated under the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act require that all sellers of new and used vehicles furnish a written statement signed by the seller certifying the accuracy of the odometer reading at the time of sale.  If the seller is not properly licensed or if a written odometer disclosure statement was not provided to the related Obligor, the Obligor may be able to assert a defense against the seller of the vehicle.  If an Obligor were successful in asserting any of those claims or defenses, that claim or defense would evidence a breach of the Depositor’s representations and warranties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and a breach of TMCC’s warranties under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and would, if the breach materially and adversely affects the Receivable or the interest of the Noteholders, create an obligation of the Depositor and TMCC, respectively, to repurchase the Warranty Receivable unless the breach is cured by the last day of the second Collection Period following the Collection Period in which the Depositor discovers or receives notice of such breach.  For additional information, you should refer to “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Sale and Assignment of Receivables” and “Repurchases of Receivables” in this prospectus.

Courts have applied general equitable principles to secured parties pursuing repossession and litigation involving deficiency balances.  These equitable principles may have the effect of relieving an Obligor from some or all of the legal consequences of a default.  Any such shortfall, to the extent not covered by amounts payable to the Noteholders from amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account or from coverage provided under any other credit enhancement mechanism, could result in losses to the Noteholders.

The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, previously known as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), which was created by the Dodd-Frank Act, has broad regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority over entities offering consumer financial services or products, including non-bank companies, such as TMCC (“Covered Entities”).  The CFPB examines Covered Entities for compliance with consumer financial protection laws.  As part of this authority, the CFPB’s examinations could result in enforcement actions, regulatory fines and mandated changes to TMCC’s business products, policies and procedures.

The CFPB’s rulemaking authority includes the authority to promulgate rules regarding, among other practices, debt collection practices that would apply to third-party collectors and first-party collectors, such as TMCC, and rules regarding, consumer credit reporting practices.  The timing and impact of these rules on TMCC’s business remain uncertain.  In addition, the CFPB has increased scrutiny of the sale of certain ancillary or add-on products, including products similar to those financed by TMCC.  The CFPB has questioned such products’ value and how such products are marketed and sold.

The CFPB also has enforcement authority under which it is authorized to conduct investigations (which may include a joint investigation with other agencies and regulators) and initiate enforcement actions for violations of federal consumer financial protection laws.  The CFPB has the authority to obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other types of affirmative relief), or other forms of remediation, and/or impose monetary penalties.

The CFPB and the Federal Trade Commission, or the “FTC,” have become more active in investigating the products, services and operations of credit providers, including banks and other finance companies engaged in auto finance activities, and have announced various enforcement actions against lenders in the past few years involving significant penalties, consent orders, cease and desist orders and similar remedies that, if applicable to TMCC and the products, services and operations TMCC offers, may require TMCC to cease or alter certain business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on TMCC’s results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.

The CFPB has focused on the area of auto finance, particularly with respect to indirect financing arrangements, discretionary dealer compensation and fair lending compliance.  In March 2013, the CFPB issued a bulletin stating that indirect auto lenders may be liable for violations under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act based

141

on dealer-specific and portfolio-wide disparities on a prohibited basis related to discretionary dealer compensation.  According to the bulletin, these disparities result from allowing dealers to mark up the interest rate offered by the indirect auto lenders to the contract rate offered to consumers by the dealers.  In addition, the bulletin outlined steps that indirect auto lenders should take in order to comply with fair lending laws regarding dealer markup and compensation policies.  On May 21, 2018, President Trump signed into law a resolution approved by Congress under the Congressional Review Act that repealed the CFPB’s fair lending guidance contained in the bulletin and prohibits the future enactment of a similar rule without Congressional approval.

As previously disclosed, in February 2016, TMCC entered into consent orders with the CFPB and the U.S. Department of Justice (collectively, the “Agencies”) to reflect the settlement of the Agencies’ allegations regarding TMCC’s purchases of auto finance contracts from dealers and related discretionary dealer compensation practices (together, the “Consent Orders”).  The Consent Orders were to be effective for three years, until February 2019, unless TMCC met certain requirements at the end of the second year of the Consent Orders, in which case, the term of the Consent Orders could be reduced from three years to two years.  TMCC has been advised by the Agencies that TMCC has satisfied the requirements for early termination of the Consent Orders.  The termination of the Consent Orders is conditioned upon TMCC’s completion of the distribution of the consumer restitution funds required by the Consent Orders and was effective May 1, 2018.  TMCC and the DOJ sought final court approval of a joint stipulation that TMCC had satisfied its obligations under the Consent Orders, which was endorsed by the court on May 16, 2018.

CFPB supervision and enforcement actions, if any, may result in monetary penalties, increase TMCC’s compliance costs, require changes in TMCC’s business practices, affect TMCC’s competitiveness, impair TMCC’s profitability, harm TMCC’s reputation or otherwise adversely affect TMCC’s business.

A majority of states (and Puerto Rico) have enacted legislation establishing licensing requirements to conduct financing activities. TMCC must renew these licenses periodically.  Most states also impose limits on the maximum rate of finance charges.  In certain states, the margin between the present statutory maximum interest rates and borrowing costs is sufficiently narrow that, in periods of rapidly increasing or high interest rates, there could be an adverse effect on TMCC’s operations in these states if TMCC were unable to pass on increased interest costs to its customers.  Some state laws impose rate and other restrictions on credit transactions with customers in active military status in addition to those imposed by the SCRA.

State laws also impose requirements and restrictions on us with respect to, among other matters, required credit application and finance and disclosures, late fees and other charges, the right to repossess a vehicle for failure to pay or other defaults under the retail contract, other rights and remedies TMCC may exercise in the event of a default under the retail contract, privacy matters, and other consumer protection matters.

Recently, state regulators are taking a more stringent approach to supervising and regulating providers of financial products and services subject to their jurisdiction.  TMCC expects to continue to face greater supervisory scrutiny and enhanced supervisory requirements for the foreseeable future.  For example, on January 28, 2015, TMCC received a request for documents and information from the New York State Department of Financial Services relating to its lending practices (including fair lending), and on April 6, 2016, TMCC received a request for documents and information pursuant to a civil investigative demand from the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General relating to TMCC’s financing of guaranteed auto protection (GAP) agreements on retail contracts.  TMCC provided the requested documents and information, but has not had further communication with either agency regarding their respective reviews.  See “Risk Factors-- Federal financial regulatory legislation could have an adverse effect on TMCC, the depositor and the issuing entity, which could result in losses or delays in payments on your notes.”

Other Federal Regulation

The Dodd-Frank Act also established the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “FSOC”), which may designate non-bank financial companies that pose systemic risk to the U.S. financial system, or “SIFIs,” to be supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”).  The Federal Reserve is required to establish and apply enhanced prudential standards to SIFIs, including capital, liquidity, counterparty exposure, resolution plan and overall risk management standards.  The FSOC uses a multi-stage review process to evaluate non-bank financial companies for potential designation and supervision by the Federal Reserve.  If TMCC were designated for supervision after this multi-stage review process and any available appeal processes, TMCC could experience increased compliance costs, the need to change its business practices, impairments to TMCC’s

142

profitability and competitiveness and other adverse effects on its business.

Additionally, no assurances can be given that the liquidation framework for the resolution of “covered financial companies” would not apply to TMCC or its affiliates, including the Depositor and the Issuing Entity.

If the FDIC were appointed receiver of TMCC, the Depositor or the Issuing Entity under the Orderly Liquidation Authority provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC could repudiate contracts deemed burdensome to the estate, including secured debt.  TMCC has structured the transfers of the Receivables to the Depositor and the Issuing Entity as a valid and perfected sale under applicable state law and under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to mitigate the risk of the recharacterization of the sale as a grant of security interest to secure debt of TMCC.  Any attempt by the FDIC to recharacterize the transfer of the Receivables as a grant of a security interest to secure debt that the FDIC then repudiates would cause delays in payments or losses on the Notes.  In addition, if the Issuing Entity were to become subject to the Orderly Liquidation Authority, the FDIC may repudiate the debt of the Issuing Entity and the Noteholders would have a secured claim in the receivership of the Issuing Entity.  Also, if the Issuing Entity were subject to Orderly Liquidation Authority, the Noteholders would not be permitted to accelerate the debt, exercise remedies against the collateral or replace the Servicer without the FDIC’s consent for 90 days after the receiver is appointed.  As a result of any of these events, delays in payments on the Notes would occur and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur.

For additional discussion of how a failure to comply with consumer protection laws may impact the Issuing Entity, the Receivables or your investment in the Notes, see “Risk Factors—Receivables that fail to comply with consumer protection laws may be unenforceable, which may result in losses on your investment” in this prospectus.

TMCC periodically performs reviews of its lending and servicing policies and analyzes portfolio-wide data for potential disparities resulting from dealer compensation policies.  Depending upon the results of these reviews and analyses or any regulatory agency actions, TMCC may take corrective actions, including modifying the interest rate or making payments with respect to certain Receivables.  Certain corrective actions may result in TMCC, as Servicer, being required under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement to repurchase the affected Receivables.  See “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Servicing Procedures” in this prospectus for a discussion of purchase obligations of the Servicer.

TMCC and the Depositor will represent and warrant under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, that each Receivable complies with all requirements of law in all material respects.  Accordingly, if an Obligor has a claim against the Issuing Entity for violation of any law and such claim materially and adversely affects the Issuing Entity’s interest in a Receivable, such violation would constitute a breach of the representations and warranties of TMCC under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Depositor under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and would create an obligation of TMCC and the Depositor to repurchase the affected Warranty Receivable unless the breach is cured by the last day of the second Collection Period following the Collection Period in which the Depositor discovers or receives notice of such breach.  For additional information, you should refer to “Repurchases of Receivables” in this prospectus.

Forfeiture for Drug, RICO and Money Laundering Violations

Federal law provides that property purchased or improved with assets derived from criminal activity or otherwise tainted, or used in the commission of certain offenses can be seized and ordered forfeited to the United States of America.  The offenses that can trigger such a seizure and forfeiture include, among others, violations of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, the anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto, as well as the narcotic drug laws.  In many instances, the United States may seize the property even before a conviction occurs.

143

Other Limitations

In addition to the laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments, numerous other statutory provisions, including federal bankruptcy laws and related state laws, may interfere with or affect the ability of a secured party to realize upon collateral or to enforce a deficiency judgment.  For example, in a Chapter 13 proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, a court may prevent a creditor from repossessing a vehicle and, as part of the repayment plan, reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market value of the vehicle at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court), leaving the creditor as a general unsecured creditor for the remainder of the indebtedness.  A bankruptcy court may also reduce the monthly payments due under a contract or change the rate of interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness.

Under the terms of the SCRA, an Obligor who enters the military service (including members of the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, National Guard, and officers of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and U.S. Public Health Service assigned to duty with the military, on active duty or absent from duty for lawful cause) after the origination of that Obligor’s Receivable (including an Obligor who is a member of the National Guard or is in reserve status at the time of the origination of the Obligor’s Receivable and is later called to active duty) may not be charged interest and fees above an annual rate of 6% during the period of that Obligor’s active duty status after a request for relief by the Obligor.  The SCRA provides for extension of payments during a period of service upon request of the Obligor.  Interest and fees at a rate in excess of 6% that would have been incurred but for the SCRA are forgiven.  The Servicer will modify any Receivable impacted by the SCRA and will be obligated to purchase any such modified Receivable by depositing an amount equal to the remaining outstanding Principal Balance of such Receivable into the Collection Account.  In addition, the SCRA and the laws of some states, including California, New York and New Jersey, impose limitations that would impair the ability of the Servicer to repossess the released Financed Vehicle during the Obligor’s period of active duty status and, under certain circumstances, during an additional period thereafter.  Thus, if that Receivable goes into default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to exercise the Issuing Entity’s rights with respect to the Receivable and the related Financed Vehicle in a timely fashion.

Any shortfall pursuant to either of the two preceding paragraphs, to the extent not covered by amounts payable to the Securityholders from amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account or from coverage provided under any other credit enhancement mechanism, could result in losses to the Securityholders.  For additional information, you should refer to “Risk Factors—Prepayments on receivables may cause prepayments on the notes, resulting in reduced returns on your investment and reinvestment risk to you” in this prospectus.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

To the knowledge of the Sponsor and the Depositor, there are no legal proceedings pending, or governmental proceedings contemplated, against the Depositor or the Issuing Entity that would be material to holders of any Notes.

To the knowledge of the Sponsor and the Depositor, except for those proceedings described under “Risk Factors—Federal financial regulatory legislation could have an adverse effect on TMCC, the depositor and the issuing entity, which could result in losses or delays in payments on your notes” in this prospectus, there are no legal proceedings pending, or governmental proceedings contemplated, against the Sponsor or the Servicer that would be material to holders of any Notes.

For a description of any legal proceedings pending, or governmental proceedings contemplated, against the Trustees that would be material to holders of any Notes, you should refer to “The Trustees” in this prospectus.

144

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

Subject to the following discussion, the Notes sold to parties unaffiliated with the issuing entity may be acquired by pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), individual retirement accounts, Keogh Plans and other plans covered by Section 4975 of the Code, and entities deemed to hold the plan assets of the foregoing (each, a “Plan”).  Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a Plan from engaging in certain transactions with persons that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Code with respect to such Plan.  A violation of these “prohibited transaction” rules may result in an excise tax or other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons or the fiduciaries of the Plan. Title I of ERISA also requires that fiduciaries of a Plan subject to ERISA make investments that are prudent, diversified (except if prudent not to do so) and in accordance with governing plan documents.

Certain transactions involving the Issuing Entity might be deemed to constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Plan that purchased the Notes if assets of the Issuing Entity were deemed to be assets of a Plan.  Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (the “Regulation”) and Section 3(42) of ERISA, the assets of the Issuing Entity would be treated as plan assets of a Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the Plan acquired an “equity interest” in the Issuing Entity and none of the exceptions to plan asset treatment contained in the Regulation, as effectively amended by Section (3)(42) of ERISA, were applicable.  An equity interest is defined under the Regulation as an interest other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features. Although there is little guidance on the subject, the Issuing Entity believes that those Notes acquired by parties unaffiliated with the Issuing Entity should be treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the Regulation.  This determination is based in part upon (i) tax counsel’s opinion that Notes held by parties unaffiliated with the Issuing Entity will be classified as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (ii) the traditional debt features of such Notes, including the reasonable expectation of purchasers of the Notes that they will be repaid when due, as well as the absence of conversion rights, warrants and other typical equity features.  Based upon the foregoing and other considerations, and subject to the considerations described below, such Notes may be acquired by a Plan.

However, without regard to whether the Notes are treated as indebtedness for purposes of the Regulation, the acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Plan could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction if the Issuing Entity, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, any Underwriter or certain of their respective affiliates is or becomes a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to such Plan.  In such case, certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding of the Notes by a Plan depending on the type and circumstances of the plan fiduciary making the decision to acquire such note. Included among these exemptions are: Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 90-1, regarding investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts; PTCE 95-60, regarding investments by insurance company general accounts; PTCE 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective investment funds; PTCE 96-23, regarding transactions affected by “in-house asset managers”; and PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by “qualified professional asset managers.”  In addition to the class exemptions listed above, there is also a statutory exemption that may be available under Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code for prohibited transactions between a Plan and a person or entity that is a party in interest to such Plan solely by reason of providing services to a Plan (other than a party in interest that is a fiduciary, or its affiliate, that has or exercises discretionary authority or control or renders investment advice with respect to the assets of the plan involved in such transaction), provided that there is adequate consideration for the transaction. Even if the conditions described in one or more of these exemptions are met, the scope of relief provided by these exemptions might or might not cover all acts which might be construed as prohibited transactions.  There can be no assurance that any of these, or any other exemption, will be available with respect to any particular transaction involving the Notes and prospective purchasers that are Plans should consult with their advisors regarding the applicability of any such exemption.

In addition, because the Underwriters, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Depositor, the Servicer[, the [Swap][Cap Counterparty] or their affiliates may receive certain benefits in connection with the sale or holding of Notes, the purchase of Notes using plan assets over which any of these parties or their affiliates has investment authority, or renders investment advice for a fee with respect to the assets of the Plan, or is the employer or other sponsor of the Plan, might be deemed to be a violation of a provision of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.  Accordingly, Notes may not be purchased using the assets of any Plan if the Underwriter, the Owner

145

Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Depositor, the Servicer[, the [Swap][Cap Counterparty] or their affiliates has investment authority, or renders investment advice for a fee with respect to the assets of the Plan, or is the employer or other sponsor of the Plan, unless an applicable prohibited transaction exemption is available to cover the purchase or holding of the Notes or the transaction is not otherwise prohibited.

Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA) and non-U.S. plans are not subject to ERISA requirements; however, governmental, church or non-U.S. plans may be subject to comparable non-U.S., federal, state or local law restrictions.

By acquiring a Note, each purchaser and transferee will be deemed to represent, warrant and covenant that either (i) it is not acquiring such note with the assets of a Plan or any other plan subject to any law that is substantially similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (“Similar Law”), or (ii) the acquisition, holding and disposition of such Notes will not give rise to a nonexempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a nonexempt violation under any Similar Law.

The sale of Notes to a Plan is in no respect a representation that this investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans or other plans generally or by a particular Plan or other plan, or that this investment is appropriate for Plans or other plans generally or any particular Plan or other plan.

Prospective Plan investors should consult with their legal advisors concerning the impact of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code or any Similar Law, the effect of the assets of the Issuing Entity being deemed “plan assets” and the applicability of any applicable exemption prior to making an investment in the Notes.  Each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, an investment in the Notes is appropriate for the Plan, also taking into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the composition of the Plan’s investment portfolio.

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following discussion of the anticipated material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes and the Certificate, to the extent it relates to matters of law or legal conclusions with respect thereto, represents the opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special tax counsel to the Issuing Entity (“Tax Counsel”), on the material matters associated with those consequences, subject to the qualifications described in this prospectus.  The discussion does not purport to deal with U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules, and does not address which forms should be used to report information related to the Notes and the Certificate to the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).  For example, it does not discuss the tax treatment of Securityholders that are insurance companies, regulated investment companies or dealers in securities.  Moreover, there are no cases or IRS  rulings on similar transactions involving both debt and equity interests issued with terms similar to those of the Notes and the Certificate.  As a result, the IRS may disagree with all or one or more parts of the discussion below.  It is suggested that prospective investors consult their own tax advisors in determining the federal, state, local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes and the Certificate.

Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”), a noteholder that uses an accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally would be required to include certain amounts in income no later than the time such amounts are reflected on certain financial statements.  This rule generally would be effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 or, for notes issued with original issue discount, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2018.  The application of this rule thus may require the accrual of income earlier than would be the case prior to December 31, 2017, although the precise application of this rule is unclear at this time.  In addition, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act imposes limits on the deductibility of business interest expense in excess of business interest income.  The following discussion does not address accounting rules pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that could accelerate income or whether interest on the Notes qualifies as business interest income for a particular holder.  Prospective investors in the Notes that use an accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes or that have business interest expense are urged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the potential applicability of this legislation to their particular situation.

146

The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code and judicial or ruling authority, all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.  The Issuing Entity will be provided with an opinion of Tax Counsel regarding the U.S. federal income tax matters discussed below.

In the opinion of Tax Counsel, under current law, assuming the execution of, and compliance with, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement and subject to the discussion described below, the Issuing Entity will not be classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Further, with respect to the Notes, Tax Counsel will advise the Issuing Entity that the Notes held by parties unaffiliated with the Issuing Entity will be classified as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Beneficial owners of Notes will be deemed to agree, by their purchase of the Notes, to treat the Notes as debt for purposes of U.S. federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income.

An opinion of Tax Counsel, however, is not binding on the IRS or the courts.  No ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the IRS.

Tax Characterization of the Issuing Entity

The following discussion of the material anticipated U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes and the Certificate, to the extent it relates to matters of law or legal conclusions with respect thereto, represents the opinion of Tax Counsel on the material matters associated with those consequences, subject to the qualifications described in this prospectus.  In addition, Tax Counsel has prepared or reviewed the statements in this prospectus under “Summary of Terms—Tax Status” in this prospectus as they relate to U.S. federal income tax matters and under “Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences” in this prospectus and is of the opinion that such statements are correct in all material respects.  Such statements are intended as an explanatory discussion of the possible effects of the classification of the Issuing Entity as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes on investors generally and of related U.S. federal income tax matters affecting investors generally, but do not purport to furnish information in the level of detail or with the attention to the investor’s specific tax circumstances that would be provided by an investor’s own tax adviser.  Accordingly, each investor is advised to consult its own tax advisor with regard to the tax consequences to it of investing in Notes or the Certificate.

On the Closing Date, Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion that the Issuing Entity will not be classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  This opinion will be based on the assumption that the terms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements will be complied with, and on Tax Counsel’s conclusion that the nature of the income of the Issuing Entity will exempt it from the rule that some publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations.

If the Issuing Entity were taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Issuing Entity would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income.  The Issuing Entity’s taxable income would include all its income on the Receivables, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the Notes.  Any corporate income tax could materially reduce cash available to make payments on the Notes and the Certificate.

The Depositor, the Sponsor, and the Servicer will agree to treat the Issuing Entity (i) as a partnership for purposes of U.S. federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income, with the assets of the partnership being the assets held by the Issuing Entity, the partners of the partnership being the owners of the Certificate (and any Notes characterized as equity interests in the Issuing Entity), and the Notes (other than Notes characterized as equity interests in the Issuing Entity) being debt of the partnership, or (ii) if a single party owns the Certificate (and any Notes characterized as equity interests in the Issuing Entity), as a disregarded entity separate from the beneficial owner of the Certificate (and any Notes characterized as equity interests in the Issuing Entity) for purposes of U.S. federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income, with the assets of the Issuing Entity and the Notes treated as assets and indebtedness of the beneficial owner of the Certificate.  However, the proper characterization of the arrangement involving the Issuing Entity, the Notes, the Depositor, the Sponsor, and the Servicer is not clear because there is no legal authority on transactions closely comparable to the transaction described in this prospectus.

147

Changes Made by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015

The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 (the “Budget Act”) included new rules applicable to the audit of partnerships and entities treated as partnerships.  These new audit rules became effective for taxable years beginning in 2018 and apply to both new and existing entities.  Under the Budget Act, unless an entity elects otherwise, taxes arising from audit adjustments are required to be paid by the entity rather than by its partners or members.  The parties responsible for the tax administration of the Issuing Entity will have the authority to utilize, and intend to utilize, any exceptions available under the new provisions (including any changes) and Treasury regulations so that the beneficial owner of the Certificate, to the fullest extent possible, rather than the Issuing Entity itself, will be liable for any taxes arising from audit adjustments to the Issuing Entity’s taxable income if the Issuing Entity is treated as a partnership.  It is unclear how any such elections may affect the procedural rules available to challenge any audit adjustment that would otherwise be available in the absence of any such elections.

Tax Consequences to Owners of the Notes

Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness.  The Depositor and any Noteholders will agree, and the beneficial owners of the Notes (which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Note Owners”) will agree by their purchase of Notes, to treat the Notes as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for purposes of state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income.  Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion that the Notes held by parties unaffiliated with the Issuing Entity will be classified as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  The discussion below assumes this characterization of the Notes is correct.

OID, Etc.  The discussion below assumes that all payments on the Notes are denominated in U.S. Dollars, and that the Notes are not entitled to interest payments with disproportionate, nominal or no principal payments.  Moreover, subject to the discussion below for short-term notes, the discussion assumes that the interest formula for the Notes meets the requirements for “qualified stated interest” under Treasury regulations relating to original issue discount (“OID” and such regulations, the “OID regulations”), and that any OID on the Notes (i.e., any excess of the principal amount of the Notes over their issue price) does not exceed a de minimis amount (i.e., 0.25% of their principal amount multiplied by the number of full years included in determining their term), all within the meaning of the OID regulations.  In determining whether any OID on the Notes is de minimis, the Depositor expects to use a reasonable assumption regarding prepayments (a “Prepayment Assumption”) to determine the weighted average maturity of the Notes.

We do not anticipate issuing Notes with any original issue discount, other than original issue discount of a de minimis amount or, if applicable, as a result of any class of Notes that are not held by the [Depositor][Sponsor] or its affiliates having a fixed maturity of not more than one year from the date of issue.  For additional information, you should refer to “—Interest Income on the Notes” below.  The prepayment assumption that will be used for purposes of computing original issue discount, if any, for U.S. federal income tax purposes is [____]% ABS.  For additional information, you should refer to “Prepayment and Yield Considerations” in this prospectus.  No representation is made that the Receivables will prepay in accordance with this assumption or in accordance with any other assumption.

Interest Income on the Notes.  Based on the above assumptions, except as discussed in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be considered issued with OID.  The stated interest on the Notes will be taxable to a Note Owner as ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with that Note Owner’s usual method of tax accounting.  Under the OID regulations, the Note Owner of a Note issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include that OID in income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note.  Subject to a statutorily defined de minimis rule for market discount and a required election for premium, absent an exception based on a taxpayer’s unique circumstances, a purchaser who buys a Note for more or less than its principal amount will be subject to the premium amortization or market discount rules, respectively, of the Code.

The Note Owner of a Note that has a fixed maturity date of not more than one year from the issue date of that note (a “Short-Term Note”) may be subject to special rules.  An accrual basis Note Owner of a Short-Term Note (and some cash method Note Owners) is required to report interest income as interest accrues on a straight-line basis or under a constant yield method over the term of each interest period.  Other cash method Note Owners of a Short-Term Note are required to report interest income as interest is paid (or, if earlier, upon the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note).  However, a cash method Note Owner of a Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry the Short-Term Note until the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note.  A cash method Note

148

Owner that is not required to report interest income as it accrues under Section 1281 may elect to accrue interest income on all nongovernment debt obligations with a term of one year or less, in which case the Note Owner would not be subject to the interest expense deferral rule referred to in the preceding sentence.  Certain special rules apply if a Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its principal amount.

Sale or Other Disposition.  If a Note Owner sells a Note, the Note Owner will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the Note Owner’s adjusted tax basis in the Note.  The adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular Note Owner will equal the Note Owner’s cost for the Note, increased by any market discount, acquisition discount and OID previously included in income by that Note Owner with respect to the note and decreased by the amount of bond premium, if any, previously amortized and by the amount of payments of principal and OID previously received by that Note Owner with respect to that Note.  Any resulting gain or loss, and any gain or loss recognized on a prepayment of the Notes, will be capital gain or loss if the Note was held as a capital asset, except for any gain representing accrued interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income.  Except for an annual $3,000 exception applicable to individuals, capital losses may be used only to offset capital gains or gains treated as capital gains.

Net Investment Income.  A tax of 3.8% is imposed on the “net investment income” of certain U.S. individuals, trusts and estates.  Among other items, net investment income generally includes gross income from interest and net gain attributable to the disposition of certain property, less certain deductions.  Note Owners that are U.S. Persons should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this tax in their particular circumstances.

Foreign Owners.  Except as described below with respect to backup withholding or FATCA (defined below), interest paid (or accrued) to a Note Owner who is not a U.S. Person (a “Foreign Owner”) will be considered “portfolio interest,” and will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax if the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the Foreign Owner and:

1. the Foreign Owner is not actually or constructively a “10 percent shareholder” of the Issuing Entity or the Depositor (including a holder of 10% or more of the Certificate) or a “controlled foreign corporation” with respect to which the Issuing Entity or the Depositor is a “related person” within the meaning of the Code;

2. the Foreign Owner is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code;

3. the interest is not contingent interest as described in Section 871(h)(4) of the Code; and

4. the Foreign Owner does not bear any of certain specified relationships to any Certificateholder.

To qualify for the portfolio interest exemption, the Foreign Owner must provide the applicable trustee or other person who is otherwise required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or applicable similar or successor forms), signed under penalty of perjury, certifying that the Note Owner is a Foreign Owner and providing the Foreign Owner’s name and address.  Interest paid to a Foreign Owner is also not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax if such interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the Foreign Owner and such foreign person submits a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).  If a Note is held through a securities clearing organization or other financial institution, the organization or institution may provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding agent; in that case, however, the Foreign Owner must provide the security clearing organization or other financial institution with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, IRS Form W-8ECI or applicable similar or successor form.  An IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E and IRS Form W-8ECI remains in effect for a period beginning on the date the form is signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year, absent a change in circumstances causing any information on the form to be incorrect.  Under certain circumstances, the IRS Form W-8BEN and IRS Form W-8BEN-E can remain in effect indefinitely.  The Foreign Owner must notify the person to whom it provided the IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, IRS Form W-8ECI or applicable similar or successor form of any changes to the information on the Form or applicable

149

similar or successor form.  If interest paid to a Foreign Owner is not considered portfolio interest and is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the Foreign Owner, then it will be subject to U.S. federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.  In order to claim the benefit of any applicable tax treaty, the Foreign Owner must provide the applicable trustee or other person who is required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or applicable similar or successor form), signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the Foreign Owner is entitled to benefits under the treaty.

Except as described below with respect to backup withholding or FATCA, any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note by a Foreign Owner will be exempt from U.S. federal income and withholding tax, provided that (1) the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by the Foreign Owner and (2) in the case of an individual Foreign Owner, the Foreign Owner is not present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition.

If interest paid to a Foreign Owner or gain on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the Foreign Owner, then although the foreign person will be exempt from the withholding of tax previously discussed if an appropriate statement is provided, such foreign person generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such interest, including OID, or gain at applicable graduated federal income tax rates. In addition, if the Foreign Owner is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of the “effectively connected earnings and profits” of such foreign corporation within the meaning of the Code for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items, unless such Foreign Owner qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable tax treaty.

As used in this prospectus, a “U.S. Person” means:

1. a citizen or resident of the United States;

2. an entity treated as a corporation or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

3. an estate, the income of which from sources outside the United States is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States; or

4. a trust if (a) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) such trust was in existence on August 20, 1996 and is eligible to elect, and has made a valid election, to be treated as a U.S. Person despite not meeting the requirements of clause (a).

Backup Withholding.  Each Note Owner (other than an exempt Note Owner such as a tax-exempt organization, qualified pension and profit- sharing trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who provides certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate (on IRS Form W-9) providing the Note Owner’s name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the Note Owner is not subject to backup withholding.  Should a nonexempt Note Owner fail to provide the required certification, amounts otherwise payable to the Note Owner may be subject to backup withholding tax, and the Issuing Entity will be required to withhold and remit the withheld amount to the IRS.  Any such amount withheld would be credited against the Note Owner’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes.  If, contrary to the opinion of Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the Notes did not represent debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Notes might be treated as equity interests in the Issuing Entity.  If so treated, the Issuing Entity might be taxable as a corporation or publicly traded partnership with the adverse consequences described above (and the taxable corporation or publicly traded partnership would not be able to reduce its taxable income by deductions for interest expense on Notes recharacterized as equity).  Alternatively, and most likely in the view of Tax Counsel, the Issuing

150

Entity might be treated as a partnership (including a publicly traded partnership) that would not be taxable as a corporation.  Nonetheless, treatment of the Notes as equity interests in a partnership or publicly traded partnership could have adverse tax consequences to some Note Owners.  For example, income to some tax-exempt entities (including pension funds) may be “unrelated business taxable income,” income to Foreign Owners may be subject to U.S. income tax and withholding taxes and cause Foreign Owners to be subject to U.S. tax return filing and withholding requirements, and individual Note Owners might be subject to some limitations on their ability to deduct their share of Issuing Entity expenses.

The IRS has recently adopted final and temporary regulations under Section 385 of the Code that in certain circumstances treat an instrument that otherwise would be treated as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes as equity during periods in which the instrument is held by a member of an “expanded group” that includes the issuer of the instrument.  An expanded group is generally a group of corporations or controlled partnerships connected through 80% or greater direct or indirect ownership links.

The Issuing Entity does not believe that these regulations will apply to any of the Notes.  However, the regulations are complex and recently issued and thus have not yet been applied by the IRS or any court.  In addition, the IRS has reserved certain portions of the regulations pending its further consideration.  If the Notes were treated as equity under these rules, they may once again be treated as debt when acquired by a holder that is not a member of an expanded group including the Issuing Entity.  Notes treated as newly issued under this rule may have tax characteristics differing from Notes that were not previously treated as equity.  The Issuing Entity does not intend to separately track any such Notes.

Potential investors in the Notes should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible effect of the Section 385 regulations on them, including without limitation with regard to tax consequences where Notes held by them are treated as having tax characteristics that differ from other Notes.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance.  In addition to the rules described above regarding the potential imposition of U.S. withholding taxes on payments to non-U.S. persons, withholding taxes could also be imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) regime.  Under FATCA, foreign financial institutions (defined broadly to include hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and other investment vehicles) must comply with information gathering and reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors and may be required to enter into agreements with the IRS pursuant to which such foreign financial institutions must gather and report certain information to the IRS (or, pursuant to an applicable intergovernmental agreement, to their local tax authorities who will report such information to the IRS) and withhold U.S. tax from certain payments made by them.  Foreign financial institutions that fail to comply with the FATCA requirements will be subject to a 30% withholding tax on U.S. source payments, including interest, OID and, after January 1, 2019, gross proceeds from the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers.  Payments of interest or OID to foreign non-financial entities and gross proceeds will also be subject to a withholding tax of 30% if the entity does not certify that it does not have any substantial U.S. owner or provide the name, address and TIN of each substantial U.S. owner.  The FATCA withholding tax will apply regardless of whether the payment would otherwise be exempt from U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., under the portfolio interest exemption or as capital gain) and regardless of whether the foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner of such payment.  Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.

Reportable Transactions.  A penalty in the amount of $10,000 in the case of a natural person and $50,000 in any other case is imposed on any taxpayer that fails to timely file an information return with the IRS with respect to a “reportable transaction” (as defined in Section 6011 of the Code). The rules defining “reportable transactions” are complex, but include (and are not limited to) transactions that result in certain losses that exceed threshold amounts. Prospective investors are advised to consult their own tax advisers regarding any possible disclosure obligations in light of their particular circumstances.

CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

The above discussion does not address the tax treatment of the Issuing Entity, any Notes or any Note Owners under any state or local tax laws.  The activities to be undertaken by the Servicer in servicing and collecting the Receivables will take place in various states and, therefore, many different state and local tax regimes potentially apply to different portions of these transactions.  Prospective investors are urged to consult with their tax advisors

151

regarding the state and local tax treatment of the Issuing Entity as well as any state and local tax consequences for them purchasing, holding and disposing of Notes or the Certificate.

You should consult your tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Notes, including the tax consequences under state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR NOTES

The Issuing Entity

The Indenture Trustee will provide to Noteholders (which will be Cede & Co. as the nominee of DTC unless Definitive Notes are issued under the limited circumstances described in this prospectus) unaudited monthly and annual reports concerning the Receivables and certain other matters.  For additional information, you should refer to “Description of the Notes—Reports to Securityholders” and “Transfer and Servicing Agreements—Evidence as to Compliance” in this prospectus.  Copies of such reports may be obtained at no charge.

The Depositor

The Depositor has filed with the SEC the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of which this prospectus forms a part.  This prospectus does not contain all the information contained in the Registration Statement.  The Depositor has satisfied the registrant requirements for use of Form SF-3 contained in General Instruction I.A.1 of Form SF-3.  [The registration statement and all reports filed by the Depositor will be available for website viewing and printing in the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m.  You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s reference room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330.]  The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, registration statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC using the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval system (commonly known as EDGAR). The Registration Statement and all reports filed by the Depositor may be found on EDGAR, filed under the name of the Depositor and under the SEC Central Index Key set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and all reports filed with respect to the Issuing Entity will be filed under registration file number 333-[_________]-[__].  Copies of the transaction agreements relating to the Notes will also be filed with the SEC on EDGAR under the registration number shown above.

For the time period that the Issuing Entity is required to report under the Exchange Act, the Depositor, on behalf of the Issuing Entity, will file the reports required under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  These reports include (but are not limited to):

· Reports on Form 8-K (Current Report), including as exhibits thereto the transaction agreements;

· Reports on Form 8-K (Current Report) following the occurrence of events specified in Form 8-K requiring disclosure, which are required to be filed within the time-frame specified in Form 8-K related to the type of event;

· Reports on Form 10-D (Asset-Backed Issuer Distribution Report) containing the distribution and pool performance information required on Form 10-D, which are required to be filed 15 days following each Payment Date;

· Reports on Form ABS-EE (Submission of Electronic Exhibits for Asset-Backed Securities), including as exhibits thereto monthly asset-level data for the related Collection Period and the Receivables, which exhibits will be incorporated by reference into the related Form 10-D; and

· Report on Form 10-K (Annual Report) containing the items specified in Form 10-K with respect to a fiscal year, and the items required pursuant to Items 1122 and 1123 of Regulation AB of the Exchange Act.

Unless specifically stated in such a report, neither the report nor any information included in such report will be examined or reported on by an independent public accountant.

152

The distribution and pool performance reports filed on Form 10-D will be forwarded to each Securityholder as specified under “Description of the Notes—Reports to Securityholders” in this prospectus.  The Depositor will post these reports on its website located at “www.toyotafinancial.com” as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with the SEC.

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions described in the underwriting agreement, the Depositor has agreed to sell to each of the underwriters named below (collectively, the “Underwriters”), and each of the Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase the initial principal amounts of the Class [____] Notes (collectively, the “Underwritten Notes”) described opposite its name below:

	PrincipalAmount of Class [____] Notes	PrincipalAmount of Class [____] Notes
[___________________]	$__________	$__________
[___________________]	$__________	$__________
[___________________]	$__________	$__________
[___________________]	$__________	$__________
[___________________]	$__________	$__________
[___________________]	$__________	$__________
Total	$[___________]	$[___________]

The Depositor has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose initially to offer the Underwritten Notes to the public at the prices described in this prospectus.  The underwriting discounts and commissions, the selling concessions that the Underwriters may allow to certain dealers, and the discounts that such dealers may reallow to certain other dealers, each expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the related class of Underwritten Notes and as an aggregate dollar amount, will be as follows:

	UnderwritingDiscount and Commissions	Net Proceedsto the Depositor(1)	SellingConcessionsNot to Exceed(2)	Reallowance Not to Exceed
Class [____] Notes	___%	___%	___%	___%
Class [____] Notes	___%	___%	___%	___%

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Before deducting expenses estimated to be $[_________].

⁽²⁾ In the event of possible sales to affiliates, one or more of the underwriters may be required to forego a de minimus portion of the selling concession they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

The closing of the sale of any class of the Notes will be conditioned on the closing of the sale of all other classes of the Notes.  After the initial public offering of the Underwritten Notes, the public offering prices and the concessions may change.

Until the distribution of the Underwritten Notes is completed, rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the Underwriters and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Underwritten Notes.  As an exception to these rules, the Underwriters are permitted to engage in certain transactions to stabilize the price of the Underwritten Notes.  Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Underwritten Notes.

If the Underwriters create a short position in the Underwritten Notes in connection with this offering, (i.e., they sell more Underwritten Notes than are described on the front cover of this prospectus), the Underwriters may reduce that short position by purchasing Underwritten Notes in the open market.

153

The Underwriters may also impose a penalty bid on certain Underwriters and selling group members.  This means that if the Underwriters purchase Underwritten Notes in the open market to reduce the Underwriters’ short position or to stabilize the price of the Underwritten Notes, they may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from any Underwriter or selling group member who sold those Underwritten Notes as part of the offering.

In general, purchases of a security for the purposes of stabilization or to reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.  The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it were to discourage resales of the security.

Neither the Sponsor nor the Underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that any of the transactions described above may have on the price of the Underwritten Notes.  In addition, neither the Sponsor nor any of the Underwriters make any representation that the Underwriters will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

The Underwritten Notes are new issues of securities and there currently is no secondary market for the Underwritten Notes.  The Underwriters for the Underwritten Notes expect to make a market in the Underwritten Notes but will not be obligated to do so.  There is no assurance that a secondary market for the Underwritten Notes will develop.  If a secondary market for the Underwritten Notes does develop, it might end at any time or it might not be sufficiently liquid to enable you to resell any of your Underwritten Notes.

The Indenture Trustee may, from time to time, invest the funds in the Collection Account and the Reserve Account at the direction of the Servicer and the Sponsor, in investments acquired from or issued by the Underwriters.

In the ordinary course of business, the Underwriters and their affiliates have engaged and may engage in investment banking and commercial banking transactions with the Servicer and its affiliates.

The Sponsor and the Depositor have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

Under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle within two business days, unless the parties thereto expressly agree otherwise.  Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade the Underwritten Notes more than two business days prior to the expected delivery date will be required to specify an alternate settlement cycle at the time of any such trade to avoid a failed settlement.

[The Class [__] Notes and] [A][a]pproximately, but not less than, 5% (by initial principal amount) of each of the Class [__] Notes ([collectively,] the “Retained Notes”) will be retained initially by [the Depositor].] The Retained Notes are offered by this prospectus but will not be sold to the Underwriters under the underwriting agreement on the Closing Date.  The Retained Notes will be retained by the [Depositor] or its affiliate on the Closing Date. The Retained Notes, to the extent not necessary to satisfy credit risk retention requirements described under “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer––Credit Risk Retention” in this prospectus, may subsequently be sold by the [Depositor] directly, including through a placement agent (including TFSS USA), on or after the Closing Date, or through underwriters, in one or more negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be determined at the time of sale.  Any underwriters or placement agents that participate in the distribution of any class of Retained Notes retained or purchased by the [Depositor] may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on the sale of those Notes by them and any discounts, commissions, concessions or other compensation received by any of them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

TFSS USA is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) (formerly known as the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or NASD).  The principal business of TFSS USA is to sell debt securities of its affiliates, including those of TMCC.  TFSS USA is an affiliate of TMCC and may participate as a placement agent in the distribution of any Retained Notes offered pursuant to this prospectus. Rule 2720 of the NASD Conduct Rules imposes certain requirements when a FINRA member such as TFSS USA distributes an affiliated company’s securities.  Any offering of a class of Retained Notes using this prospectus in which TFSS USA

154

participates will be made in compliance with the applicable requirements of Rule 2720.  Subject to the terms and conditions described in an agreement among the Depositor, the Sponsor and TFSS USA, TFSS USA has agreed to act as a placement agent in the offering of any Retained Notes, if requested by the Depositor or an affiliate of the Depositor.]

European Economic Area

Each Underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or otherwise made available and will not offer, sell or otherwise make available any Notes to any retail investor in the European Economic Area.  For the purposes of this provision:

(a) the expression “retail investor” means a person who is one (or more) of the following:

(i) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/65/EU (as amended, “MiFID II”); or

(ii) a customer within the meaning of Directive 2002/92/EC (as amended, the “Insurance Mediation Directive”), where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II; or

(iii) not a qualified investor as defined in Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, the “Prospectus Directive”); and

(b) the expression “offer” includes the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Notes.

E.U. Risk Retention and Due Diligence Requirements

Articles 404-410 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 26, 2013, known as the Capital Requirements Regulation (“CRR”), as supplemented by (i) the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 625/2014 of March 13, 2014, and (ii) the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 602/2014 of June 4, 2014, place certain restrictions on the ability of a credit institution or investment firm regulated by the national authorities of a member state of the European Economic Area (“EEA”) and its consolidated group affiliates (such institutions, firms and affiliates, collectively “CRR Investors”) to invest in securitizations (as defined in the CRR). The CRR has direct effect in European Union member states and is implemented by national legislation or rulemaking in the other EEA countries.

The CRR allows CRR Investors to invest in securitizations only if the sponsor, originator or original lender of the relevant securitization has disclosed to investors that it will retain, on an ongoing basis, a specified minimum (5%) net economic interest in the securitization transaction in the manner contemplated by Article 405 of the CRR. Prior to investing in a securitization, and while it holds that investment, a CRR Investor must also be able to demonstrate that, among other things, it has a comprehensive and thorough understanding of the securitization transaction and its structural features, including the underlying securitization exposures, by satisfying the due diligence requirements and ongoing monitoring obligations of CRR Article 406.

Furthermore, Article 17 of EU Directive 2011/61/EU on Alternative Investment Fund Managers (the “AIFMD”) (as supplemented by Section 5 of Chapter III of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 231/2013) and Article 135(2) of the European Union Solvency II Directive 2009/138/EC (as supplemented by Articles 254-257 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2015/35) contain requirements similar to those set out in Articles 405 and 406 of the CRR and apply, respectively, to EEA regulated alternative investment fund managers which assume exposure to the credit risk of a securitization on behalf of one or more alternative investment funds and to EEA regulated insurance/reinsurance undertakings.  While such requirements are similar to those which apply to CRR Investors under the CRR, they are not identical and, in particular, additional due diligence obligations apply to the relevant alternative investment fund managers and insurance/reinsurance undertakings.

For the purposes of this prospectus, the EU risk retention requirements discussed above, including under the CRR, and those discussed below under the Securitization Regulation, are collectively referred to as the “E.U.

155

Retention Rules” and any investor subject to the E.U. Retention Rules, including CRR Investors, is referred to as an “Affected Investor”.

TMCC, in its capacity as originator of the Receivables, with reference to the risk retention and due diligence requirements described above, will agree in the Sale and Servicing Agreement as to certain matters described under “The Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer––Credit Risk Retention” in this prospectus.

Prospective investors should also be aware that a new EU securitization regulatory regime will apply, in place of the existing E.U. Retention Rules, to securitizations in respect of which the relevant securities are issued on or after January 1, 2019.  The existing E.U. Retention Rules will be replaced by those contained in Regulation (EU) 2017/2401, amending the CRR (the “CRR Amendment Regulation”) and Regulation (EU) 2017/2402 (the “STS Securitization Regulation” and together with the CRR Amendment Regulation, the “Securitization Regulation”).  The Securitization Regulation was published in the official journal of the EU on December 28, 2017, entered into force on January 17, 2018 and will apply from January 1, 2019.  The Securitization Regulation will apply to Affected Investors and also to (a) certain investment companies authorized in accordance with Directive 2009/65/EC, and managing companies as defined in that Directive (together, “UCITS”), and (b) institutions for occupational retirement provision falling within the scope of Directive (EU) 2016/2341 (subject to certain exceptions), and certain investment managers and authorized entities appointed by such institutions (together, “IORPS”).  There will be material differences between the risk retention and due diligence requirements of the Securitization Regulation and the existing E.U. Retention Rules and certain aspects of the Securitization Regulation are to be specified in new regulatory technical standards which are still in the process of being produced.  Accordingly, it is not certain as to what form the final regulatory standards may take or when they will be adopted.  With regard to securitizations in respect of which the relevant securities are issued before the application date of January 1, 2019 (“Pre 2019 Securitizations”), Affected Investors would continue to be subject to the risk retention and due diligence requirements of the existing E.U. Retention Rules, including on and after that date (unless there is a re-financing or an additional securities issuance on or after January, 1 2019).  However, the Securitization Regulation makes no express provision as to the application of any investment restrictions or due diligence requirements, whether under the existing E.U. Retention Rules or the Securitization Regulation, to UCITS or IORPS that hold or acquire any interest in respect of a Pre-2019 Securitization, and, accordingly, it is not known what requirements if any, may be applicable thereto.

With respect to an investment in the Notes, a failure by an Affected Investor to comply with one or more requirements for an investment in a securitization set forth in the applicable E.U. Retention Rules may result in the imposition of a penalty regulatory capital charge on the securities acquired by or on behalf of that Affected Investor or the imposition of other regulatory sanctions.  In addition, the E.U. Retention Rules and any other changes to the regulation or regulatory treatment of the Notes may negatively impact the regulatory position of Affected Investors and have an adverse impact on the value and liquidity of the Notes.  None of the Issuing Entity, TMCC, the Depositor or any other person make any representations to any prospective purchasers of the Notes regarding the regulatory capital treatment of their investment in the Notes on the Closing Date or at any time in the future.  Potential purchasers of the Notes should analyze their own regulatory position, and are encouraged to consult with their own investment and legal advisors regarding the requirements for compliance with the E.U. Retention Rules or other applicable regulations and the suitability of the Notes for investment

156

United Kingdom

Each Underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuing Entity or the Depositor; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

LEGAL OPINIONS

In addition to the legal opinions described in this prospectus, certain legal matters relating to the Notes and certain federal income tax and other matters will be passed upon for the Issuing Entity by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP.  Certain legal matters relating to the Notes will be passed upon for the Underwriters by [_______________].

157

INDEX OF TERMS

[Initial] Cutoff Date	53	CRR Amendment Regulation	156
[Swap][Cap] Agreement	131	CRR Investors	155
[Swap][Cap] Counterparty	131	CSCs	55
60-Day Delinquent Receivable	80	Customary Servicing Practices	61
AAA	85	Dealer Agreements	55
ABS	90	Dealer Recourse	53
ABS Tables	90	Dealers	52
Adjusted Pool Balance	114	Defaulted Receivable	113
Administration Agreement	52	Definitive Certificate	110
Administrative Purchase Payment	84	Definitive Notes	110
Administrative Receivable	84	Definitive Securities	110
Administrator	52	Delinquency Trigger	80
Affected Investor	156	Delinquency Trigger Percentage	82
Agencies	142	Depositor	51
AIFMD	155	Depository	105
Amortization Period	76	Determination Date	112
ARR Receivables	81	Dodd-Frank Act	138
Asset Representations Review	79	DSSOs	55
Asset Representations Review Agreement	67	DTC	105
Asset Representations Reviewer	67	DTC Participants	105
Available Collections	113	DTCC	109
Beneficial Owners	106	E.U. Retained Interest	58
Budget Act	148	E.U. Retention Rules	156
Business Day	98	EEA	155
Certificate	51	Eligible Deposit Account	124
Certificateholders	52	Eligible Institution	124
CFPB	141	Eligible Investments	123
Class A Notes	52	Euroclear	106
Class A-1 Final Scheduled Payment Date	101	Euroclear Participants	108
Class A‑1 Notes	51	Event of Default	102
Class A-2 Notes	52	Excess Payment	123
Class A-2[a] Final Scheduled Payment Date	101	Exchange Act	55
Class A‑2[a] Notes	51	FATCA	151
Class A-2b Final Scheduled Payment Date	101	FCA	49
Class A‑2b Notes	51	FDIC Counsel	139
Class A-3 Final Scheduled Payment Date	101	FDIC Counsel Opinion	139
Class A‑3 Notes	51	Federal Reserve	142
Class A-4 Final Scheduled Payment Date	101	Final Rule	140
Class A‑4 Notes	51	Final Scheduled Payment Date	101
Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date	101	Financed Vehicles	53
Class B Notes	51	First Priority Principal Distribution Amount	113
Clearstream	106	Fixed Rate Notes	99
Clearstream Participants	108	Floating Rate Notes	99
Closing Date	53	Foreign Owner	149
Code	104	FSMA	156
Collection Account	120	FSOC	142
Collection Period	112	FTC Rule	140
Consent Orders	142	Global Notes	A-1
Controlling Class	88	HDC Rule	140
Converted Electronic Contracts	60	Indenture	52
Covered Entities	141	Indenture Trustee	52
CRR	155	Initial Asset-Level Data	75

158

Insolvency Event	126	Rule 193 Information	76
Insolvency Laws	137	Sale and Servicing Agreement	52
Insurance Mediation Directive	155	Sample	77
Interest Period	98	Scheduled Payments	69
Interest Rate	98	SCRA	62
Investment Earnings	124	SEC	63
IORPS	156	Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount	114
IRS	146	Securities	52
Issuing Entity	51	Securities Act	110
LIBOR Determination Date	100	Securitization Regulation	156
London Business Day	100	Securityholders	52
London Interbank Offered Rate Phase-Out Date	49	Servicer	52, 61
MiFID II	155	Servicer Default	125
Non-U.S. Person	A-4	Servicing Fee	66
Note Owners	148	Short-Term Note	148
Noteholders	51	SIFIs	142
Notes	52	Similar Law	146
Obligor	53	Simple Interest Receivables	69
OID	148	Specified Reserve Account Balance	117
OID regulations	148	Sponsor	52
OLA	138	STS Securitization Regulation	156
One-Month LIBOR	99	Supplemental Servicing Fee	113
Original Electronic Contracts	60	Swap Termination	132
Overcollateralization Target Amount	114	TAFR LLC	51
Owner Trustee	51	Tax Counsel	146
Payment Date	98	Tax Cuts and Jobs Act	146
Plan	145	TFSC	55
Pool Balance	114	TFSS USA	68
Pool Factor	98	TIA	65
Pre-2019 Securitizations	156	TMC	55
Prefunding Period	76	TMCC	8
Prepayment Assumption	148	TMIS	55
Principal Balance	114	Total Servicing Fee	121
Proceeds Accounts	86	Transfer and Servicing Agreements	64
Prospectus Directive	155	Transfer Notice	119
PTCE	145	Trust Accounts	123
Qualifying Model	86	Trust Agreement	51
Rating Agency	101	Trust Estate	53
Receivables	53	U.S. Person	A-3
Receivables Purchase Agreement	52	U.S. Retained Interest	55
Redemption Price	125	U.S.A.	55
Registration Statement	63	UCC	117
Regular Principal Distribution Amount	114	UCITS	156
Regulation	145	Underwriters	153
Related Documents	104	Underwritten Notes	153
Requesting Noteholders	80	Verified Note Owner	80
Required Rate	91	Warranty Purchase Payment	84
Reserve Account	117	Warranty Receivable	84
Retained Notes	154	weighted average life	89
Revolving Period	75

159

ANNEX A

GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Notes (the “Global Notes”) will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global Notes may hold such Global Notes through DTC or, upon request, Clearstream or Euroclear (or their successors or assigns).  The Global Notes will be tradable as home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets.  Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Notes through Clearstream and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., three calendar day settlement).

Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Notes through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior asset-backed notes issues.

Secondary cross-market trading between Clearstream or Euroclear and DTC Participants holding Notes will be effected on a delivery-against-payment basis through the respective depositaries of Clearstream and Euroclear (in such capacity) and as DTC Participants.

Non-U.S. Persons (as defined below under “—Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements”) holding Global Notes will be subject to U.S. withholding taxes unless those holders meet certain requirements and deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the Notes clearing organizations or their participants.

Initial Settlement

All Global Notes will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors’ interests in the Global Notes will be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Clearstream and Euroclear will hold positions on behalf of their participants through their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold the positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

Investors electing to hold their Global Notes through DTC will follow the settlement practice. Investor Notes custody accounts will be credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

Investors electing to hold their Global Notes through Clearstream or Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security and no “lock-up” or restricted period. Global Notes will be credited to Notes custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day funds.

Secondary Market Trading

Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser’s and depositor’s accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value date.

Trading Between DTC Participants.  Secondary market trading between DTC Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior asset-backed notes issues in same-day funds.

Trading Between Clearstream and/or Euroclear System Participants.  Secondary market trading between Clearstream Participants or Euroclear System Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

Trading Between DTC Depositor and Clearstream or Euroclear System Participants.  When Global Notes are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the account of a Clearstream Participant or a Euroclear System Participant, the purchaser will send instructions to Clearstream or Euroclear through a Clearstream

A-1

Participant or Euroclear System Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. Clearstream or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the Global Notes against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Notes from and including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement date, on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months or a 360-day year and the actual number of days in the Interest Period, as applicable. For transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the respective Depositary of the DTC Participant’s account against delivery of the Global Notes. After settlement has been completed, the Global Notes will be credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Clearstream Participant’s or Euroclear System Participant’s account. The Notes credit will appear the next day (European time) and the cash debt will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Notes will accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Clearstream or Euroclear System cash debt will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

Clearstream Participants and Euroclear System Participants will need to make available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to preposition funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would for any settlement occurring within Clearstream or Euroclear. Under this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Clearstream or Euroclear until the Global Notes are credited to their accounts one day later.

As an alternative, if Clearstream or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to them, Clearstream Participants or Euroclear System Participants can elect not to preposition funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon to finance settlement. Under this procedure, Clearstream Participants or Euroclear System Participants purchasing Global Notes would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the Global Notes were credited to their accounts. However, interest on the Global Notes would accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on the Global Notes earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend on each Clearstream Participant’s or Euroclear System Participant’s particular cost of funds.

Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Notes to the respective European Depositary for the benefit of Clearstream Participants or Euroclear System Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC depositor on the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participants a cross-market transaction will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

Trading Between Clearstream or Euroclear System Depositor and DTC Purchaser.  Due to time zone differences in their favor, Clearstream Participants and Euroclear System Participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global Notes are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The Depositor will send instructions to Clearstream or Euroclear through a Clearstream Participant or Euroclear System Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases, Clearstream or Euroclear will instruct the Relevant Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the Global Notes to the DTC Participant’s account against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Notes from and including the last coupon payment to and excluding the settlement date on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months or a 360-day year and the actual number of days in the Interest Period, as applicable. For transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the Clearstream Participant or Euroclear System Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Clearstream Participant’s or Euroclear System Participant’s account would be back-valued to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York). Should the Clearstream Participant or Euroclear System Participant have a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elect to be in debt in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the back valuation will extinguish any overdraft incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the Clearstream Participant’s or Euroclear System Participant’s account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

Finally, day traders that use Clearstream or Euroclear and that purchase Global Notes from DTC Participants for delivery to Clearstream Participants or Euroclear System Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

A-2

(a)borrowing through Clearstream or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their Clearstream or Euroclear System accounts) in accordance with the clearing system’s customary procedures;

(b)borrowing the Global Notes in the U.S. from a DTC Participant no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global Notes sufficient time to be reflected in their Clearstream or Euroclear System account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

(c)staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Clearstream Participant or Euroclear System Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements

A beneficial owner of Global Notes holding Notes through Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ Notes in the ordinary course of its trade or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

Exemption for Non-U.S. Persons (IRS Form W-8BEN and IRS Form W-8BEN-E).  Beneficial owners of Global Notes that are Non-U.S. Individuals generally can obtain a complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing a signed IRS Form W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholding and Reporting (Individuals)) or applicable successor form.  Beneficial owners of Global Notes that are Non-U.S. entities can obtain a complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing a signed IRS Form W-8BEN-E (Certificate of Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Withholding and Reporting (Entities)).

Exemption for Non-U.S. Persons with Effectively Connected Income (IRS Form W-8ECI).  A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States, generally can obtain an exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-8ECI (Certificate of Foreign Person’s Claim that Income is Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States).

Exemption or Reduced Rate for Non-U.S. Persons Resident in Treaty Countries (IRS Form W-8BEN and IRS Form W-8BEN-E).  Non-U.S. Persons residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States generally can obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (claiming treaty benefits), or applicable successor form.  IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, may be filed by the beneficial owners or agents with legal authority to act on behalf of the beneficial owners.

Exemption for U.S. Persons (IRS Form W-9).  U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing IRS Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

The beneficial owner of a Global Security files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds (the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of the clearing agency).

An IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN and IRS Form W-8BEN-E generally remains in effect for a period beginning on the date the form is signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year, absent a change in circumstances causing any information on the form to be incorrect. However, under certain conditions, an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E will remain in effect indefinitely until a change in circumstances occurs.  If the information shown on an IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E changes, a new form must be filed within 30 days of the change.

As used in the foregoing discussion, the term “U.S. Person” means (i) a citizen or resident of the United States who is a natural person, (ii) a corporation or partnership (or an entity treated as a corporation or partnership) organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia (unless, in the case of a partnership, Treasury Regulations are adopted that provide otherwise), (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation, regardless of its source or (iv) a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the Issuing Entity and one or more United States persons (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations) have the authority to control all

A-3

substantial decisions of the Issuing Entity. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, certain trusts in existence prior to August 20, 1996 that are eligible to elect and have made a valid election to be treated as United States persons (despite not satisfying the requirements in clause (iv) above) will also be U.S. Persons. The term “Non-U.S. Person” means any person who is not a U.S. Person. This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of Global Notes. Investors are advised to consult their tax advisors for specific tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of Global Notes.

There may ultimately be additional certification requirements imposed to avoid withholding under the recently adopted Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions.  See “Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences─Tax Consequences to Owners of the Notes─Foreign Account Tax Compliance” in this prospectus.

A-4

ANNEX B

[[THIS ANNEX TO SHOW THE FOLLOWING SECURITIZATION INFORMATION FROM 5 YEARS TO 135 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS]]

STATIC POOL INFORMATION

Original Summary Characteristics by Prior Securitization:	TAOT 20[__]-[_]
Number of Pool Assets	[______]
Original Pool Balance	$[______________]
Average Loan Balance	$[________]
Weighted Average Interest Rate	[____]%
Weighted Average Original Term	[__] months
Weighted Average Remaining Term	[__] months
Weighted Average FICO®	[___]
Minimum FICO®	[___]
Maximum FICO®	[___]
Geographic Distribution of Receivables representing the 5 states with the greatest aggregate original principal balance:
	[__] - [____]%
	[__] - [____]%
	[__] - [____]%
	[__] - [____]%
	[__] - [____]%
Distribution of Receivables by Contract Rate(1):
Less than 2.0%	[_____]%
2.0%-3.99%	[_____]%
4.0%-5.99%	[_____]%
6.0%-7.99%	[_____]%
8.0%-9.99%	[_____]%
10.0%-11.99%	[_____]%
12.0%-13.99%	[_____]%
14.0%-15.99%	[_____]%
16.0% and greater	[_____]%
Total	100.00%
Distribution of Receivables by Vehicle Type(2):
Percentage of Cars	[_____]%
Percentage of Minivans	[_____]%
Percentage of Light-Duty Trucks	[_____]%
Percentage of Sport Utility Vehicles	[_____]%
Total	[_____]%
Distribution of Receivables by Make(2):
Percentage of Toyota Vehicles	[_____]%
Percentage of Lexus Vehicles	[_____]%
Total	[_____]%
Share of Original Assets:
Percentage of Total Principal Balance Consisting of Receivables with Original	[_____]%

B-1

Scheduled Monthly Payments Greater Than 60 Months
Percentage of Used Vehicles	[_____]%

________________________

⁽¹⁾        Percentages may not add to 100% due to rounding.

B-2

TAOT 20[__]-[_]

Month	Ending Pool Balance ($)	Delinquencies ($)(1)(2)
		30-59 Days	60-89 Days	90-119 Days	120-149 Days	150+ Days
1	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
2	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
3	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
4	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
5	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
6	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
7	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
8	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
9	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
10	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
11	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
12	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
13	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
14	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
15	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
16	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
17	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
18	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
19	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
20	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
21	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
22	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
23	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
24	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
25	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
26	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
27	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
28	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
29	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
30	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
31	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
32	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
33	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
34	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
35	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
36	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
37	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]
38	[__________]	[_________]	[________]	[_________]	[_________]	[________]

_______________

(1) The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are contractually past due.  A payment is deemed to be past due if less than 90% of such payment is made.

(2) Delinquent Receivables are charged off as soon as TMCC determines that the vehicle cannot be recovered, but not later than when the contract is 120 days contractually delinquent.

B-3

	Prepayment Speeds(1)
Month	TAOT 20[__]-[_]
1	[____]%
2	[____]%
3	[____]%
4	[____]%
5	[____]%
6	[____]%
7	[____]%
8	[____]%
9	[____]%
10	[____]%
11	[____]%
12	[____]%
13	[____]%
14	[____]%
15	[____]%
16	[____]%
17	[____]%
18	[____]%
19	[____]%
20	[____]%
21	[____]%
22	[____]%
23	[____]%
24	[____]%
25	[____]%
26	[____]%
27	[____]%
28	[____]%
29	[____]%
30	[____]%
31	[____]%
32	[____]%
33	[____]%
34	[____]%
35	[____]%
36	[____]%
37	[____]%
38	[____]%
39	[____]%
40	[____]%
41	[____]%
42	[____]%

_______________

(1) The ABS Speed is a measurement of the non-scheduled amortization of the pool of receivables and is derived by calculating a monthly single month mortality rate, or SMM.  The SMM is the ratio of the prepayment amount divided by the beginning of month pool balance less the calculated scheduled principal amount times one hundred.  The prepayment amount is calculated as the excess of (i) the monthly change in the reported receivables balance minus (ii) the calculated scheduled payment.  The scheduled principal is calculated based on the weighted average remaining term and weighted average APR of the receivables assuming the receivables have been aggregated into one loan. The SMM is expressed as an ABS Speed by dividing (a) the product of one hundred and the SMM by (b) the sum of (i) one hundred and (ii) the SMM multiplied by the age of the pool, in months, minus one.

B-4

	Cumulative Net Losses(1)
Month	TAOT 20[__]-[_]
1	[____]%
2	[____]%
3	[____]%
4	[____]%
5	[____]%
6	[____]%
7	[____]%
8	[____]%
9	[____]%
10	[____]%
11	[____]%
12	[____]%
13	[____]%
14	[____]%
15	[____]%
16	[____]%
17	[____]%
18	[____]%
19	[____]%
20	[____]%
21	[____]%
22	[____]%
23	[____]%
24	[____]%
25	[____]%
26	[____]%
27	[____]%
28	[____]%
29	[____]%
30	[____]%
31	[____]%
32	[____]%
33	[____]%
34	[____]%
35	[____]%
36	[____]%
37	[____]%
38	[____]%
39	[____]%
40	[____]%
41	[____]%
42	[____]%

_______________

(1) The monthly net cumulative loss percent is the cumulative net dollars charged off, which is the net remaining principal balance, including earned but not yet received finance charges, repossession expenses and unpaid extension fees, less any proceeds from the liquidation of the related vehicle and any subsequent post-charge-off recoveries, divided by the original pool balance of the receivables.

[Insert graphical illustration of delinquencies, prepayments and losses for each prior securitized pool.]

B-5

$[_________]

Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust

$[__________] Asset-Backed Notes, Class A‑1^[(1)]

$[__________] Asset-Backed Notes, Class A-2[a]^[(1)(2)]

[$___________ Asset-Backed Notes, Class A-2b^[(1)(2)]]

$[___________] Asset-Backed Notes, Class A‑3^[(1)]

$[___________] Asset-Backed Notes, Class A‑4^[(1)]

$[___________] Asset-Backed Notes, Class B^[(1)]

______________

^[(1) [The Class [__] Notes and] [A][a]pproximately, but not less than, 5% (by initial principal amount) of each of the Class [__] Notes will be retained initially by [Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC].]  [NOTE: The number of classes are for illustrative purposes only.  In a particular transaction, there may be more or fewer classes of senior and subordinate notes offered.]

^[(2) The aggregate original principal amount of the Class A-2a Notes and the Class A-2b Notes will be $[_________]. The allocation of the original principal amounts of the Class A-2a Notes and the Class A-2b Notes will be determined on or about [_________], 20[__].]  [NOTE: The timing of the allocation of the initial principal amounts of the Class A-2a and Class A-2b Notes is for illustrative purposes only.  In a particular transaction, there may be more, no or different classes for which the initial principal amounts will be allocated on the date of pricing.]

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

Depositor

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

Sponsor, Administrator and Servicer

__________________

PROSPECTUS

__________________

	Joint Bookrunners
[__________]	[__________]	[__________]
	Co-Managers
[__________]	[__________]	[__________]

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus.  We have not authorized anyone to give you different information.  We do not claim the accuracy of the information in this prospectus as of any date other than the date stated on the front cover.  We are not offering the notes in any jurisdiction where it is not permitted.

Dealer prospectus delivery obligation.  Until [___] ___, 20[__], which is ninety days following the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these notes, whether or not participating in the offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.  This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 12. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following is an itemized list of the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering of the securities being offered hereunder other than underwriting discounts and commissions:

Registration Fee	$	2,545,200.00	(1)
Trustee Fees and Expenses	$	480,000.00
Asset Representations  Reviewer Fees and Expenses	$	120,000.00
Legal Fees and Expenses	$	2,040,000.00
Accounting Fees and Expenses	$	1,620,000.00
Rating Agencies’ Fees	$	6,240,000.00
Miscellaneous	$	300,000.00
Total	$	13,345,200.00

⁽¹⁾ The registration fee for any securities has been estimated for purposes of this table and is deferred in accordance with Rules 456(c) and 457(s)

Item 13. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (“TAFR LLC”) was organized as a Delaware limited liability company.  Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act authorizes a limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

TAFR LLC’s limited liability company agreement authorizes TAFR LLC to indemnify its members and managers to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act; however, if TAFR LLC has outstanding any securities rated by a rating agency, its indemnification obligations shall be fully subordinated to payments of amounts then due on the rated securities and, in any case, (x) nonrecourse to TAFR LLC’s assets pledged to secure the rated securities and (y) not constitute a claim against TAFR LLC to the that it does not have funds sufficient to pay the indemnification obligations.

Item 14. Exhibits. A list of exhibits filed herewith or incorporated by reference is contained in the Exhibit Index which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 15. Undertakings.

As to Rule 415: The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)         To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

(i)          To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii)         To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective Registration Statement; and

(iii)        To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

Provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iii) do not apply if the Registration Statement is on Form SF-3 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, or, as to a registration statement on Form SF-3. is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the Registration Statement;

Provided further, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if the Registration Statement is for an offering of asset-backed securities on Form SF-3 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment is provided pursuant to Item 1100(c) of Regulation AB (17 CFR 229.1100(c)).

(2)         That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)         To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)         That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

(i)          If the registrant is relying on Rule 430D of the Securities Act:

(A)         Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) and (h) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the Registration Statement; and

(B)         Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) of the Securities Act as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430D relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) or (a)(1)(xii) of the Securities Act for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the Registration Statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430D, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the securities in the Registration Statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.  Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the Registration Statement or prospectus that was part of the Registration Statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.

(5)         That, for thepurpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)          Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)         Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)        The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)        Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(6)  If the registrant is relying on Rule 430D of the Securities Act with respect to any offering of securities registered on Form SF-3, to file the information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in accordance with Rules 424(h) and 430D under the Securities Act.

(b)         As to documents subsequently filed that are incorporated by reference:

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c)         As to indemnification:

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described under Item 13 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d)         Undertaking in respect of qualification of Indentures under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

(e)         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of a third party that is incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement in accordance with Item 1100(c)(1) of Regulation AB (17 CFR 229.1100(c)(1)) shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form SF-3 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on October 26, 2018.

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC
(registrant)
By:	/s/ Wei Shi
Name:	Wei Shi
Title:	President, Chief Executive Office and Chief Financial Officer

Know all men by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Wei Shi, Toshiaki Kawai, Cindy Wang and Katherine Adkins as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and to file any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments to this Registration Statement, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission granting to said attorney-in-fact power and authority to perform any other act on behalf of the undersigned required to be done in connection therewith.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Wei Shi Name: Wei Shi	Manager, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (principal executive officer and principal financial officer)	October 26, 2018
/s/ Toshiaki Kawai Name: Toshiaki Kawai	Manager and Treasurer (principal accounting officer)	October 26, 2018
/s/ Cindy Wang Name: Cindy Wang	Manager and Secretary	October 26, 2018
/s/ James B. O’Neill Name: James B. O’Neill	Manager	October 26, 2018
/s/ Ruth K. Lavelle Name: Ruth K. Lavelle	Manager	October 26, 2018

EXHIBIT INDEX

1.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement among TAFR LLC, Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (“TMCC”) and the representatives of the underwriters
3.1*	Certificate of Formation of TAFR LLC
3.2*	Limited Liability Company Agreement of TAFR LLC
4.1	Form of Trust Agreement between TAFR LLC and the Owner Trustee
4.2	Form of Indenture between an issuing entity and the Indenture Trustee
4.3	Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement among TAFR LLC, as seller, TMCC, as servicer and sponsor, and an issuing entity
4.4	Form of Receivables Purchase Agreement between TAFR LLC, as purchaser, and TMCC, as seller
4.5	Form of Administration Agreement among TMCC, as administrator, an issuing entity and the Indenture Trustee
4.6	Form of Securities Account Control Agreement between TAFR LLC, as pledgor, and the Indenture Trustee, as secured party
4.7	Form of Asset Representations Review Agreement among an issuing entity, TMCC, as servicer and administrator, and the Asset Representations Reviewer
4.8	Form of ISDA Master Agreement and related forms of Schedule and Confirmation, each between a swap counterparty and an issuing entity
5.1	Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP with respect to legality
5.2	Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A. with respect to Delaware law
8.1	Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP with respect to tax matters
23.1	Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (included as part of Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
23.2	Consent of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A. (included as part of Exhibit 5.2)
24.1	Powers of Attorney
25.1**	Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of the Indenture Trustee on Form T-1 as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture
36.1	Form of Depositor Certification
102.1***	Asset data file
103.1***	Asset related document

*	Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-159170), filed with the SEC by the registrant on May 28, 2009.
**	To be filed pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
***	To be incorporated by reference from the Form ABS-EE for such offering on file at the time of the Rule 424(h) or Rule 424(b) filing, as applicable, for such offering.

EX-1.1

Exhibit 1.1

 TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST

$[__________] [[LIBOR [PLUS][MINUS]] ____]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS [____]

$[__________] [[LIBOR [PLUS][MINUS]] ____]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS [____]

$[__________] [[LIBOR [PLUS][MINUS]] ____]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS [____]

$[__________] [[LIBOR [PLUS][MINUS]] ____]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS [____]

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[_______], 20[__]

[__________________________]

[__________________________]

[__________________________]

As Joint Global Coordinators,Bookrunners and Representatives of the several Underwriters

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Section 1.  Introductory.  Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Seller”) and a wholly owned subsidiary of Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, a California corporation (“TMCC”), proposes to cause Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust (the “Trust”) to issue $[__________] aggregate principal amount of [____]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑1 (the “Class A‑1 Notes”), $[__________] aggregate principal amount of [____]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑2[a] (the “Class A‑2[a] Notes”), [$[__________] aggregate principal amount of LIBOR [plus][minus] [____]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑2b (the “Class A‑2b Notes”),] $[__________] aggregate principal amount of [____]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑3 (the “Class A‑3 Notes”), $[__________] aggregate principal amount of [____]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑4 (the “Class A‑4 Notes”), and $[__________] aggregate principal amount of [____]% Asset Backed Notes, Class B (the “Class B Notes” and together with the Class A‑1 Notes, the Class A‑2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A‑3 Notes and the Class A‑4 Notes, the “Notes”) and non-interest bearing certificates that represent the residual interest in the Trust (the “Certificates”) of the Trust.  Pursuant to the terms hereof, the Seller agrees to sell to each of the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) [a portion of] each of the Class [____] Notes and the Class [____] Notes (the “Underwritten Notes”) in the respective amount listed on Schedule I hereto.  The Seller or one or more of its affiliates initially will retain the Class [____] Notes and the Class [____] Notes [, the portion of the Class [____] Notes and the Class [____] Notes that are not Underwritten Notes] and the Certificates, which will not be sold hereunder.

[__________________________], [__________________________], and [__________________________] will act as representatives for the Underwriters, and in such capacities shall herein be the “Representatives”.  The assets of the Trust will include, among other things, a pool of retail installment sale contracts (the “Receivables”) secured by the new and used passenger cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles financed thereunder (the “Financed Vehicles”) and certain monies due or to become due thereunder after the close of business on [_______], 20[__] (the “Cutoff Date”) and the other property and the proceeds thereof to be conveyed to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement to be dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Sale and Servicing Agreement”) among the Trust, the Seller and TMCC.  TMCC purchased the Receivables from certain Toyota and Lexus dealers.  The Receivables and other assets of the Trust will be sold by TMCC to the Seller pursuant to a Receivables Purchase Agreement (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”) to be dated as of [_______], 20[__] between TMCC and the Seller.  Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will sell the Receivables to the Trust and TMCC will service the Receivables on behalf of the Trust.  The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture to be dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Indenture”), between the Trust and [___________________________] (the “Indenture Trustee”).  TMCC has caused the Seller to form the Trust pursuant to a trust agreement, as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) dated as of [_______], 20[__], among the Seller, as depositor, and [___________________________], as owner trustee (the “Owner Trustee”).  TMCC, as administrator (in such capacity, the “Administrator”) will perform certain administrative tasks on behalf of the Trust, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee imposed on them under the Basic Documents (as defined below) pursuant to an Administration Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) dated as of [_______], 20[__] among the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator.  The asset representations review will be performed by the Asset Representations Reviewer (as defined below) under an Asset Representations Review Agreement (the “Asset Representations Review Agreement”) dated as of [_______], 20[__] among [___________________________], a [___________________________] (the “Asset Representations Reviewer”), the Trust, TMCC and the Administrator. As used herein, the term “Basic Documents” refers to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

Pursuant to Rule 15c6-1(d) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Underwriters, the Seller and TMCC hereby agree that the “Closing Date” shall be [_______], 20[__], [10:00] A.M., New York City time (or at such other place and time not later than seven business days thereafter as shall be agreed to in writing by the Representatives, the Seller and TMCC).

This Underwriting Agreement shall hereinafter be referred to as “this Agreement”.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and, to the extent not defined therein, shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

Section 2.  Representations and Warranties of the Seller and TMCC.

2

(a)      Each of the Seller and TMCC, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i)      A shelf registration statement on Form SF‑3 (Registration No. 333-[______]), including a form of prospectus, relating to the Notes and to each class of securities to be registered under such registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on [______] and the registration statement either (A) has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and is not proposed to be amended or (B) is proposed to be amended by amendment or post‑effective amendment. If the registration statement (the “initial registration statement”) has been declared effective, either (i) any additional registration statement (the “additional registration statement”) relating to the Notes has been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) (“Rule 462(b)”) under the Act and declared effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) and the Notes have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial registration statement and such additional registration statement or (ii) any such additional registration statement proposed to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) will become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) and upon such filing the Notes will have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial registration statement and such additional registration statement.  If the Seller does not propose to amend the initial registration statement, any such additional registration statement or any post‑effective amendment to either such registration statement filed with the Commission prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, then the most recent amendment (if any) to such registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Act (“Rule 462(c)”) or Rule 462(b).

For purposes of this Agreement, “Effective Time” with respect to the initial registration statement or, if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the additional registration statement means (A) if the Seller has advised the Representatives that it does not propose to amend such registration statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post‑effective amendment thereto (if any) filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, were declared effective by the Commission or have become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c) or (B) if the Seller has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file an amendment or post‑effective amendment to such registration statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement as amended by such amendment or post‑effective amendment, as the case may be, is declared effective by the Commission. If the Seller has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file, but has not filed, an additional registration statement prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, “Effective Time” with respect to such additional registration statement means the date and time as of which such registration statementis filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b).  “Effective Date” with respect to the initial registration statement or the additional registration statement (if any) means the date of the Effective Time thereof.

The initial registration statement, as amended at its Effective Time, including all information (A) contained in the additional registration statement (if any), (B) deemed to

3

be a part of such initial registration statements as of the Effective Time of the additional registration statement (if any) pursuant to the General Instructions of the Form on which it is filed and (C) deemed to be a part of such initial registration statement as of its respective Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430D under the Act (“Rule 430D”), is hereinafter referred to as the “Initial Registration Statement”.  The additional registration statement, as amended at its Effective Time, including (A) the contents of such Initial Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein and (B) all information deemed to be a part of the additional registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430D, is hereinafter referred to as the “Additional Registration Statement.” The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Registration Statements” and individually as a “Registration Statement.” The form of prospectus relating to the Notes, as first filed with the Commission in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 424(b) under the Act (“Rule 424(b)”) or, if no such filing is required, as included in a Registration Statement, including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus, is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus”.  Prior to [●] (Eastern Time, U.S.) on [_______], 20[__] (i.e., the date and time the first Contract of Sale (as defined below) for the Underwritten Notes (the “Time of Sale”) was entered into as designated by the Representatives), the Seller had prepared (i) a preliminary prospectus, dated [_______], 20[__] (subject to completion), filed with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 424(h) under the Act (“Rule 424(h)”) not later than the third business day prior to the Effective Date and [(ii) a supplement to that preliminary prospectus dated [_______], 20[__] (subject to completion) (the “Upsizing Supplement”),] and ([ii][iii]) a free writing prospectus, dated [_______], 20[__], and filed with the Commission on [_______], 20[__] pursuant to Rule 433 (the “Ratings Free Writing Prospectus” and together with the Preliminary Prospectus (as defined below), the “Time of Sale Information”).  As used herein, “Preliminary Prospectus” means, with respect to any date or time referred to herein, the most recent preliminary prospectus, filed in accordance with Rule 424(h) under the Act (as amended or supplemented, if applicable), which has been prepared and delivered by the Seller to the Underwriters in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Any reference herein to “Registration Statement”, a Preliminary Prospectus or “Prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to and include the documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 10 of Form SF‑3, which were filed under the Exchange Act on or before the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or the date of the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be; and any reference herein to the terms “amend”, “amendment” or “supplement” with respect to the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document under the Exchange Act after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, or the date of the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be, deemed to be incorporated therein by reference; any reference in this Agreement to documents, financial statements and schedules and other information which is “contained”, “included”, “stated”, “described” or “referred to” in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (and all other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such documents, financial statements and schedules and other information, which is or is deemed to be

4

incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be.

(ii)      (A) On the Effective Date of any Registration Statement whose Effective Time is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, each such Registration Statement conformed, (B) on the date of this Agreement each such Registration Statement conforms and (C) on any related Effective Date subsequent to the date of this Agreement, each such Registration Statement will conform, in all material respects, with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under the Act (the “Rules and Regulations”), and at such times did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  At the time of the filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or, if no such filing is required, at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement that includes the Prospectus, on the date of this Agreement and at the Closing Date (as such term is defined in Section 1 hereof), the Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and does not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact nor does the Prospectus omit, nor will it omit, any material fact, necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The Time of Sale Information, as of its date and at the Time of Sale, did not, and at the Closing Date, will not, [and the road show presentation, dated [____], 20[__] (the “Road Show”), when taken together with the Time of Sale Information, at the Time of Sale, did not, and, at the Closing Date, will not,] include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the three immediately preceding sentences shall not apply to (i) any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information contained in or omitted from either the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus[, or the Road Show] based upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information (as defined in Section 7(a)) or (ii) that part of the Registration Statement which shall constitute a Statement of Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “1939 Act”) on Form T-1 (the “Form T-1”) of any Indenture Trustee.  If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the date of this Agreement, no Additional Registration Statement has been or will be filed.

(iii)      Other than the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the CDI Intex file, the Bloomberg Screen filed with the Commission as a free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) on [_______], 20[__] (the “Bloomberg Screen”), the Ratings Free Writing Prospectus[the Upsizing Supplement][, the Road Show], and the Form ABS-15G furnished on EDGAR with respect to the Accountants Report (as defined herein), none of TMCC, the Seller, nor the Trust (including any such person’s agents and representatives other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has made, used, prepared, authorized, approved or referred to or will prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication”, including any other “free writing prospectus” (both as defined in Rule 405 under the Act), that constitutes an offer to sell

5

or solicitation of any offer to buy the Underwritten Notes. The Ratings Free Writing Prospectus shall contain a legend substantially in the form of and in compliance with Rule 433(c)(2)(i) of the Act, and shall otherwise conform to any requirements for “free writing prospectuses” under the Act.

(iv)      The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Basic Documents, and the fulfillment of the terms thereof, will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets of the Seller or TMCC pursuant to the terms of, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, guarantee, lease financing agreement or similar agreement or instrument under which the Seller or TMCC is a debtor or guarantor, except where such conflict, breach, default or creation could not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Seller’s or TMCC’s respective ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Basic Documents or the validity or enforceability thereof.

(v)      No consent, approval, or order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is required to be obtained or made by the Seller or TMCC for the consummation of the transactions in the manner contemplated by this Agreement except such as have been obtained and made under the Act or the Rules and Regulations, such as may be required under state securities laws and the filing of any financing statements required to perfect the transfer of the Receivables.

(vi)      Neither the Seller nor TMCC is in violation of its charter or by‑laws or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its properties are bound which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated herein or on the Seller’s or TMCC’s respective ability to perform its obligations under the Basic Documents.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Basic Documents and the issuance of the Notes and sale of the Underwritten Notes and compliance with the terms and provisions of the Notes will not, subject to obtaining any consents or approvals as may be required under the securities laws of various jurisdictions in the United States and elsewhere, result in a breach or violation of (i) any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court having jurisdiction over the Seller or TMCC or any of their respective properties or any agreement or instrument to which the Seller or TMCC is a party or by which the Seller or TMCC is bound or to which any of their respective properties is subject in each case, except where such breach, violation or default could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Seller’s or TMCC’s ability to perform its obligations, under this Agreement or the Basic Documents or the validity or enforceability thereof, or (ii) the charter or by‑laws of the Seller or TMCC, and each of the Seller and TMCC has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Basic Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

6

(vii)      This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Seller and TMCC.

(viii)      The conditions to the use of a registration statement on Form SF-3 under the Securities Act, as set forth in the Registrant Requirements under General Instruction I.A., and the conditions of Rule 415 under the Securities Act, have been satisfied with respect to the Registration Statement. The conditions to the offering of the Notes on Form SF-3 under the Securities Act, as set forth in the Transaction Requirements under General Instruction I.B., will be satisfied as of the Closing Date with respect to the Registration Statement.  As of the date that is ninety days after [_______], 20[__], the requirements of General Instruction I.A. of Form SF-3 relating to the annual compliance evaluation have been met. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened by the Commission. The Seller has paid the registration fee for the Notes in accordance with Rule 456 of the Act.

(ix)      The documents incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (other than documents filed by Persons other than the Seller), when they became or become effective under the Act or were or are filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(x)      Neither TMCC nor the Seller has entered into, nor will TMCC or the Seller enter into, any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution of the Underwritten Notes except for this Underwriting Agreement.

(xi)      The Trust is not an “investment company” and is not required to be registered as an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), and the Trust will be relying on an exclusion or exemption under the Investment Company Act contained in Rule 3(a)(7) under the Investment Company Act, although there may be additional exclusions or exemptions available to the Trust.  The Trust is being structured so as not to constitute a “covered fund” for purposes of the regulations adopted to implement Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (such statutory provision, together with such implementing regulations, the “Volcker Rule”).

(xii)      The Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

(xiii)      Since [_______], 20[__] there has not occurred any material adverse change in or affecting the condition, financial or otherwise, earnings, business or operations of the Seller or TMCC, and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as disclosed to the Representatives in writing prior to the date hereof.

7

(xiv)      TMCC and the Seller acknowledge that in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Notes: (1) the Underwriters have acted at arms’ length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, TMCC, the Seller or any other Person, (2) the Underwriters owe TMCC and the Seller only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and (3) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of TMCC and the Seller.  TMCC and the Seller each waive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any claims either may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offer of the Underwritten Notes.

(xv)      The Seller was not, on the date on which the first bona fide offer of the Underwritten Notes sold pursuant to this Agreement was made, an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(xvi)      TMCC has executed and delivered a written representation (each, a “17g-5 Representation”) to each nationally recognized statistical rating organization hired by TMCC to rate the Notes (collectively, the “Hired NRSROs”), which satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a)(3)(iii)(A) through (E) of Rule 17g-5 of the Exchange Act (“Rule 17g-5”). TMCC has complied and has caused the Seller to comply, with the 17g-5 Representations other than (A) any breach of the 17g-5 Representations that would not have a material adverse effect on the Noteholders or (B) any breach of the 17g-5 Representations arising from a breach by any of the Underwriters of the representation, warranty and covenant set forth in Section 10(a)(vii).

(xvii)      Neither TMCC nor the Seller has engaged any third-party due diligence service providers to provide any “due diligence services” (as defined in Rule 17g-10(d)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than an independent accounting firm, and the only report generated as a result of such engagement is the Report of Independent Accountants on Applying Agreed-Upon Procedures, dated [_______], 20[__] (the “Accountants Report”), a copy of which was provided to the Representatives prior to the furnishing of such report on EDGAR.  The Accountants Report is, as among the parties to this Agreement, deemed to have been obtained by TMCC pursuant to Rule 15Ga-2(a) and (b) under the Exchange Act.  TMCC or the Seller will provide a copy of the final draft of the Form ABS-15G with respect to the Accountants Report to the Representatives at least one Business Day prior to furnishing such report or portion thereof on EDGAR.  TMCC or the Seller has complied with Rule 15Ga-2 under the Exchange Act with respect to the Accountants Report, other than any breach resulting from a breach by any Underwriter of Section 4(f) of this Agreement, and no portion of the Accountants Report contains any names, addresses, other personal identifiers or zip codes with respect to any individuals, or any other personally identifiable or other information that would be associated with an individual, including without limitation any “nonpublic personal information” within the meaning of Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999.

(xviii)      TMCC has complied, and on the Closing Date will comply, either directly or (to the extent permitted by the Risk Retention Rules) through a “majority-owned affiliate” (as defined in the Risk Retention Rules), with all requirements imposed on the “sponsor” of a “securitization transaction” (as each such term is defined in the Risk

8

Retention Rules) in accordance with the provisions of the Risk Retention Rules in connection with the securitization transaction contemplated by the Basic Documents. For the purpose of the foregoing sentence, “Risk Retention Rules” means the requirements of the final rules contained in Regulation RR, 17 C.F.R. §246.1 et seq.

(b)      As of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Seller and of TMCC in each of the Basic Documents to which it is a party will be true and correct in all material respects in accordance with the terms of such Basic Document; provided, however, that with respect to representations made with respect to any Receivable, the sole remedy for any breach thereof is, as provided in the related agreement, the repurchase by either TMCC or the Seller, as the case may be, of such Receivable.

Section 3.        Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Notes.  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Seller agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Seller the respective principal amounts of the Underwritten Notes set forth opposite the names of the Underwriters in Schedule I hereto.  The Underwritten Notes are to be purchased at a purchase price equal to (i) in the case of the Class [____] Notes, [____]% of the aggregate principal amount thereof (ii) in the case of the Class [____] Notes, [____]% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, (iii) in the case of the Class [____] Notes, [____]% of the aggregate principal amount thereof and (iv) in the case of the Class [____] Notes, [____]% of the aggregate principal amount thereof.

The Class [____] Notes, the Class [____] Notes, the Class [____] Notes and the Class [____] Notes will initially be represented by [four] notes respectively representing $[___________], $[___________], $[___________] and $[___________] aggregate principal amount of the Notes registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York (“DTC”) (the “DTC Notes”).  The interests of beneficial owners of the DTC Notes will be represented by book entries on the records of DTC and participating members thereof. Definitive notes evidencing the DTC Notes will be available only under the limited circumstances specified in the Basic Documents.

The Seller will deliver the DTC Notes to the Representatives for the respective securities accounts of the Underwriters at the office of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, against payment to the Seller of the purchase price for the Underwritten Notes by wire transfer in immediately available funds, on the Closing Date.  The interests of beneficial owners of the Notes will be represented by book entries on the records of DTC and participating members thereof.  The certificates evidencing the DTC Notes will be made available for checking and packaging at the office of [___________________________] in the City of [________] at least 24 hours prior to the Closing Date.

Section 4.  Certain Agreements Concerning the Offering by the Underwriters.

(a)      It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Underwritten Notes for sale to the public as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.  If the Prospectus specifies an initial public offering price or a method by which the price at which such Underwritten Notes are to be sold, then after the Underwritten Notes are released for sale to the

9

public, the Underwriters may vary from time to time the public offering price, selling concessions and reallowances to dealers that are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and other terms of sale hereunder and under such selling arrangements.

(b)      Prior to the Closing Date, the Representatives shall notify TMCC and the Seller of (i) the date or dates on which the Preliminary Prospectus and the Ratings Free Writing Prospectus are first used and (ii) the time of the first Contract of Sale to which such Preliminary Prospectus relates.

(c)      Each Underwriter represents and agrees (i) that it did not enter into any Contract of Sale for any Underwritten Notes prior to the Time of Sale and (ii) that it will, at any time that such Underwriter is acting as an “underwriter” (as defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act) with respect to the Underwritten Notes, deliver the Time of Sale Information to each investor to whom Underwritten Notes are sold by it during the period prior to the filing of the final Prospectus (as notified to the Underwriters by the Seller), prior to the applicable time of any such Contract of Sale with respect to such investor.

(d)      If the Seller, TMCC or an Underwriter determines or becomes aware that any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (including without limitation the Preliminary Prospectus) or oral statement (when considered in conjunction with all information conveyed at the time of the “contract of sale” within the meaning of Rule 159 under the Securities Act and all Commission guidance relating to such rule (the “Contract of Sale”)) made or prepared by the Seller or such Underwriter contains an untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading at the time that a Contract of Sale was entered into, either the Seller or such Underwriter may prepare corrective information, with notice to the other party and such Underwriter shall deliver such information in a manner reasonably acceptable to both parties, to any person with whom a Contract of Sale was entered into based on such written communication or oral statement, and such information shall provide any such person with the following:

(i)      adequate disclosure of the contractual arrangement;

(ii)      adequate disclosure of the person’s rights under the existing Contract of Sale at the time termination is sought;

(iii)      adequate disclosure of the new information that is necessary to correct the misstatements or omissions in the information given at the time of the original Contract of Sale; and

(iv)      a meaningful ability to elect to terminate or not to terminate the prior Contract of Sale and to elect to enter into or not enter into a new Contract of Sale.

(e)      Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees that it has not and will not violate any applicable securities laws, or other applicable law in its offer or sale of any of the Underwritten Notes within the United States or any other country or their respective territories or possessions.

10

(f)      Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that it has not engaged any third-party to provide “due diligence services” (as defined in Rule 17g-10 under the Exchange Act) with respect to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, it being understood that an independent accounting firm has been engaged by TMCC for the purpose of providing the Accountants Report.

Section 5.  Certain Agreements of the Seller and TMCC.  The Seller (and TMCC with respect to clauses (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l) and (m) below), covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

(a)      The Seller will file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 424(b).  The Seller will advise the Representatives promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) or deemed effectiveness pursuant to Rule 462.  If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and an Additional Registration Statement is necessary to register a portion of the Notes under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of such execution and delivery, the Seller will file the Additional Registration Statement or a post‑effective amendment thereto, as the case may be, with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462 on or prior to 10:00 p.m., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by the Underwriter.

(b)      The Seller will advise the Representatives promptly of: (i) any proposal to amend or supplement the Registration Statement as filed, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, and will not effect such amendment or supplement without first furnishing to the Representatives a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and obtaining the consent of the Representatives, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) any request by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or for any additional information, (iii) the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or of any amendment or supplement thereto or to the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, and (iv) the issuance by the Commission or, if the Seller has knowledge thereof, by any authority administering any state securities or blue sky laws of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus and of the institution or threat of any proceeding for that purpose, and the Seller will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and to obtain as soon as possible the lifting of any issued stop order.

(c)      If, during the period in which the Prospectus is required by federal securities law or regulation (in the opinion of counsel for the Representative) to be delivered in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Seller (in compliance with subsection (b)) will

11

promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, with the Commission an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; provided, that no such consent of the Representatives will be required to file an amendment or supplement under this Section 5(c) if the Seller receives an opinion of counsel that such amendment is required to comply with the Act.  Neither any such filing nor the Representatives’ consent thereto shall operate as a waiver or limitation of any rights of the Underwriters hereunder.

(d)      As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Seller will cause the Trust to make generally available to the Noteholders an earnings statement with respect to the Trust covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement (or of any Additional Registration Statement) that will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “Availability Date” means the 45th day after the end of the Seller’s fourth fiscal quarter following the Seller’s fiscal quarter that includes the date hereof, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Seller’s fiscal year, “Availability Date” means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

(e)      The Seller will furnish to the Representatives copies of each Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (in each case at least two of which will include all exhibits) and to the Underwriters, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request. The Prospectus shall be so furnished no later than [3:00] p.m., New York City time, on or prior to the business day preceding the Closing Date. All other documents shall be furnished as soon as available and in such quantities as the Representatives reasonably request.  The Seller will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

(f)      The Seller will arrange for the qualification of the Underwritten Notes for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Representatives may reasonably designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Underwritten Notes, provided that the Seller shall not be obligated to qualify to do business nor become subject to service of process generally, but only to the extent required for such qualification, in any jurisdiction in which it is not currently so qualified.

(g)      So long as any of the Underwritten Notes are outstanding, the Seller or TMCC, as the case may be, will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Representatives (i) copies of each report regarding the Underwritten Notes mailed to Noteholders pursuant to the Basic Documents, (ii) the annual statement as to compliance and the annual statement of a firm of independent public accountants furnished to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Basic Documents (as amended), as soon as such statements are furnished to the Indenture Trustee, (iii) copies of all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, or any order of the Commission thereunder and (iv) such other information concerning the Seller, TMCC (relating to the Receivables, the servicing thereof or the ability of TMCC to act as Servicer), the

12

Underwritten Notes or the Trust as the Representatives may reasonably request from time to time; provided, however, that neither the Seller nor TMCC shall be obligated to provide copies of any of the foregoing items specified in this clause (g) if they are filed with the Commission on the Next – Generation EDGAR System (“EDGAR”) or otherwise available through a Commission website.

(h)      On or before the Closing Date, the Seller and TMCC shall cause TMCC’s electronic files, which are maintained for the purpose of identifying retail installment sales contracts which have been transferred in connection with securitizations, to show the absolute ownership by the Trust of the Receivables, and from and after the Closing Date, none of the Seller or TMCC shall take any action inconsistent with the ownership by the Trust of such Receivables, other than as permitted by the Sale and Servicing Agreement or as required by law.

(i)      The Seller and TMCC will pay all expenses incident to the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, (i) expenses incident to the printing, reproduction and distribution of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto), (ii) the fees and disbursements of the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee and their counsel, (iii) the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Seller and TMCC and the independent public accountants of the Seller, (iv) the fees charged by each Hired NRSRO in connection with the rating of the Notes, (v) the fees of DTC in connection with the book‑entry registration of the DTC Notes, (vi) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Notes and (vii) expenses incurred in distributing the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any expenses (excluding fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the qualification of the Underwritten Notes for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Representatives may designate pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof and in connection with the preparation of any blue sky or legal investment survey, if any is required.

(j)      For a period of 7 days from the date hereof, neither the Seller, TMCC nor any of their respective affiliates will, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, directly or indirectly, offer, sell or contract to sell or announce the offering of, in a public or private transaction, any other collateralized securities similar to the Underwritten Notes, other than the Class [____] Notes and the Class [____] Notes and the portion of each of the Class [____] Notes, the Class [____] Notes and the Class [____] Notes that are not Underwritten Notes and are initially retained by the Seller or one or more of its affiliates.

(k)      To the extent if any, that the rating at the Closing Date provided with respect to the Notes by any Hired NRSRO is conditional upon the furnishing of documents or the taking of any other actions by the Seller or TMCC, the Seller or TMCC, as the case may be, shall furnish such documents and take any such other actions as may be required.

13

(l)      As of the Closing Date, each of the Basic Documents to which it is a party will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Seller and TMCC.

(m)      TMCC will comply, and will cause the Seller to comply, with each 17g-5 Representation.

(n)      The Seller and TMCC will timely comply with all requirements of Rule 15Ga-2 under the Exchange Act.

Section 6.  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters.  The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Underwritten Notes will be subject to the accuracy of the respective representations and warranties on the part of the Seller and TMCC herein, to the accuracy of the statements of the Seller and TMCC made in any officers’ certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Seller and TMCC of their respective obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

(a)      On (i) the date of this Agreement, the Representatives and the Seller shall have received a letter, dated as of the Time of Sale, from independent public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Representatives confirming that they are independent public accountants with respect to the Seller and TMCC within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and with respect to certain information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and substantially in the form of the draft to which the Representatives previously have agreed and otherwise in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and (ii) the Closing Date, the Representatives and the Seller shall have received (x) a letter, dated as of the Closing Date, from independent public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Representatives updating the letter referred to in clause (i) above, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and (y) a letter, dated as of the Closing Date, from independent public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Representatives relating to certain agreed-upon procedures regarding data integrity in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives (which letter may be included as part of the letter referred to in clause (x)).

(b)      The Prospectus and any supplements thereto shall have been filed (if required) with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations; and, before the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Seller or the Underwriters, shall be contemplated by the Commission or by any authority administering any state securities or blue sky law.

(c)      Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any material adverse change in or affecting the condition, financial or otherwise, earnings, business or operations of the Seller, TMCC or the Trust which, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives (after consultation with the Underwriters), materially impairs the investment quality of the Underwritten Notes, or makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the sale of and payment for the Underwritten Notes; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt

14

securities of TMCC or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries by any Hired NRSRO, or any public announcement that any such organization has under surveillance or review its rating of any such debt securities (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such rating); (iii) any suspension or limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or setting of minimum prices for trading on such exchange; (iv) any suspension of trading of any securities of TMCC on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market, (v) any banking moratorium declared by federal, California or New York authorities; or (vi) any outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in which the United States is involved, any declaration of war by the United States Congress or any other substantial national or international calamity or emergency if, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives (after consultation with the Underwriters), the effect of any such outbreak, escalation, declaration, calamity or emergency makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the sale of and payment for the Underwritten Notes.

(d)      The Representatives shallhave received:

(1)      the favorable opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date, of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, with respect to the general corporate, enforceability and securities law matters, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

(2)      a negative assurance letter of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special counsel to the Seller, TMCC and the Trust, with respect to the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus delivered prior to the Time of Sale and the Prospectus, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

(3)      a negative assurance letter of [_______________], counsel to the Underwriters, with respect to the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus delivered prior to the Time of Sale and the Prospectus, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

(4)      the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Date, of [[_____________], Esq.], General Counsel of TMCC and counsel to the Seller, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

(5)      the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Date, of [_______________], counsel to the Indenture Trustee, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters;

(6)      the favorable opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special counsel to the Trust, dated the Closing Date, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, regarding certain security interest matters;

(7)      the favorable opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, dated the Closing Date, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Underwriters with respect to certain bankruptcy matters;

15

(8)      the favorable opinion of in-house counsel to the Asset Representations Reviewer, dated the Closing Date, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters;

(9)      the favorable opinions of [Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.], as special Delaware counsel for the Trust, dated the Closing Date, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel for the Representatives; and

(10)      the favorable opinion of [__________________], as special counsel for the Owner Trustee, dated the Closing Date, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel for the Representatives.

The opinions and negative assurance letters described in this Section 6(d) may contain such assumptions, qualifications and limitations as are customary in opinions or letters of this type and are reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Representatives.

(e)      The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by the President or any Vice President and a principal financial or accounting officer of (i) the Seller in which such officers shall state that, to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, (A) the representations and warranties of the Seller in this Agreement are true and correct, (B) the Seller has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date in all material respects, (C) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission, (D) the Additional Registration Statement, if any, satisfying the requirements of Rule 462(b)(1) and Rule 462(b)(3) was filed in accordance with Rule 462(b) (including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or Rule 111(b) under the Act) prior to the time the Prospectus was printed or distributed to the Underwriter and (E) subsequent to the date of this Agreement, there has been no material adverse change in or affecting the condition, financial or otherwise, earnings, business or operations of the Seller except as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus and (ii) TMCC in which such officers shall state that, to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, (A) the representations and warranties of TMCC in this Agreement are trueand correct, (B) TMCC has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder in all material respects and (C) subsequent to the date of this Agreement there has been no material adverse change in or affecting the condition, financial or otherwise, earnings, business or operations of TMCC which would materially and adversely affect the performance by TMCC of its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

(f)      On the Closing Date, the Class [____] Notes, the Class [____] Notes and the Class [____] Notes shall have received the ratings indicated in the Ratings Free Writing Prospectus from the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations named therein.

16

(g)      The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by an authorized officer or any Vice President of the Indenture Trustee, in which such officer shall state that the information contained in the Form T-1 for the Indenture Trustee is true and accurate as of its filing with the Commission.

(h)      On the Closing Date, the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they reasonably may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Notes as herein contemplated and related proceedings or in order to evidence the accuracy and completeness of any of the representations and warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Seller and TMCC in connection with the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Notes as herein contemplated shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

Section 7.  Indemnification and Contribution.

(a)      The Seller and TMCC will, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several as incurred, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state laws or regulation, whether statutory, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i)  any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the CDI Intex file or the Bloomberg Screen or any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Ratings Free Writing Prospectus, the Form ABS-15G furnished on EDGAR with respect to the Accountants Report [, the Upsizing Supplement][, the Road Show] or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Seller nor TMCC will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Seller or TMCC by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information in the Prospectus appearing in [_____________] on page [___], [_____________] on page [___] and [_____________] on page [___] (the “Underwriters’ Information”).

(b)      Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the Seller and TMCC against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several as incurred, to which the Seller or TMCC, may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the

17

Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Seller or TMCC by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by such Underwriter consists of such Underwriter’s Underwriters’ Information, and will reimburse the Seller and TMCC for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Seller and TMCC in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

(c)      Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller and TMCC against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Seller or TMCC may become subject, under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus (defined below) prepared by it, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (ii) any statement contained in each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus (defined below) prepared by it that conflicts with the information then contained in the Registration Statement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement that is a part thereof, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Seller or TMCC in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, no Underwriter will be liable to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any statement in or omission from each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus (defined below) in reliance upon and in conformity with (A) any written information furnished to the related Underwriter by the Seller or TMCC expressly for use therein, (B) information accurately extracted from the Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, which information was not corrected by information subsequently provided by the Seller or TMCC to the related Underwriter prior to the time of use of such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus (defined below) or (C) Issuer Information (as defined below) (except for information regarding the status of the subscriptions for the Underwritten Notes).

(d)      Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above.  In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the

18

indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.  In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them or (iii) the indemnifying party fails to appoint such counsel as provided in the previous sentence under this Section.  In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 7 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of any litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not contain a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability, or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party (unless such statement is agreed to by the indemnified party in writing); the provisions of this Section with respect to indemnification shall continue and survive.

(e)      If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient tohold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a), (b) or (c) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Seller and TMCC on the one hand and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Underwritten Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Seller and TMCC on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Seller and TMCC on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Seller and TMCC bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Seller or TMCC or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in

19

connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (e). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the Underwritten Notes underwritten by it exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f)      The obligations of the Seller and TMCC under this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability that the Seller or TMCC may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act and to each of their respective officers, directors and employees; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section shall be in addition to any liability that the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of the Seller or TMCC, to each officer of the Seller or TMCC who has signed any Registration Statement, to each person, if any, who controls the Seller or TMCC within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act and to each of their respective officers, directors and employees.

Section 8.  Default of Underwriters.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Underwritten Notes hereunder and (i) the aggregate principal amount of Class [____] Notes (in the case of the Class [____] Underwriters) as set forth on Schedule I that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed [__]% of the total principal amount of the Class [____] Notes, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Class [____] Notes (in the case of the Class [____] Underwriters) as set forth on Schedule I that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed [__]% of the total principal amount of the Class [____] Notes, and (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Class [____] Notes (in the case of the Class [____] Underwriters) as set forth on Schedule I that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed [__]% of the total principal amount of the Class [____] Notes, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Seller and TMCC for the purchase of such Class [____] Notes, Class [____] Notes or Class [____] Notes , as the case may be, by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by the Closing Date, the non-defaulting Class [____] Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Class [____] Notes, the non-defaulting Class [____] Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Class [____] Notes and the non-defaulting Class [____] Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Class [____] Notes, in each case that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase.  If any such default or defaults occur and such default or defaults exceed [__]% of the total principal amount of the Class [____] Notes, the Class [____] Notes or the Class [____] Notes , as the case may be, and arrangements satisfactory to the Seller and TMCC for the purchase of such Underwritten Notes by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non‑defaulting

20

Underwriter, the Seller or TMCC, except as provided in Section 9 hereof. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

Section 9.  Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations.  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Seller and TMCC or their respective officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Seller, TMCC or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Underwritten Notes.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8 hereof or if for any reason the purchase of the Underwritten Notes by the Underwriters is not consummated, the Seller and TMCC shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by the Seller and TMCC pursuant to Section 5(i) hereof and the respective obligations of the Seller, TMCC and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall remain in effect. If the purchase of the Underwritten Notes by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8 hereof or the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 6(c) hereof, the Seller and TMCC will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by it in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Notes.

Section 10.  Offering Communications.  Other than the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, each Underwriter severally represents, warrants and agrees with TMCC and the Seller that it has not made, used, prepared, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Underwritten Notes, including, but not limited to any “ABS informational and computational materials” as defined in Item 1101(a) of Regulation AB under the Act unless such Underwriter has obtained the prior written approval of TMCC and the Seller; provided, however, each Underwriter may prepare and convey to one or more of its potential investors without the consent of TMCC, the Seller or any of their respective affiliates one or more “written communications” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) in the form of (i) an Intex CDI file that does not contain any Issuer Information (as defined below) other than Issuer Information included in the Preliminary Prospectus previously filed with the Commission, (ii) the Bloomberg Screen, (iii) the Ratings Free Writing Prospectus, [(iv) the Upsizing Supplement,] or (v) other written communication containing no more than the following: (a) information contemplated by Rule 134 under the Act, (b) information included or to be included in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, (c) information relating to the class, size, rating, CUSIPS, coupon, yield, spread, closing date, legal maturity, weighted average life, expected final payment date, trade date and payment window of one or more classes of Notes, servicer clean up call, eligibility of the Notes to be purchased by ERISA plans and (d) a column or other entry showing the status of the subscriptions for the Underwritten Notes and/or expected pricing parameters of the Underwritten Notes (each such other written communication enumerated in this Section 10, clause (v), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”). [TMCC and the Seller each authorize each Underwriter to provide potential investors in the Underwritten Notes access to the Road Show by means of the Internet website located at www.netroadshow.com, which is operated by NetRoadShow, Inc. for such purpose.]  As used

21

herein, the term “Issuer Information” means any information of the type specified in clauses (1) – (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591 (Securities Offering Reform), other than Underwriter Derived Information.   As used herein, the term “Underwriter Derived Information” shall refer to information of the type described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591 (Securities Offering Reform) when prepared by any Underwriter, including traditional computational and analytical materials prepared by the Underwriter.

(a)      Each Underwriter severally represents, warrants and agrees with TMCC and the Seller that:

(i)      each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it will not, as of the date such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus was conveyed or delivered to any prospective purchaser of Underwritten Notes, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that no Underwriter makes such representation, warranty or agreement to the extent such untrue statements or omissions were made in reliance upon and in conformity with information contained in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any written information furnished to the related Underwriter by TMCC or the Seller specifically for use therein which information was not corrected by information subsequently provided by TMCC or the Seller to the related Underwriter prior to the time of use of such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus;

(ii)      each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it shall contain a legend substantially in the form of and in compliance with Rule 433(c)(2)(i) of the Act,  and shall otherwise conform to any requirements for “free writing prospectuses” under the Act;

(iii)      each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it shall be delivered to TMCC and the Seller no later than the time of first use and, unless otherwise agreed to by TMCC and the Seller and the related Underwriter, such delivery shall occur no later than [5:00] p.m. (Eastern Time) on the date of first use (which shall be no earlier than the time that the Preliminary Prospectus is filed with the Commission); provided, however, if the date of first use is not a Business Day, such delivery shall occur no later than [5:00] p.m. (Eastern Time) on the first Business Day preceding such date of first use;

(iv)      none of the information in each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus will conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement that is a part thereof;

(v)      such Underwriter has in place, and covenants that it shall maintain, internal controls and procedures which it reasonably believes to be sufficient to ensure full compliance with all applicable legal requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the generation and use of Underwriter Free Writing Prospectuses in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Notes.  In addition, such

22

Underwriter shall, for a period of at least three years after the date hereof, maintain written and/or electronic records of the following:

(a)      each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter to solicit offers to purchase Underwritten Notes to the extent not filed with the Commission;

(b)      regarding each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus delivered by such Underwriter to an investor, the date of such delivery and identity of such investor; and

(c)      regarding each Contract of Sale entered into by such Underwriter, the date, identity of the investor and the terms of such Contract of Sale, as set forth in the related confirmation of trade;

(vi)      such Underwriter shall file each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that has been distributed by such Underwriter in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad, unrestricted dissemination within the later of two Business Days after such Underwriter first provides this information to investors and the date upon which the Seller is required to file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Act or otherwise as required under Rule 433 of the Act; provided, however, that such Underwriter shall not be required to file each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus to the extent such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus includes information in a free writing prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus previously filed with the Commission or that does not contain substantive changes from or additions to a free writing prospectus previously filed with the Commission; and

(vii)      such Underwriter (a) has not delivered, and will not deliver, any Rating Information to a Hired NRSRO, and (b) has not participated and will not participate, in any oral communication of Rating Information with any Hired NRSRO or other nationally recognized statistical rating organization unless a designated representative from TMCC participates in such communication; provided, however, that if an Underwriter receives an oral communication from a Hired NRSRO, such Underwriter is authorized to inform such Hired NRSRO that it will respond to the oral communication with a designated representative from TMCC. “Rating Information” means any oral or written information provided to a Hired NRSRO for the purpose of (a) determining the initial credit rating for the Notes, including information about the characteristics of the Receivables and the legal structure of the Notes or (b) undertaking credit rating surveillance on the Notes, including information about the characteristics and performance of the Receivable.

Section 11.  Notices.  All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Representatives or the Underwriters, will be mailed or delivered to the Representatives c/o[__________________________], [__________________________] and [__________________________];if sent to the Seller, will be mailed or delivered to it at Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: [_____________]; or if sent to TMCC, will be mailed or delivered to it at Toyota

23

Motor Credit Corporation, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: [_____________].  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 7 hereof will be mailed or delivered to such Underwriter.

Section 12.  Successors.  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

Section 13.  Representation of Representatives.  The Representatives will act for the several Underwriters in connection with the transactions described in this Agreement, and any action taken by the Representatives under this Agreement will be binding upon all the Underwriters.

Section 14.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Underwriters.  With respect to any offers or sales of the Underwritten Notes outside of the United States (and solely with respect to any such offers and sales) each Underwriter severally and not jointly makes the following representations and warranties:

(a)      Each Underwriter represents and agrees that it will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it purchases, offers or sells Underwritten Notes or distributes the Prospectus or any other offering material and will obtain any consent, approval or permission required by it for the purchase, offer or sale by it of Underwritten Notes under the laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction, to which it is subject or in which it makes such purchases, offers or sales and neither the Seller or TMCC shall have any responsibility therefor;

(b)      No action has been or will be taken by such Underwriter that would permit a public offering of the Underwritten Notes, or distribution of any offering material in relation to the Underwritten Notes in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required unless the Seller or TMCC has agreed to such actions and such actions have been taken;

(c)      Each Underwriter represents and agrees that it will not offer, sell or deliver any of the Underwritten Notes or distribute any such offering material in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances, which will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and which will not impose any obligation on the Seller or TMCC or the Underwriters;

(d)      Such Underwriter acknowledges that it is not authorized to give any information or make any representations in relation to the Underwritten Notes other than those contained or incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, [the Upsizing Supplement,] the Ratings Free Writing Prospectus, each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, the Bloomberg Screen[, the Road Show], the Form ABS-15G furnished on EDGAR with respect to the Accountants Report and such additional information, if any, as the Seller or TMCC shall, in writing, provide to and authorize such Underwriter so to use and distribute to actual and potential purchasers of Underwritten Notes;

(e)      Each Underwriter agrees that: (i) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial

24

Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Underwritten Notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Trust; and (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Underwritten Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and

(f)      Each Underwriter represents and agrees that it has not offered, sold or otherwise made available and will not offer, sell or otherwise make available any Underwritten Notes to any retail investor in the European Economic Area.  For the purposes of this provision:  (i) the expression “retail investor” means a person who is one (or more) of the following:  (a) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/65/EU (as amended, “MiFID II”); or (b) a customer within the meaning of Directive 2002/92/EC (as amended, the “Insurance Mediation Directive”), where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II; or (c) not a qualified investor as defined in Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, the “Prospectus Directive”); and (ii) the expression “offer” includes the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Underwritten Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Underwritten Notes.

Section 15.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

Section 16.  Applicable Law; Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principal of conflicts of laws thereof or any other jurisdiction (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Laws), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with such laws. This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the Seller and TMCC, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of the Prospectus or the Preliminary Prospectus, the conduct of the offering and the purchase and sale of the Underwritten Notes.

Section 17.  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)      submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, any documents executed and delivered in connection herewith or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in the Borough of Manhattan, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b)      consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

25

(c)      agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth in Section 11 or, if not therein, in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or in the Indenture;

(d)      agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e)      waives all right of trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim based on, or arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or any matter arising hereunder or thereunder.

26

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to us one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between the Seller and TMCC and the Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC

By:

Name:

Title:

TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

The foregoing Underwriting Agreementis hereby confirmed and accepted, as of the date first above written:

[__________________________]

By:  ___________________________Name:Title:

Acting on behalf of itself and asa Representative of the several Underwriters

S-2

[__________________________]

By:  ___________________________Name: Title:

Acting on behalf of itself and asa Representative of the several Underwriters

S-3

[__________________________]

By:  ___________________________Name: Title:

Acting on behalf of itself and asa Representative of the several Underwriters

S-4

Schedule I

Underwriters	Class [____] Notes	Class [____] Notes
[__________________________]	$[___________]	$[___________]
[__________________________]	$[___________]	$[___________]
[__________________________]	$[___________]	$[___________]
[__________________________]	$[___________]	$[___________]
[__________________________]	$[___________]	$[___________]
[__________________________]	$[___________]	$[___________]
[__________________________]	$[___________]	$[___________]
Total	$[___________]	$[___________]

Sch-1

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST

(a Delaware Statutory Trust)

______________________________________

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

between

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC,

as Depositor,

and

[________],

as Owner Trustee

______________________________________________

Dated as of [_______], 20[__]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I	DEFINITIONS	1
Section 1.01.	Definitions	1
Section 1.02.	Usage of Terms	4
ARTICLE II	CREATION OF TRUST	4
Section 2.01.	Creation of Trust	4
Section 2.02.	Office	4
Section 2.03.	Purposes and Powers	5
Section 2.04.	Power of Attorney	5
Section 2.05.	Declaration of Trust	5
Section 2.06.	Liability of the Certificateholders	6
Section 2.07.	Title to Trust Property	6
Section 2.08.	Situs of Trust	6
Section 2.09.	Representations and Warranties of the Depositor	6
Section 2.10.	Federal Income Tax Allocations	7
Section 2.11.	Covenants of the Trust	8
ARTICLE III	CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTERESTS	8
Section 3.01.	The Certificates	8
Section 3.02.	Authentication of Certificates	9
Section 3.03.	Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates	9
Section 3.04.	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificate	11
Section 3.05.	Maintenance of Office or Agency	11
Section 3.06.	Appointment of Paying Agent	11
Section 3.07.	Persons Deemed Certificateholders	12
Section 3.08.	Access to List of Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses	12
Section 3.09.	Regarding the Certificate(s)	13
ARTICLE IV	ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE OR THE CERTIFICATEHOLDERS	13
Section 4.01.	Prior Notice to the Certificateholders with Respect to Certain Matters	13
Section 4.02.	Action by the Certificateholders with Respect to Certain Matters	14

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

Section 4.03.	Action with Respect to Bankruptcy	14
Section 4.04.	Restrictions on the Certificateholders’ Power	15
Section 4.05.	Majority of the Certificates Control	15
ARTICLE V	APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES	15
Section 5.01.	[Reserved]	15
Section 5.02.	Application of Amounts in Trust Accounts	15
Section 5.03.	Method of Payment	16
Section 5.04.	Accounting and Reports to the Noteholders, the Certificateholders, the Internal Revenue Service and Others	16
Section 5.05.	Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner	16
ARTICLE VI	AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE	17
Section 6.01.	General Authority	17
Section 6.02.	General Duties	17
Section 6.03.	Duties of Owner Trustee	17
Section 6.04.	No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions	20
Section 6.05.	No Action Except Under Specified Documents or Instructions	21
Section 6.06.	Restrictions	21
ARTICLE VII	CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE	21
Section 7.01.	Rights of the Owner Trustee	21
Section 7.02.	Furnishing of Documents	23
Section 7.03.	Representations and Warranties	23
Section 7.04.	Reliance; Advice of Counsel	24
Section 7.05.	Not Acting in Individual Capacity	25
Section 7.06.	Owner Trustee Not Liable for the Certificates or Receivables	25
Section 7.07.	Owner Trustee May Own Certificates and Notes	26
Section 7.08.	Trust Licenses	26
ARTICLE VIII	COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE	26
Section 8.01.	Owner Trustee’s Fees and Expenses	26
Section 8.02.	Indemnification	26
Section 8.03.	Payments to the Owner Trustee	27

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

ARTICLE IX	TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT	27
Section 9.01.	Termination of Trust Agreement	27
ARTICLE X	SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES	29
Section 10.01.	Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee	29
Section 10.02.	Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee	29
Section 10.03.	Successor Owner Trustee	30
Section 10.04.	Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee	30
Section 10.05.	Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee	30
Section 10.06.	Power of Attorney for Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee	31
ARTICLE XI	MISCELLANEOUS	32
Section 11.01.	Supplements and Amendments	32
Section 11.02.	No Legal Title to Trust Estate in the Certificateholders	33
Section 11.03.	Limitations on Rights of Others	33
Section 11.04.	Notices	33
Section 11.05.	Severability	34
Section 11.06.	Counterparts	34
Section 11.07.	Successors and Assigns	34
Section 11.08.	No Petition	34
Section 11.09.	No Recourse	34
Section 11.10.	Headings	35
Section 11.11.	Governing Law	35
Section 11.12.	Exclusive Jurisdiction	35
Section 11.13.	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	35
Section 11.14.	USA PATRIOT Act Compliance	35
ARTICLE XII	COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION AB	35
Section 12.01.	Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness	35

iii

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A	Form of Certificate	A‑1
EXHIBIT B	Form of Transferee Representation Letter	B‑1
EXHIBIT C	Form of Transferor Representation Letter	C‑1

iv

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of [_______], 20[__], by and between TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as depositor, and [________], a [________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee, amending and restating in its entirety the Trust Agreement dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Original Trust Agreement”), by and between TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as depositor and [________], a [________], as owner trustee, and herein referred to as the “Trust Agreement” or this “Agreement.”

IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual agreements herein contained, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.      Definitions.  Except as otherwise specified herein or if the context may otherwise require, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture for all purposes of this Trust Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, whenever used herein the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

“Administration Agreement” means the Administration Agreement dated as of [_______], 20[__], by and among the Trust, as issuer, the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee, pursuant to which the Administrator undertakes to perform certain of the duties and obligations of the Trust and the Owner Trustee hereunder, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, under the Asset Representations Review Agreement and under the Indenture.

“Administrator” means TMCC acting in its capacity as Administrator under the Administration Agreement.

“Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

“Asset Representations Review Agreement” means the Asset Representations Review Agreement dated as of [_______], 20[__], by and among the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Trust, the Servicer and the Administrator.

“Asset Representations Reviewer” means [_____________], as asset representations reviewer under the Asset Representations Review Agreement, and any successor thereto.

“Basic Documents” means the Receivables Purchase Agreement, this Agreement, the Certificate of Trust, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Note Depository Agreement, the Asset Representations Review Agreement[, the Swap Agreement] and the other documents and certificates delivered in connection herewith and therewith.

“Benefit Plan” means an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, a “plan” described in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code, an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of an employee benefit plan’s or plan’s investment in the entity, or any other employee benefit plan that is subject to any law that is substantially similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

“Certificate” means any of the Certificates executed by the Trust and authenticated by the Owner Trustee, evidencing a beneficial interest in the Trust, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Certificate of Trust” means the Certificate of Trust filed with respect to the formation of the Trust pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Statutory Trust Act, as amended, corrected or restated from time to time.

“Certificate Register” means the register maintained pursuant to Section 3.03.

“Certificate Registrar” means [________], unless and until a successor thereto is appointed pursuant to Section 3.03. The Certificate Registrar initially designates its offices at [________], as its offices for purposes of Section 3.03.

“Certificateholder” or “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Corporate Trust Office” means, with respect to the Owner Trustee, the principal corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee located at [________]; or at such other address as the Owner Trustee may designate by notice to the Certificateholder, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Owner Trustee (the address of which the successor Owner Trustee will notify the Certificateholder).

“Depositor” means TAFR LLC in its capacity as depositor hereunder.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.02.

“Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of [_______], 20[__], entered into between the Trust and [_____________________], a [_____________________], as Indenture Trustee, pursuant to which a series of Notes are issued.

“Non-U.S. Person” means any Person who is not (i) a citizen or resident of the United States who is a natural person, (ii) a corporation or partnership (or an entity treated as a corporation or partnership) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia (unless, in the case of a partnership, Treasury Regulations are adopted that provide otherwise), (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to

2

United States federal income taxation, regardless of its source or (iv) a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; except that, to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, certain trusts in existence prior to August 20, 1996 which elected to be treated as United States Persons prior to such date also shall be U.S. Persons.

“Notes” means the notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture, having the payment and other terms set forth in the Indenture.

“Original Trust Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

“Owner Trustee” means [________], a [________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under this Agreement, and any successor Owner Trustee hereunder.

“Paying Agent” means any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 3.06, and shall initially be the Owner Trustee.

“Percentage Interest” shall mean, with respect to each Certificate, the percentage interest in the Trust represented by such Certificate.

“Receivables Purchase Agreement” means that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between TMCC, as Seller, and TAFR LLC, as Purchaser of the Receivables.

“Record Date” means, with respect to the Notes of any Class and each Payment Date, the calendar day immediately preceding such Payment Date or, if Definitive Notes representing any Class of Notes have been issued, the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs.  Any amount stated “as of a Record Date” or “on a Record Date” shall give effect to (i) all applications of collections, and (ii) all payments and distributions to any party under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement or to the related Obligor, as the case may be, in each case as determined as of the opening of business on the related Record Date.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Owner Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, secretary, assistant secretary working in its corporate trust department and having direct responsibility for the administration of this Trust Agreement and with respect to a particular matter to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Sale and Servicing Agreement” means the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], among the Trust, TAFR LLC, as seller, and TMCC, as servicer.

“Secretary of State” means the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

“Securities Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

3

“Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq., as the same may be amended from time to time.

“TAFR LLC” means Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its successors and assigns.

“TMCC” means Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, a California corporation, its successors and assigns.

“Treasury Regulations” means regulations, including proposed or temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code.  References herein to specific provisions of proposed or temporary regulations shall include analogous provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor Treasury Regulations.

“Trust” means the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust, a Delaware statutory trust existing pursuant to this Agreement and the filing of the Certificate of Trust.

“Trust Estate” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

Section 1.02.      Usage of Terms.  With respect to all terms in this Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words importing any gender include the other genders; references to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all subsequent amendments, amendments and restatements and supplements thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the term “including” means “including without limitation.”

ARTICLE IICREATION OF TRUST

Section 2.01.      Creation of Trust.  A Delaware statutory trust known as “Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust” was formed in accordance with the provisions of the Statutory Trust Act pursuant to the Original Trust Agreement.  The Owner Trustee is hereby authorized and vested with the power and authority to make and execute contracts, instruments, certificates, agreements and other writings on behalf of the Trust as set forth herein and to sue and be sued on behalf of the Trust.

The Owner Trustee accepted under the Original Trust Agreement, and does hereby confirm its acceptance and agreement to hold in trust, for the benefit of the Certificateholders and such other Persons as may become beneficiaries hereunder from time to time, all of the Trust Estate conveyed or to be conveyed to the Trust and all monies and proceeds that may be received with respect thereto, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

Section 2.02.      Office.  The principal place of business of the Trust for purposes of Delaware law shall be in care of the Owner Trustee at [________], or at such other address in Delaware as the Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the Certificateholders and the

4

Servicer. The Trust may establish additional offices located at such place or places inside or outside of the State of Delaware as the Owner Trustee may designate from time to time by written notice to the Certificateholders and the Servicer.

Section 2.03.      Purposes and Powers.

(a)      The purpose of the Trust is, and the Trust shall have the power and authority and is authorized, to engage in the following activities:

(i)      to issue Notes pursuant to the Indenture and Certificates pursuant to this Agreement;

(ii)      to acquire, hold and manage the Trust Estate (including the Receivables and related property) from the Depositor in exchange for the Notes and Certificates pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

(iii)      to assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey the Trust Estate pursuant to, and on the terms and conditions set forth in, the Indenture and to hold, manage and distribute to Certificateholders pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement any portion of the Trust Estate released from the Lien of, and remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture as set forth therein and in the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

(iv)      to engage in those activities, including entering into and performing such agreements (including, without limitation, the Basic Documents) that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and

(v)      subject to compliance with the Basic Documents, to engage in such other activities as may be required in connection with conservation of the Trust Estate and the making of distributions to the Certificateholders and the Noteholders and in respect of amounts to be released to the Depositor, the Servicer, the Administrator and third parties, if any.

(b)      The Trust shall not engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing and as required or authorized by the terms of the Basic Documents.

Section 2.04.      Power of Attorney.  Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Trust has authorized the Administrator to perform certain of its administrative duties hereunder, including duties with respect to the management of the Trust Estate, and in connection therewith hereby grants the Administrator its revocable power of attorney.

Section 2.05.      Declaration of Trust.  The Owner Trustee hereby declares that it shall hold the Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit of the Certificateholders, subject to the obligations of the Trust under the Basic Documents.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of such statutory trust.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that, solely for income and franchise

5

tax purposes, the Trust shall be treated as a division or branch of the Person holding the beneficial interests in the Trust for any period during which the beneficial interests in the Trust are held by one Person, and that it shall be treated as a partnership for any period during which the beneficial interests in the Trust are held by more than one Person, with the assets of the partnership being the Receivables and other assets held by the Trust, and the Notes being debt of the partnership. The parties agree that for any such period, unless otherwise required by appropriate tax authorities, the Trust will file or cause to be filed annual or other necessary returns, reports and other forms consistent with such characterization of the Trust for income and franchise tax purposes.  Effective as of the date hereof, the Owner Trustee and, solely to the extent set forth in the Administration Agreement, the Administrator shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein and in the Statutory Trust Act with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust.  At the direction of the Depositor, the Owner Trustee caused to be filed a certificate of trust for the Trust pursuant to the Statutory Trust Act, and the Owner Trustee shall file or cause to be filed such amendments thereto as shall be necessary or appropriate to satisfy the purposes of this Agreement and as shall be consistent with the provisions hereof.

Section 2.06.      Liability of the Certificateholders.  No Certificateholder shall have any personal liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust, solely by reason of it being a Certificateholder.

Section 2.07.      Title to Trust Property.  Legal title to the Trust Estate shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity.

Section 2.08.      Situs of Trust.  The Trust will be located in Delaware and administered in Delaware and California.  All bank accounts maintained by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of Delaware or the State of [________].  The Trust shall not have any employees in any state other than Delaware; provided, however, that nothing herein shall restrict or prohibit the Owner Trustee from having employees within or without the State of Delaware.  Payments will be received by the Trust only in Delaware or [________], and payments will be made by the Trust only from Delaware or [________].

Section 2.09.      Representations and Warranties of the Depositor.  The Depositor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee that as of the Closing Date:

(a)      The Depositor is duly organized and validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times and has power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables.

(b)      The Depositor is duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited liability company in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business shall require such qualifications and where the failure to so qualify will have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Depositor to conduct its business or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

6

(c)      The Depositor has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Depositor has full power and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to the Trust under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and deposited with the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, as part of the Trust Estate, and the Depositor has duly authorized such sale and assignment and deposit to the Trust by all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Depositor by all necessary action.

(d)      This Agreement shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Depositor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to or limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability shall be considered in a proceeding in equity or in law.

(e)      The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the limited liability company agreement of the Depositor or conflict with or breach any of the terms or provisions or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Depositor is a party or by which it is bound, nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents); nor violate any law or, to the best of the Depositor’s knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Depositor of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Depositor or its properties which breach, default, conflict, Lien or violation would have a material adverse effect on the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Depositor.

(f)      There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or to the best of the Depositor’s knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Depositor: (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Depositor of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or (iv) relating to the Depositor and which might adversely affect the federal income tax attributes of the Trust or the Certificate or the Notes.

Section 2.10.      Federal Income Tax Allocations.  To the extent required for federal income tax purposes, net income or net losses of the Trust for any month as determined for federal income tax purposes (and each item of income, gain, loss and deduction entering into the computation thereof) shall be allocated to the Certificateholders in proportion to their interests (to the extent not previously allocated pursuant to this clause).  The Depositor is authorized to modify the allocations in this paragraph if necessary or appropriate, in its sole discretion for the allocations to fairly reflect the economic income, gain or loss to the Certificateholders, as otherwise required by the Code.

7

Section 2.11.      Covenants of the Trust.  The Trust covenants and agrees to the following:

(a)      to maintain books and records separate from any other person or entity;

(b)      to maintain its accounts separate from those of any other person or entity, except as permitted by the Trust Agreement or any other Basic Document;

(c)      not to commingle assets with those of any other entity, except as permitted by the Trust Agreement or any other Basic Document;

(d)      to conduct its own functions in its own name;

(e)      to maintain separate financial statements or records;

(f)      to pay its own liabilities out of its own funds, except as permitted by the Trust Agreement or any other Basic Document;

(g)      to maintain an arm's-length relationship with its Affiliates;

(h)      to pay the salaries of its own employees and maintain a sufficient number of employees or adequate service providers in light of its contemplated business operations;

(i)      to allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead for shared office space;

(j)      to hold itself out as a separate entity;

(k)      to correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

(l)      not to guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other affiliated or unaffiliated third party or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of others (except as otherwise specified in the Basic Documents); and

(m)      to take such actions as are necessary to ensure that any financial statements of TMCC or any Affiliate thereof that are consolidated to include the Trust will contain detailed notes clearly stating that (i) all of the Trust’s assets are owned by the Trust, and (ii) the Trust is a separate entity with its own separate creditors that will be entitled to be satisfied out of the Trust’s assets prior to any value in the Trust becoming available to the Trust’s equity holders; and the accounting records and the published financial statements of TMCC will clearly show that, for accounting purposes, the Receivables and the other Collateral have been sold or contributed to the Trust.

ARTICLE III
CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 3.01.      The Certificates.  The Certificates, evidencing a beneficial interest in the Trust, shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of an Authorized

8

Officer of the Owner Trustee and authenticated on behalf of the Owner Trustee by the manual or facsimile signature of an Authorized Officer of the Owner Trustee.  Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall be valid and binding obligations of the Trust, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of authentication and delivery of such Certificates.

The Certificates may be printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of a Percentage Interest of 5.00% and integral multiples of 5.00% in excess thereof.

A transferee of a Certificate shall become a Certificateholder, and shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Certificateholder hereunder, upon such transferee’s acceptance of a Certificate duly registered in such transferee’s name pursuant to Section 3.03.

Section 3.02.      Authentication of Certificates.  Concurrently with the initial transfer of the Receivables to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall cause to be executed, authenticated and delivered on behalf of the Trust to or upon the written order of the Depositor, Certificates evidencing the entire beneficial interest in the Trust.  No Certificate shall entitle its holder to any benefit under this Agreement or be valid for any purpose, unless there shall appear on such Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, executed by the Owner Trustee or the Owner Trustee’s authenticating agent, by manual or facsimile signature of an Authorized Officer, and such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Certificate shall have been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.  All Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.  The Owner Trustee shall be the initial authenticating agent of the Trust hereunder.

Section 3.03.      Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates.

(a)      The Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.05, a Certificate Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Certificate Registrar shall provide for the registration of Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of Certificates as herein provided.  [________], shall be the initial Certificate Registrar.  In the event that the Certificate Registrar shall for any reason become unable to act as Certificate Registrar, the Certificate Registrar shall promptly give written notice to such effect to the Depositor, the Owner Trustee and the Servicer.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Depositor or its designee shall appoint another bank or trust company to act as successor Certificate Registrar under this Agreement, which entity will agree to act in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it as successor Certificate Registrar, and otherwise acceptable to the Owner Trustee.

(b)      Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.05, the Owner Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause its authenticating agent to authenticate and deliver), in the name of the

9

designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Certificates dated the date of authentication by the Owner Trustee or any authenticating agent. At the option of a Holder, Certificates may be exchanged for other Certificates upon surrender of the Certificates to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.05.  The preceding provisions of this Section notwithstanding, (i) the Owner Trustee shall not make, and the Certificate Registrar shall not register, transfer or exchanges of Certificates for a period of fifteen (15) days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Certificates and (ii) the Owner Trustee shall permit the registration, transfer and exchange of Certificates only in minimum denominations of a Percentage Interest of 5.00% and integral multiples of 5.00% in excess thereof.

(c)      Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be cancelled and disposed of by the Owner Trustee in accordance with its customary practice.

No transfer of a Certificate shall be made unless the Owner Trustee shall have received:

(1)       a representation from the transferee of such Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the effect that:

      (i)       such transferee is not a Non-U.S. Person; and

      (ii)       such transferee is not a Benefit Plan;

(2)       a representation from the transferor of such Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C; and

(3)       an opinion of counsel to the Owner Trustee that the transfer of such Certificate is being made pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act or is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, any purported transfer of a Certificate to a Non-U.S. Person or to or on behalf of a Benefit Plan or utilizing the assets of a Benefit Plan shall be void and of no effect.

To the extent permitted under applicable law (including, but not limited to, ERISA), the Owner Trustee shall be under no liability to any Person for any registration of transfer of any Certificate that is in fact not permitted by this Section 3.03(c) or for making any payments due on such Certificate to the Certificateholder thereof or taking any other action with respect to such Holder under the provisions of this Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement so long as the transfer was registered by the Certificate Registrar or the Owner Trustee in accordance with the foregoing requirements.

(d)      No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Certificates, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum

10

sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

(e)      No transfer of a Certificate or any interest therein shall be made unless (i) the holder of such Certificate shall have first surrendered such Certificate to the Certificate Registrar for registration of transfer, or (ii) in the case of any such Certificate which shall have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, the holder of such Certificate shall have first complied with the applicable provisions of Section 3.04.

(f)      No transfer of a Certificate or any interest therein shall be made unless each prospective transferee represents and warrants, with respect to itself and each prospective beneficial owner of the Certificate, that it is not a member of an “expanded group” (within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 385 of the Code) that includes a domestic corporation (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or a “controlled partnership” (within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 385 of the Code) of such expanded group where any member of such “expanded group” directly or indirectly (through one or more entities that are treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as partnerships, disregarded entities, or grantor trusts) owns Notes (other than Retained Notes).

Section 3.04.      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificate.  If (a) any mutilated Certificate shall be surrendered to the Certificate Registrar, or if the Certificate Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) there shall be delivered to the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall execute and the Owner Trustee, or the Owner Trustee’s authenticating agent, shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and denomination.  In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section, the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.  Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

Section 3.05.      Maintenance of Office or Agency.  The Owner Trustee shall maintain an office or offices or agency or agencies where notices and demands to or upon the Owner Trustee in respect of the Certificate and the Basic Documents may be served.  The Owner Trustee initially designates the Corporate Trust Office, as its principal corporate trust office for such purposes.  The Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Depositor and to the Certificateholders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

Section 3.06.      Appointment of Paying Agent.  Except during any period when the Indenture Trustee is authorized and directed to do so under the Indenture (i.e. prior to the termination of the Indenture), the Paying Agent shall make distributions to the Certificateholders from the amounts distributable thereto under Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement pursuant to Section 5.02 and shall report the amounts of such distributions to the Owner Trustee.  Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection

11

Account for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above.  The Owner Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if the Owner Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect.  The Paying Agent shall initially be Owner Trustee and any co-paying agent chosen by the Owner Trustee and acceptable to the Owner Trustee.  The Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Owner Trustee or, if the Paying Agent is also the Owner Trustee, to the Indenture Trustee.  In the event that the Owner Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Owner Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which shall be a bank or trust company).  By executing this Agreement, the Owner Trustee hereby agrees in its capacity as Paying Agent to hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders until such sums are paid to the Certificateholders.  The Owner Trustee shall cause such successor Paying Agent or any additional Paying Agent appointed by the Owner Trustee to execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee an instrument in which such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent shall agree with the Owner Trustee that, as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders until such sums shall be paid to such Certificateholder.  The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Owner Trustee (subject to applicable escheatment laws) and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying Agent shall also return all funds in its possession to the Owner Trustee.  The provisions of Sections 6.04, 7.01, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05, 7.06, 8.01 and 8.02 shall apply to the Owner Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent and Certificate Registrar, for so long as the Owner Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and Certificate Registrar and, to the extent applicable, to any other paying agent or certificate registrar appointed hereunder.  Any reference in this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

To the extent of any ambiguity in the interpretation of any definition, provision or term contained in this Agreement or to the extent more than one methodology can be used to make any of the determinations or calculations set forth herein or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Paying Agent may request direction from the Depositor as to the interpretation and/or methodology to be used, and the Paying Agent shall follow such direction and shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon without any responsibility therefor.  Upon receiving such request from the Paying Agent, the Depositor shall, prior to the date of distribution occurring immediately following such a request, deliver a written direction to the Paying Agent setting forth the interpretation and/or methodology to be used.

Section 3.07.      Persons Deemed Certificateholders.  Prior to due presentation of a Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered in the Certificate Register as the owner of such Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Section 5.02 and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Owner Trustee nor the Certificate Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

Section 3.08.      Access to List of Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses.  The Certificate Registrar shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Owner Trustee, the Servicer or the Depositor, as the case may be, within fifteen (15) days after its receipt of a request therefor

12

from the Owner Trustee, the Servicer or the Depositor in writing, a list, in such form as the Owner Trustee, the Servicer or the Depositor may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date. If three or more Certificateholders or one or more Holders of Certificates evidencing, in the aggregate, not less than 25% of the Percentage Interest apply in writing to the Owner Trustee, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights under this Agreement or under the Certificates and such application is accompanied by a copy of the communication that such applicants propose to transmit, then the Owner Trustee shall, within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such application, afford such applicants access during normal business hours to the current list of Certificateholders. Each Holder, by receiving and holding a Certificate, shall be deemed to have agreed not to hold any of the Depositor, the Servicer, the Certificate Registrar or the Owner Trustee accountable by reason of the disclosure of its name and address, regardless of the source from which such information was derived.

Section 3.09.      Regarding the Certificate(s).  Each Certificateholder, by its acceptance of a Certificate issued hereunder, represents that it has, independently and without reliance on the Owner Trustee or any other person, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own investment decision in respect of the Certificate.  Each Certificateholder also represents that it will, independently and without reliance on the Owner Trustee or any other person, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under this Trust Agreement and in connection with the Certificate.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Certificateholders by the Owner Trustee hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Certificateholder with any other information concerning the transactions contemplated hereby, the Trust, the Depositor or any other parties hereto or to any related documents which may come into possession of the Owner Trustee or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or attorneys-in-fact.

ARTICLE IV
ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE OR THE CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

Section 4.01.      Prior Notice to the Certificateholders with Respect to Certain Matters.  With respect to the following matters, the Owner Trustee shall not take action unless at least thirty (30) days before the taking of such action (or such shorter period as shall be agreed to in writing by all Certificateholders), the Owner Trustee shall have notified the Certificateholders in writing of the proposed action and none of the Certificateholders shall have notified the Owner Trustee in writing prior to the 30th day (or such agreed upon shorter period) after such notice is given that such Certificateholders have withheld consent or provided alternative direction:

(a)      the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust (except claims or lawsuits brought in connection with the collection of the Receivables) and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Trust (except with respect to the aforementioned claims or lawsuits for collection of the Receivables);

13

(b)      the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed under the Statutory Trust Act);

(c)      the amendment of the Indenture, whether or not by a Supplemental Indenture, in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;

(d)      the amendment of the Indenture, whether or not by a Supplemental Indenture, in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is not required but such amendment materially adversely affects the interest of the Certificateholders;

(e)      the amendment, change or modification of the Administration Agreement, other than to cure any ambiguity or to amend or supplement any provision in a manner or add any provision that would not materially adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders;

(f)      (i) the appointment pursuant to the Indenture of a successor Note Registrar or Paying Agent, (ii) the appointment pursuant to this Agreement of a successor Certificate Registrar or (iii) any consent by the Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Indenture Trustee or Certificate Registrar to the assignment of its respective obligations under the Indenture or this Agreement, as applicable; or

(g)      the amendment of the Sale and Servicing Agreement in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required.

Section 4.02.      Action by the Certificateholders with Respect to Certain Matters.  The Owner Trustee shall not have the power, except upon the direction of the Certificateholders, to (a) remove the Administrator pursuant to Section 8 of the Administration Agreement, (b) appoint a successor Administrator pursuant to Section 8 of the Administration Agreement, (c) remove the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or (d) except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, sell the Receivables after the termination of the Indenture.  The Owner Trustee shall take the actions referred to in the preceding sentence only upon written instructions signed by the authorized representative of 100% of the Certificateholders.

Section 4.03.      Action with Respect to Bankruptcy.  The Trust shall not, without the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee and 100% of the Certificateholders, (i) institute any proceedings to adjudicate the Trust as bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Trust, (iii) file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy with respect to the Trust, (iv) consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trust or a substantial part of its property (v) make any assignment for the benefit of the Trust's creditors; (vi) cause the Trust to admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or (vii) take any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing (any of the above foregoing actions, a "Bankruptcy Action").  In considering whether to give or withhold written consent to the Bankruptcy Action by the Trust, the Owner Trustee, with the consent of the Certificateholder, shall consider the interests of the Noteholders in addition to the interests of the Trust and whether the Trust is insolvent.  The Owner Trustee shall have no duty to give such written consent to Bankruptcy Action by the Trust if the Owner Trustee shall not have been furnished (at the expense of the Person that requested

14

such letter be furnished to the Owner Trustee) a letter from an independent accounting firm of national reputation stating that in the opinion of such firm the Trust is then insolvent.  The Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable to any Noteholder or Certificateholder on account of the Owner Trustee's good faith reliance on the provisions of this Section and no Noteholder or Certificateholder shall have any claim for breach of fiduciary duty or otherwise against the Owner Trustee for withholding or granting its consent to any such Bankruptcy Action.

Section 4.04.      Restrictions on the Certificateholders’ Power.  The Certificateholders shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligations of the Trust or of the Owner Trustee under any of the Basic Documents or would be contrary to Section 2.03 nor shall the Owner Trustee be obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

Section 4.05.      Majority of the Certificates Control.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any action that may be taken by the Certificateholders under this Agreement may be taken by the Holders of the Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the Percentage Interest.  Except as expressly provided herein, any written notice of the Certificateholders delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective if signed by Holders of the Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the Percentage Interest at the time of the delivery of such notice.

ARTICLE V
APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES

Section 5.01.      [Reserved].

Section 5.02.      Application of Amounts in Trust Accounts.

(a)      For so long as any Notes are outstanding, on each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee will distribute to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, based on the Percentage Interests thereof, the amounts distributable thereto pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 3.01 of the Indenture.  From and after the date on which the Notes of all Classes have been paid in full, the Paying Agent shall distribute to the Certificateholders (i) amounts released to the Issuer pursuant to Sections 4.02 and 8.05(b) of the Indenture and Section 5.01(d) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and (ii) amounts that are distributable to the Certificateholders in accordance with the instructions of the Servicer pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(b)      On each Payment Date, the Owner Trustee shall send to the Certificateholders the statement provided to the Owner Trustee by the Servicer pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to such Payment Date.

(c)      In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust’s distributions (or allocations of income) to a Certificateholder, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the Certificateholders in accordance with this Section.  The Owner Trustee and Paying Agent (and the Indenture Trustee, to the extent the Indenture Trustee is then making distributions to Certificateholders) are hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts

15

otherwise distributable to the Certificateholders sufficient funds for the payment of any tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization shall not prevent the Owner Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of such proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to a Certificateholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such Certificateholder at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the appropriate taxing authority.  If there is a possibility that withholding tax is payable with respect to any distribution (such as any distribution to a Non-U.S. Person), in order to comply with applicable law, the Owner Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without liability, withhold such amounts in accordance with this paragraph (c).  In the event that a Certificateholder wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Owner Trustee shall reasonably cooperate with such Certificateholder in making such claim so long as such Certificateholder agrees to reimburse the Owner Trustee for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith.

Section 5.03.      Method of Payment.  Subject to Section 9.01(c), distributions required to be made to Certificateholders on any Payment Date shall be made to each Certificateholder of record on the related Record Date either by check mailed to such Certificateholder at the address of such holder appearing in the Certificate Register or by wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of any Certificateholder at a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefor, if such Certificateholder shall have provided to the Certificate Registrar appropriate written instructions at least five (5) Business Days prior to such Payment Date.

Section 5.04.      Accounting and Reports to the Noteholders, the Certificateholders, the Internal Revenue Service and Others.  The Administrator will (a) maintain (or cause to be maintained) the books of the Trust on a fiscal year basis or a calendar year basis on the accrual method of accounting, (b) deliver to each Certificateholder, as may be required by the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, such information as may be required (including Schedule K-1s to an IRS Tax Form 1065, if the Trust is treated as a partnership) to enable each Certificateholder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns, including a copy of any applicable Servicer’s Certificates (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement), (c) prepare (or cause to be prepared) and file any tax and information returns, and fulfill any other reporting requirements, relating to the Trust, as may be required by the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations (including Treasury Regulation Section 1.6049-7), including causing such tax and information returns to be signed in the manner required by law, (d) for any period during which the beneficial interests in the Trust are held by more than one person, make such elections as may from time to time be required or appropriate under any applicable state or federal statute or rule or regulation thereunder so as to maintain the Trust’s characterization as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and (e) collect or cause to be collected any withholding tax as described in and in accordance with Section 5.02(c) with respect to income or distributions to the Certificateholders.  The Administrator will make any elections as so directed by a majority of the Certificateholders; provided, however, that neither the Administrator nor any Certificateholder shall make any election to have the Trust treated as a corporation for federal, state or local income or franchise tax purposes.

Section 5.05.      Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner.

16

(a)      The Certificateholder shall sign the tax returns of the Trust on behalf of the Trust; provided, that if there is more than one Certificateholder, the tax returns of the Trust shall be signed by the Certificateholder that is the “tax matters partner” of the Trust under Section 5.05(b).

(b)      For any period during which the beneficial interests of the Trust are held by more than one Person and the Trust is treated as a partnership for purposes of U.S. federal, state and local income or franchise tax, or any other tax measured in whole or in part by income, the Certificateholder holding Certificates evidencing the largest portion of the Certificates shall be designated to sign the tax return of the Trust (the “Tax Matters Partner”).  If the Trust is treated as a partnership for tax purposes, the Tax Matters Partner shall be designated as the “partnership representative” within the meaning of Section 6223 of the Code (as amended by P.L. 114-74, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015) and the Trust will, to the extent practicable, make the election described in Section 6226 of the Code (as amended by P.L. 114-74, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015). 

ARTICLE VIAUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE

Section 6.01.      General Authority.  The Owner Trustee is authorized and directed to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Trust, the Basic Documents to which the Trust is to be a party and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or contemplated by the Basic Documents to which the Trust is to be a party and any amendment thereto, and, on behalf of the Trust, to direct the Indenture Trustee to authenticate and deliver Class A‑1 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $[_______], Class A‑2[a] Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $[_______], [Class A-2b Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $[_______],] Class A‑3 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $[_______], Class A‑4 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $[_______]and Class B Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $[_______].  In addition to the foregoing, the Owner Trustee is authorized, but shall not be obligated, to take all actions required of the Trust, pursuant to the Basic Documents.

Section 6.02.      General Duties.  It shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the Trust is a party and to administer the Trust in accordance with the provisions hereof and of the Basic Documents and in the interest of the Certificateholders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder and under the Basic Documents to the extent the Administrator has agreed in the Administration Agreement to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Owner Trustee hereunder or under any Basic Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be held liable for the default or failure of the Administrator to carry out such obligations or fulfill such duties under the Administration Agreement.

Section 6.03.      Duties of Owner Trustee.

(a)      Subject to Article IV and in accordance with the terms of the Basic Documents, the Certificateholders may by written instruction direct the Owner Trustee in the management of

17

the Trust.  Such direction may be exercised at any time by written instruction of the Certificateholders pursuant to Article IV.

(b)      The Owner Trustee shall take such action or refrain from taking such action under this Agreement as it may be directed in writing by the Certificateholders from time to time; provided, however, that the Owner Trustee shall not be required to take or refrain from taking any such action if it shall have determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such performance is likely to involve the Owner Trustee in personal liability or is contrary to the terms of this Agreement or of any document contemplated hereby to which the Trust is a party or is otherwise contrary to law.  If at any time the Owner Trustee determines that it requires or desires guidance regarding the application of any provision of this Agreement or any other document, then the Owner Trustee may deliver a notice to the Certificateholders requesting written instructions as to the course of action desired by the Certificateholders and such instructions shall constitute full and complete authorization and protection for actions taken by the Owner Trustee in reliance thereon.  If the Owner Trustee does not receive such instructions within five (5) Business Days after it has delivered to the Certificateholders such notice requesting instructions, or such shorter period of time as may be set forth in such notice, it shall refrain from taking any action with respect to the matters described in such notice. Each instruction delivered by the Certificateholders to the Owner Trustee shall certify to the Owner Trustee that any actions to be taken pursuant to such instruction comply with the terms of this Agreement and the Owner Trustee may rely on such certification and instruction without inquiry except to the extent it has actual knowledge to the contrary.

(c)      The Owner Trustee accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement.

(d)      The Owner Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Owner Trustee that shall be specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they conform on their face to the requirements of this Agreement.

(e)      No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Owner Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, its own bad faith or its own willful misfeasance; provided, however, that:

(i)      the duties and obligations of the Owner Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Owner Trustee, the permissive right of the Owner Trustee to do things enumerated in this Agreement and the Basic Documents shall not be construed as a duty and, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Owner Trustee, the Owner Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Owner Trustee and conforming on their face to the requirements of this Agreement and the Basic Documents;

18

(ii)      the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Owner Trustee was grossly negligent in performing its duties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Basic Documents;

(iii)      the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of the Certificates representing at least a majority of the Percentage Interest (or such larger or smaller percentage of the Percentage Interest as may be required by any other provision of this Agreement or the other Basic Documents); and

(iv)      in no event shall the Owner Trustee be personally liable for (x) special consequential, indirect or punitive damages, however styled, including, without limitation, lost profits, (y) the acts or omissions of any nominee, correspondent, clearing agency or securities depository through which it holds the Trust’s securities or assets or (z) any losses due to forces beyond the reasonable control of the Owner Trustee, including without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

(f)      The Owner Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties under this Agreement, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

(g)      All information obtained by the Owner Trustee regarding the Obligors and the Receivables contained in the Trust, whether upon the exercise of its rights under this Agreement or otherwise, shall be maintained by the Owner Trustee in confidence and shall not be disclosed to any other Person, unless such disclosure is required by any applicable law or regulation or pursuant to subpoena.

(h)      The Owner Trustee shall provide prompt notice to Toyota Motor Credit Corporation and Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (each, a “TMCC Party,” and together, the “TMCC Parties”) of all demands received by an officer in the Corporate Trust Services Department of the Owner Trustee for the repurchase or replacement of any Receivable for breach of the representations and warranties concerning such Receivable (each, a “Demand”).  If any such Demand is made in non-written form, the Owner Trustee shall request that such Demand be put into writing and delivered to it; provided, however, that the Owner Trustee shall notify the TMCC Parties regardless of whether any such Demand is made in writing.  The obligations of the Owner Trustee under the first two sentences of this Section 6.03(h) to notify the TMCC Parties of any such Demand made in non-written form shall not be applicable during such time as the interpretations of the requirements of the Repurchase Rules and Regulations (as defined below) explicitly require reporting by TMCC Parties solely with respect to Demands in written form.  The Owner Trustee shall, upon written request of either TMCC Party, provide notification to the TMCC Parties with respect to any actions taken by the Owner Trustee with respect to any such Demand received by the Owner Trustee in respect of any Receivables, such notifications to

19

be provided by the Owner Trustee promptly after receipt by the Owner Trustee of such request but not more than once each calendar month or such other time frame as may be mutually agreed to by the Owner Trustee and the applicable TMCC Party.  The Owner Trustee and the Depositor acknowledge and agree that the purpose of this Section 6.03(h) is to facilitate compliance by the TMCC Parties with Rule 15Ga-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Items 1104(e) and 1121(c) of Regulation AB (the “Repurchase Rules and Regulations”).  The Owner Trustee shall cooperate with reasonable written requests received by it from the TMCC Parties to deliver any and all records and any other information in the possession of the Owner Trustee that is necessary in the good faith determination of the TMCC Parties to permit the TMCC Parties to comply with the provisions of Repurchase Rules and Regulations.  Subject to its duties explicitly set forth herein, the Owner Trustee shall not have any responsibility or liability in connection with the compliance of either TMCC Party or a securitizer with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Regulation AB or any filing required to be made by a TMCC Party or a securitizer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Regulation AB.

(i)      The Owner Trustee hereby agrees to cooperate with the Administrator in connection with any regulatory, administrative, governmental, investigative or other proceeding or inquiry relating in any way to the Trust, its assets or the conduct of its business.  In connection therewith, the Owner Trustee further agrees to comply with any reasonable request made by the Administrator for the delivery of information or documents in the Owner Trustee’s actual possession.

(j)      For the avoidance of doubt, the Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to monitor or enforce the Sponsor’s compliance with any applicable risk retention rules or regulations.  The Owner Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any such rules or regulations, and it shall not be liable to any Noteholder or any other Person for any violation of any such rules or regulations.

Section 6.04.      No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions.  The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of, or otherwise deal with the Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, any Basic Document to which the Owner Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement.  No implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or any Basic Document against the Owner Trustee, it being understood that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any implied duties (including fiduciary duties) or liabilities otherwise existing at law or in equity with respect to the Trust are hereby eliminated and replaced with the express duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement.  The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for the preparation, correctness, accuracy or filing of any financing or continuation statement (or similar filing) in any public office at any time or for the existence, validity or perfection or maintenance of perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to prepare or file any Securities and Exchange Commission filing for the Trust or to record this Agreement or any Basic Document.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Basic Document, the Owner Trustee shall not be required to execute, deliver or certify on behalf of the Trust or any other Person any filings, certificates, affidavits or other instruments required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the extent permitted by applicable law.  The Owner

20

Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any liens on any part of the Trust Estate that result from actions by, or claims against, the Owner Trustee that are not related to the ownership or the administration of the Trust Estate.

Section 6.05.      No Action Except Under Specified Documents or Instructions.  The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of or otherwise deal with any part of the Trust Estate except (i) in accordance with the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the Owner Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the Basic Documents and (iii) in accordance with any document or written instruction delivered to the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 6.03.

Section 6.06.      Restrictions.  The Owner Trustee shall not take any action (a) that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.03, (b) that, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the Owner Trustee, (x) would result in the Trust’s becoming taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or (y) affect the treatment of the Notes as indebtedness for federal or state income tax purposes or (c) is not in accordance with applicable law.  The Certificateholders shall not have the authority to and, by acceptance of a beneficial interest in any Certificate shall thereby be deemed to have covenanted not to, direct the Owner Trustee to take any action that would violate the provisions of this Section.

ARTICLE VII
CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.      Rights of the Owner Trustee.  Except as otherwise provided in Article VI:

(a)      in accordance with Section 7.04, the Owner Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Officer's Certificate, certificate of an authorized signatory, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b)      the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the direction or instructions of the Administrator, as provided in the Administration Agreement or the Certificateholders, as provided herein;

(c)      the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement or the other Basic Documents, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement, or in relation to this Agreement or the other Basic Documents, at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders or any other Person, unless such Person shall have offered to the Owner Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Owner Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby. The right of the Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any Basic Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Owner

21

Trustee shall not be answerable for such act other than its gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of any such act;

(d)      under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be liable for any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation of the Trust, or for any indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Basic Documents, including the principal of and interest on the Notes;

(e)      the recitals contained herein and in the Certificates (other than the signature of the Owner Trustee and the certificate of authentication on the Certificates) shall be taken as statements of the Depositor, and the Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for the correctness thereof;

(f)      the Owner Trustee shall not be bound to recalculate, reverify, or make any investigation into the facts, content or accuracy of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by Holders of Certificates representing not less than 25% of the Percentage Interest; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Owner Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Owner Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Owner Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Agreement, the Owner Trustee may require indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Owner Trustee against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding; the reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Administrator or, if paid by the Owner Trustee shall be reimbursed by the Administrator upon demand; and nothing in this clause shall derogate from the obligation of the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors;

(g)      the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for, and shall have no duty to supervise or monitor, the action or inaction,  default, misconduct or negligence of the Administrator, the Servicer, the Depositor or the Indenture Trustee or any agent appointed by it under any of the Basic Documents or otherwise, and the Owner Trustee may assume performance by each of such parties absent written notice or actual knowledge by a Responsible Officer to the contrary, and the Owner Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to supervise or perform the obligations of the Trust under the Basic Documents that are required to be performed by the Administrator under the Administration Agreement, the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

(h)      the Owner Trustee shall not be required to investigate any claims for the breach by any Person of a representation or warranty under any of the Basic Documents.  The Owner Trustee shall not be required to monitor, initiate or conduct any proceedings to enforce the obligations of the Trust, the Depositor, the Servicer or any other person with respect to any breach of representation or warranty under any Basic Document and the Owner Trustee shall not have any duty to conduct any investigation as to the occurrence of any condition requiring the repurchase or substitution of any Receivable by any person pursuant to any Basic Document. For the avoidance of doubt, the Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for evaluating the qualifications of any mediator or arbitrator, or be personally liable for paying the fees or expenses of any mediation or arbitration initiated by a Requesting Party, and under no

22

circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be personally liable for any expenses allocated to the Requesting Party in any dispute resolution proceeding;

(i)      the Owner Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any event or information, including any Event of Default, or be required to act upon any event or information (including the sending of any notice), unless written notice of such event or information is received by a Responsible Officer and such notice references the event or information. Absent written notice in accordance with this Section, the Owner Trustee may conclusively assume that no such event has occurred. The Owner Trustee shall have no obligation to inquire into, or investigate as to, the occurrence of any such event (including any Event of Default). For purposes of determining the Owner Trustee’s responsibility and liability hereunder, whenever reference is made in this Trust Agreement to any event (including, but not limited to, an Event of Default), such reference shall be construed to refer only to such event of which the Owner Trustee has received written notice as described in this Section. Knowledge of the Owner Trustee shall not be attributed or imputed to [_________]’s other roles in the transaction; and

(j)      the Owner Trustee’s receipt of delivery of any reports, information or other documents hereunder and any publically available information is for informational purposes only and shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Depositor’s, the Indenture Trustee’s, Administrator’s, Servicer’s or the Paying Agent’s compliance with any of their covenants and obligations hereunder; the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates provided by the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee, Administrator, Servicer or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, to confirm compliance with such covenants and obligations, but shall have no duty to request or otherwise monitor the delivery of such Officers’ Certificates.

Section 7.02.      Furnishing of Documents.  The Owner Trustee shall furnish (a) to the Certificateholders promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor, duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the Owner Trustee under the Basic Documents and (b) to Noteholders promptly upon written request therefor, copies of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Trust Agreement.

Section 7.03.      Representations and Warranties.  The Owner Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Depositor and for the benefit of the Certificateholders, that:

i. It is a [________] duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States.  It has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each other Basic Document.

ii. It has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Basic Document, and this Agreement and each other Basic Document has been executed and delivered by

23

         one of its officers duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Basic Document on its behalf.

iii. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Owner Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

iv. It is authorized to exercise trust powers in the State of Delaware as and to the extent contemplated herein and it has a principal place of business in the State of Delaware.

v. Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this Agreement nor the consummation by the Owner Trustee of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby nor compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof or thereof will contravene any federal or Delaware law, governmental rule or regulation governing the banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee or any judgment or order binding on it, or constitute any default under its charter documents or by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound.

vi. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Owner Trustee's actual knowledge, threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Owner Trustee or its properties: (a) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or (b) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Owner Trustee of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement and each other Basic Document to which it is a party.

Section 7.04.      Reliance; Advice of Counsel.

(a)      The Owner Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, direction, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond, or other document or paper believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. The Owner Trustee may request and conclusively rely (and shall be fully protected in relying) upon an opinion of counsel.  The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any corporate party as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect.  As to any fact or matter the method of the determination of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all purposes hereof request and rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice president or by the treasurer or other authorized officers or agents of the relevant party, as to such fact or matter and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.  The Owner Trustee need not investigate or re-

24

calculate, evaluate, verify or independently determine the accuracy of any report, certificate, information, statement, representation or warranty or any fact of matter stated in any such document and may conclusively rely as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein.  The costs of any opinion of counsel or certificate requested by the Owner Trustee under this Section shall be paid by the party requesting the Owner Trustee to act or refrain from acting.

(b)      In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in the performance of its duties and obligations under the Basic Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or through its agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the action, inaction, conduct, misconduct or negligence of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Owner Trustee in good faith, and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled persons to be selected in good faith and employed by it.  The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the opinion or advice of any such counsel, accountants or other such persons and not contrary to this Agreement or any Basic Document.

Section 7.05.      Not Acting in Individual Capacity.  In accepting the trusts hereby created, [________], acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity.  Except with respect to a claim based on the failure of the Owner Trustee to perform its duties under this Agreement or based on the Owner Trustee's willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence, no recourse shall be had for any claim based on any provision of this Agreement, the Notes or the Certificates, or based on rights obtained through the assignment of any of the foregoing, against the institution serving as the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity.  The Owner Trustee shall not have any personal obligation, liability or duty whatsoever to any Securityholder or any other Person with respect to any such claim, and any such claim shall be asserted solely against the Trust or any indemnitor who shall furnish indemnity as provided in this Indenture.

Section 7.06.      Owner Trustee Not Liable for the Certificates or Receivables.  The Owner Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or of the Certificates or of the Notes (other than the execution by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust of, and the certificate of authentication on, the Certificates).  The Owner Trustee shall have no obligation to perform any of the duties of or to monitor the performance by the Trust, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator or any other Person.

The Owner Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of the Certificates, the Notes, or any Receivable, any ownership interest in any Financed Vehicle, or the maintenance of any such ownership interest, or for or with respect to the efficacy of the Trust or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to Securityholders under this Agreement and the Indenture, including without limitation the validity of the assignment of the Receivables to the Trust or of any intervening assignment; the existence, condition, location and ownership of any Receivable or Financed Vehicle; the existence and enforceability of any Insurance Policy; the existence and contents of any retail installment sales contract or any computer or other record thereof; the completeness of any retail installment sales contract; the performance or enforcement of any retail installment

25

sales contract; the compliance by the Trust with any covenant or the breach by the Trust of any warranty or representation made under this Agreement or in any related document and the accuracy of any such warranty or representation prior to the Owner Trustee's receipt of notice or other discovery of any noncompliance therewith or any breach thereof; the acts or omissions of the Trust or the Servicer; or any action or inaction by the Owner Trustee taken at the instruction of the Certificateholders; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve the Owner Trustee of its obligation to perform its duties under this Agreement.

The Owner Trustee shall not be accountable for:  (i) the use or application by the Depositor of the proceeds of the sale of the Notes; (ii) the use or application by the Certificateholders of the Certificates or the proceeds of the Certificates; (iii) the use or application by the holder of any Notes of any of the Notes or of the proceeds of such Notes; or (iv) the use or application of any funds paid to the Servicer in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Section 7.07.      Owner Trustee May Own Certificates and Notes.  The Owner Trustee in its individual or any other capacity (but not in its fiduciary capacity), may become the owner or pledgee of Certificates or Notes and may deal with the Depositor, the Company, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer in banking or other transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were not Owner Trustee.

Section 7.08.      Trust Licenses.  Pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will cause the Trust to use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of all licenses, if any, required to be held by the Trust under the laws of any jurisdiction in connection with ownership of the Receivables or the terms set forth in this Agreement and the Basic Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby until such time as the Trust shall terminate in accordance with the terms hereof.

ARTICLE VIII
COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE

Section 8.01.      Owner Trustee’s Fees and Expenses.  The Trust shall pay or shall cause the Servicer to pay to the Owner Trustee from time to time compensation for its services as have been separately agreed upon before the date hereof, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Servicer or the Administrator, as the case may be, for its other reasonable expenses hereunder, including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of such agents, representatives, experts and counsel as the Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance of its rights and its duties hereunder.

Section 8.02.      Indemnification.  The Trust shall reimburse the Owner Trustee and its agents (including the Certificate Registrar and the Paying Agent), counsel, accountants and experts directly related to its services hereunder (the “Indemnified Parties”) for, and the Trust will indemnify such Indemnified Parties against, any and all costs, damages, loss, liability or expense (including but not limited to, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by

26

it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services, including the Indemnified Parties’ reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances), any and all costs related to amendments, supplements and petitioning any court, and any reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses, and including any such reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) any enforcement (including any action, claim, or suit brought by such indemnified parties) of any indemnification or other obligation of the Trust) or (ii) a successful defense of any claim that the Owner Trustee breached its standard of care) of any kind or nature whatsoever (collectively, “Expenses”), which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Owner Trustee or any other Indemnified Party in connection with the administration of the Trust and the performance of its duties hereunder.  An Indemnified Party shall notify the Administrator and the Trust promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by  an Indemnified Party to so notify the Administrator and the Trust shall not relieve the Trust of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent such failure shall adversely affect the Trust’s defenses in respect thereof.  In case any action is brought against an Indemnified Party under this Section 8.02 and it notifies the Administrator of the commencement thereof, the Administrator will assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party (who may, unless there is, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party stating that there is an unwaivable conflict of interest, be counsel to the Administrator), and the Administrator will not be liable to the Indemnified Party under this Section for any legal or other Expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation.  The Trust need not reimburse any Expense or indemnify against any costs, damages, loss, liability or expense incurred by the Owner Trustee through the Owner Trustee’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith to the extent such matters have been determined definitively by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a final order or verdict not subject to appeal, and until such determination, an Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder.  The provisions of this Section 8.02 shall survive the termination or assignment of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee.  The Depositor shall cause the Administrator to make prompt payment of any unpaid amounts due to the Owner Trustee in respect of fees, expenses and indemnification amounts not otherwise paid by the Trust on a Payment Date in accordance with the terms of Section 1(a)(ii) of the Administration Agreement.

Section 8.03.      Payments to the Owner Trustee.  Any amounts paid to the Owner Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII from assets in the Trust Estate shall be deemed not to be a part of the Trust Estate immediately after such payment.

ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT

Section 9.01.      Termination of Trust Agreement.

(a)      The Trust shall dissolve and be wound up in accordance with Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Act, upon the earliest of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of the last Receivable (or other asset) in the Trust Estate and the final distribution by the Paying Agent of all moneys or other property or proceeds of the Trust Estate held by it in accordance with the

27

terms of this Agreement, the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement (including, but not limited to, any property and proceeds to be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or to be released by the Indenture Trustee from the Lien of the Indenture pursuant to the terms of the Indenture) or (ii) the payment or distribution to all Securityholders of all amounts required to be paid to them under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.  The bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, death or incapacity of any Certificateholder shall not (x) operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor (y) entitle such Certificateholder’s legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of all or any part of the Trust Estate, nor (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.

(b)      Except as provided in Section 9.01(a), the Certificateholder shall not be entitled to revoke or terminate the Trust.

(c)      Notice of any dissolution of the Trust, specifying the Payment Date upon which the Certificateholders shall surrender their Certificates to the Paying Agent for payment of the final distributions and cancellation, shall be given by the Owner Trustee to the Certificateholders mailed within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice of such termination from the Servicer given pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, stating (i) the Payment Date upon or with respect to which final payment of the Certificates shall be made upon presentation and surrender of the Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment and (iii) that payment to be made on such Payment Date will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein specified.  The Owner Trustee shall give such notice to the Certificate Registrar (if other than the Owner Trustee) and the Paying Agent (if other than the Owner Trustee) at the time such notice is given to the Certificateholders.  Upon presentation and surrender of the Certificates, the Paying Agent shall cause to be distributed to the Certificateholders amounts distributable on such Payment Date pursuant to Section 5.02.

In the event that one or more of the Certificateholders shall not surrender their Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the above mentioned written notice, the Owner Trustee shall give a second written notice to the remaining Certificateholders to surrender their Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto.  If within one year after the second notice all the Certificates shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Owner Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other assets that shall remain subject to this Agreement.  Any funds remaining in the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed by the Owner Trustee to the Depositor (subject to applicable escheatment laws).

(d)      Upon the completion of the winding up of the Trust, including the payment or reasonable provision for payment of all claims and obligations in accordance with Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Act by the Administrator, the Owner Trustee shall, at the direction and expense of the Administrator, file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 of the Statutory Trust Act.

28

ARTICLE X
SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES

Section 10.01.      Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee.  The Owner Trustee shall at all times be an entity having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and be authorized to exercise trust powers in the State of Delaware.  If such entity shall publish reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 10.01, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  In case at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 10.02.

Section 10.02.      Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee.  The Owner Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the Depositor, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Servicer will promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which shall be delivered to each of the resigning Owner Trustee and the successor Owner Trustee.  If no successor Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed or shall not have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee at the Administrator’s expense, which shall include payment of all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Owner Trustee in connection therewith.

If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.01 and shall fail to resign promptly, or if at any time the Owner Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Administrator may remove the Owner Trustee by written instrument to such effect delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Depositor and the Indenture Trustee. If the Administrator removes the Owner Trustee under the authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the Servicer will promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to each of the outgoing Owner Trustee so removed and the successor Owner Trustee and shall pay or cause to be paid all fees, expenses and other compensation then owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.

Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 10.03 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.  The Administrator will provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.

29

Section 10.03.      Successor Owner Trustee.  Any successor Owner Trustee appointed pursuant to Section 10.02 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Administrator and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective and such successor Owner Trustee without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties, and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee.  The predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the Administrator and the predecessor Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties, and obligations.

No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall meet the criteria for eligibility set forth in Section 10.01.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Administrator will mail notice of the successor of such Owner Trustee to the Certificateholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Rating Agencies.  If the Administrator fails to mail such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the successor Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Administrator.

Section 10.04.      Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee.  Any corporation into which the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Owner Trustee shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.01, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, further, that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or consolidation to the Depositor and the Administrator.  The Administrator will provide notice of such merger or consolidation to the Rating Agencies.

Section 10.05.      Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust Estate or any Financed Vehicle may at the time be located, or for enforcement actions or conflict of interest matters, the Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons approved by the Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Owner Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Administrator and the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.  If the Administrator shall not have joined in such appointment within twenty-five (25) days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, the Owner Trustee alone shall have the

30

power to make such appointment.  No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 10.03.  A co-trustee or separate trustee appointed hereunder is not an agent of the Owner Trustee.

Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provision and conditions:

(i)      all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties, and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the written direction of the Owner Trustee;

(ii)      no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by reason of the appointment or any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement; and

(iii)      the Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as if given to each of them.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the powers and duties conferred thereto under this Agreement, shall (i) be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Owner Trustee, and (ii) agree to indemnify the Owner Trustee for its acts or omissions pursuant to its appointment hereto.  Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Administrator.

Section 10.06.      Power of Attorney for Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.  Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

31

ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.      Supplements and Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, and without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, that either (i) an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or (ii) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.

This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, and with the consent of the Indenture Trustee and, if the interests of the Noteholders are materially and adversely affected, with the consent of the Holders of the Notes evidencing at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting together as a single Class, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or Certificateholders under this Agreement.

No amendment otherwise permitted under this Section 11.01 (except as described in the last sentence of this paragraph) may (x) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the Receivables or distributions required to be made for the benefit of any Noteholders or Certificateholders without the consent of all Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby, or (y) reduce the percentage of the Notes or Certificates which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of the Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby; provided, that any amendment referred to in clause (x) or (y) above shall be deemed to not adversely affect any Noteholder if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.  No amendment referred to in clause (x) in the immediately preceding sentence shall be permitted unless an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or Certificateholder whose consent was not obtained.  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding two sentences, this Agreement may also be amended by the parties hereto, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, for the purpose of conforming the provisions in this Agreement to the descriptions thereof contained in the prospectus, dated [__________], related to the offering of the Notes.

Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Certificateholder, the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator and the Administrator shall provide such notification to each of the Rating Agencies.

32

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Certificateholders, the Noteholders or the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other consents of Certificateholders provided for in this Agreement or in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by the Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the Secretary of State.

Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or any amendment to the Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Administrator and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement.  The Owner Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.  The fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee in connection with any amendment or supplement hereto shall be paid by the Depositor.

Section 11.02.      No Legal Title to Trust Estate in the Certificateholders.  The Certificateholders shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust Estate.  The Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive distributions with respect to their fractional undivided beneficial interest therein only in accordance with Articles V and IX.  No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title, or interest of the Certificateholders to and in their ownership interest in the Trust Estate shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the trusts hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Trust Estate.

Section 11.03.      Limitations on Rights of Others.  Except for Section 2.06, the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner Trustee, the Depositor, TMCC (as Servicer), the Certificateholders, the Administrator and, to the extent expressly provided herein the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, and nothing in this Agreement, (other than Section 2.06), whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

Section 11.04.      Notices.

(a)      Unless otherwise expressly specified or permitted by the terms hereof, all notices shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt by the intended recipient or three (3) Business Days after mailing if mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid (except that notice to the Owner Trustee shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt by the Owner Trustee), if to the Owner Trustee, addressed to the Corporate Trust Office; if to the Depositor, addressed to Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: President; if, to the Trust, addressed to Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust, c/o [________], with a copy to Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, 6565 Headquarters

33

Drive, W2-5A, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: General Counsel; or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.

(b)      Any notice required or permitted to be given a Certificateholder shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate Register.  Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.

Section 11.05.      Severability.  If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatsoever held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates or the rights of the Holders thereof.

Section 11.06.      Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 11.07.      Successors and Assigns.  All covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Depositor, the Owner Trustee, and its successors and each Certificateholder and its successors and permitted assigns, all as herein provided.  Any request, notice, direction, consent, waiver or other instrument or action by a Certificateholder shall bind the successors and assigns of such Certificateholder.

Section 11.08.      No Petition.  To the fullest extent permitted  by law, each of the parties hereto, by entering into this Agreement hereby covenants and agrees, and the Indenture Trustee and each Certificateholder and Noteholder by accepting a Certificate or accepting the benefits of this Agreement, as the case may be, are each deemed to covenant and agree, that it shall not at any time acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer or the Depositor to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust or the Depositor under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or the Depositor, as the case may be, or any substantial part of its property, or, except as expressly set forth herein, ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust or the Depositor, in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Certificates, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents prior to the date that is one year and one day after the date on which the Indenture is terminated.  This Section 11.08 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 11.09.      No Recourse.  Each Certificateholder by accepting an interest in a Certificate acknowledges that such Certificates represent beneficial interests in the Trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations of the Depositor, TMCC (in any capacity), the Administrator, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate thereof and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated in the Certificates or the Basic Documents.

34

Section 11.10.      Headings.  The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 11.11.      Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

Section 11.12.      Exclusive Jurisdiction.  Each party to this Agreement and each person beneficially owning a beneficial interest in the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 3804(e) of the Statutory Trust Act, (i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or relating in any way to the Trust or its business and affairs, the Statutory Trust Act or this Agreement, including, without limitation, any claims, suits, actions or proceedings to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement, will be exclusively brought in the courts of the State of Delaware or the State of New York and (ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding.

Section 11.13.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 11.14.      USA PATRIOT Act Compliance.  The parties hereto and each Certificateholder acknowledge that in accordance with the Customer Identification Program (CIP) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, the Owner Trustee and the Paying Agent, in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Owner Trustee or the Paying Agent.  Each party hereto and each Certificateholder by its acceptance of a Certificate agrees that it shall provide the Owner Trustee and the Paying Agent with such information as the Owner Trustee or the Paying Agent may reasonably request that will help the Owner Trustee and the Paying Agent to identify and verify each party’s identity, including without limitation each party’s name, physical address, tax identification number, organizational documents, certificates of good standing, licenses to do business or other pertinent identifying information.

ARTICLE XII
COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION AB

Section 12.01.      Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness.  The Depositor and the Owner Trustee acknowledge and agree that the purpose of Article XII of this Agreement is to facilitate compliance by the Depositor with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission.

35

Neither the Depositor nor the Owner Trustee shall exercise its right to request delivery of information or other performance under these provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of disclosure comparable to that required under the Securities Act).  The Owner Trustee acknowledges that interpretations of the requirements of Regulation AB may change over time, whether due to interpretive guidance provided by the Commission or its staff, consensus among participants in the asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and agrees to comply with requests made by the Depositor in good faith for delivery of information under these provisions on the basis of evolving interpretations of Regulation AB.  In connection therewith, the Owner Trustee shall cooperate fully with the Depositor to deliver to the Depositor (including any of its assignees or designees), any and all statements, reports, certifications, records, attestations, and any other information necessary in the good faith determination of the Depositor, to permit the Depositor to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB, together with such disclosures relating to the Owner Trustee or the servicing of the Receivables, reasonably believed by the Depositor to be necessary in order to effect such compliance.

36

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, as Depositor

By:____________________________________

Name:

Title:

[________], as Owner Trustee

By:____________________________________

Name:

Title:

S-1

Acknowledged by:

TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION,

as Servicer and Administrator

By:____________________________________

Name:

Title:

S-2

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE

THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OBLIGATION OF OR AN INTEREST IN THE DEPOSITOR, THE OWNER TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER, THE ADMINISTRATOR, TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, AND WILL NOT BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY SUCH ENTITY OR BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.  THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF THIS CERTIFICATE WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND COVENANT THAT IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THE CERTIFICATE WITH THE ASSETS OF AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY OR ANY OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE.

NUMBER R‑1

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST

ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE

THIS CERTIFIES THAT TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC is the registered owner of 100% of the nonassessable, fully-paid, fractional undivided beneficial interest in Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust (the “Trust”) formed by Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC.

The Trust was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (as amended and restated by, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Trust Agreement”), between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as depositor (the “Depositor”), and [________], a [________], as Owner Trustee (the “Owner Trustee”), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which is set forth below.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Sale and

A-1

Servicing Agreement”), among the Trust, the Depositor and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, as servicer (the “Servicer”), or the Indenture, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Indenture”), among the Trust and [____________], as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), as the case may be.

This Certificate is one of the duly authorized Certificates designated as “Asset Backed Certificates” (the “Certificates”) issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  Certain debt instruments evidencing obligations of the Trust have been issued under the Indenture, consisting of Notes designated as “[__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑1,” “[__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑2[a],” [“LIBOR [plus][minus] [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-2b,”] “[__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑3,” “[__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑4” and “[__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class B” (collectively, the “Notes”).  This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement.  The holder of this Certificate, by virtue of its acceptance hereof, assents to and is bound by all of the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

The property of the Trust includes a pool of retail installment sales contracts secured by new and used cars, minivans, light-duty trucks and sport utility vehicles (the “Receivables”), all monies due thereunder and received after the Cutoff Date, security interests in the vehicles financed thereby, certain bank accounts and the proceeds thereof, proceeds from claims on certain insurance policies and certain other rights under the Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement and all proceeds of the foregoing.

It is the intent of the Depositor, Toyota Motor Credit Corporation and the Certificateholders that, for purposes of federal income tax, state and local income tax, any state single business tax and any other income taxes, the Trust will be treated as a division or branch of the Person holding the beneficial interests in the Trust for any period during which the beneficial interests in the Trust are held by one person, and will be treated as a partnership, and the Certificateholders will be treated as partners in that partnership, for any period during which the beneficial interests in the Trust are held by more than one person.  For any such period during which the beneficial interests in the Trust are held by more than one person, each Certificateholder, by acceptance of a Certificate or any beneficial interest on a Certificate, agrees to treat, and to take no action inconsistent with the treatment of, the Certificates as partnership interests in the Trust for such tax purposes.

Under the Trust Agreement, there will be distributed to the Holder hereof on the [__] day of each month or, if such [__] day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day, (each, a “Payment Date”), commencing in [____] 20[__], the amounts to be distributed to Certificateholder on such Payment Date in respect of amounts distributable to the Certificateholder pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

The holder of this Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its rights to receive distributions in respect of this Certificate are subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders, as described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

Distributions on this Certificate will be made as provided in the Trust Agreement by the Paying Agent by wire transfer or check mailed to the Certificateholder without the presentation

A-2

or surrender of this Certificate or the making of any notation hereon.  Except as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement and notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this Certificate will be made after due notice by the Owner Trustee of the pendency of such distribution and only upon presentation and surrender of this Certificate at the office or agency of the Paying Agent designated in such notice.

Each Certificateholder, by its acceptance of a Certificate or any beneficial interest in a Certificate, covenants and agrees that such Certificateholder will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Trust, or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Trust of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States, federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee or an authenticating agent, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

A-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_]

OWNER TRUST

By: [________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee

By:_________________________________

Authorized Signatory

Dated:  [_______], 20[__]

A-4

OWNER TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is the Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

[________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee

By:_________________________________

Authorized Signatory

A-5

(REVERSE OF CERTIFICATE)

The holder of this Certificate, by accepting an interest in this Certificate, acknowledges that this Certificate represents a beneficial interest in the Trust only and does not represent any interest in or obligation of the Depositor, Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (in any capacity), the Administrator, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate thereof and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated in this Certificate or the Basic Documents.  In addition, this Certificate is not guaranteed by any governmental agency or instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to certain collections with respect to the Receivables (and certain other amounts), all as more specifically set forth herein and in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  A copy of each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement may be examined during normal business hours at the principal office of the Depositor, and at such other places, if any, designated by the Depositor, by the Certificateholder upon written request.

As provided in the Trust Agreement, and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Certificate is registerable in the Certificate Register upon surrender of this Certificate for registration of transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate Registrar maintained by the Owner Trustee, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by the holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Certificates of authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate interest in the Trust will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. The initial Certificate Registrar appointed under the Trust Agreement is [________].

The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may treat the person in whose name this Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes and none of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar or any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

The Trust Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the amendment thereof by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in the Trust Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in the Trust Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholder; provided, that either (i) an Officer’s Certificate has been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that any such amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or Certificateholder or (ii) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of any such amendment.

The Trust Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies and with the consent of the Indenture Trustee and with the consent of:

A-6

(i)if the interests of the Noteholders are materially and adversely affected, the Holders of Notes evidencing at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting together as a single; and

(ii)if the interests of the Certificateholders are materially and adversely affected, the Holders of the Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the Percentage Interest;

for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Trust Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or Certificateholders under the Trust Agreement.

No amendment otherwise permitted under Section 11.01 of the Trust Agreement may (x) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the Receivables or distributions required to be made for the benefit of any Noteholders or Certificateholders without the consent of all Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby, or (y) reduce the percentage of the Notes or Certificates which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of the Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby; provided, that any amendment referred to in clause (x) or (y) above will be deemed to not adversely affect any Noteholder if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.  No amendment referred to in clause (x) in the immediately preceding sentence will be permitted unless an Officer’s Certificate has been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or Certificateholder whose consent was not obtained.

The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to the Certificateholder of all amounts required to be paid to it pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the disposition of all property held as part of the Trust Estate.  Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, as servicer of the Receivables under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or any successor servicer, may at its option purchase the Trust Estate at a price specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and any such purchase of the Receivables and other property of the Trust will effect early retirement of the Certificate; however, such right of purchase is exercisable only after the last day of the Collection Period as of which the Pool Balance is less than or equal to [_]% of the Original Pool Balance.

A-7

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D.  or other identifying number of assignee:__________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

____________________________________________________________________________ (name and address of assignee)

the within Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

______________________, attorney, to transfer said Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:*/

Signature Guaranteed: __________________*/

*/NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must be guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange or a commercial bank or trust company.

A-8

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF TRANSFEREE REPRESENTATION LETTER

Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust

c/o [________]

[________]

Re:  Transfer of Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust Certificates, (the “Certificates”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter is delivered pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Trust Agreement”), between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as Depositor, and [________], as Owner Trustee (the “Owner Trustee”), in connection with the transfer by ________________ (the “Seller”) to the undersigned (the “Purchaser”) of the Certificates, a copy of which are attached hereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Agreement.

In connection with such transfer, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants to you and the addressees hereof as follows:

1.I am not a Non-U.S. Person as defined in the Trust Agreement; and

2.I am not (i) an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), which is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a “plan” described in and subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (iii) an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of an employee benefit plan’s or plan’s investment in the entity, or (iv) any other employee benefit plan that is subject to any law that is substantially similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Signature appears on next page.

B-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Purchaser hereby executes this Transferee Representation Letter on the ___ day of  ___________.

Very truly yours,

The Purchaser

B-2

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF TRANSFEROR REPRESENTATION LETTER

Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust

c/o [________]

[________]

Re:  Transfer of Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust Certificates, (the “Certificates”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter is delivered pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Trust Agreement”), between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as Depositor, and [________], as Owner Trustee (the “Owner Trustee”), in connection with the transfer by ______________________ (the “Purchaser”) to the undersigned (the “Seller”) of the Certificates, a copy of which are attached hereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Agreement. The Transferor hereby certifies, represents and warrants to you, as Certificate Registrar, that:

1. The Transferor is the lawful owner of the Transferred Certificates with the full right to transfer such Certificates free from any and all claims and encumbrances whatsoever.

2. Neither the Transferor nor anyone acting on its behalf has (a) offered, transferred, pledged, sold or otherwise disposed of any Transferred Certificate, any interest in any Transferred Certificate or any other similar security to any person in any manner, (b) solicited any offer to buy or accept a transfer, pledge or other disposition of any Transferred Certificate, any interest in any Transferred Certificate or any other similar security from any person in any manner, (c) otherwise approached or negotiated with respect to any Transferred Certificate, any interest in any Transferred Certificate or any other similar security with any person in any manner, (d) made any general solicitation by means of general advertising or in any other manner, or (e) taken any other action, which (in the case of any of the acts described in clauses (a) through (e) hereof) would constitute a distribution of any Transferred Certificate under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or would render the disposition of any Transferred Certificate a violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act or any state securities laws, or would require registration or qualification of any Transferred Certificate pursuant to the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

Very truly yours,

(Transferor)

By:

C-1

EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

FORM OF INDENTURE

______________________________________________________________

between

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST,

as Issuer,

and

[___________],

as Indenture Trustee and Securities Intermediary

______________________________________________________

Dated as of [_______], 20[__]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	2
SECTION 1.01	Definitions	2
SECTION 1.02	Usage of Terms	7
SECTION 1.03	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	7
ARTICLE II	THE NOTES	7
SECTION 2.01	Form	7
SECTION 2.02	Execution, Authentication and Delivery	8
SECTION 2.03	Temporary Notes	8
SECTION 2.04	Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange	9
SECTION 2.05	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	10
SECTION 2.06	Persons Deemed Owners	11
SECTION 2.07	Payments of Principal and Interest	11
SECTION 2.08	Cancellation	12
SECTION 2.09	Release of Collateral	12
SECTION 2.10	Book-Entry Notes	12
SECTION 2.11	Notices to Clearing Agency	13
SECTION 2.12	Definitive Notes	13
SECTION 2.13	Tax Treatment	14
ARTICLE III	COVENANTS	14
SECTION 3.01	Payments to Noteholders, Certificateholder, Servicer and Seller	14
SECTION 3.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency	15
SECTION 3.03	Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust	15
SECTION 3.04	Existence	17
SECTION 3.05	Protection of Trust Estate	17
SECTION 3.06	Opinions as to Trust Estate	17
SECTION 3.07	Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables	18
SECTION 3.08	Negative Covenants	20
SECTION 3.09	Annual Statement as to Compliance	20
SECTION 3.10	Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms	21
SECTION 3.11	Successor or Transferee	23

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

SECTION 3.12	No Other Business	23
SECTION 3.13	No Borrowing	23
SECTION 3.14	Servicer’s Notice Obligations	23
SECTION 3.15	Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities	23
SECTION 3.16	Capital Expenditures	23
SECTION 3.17	Removal of Administrator	24
SECTION 3.18	Restricted Payments	24
SECTION 3.19	Notice of Events of Default	24
SECTION 3.20	Further Instruments and Actions	24
SECTION 3.21	Perfection Representations, Warranties and Covenants	24
ARTICLE IV	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	25
SECTION 4.01	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	25
SECTION 4.02	Application of Trust Money	25
SECTION 4.03	Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent	26
ARTICLE V	REMEDIES	26
SECTION 5.01	Events of Default	26
SECTION 5.02	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	28
SECTION 5.03	Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee	29
SECTION 5.04	Remedies; Priorities	31
SECTION 5.05	Optional Preservation of the Receivables	32
SECTION 5.06	Limitation of Suits	32
SECTION 5.07	Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and Interest	33
SECTION 5.08	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	33
SECTION 5.09	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	33
SECTION 5.10	Delay or Omission Not a Waiver	34
SECTION 5.11	Control by Noteholders	34
SECTION 5.12	Waiver of Past Defaults	34
SECTION 5.13	Undertaking for Costs	35
SECTION 5.14	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	35

 

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

SECTION 5.15	Action on Notes	35
SECTION 5.16	Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations	35
ARTICLE VI	THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE	36
SECTION 6.01	Duties of Indenture Trustee	36
SECTION 6.02	Rights of Indenture Trustee	37
SECTION 6.03	Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee	39
SECTION 6.04	Indenture Trustee’s Disclaimer	39
SECTION 6.05	Notice of Events of Defaults	40
SECTION 6.06	Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders	40
SECTION 6.07	Compensation and Indemnity	40
SECTION 6.08	Replacement of Indenture Trustee	41
SECTION 6.09	Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger	42
SECTION 6.10	Appointment of Co‑Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture Trustee	42
SECTION 6.11	Eligibility; Disqualification	43
SECTION 6.12	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer	43
SECTION 6.13	Indenture Trustee as Paying Agent, Note Registrar and Securities Intermediary	43
SECTION 6.14	Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee	44
ARTICLE VII	NOTEHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS	45
SECTION 7.01	Note Registrar To Furnish Names and Addresses of Noteholders	45
SECTION 7.02	Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders	45
SECTION 7.03	Reports by Issuer	47
SECTION 7.04	Reports by Indenture Trustee	47
ARTICLE VIII	ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES	47
SECTION 8.01	Collection of Money	47
SECTION 8.02	Trust Accounts	48
SECTION 8.03	[Reserved]	48
SECTION 8.04	General Provisions Regarding Accounts	48
SECTION 8.05	Release of Trust Estate	50

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

SECTION 8.06	Opinion of Counsel	50
ARTICLE IX	SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES	50
SECTION 9.01	Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders	50
SECTION 9.02	Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders	51
SECTION 9.03	Limitations on Supplemental Indentures	52
SECTION 9.04	Execution of Supplemental Indentures	53
SECTION 9.05	Effect of Supplemental Indenture	53
SECTION 9.06	Conformity with Trust Indenture Act	54
SECTION 9.07	Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures	54
ARTICLE X	TERMINATION OF THE TRUST	54
SECTION 10.01	Termination of the Trusts Created by Indenture	54
SECTION 10.02	Optional Purchase of All Receivables	55
ARTICLE XI	MISCELLANEOUS	55
SECTION 11.01	Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc	55
SECTION 11.02	Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee	56
SECTION 11.03	Acts of Noteholders	57
SECTION 11.04	Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer, Administrator and Rating Agencies	58
SECTION 11.05	Notices to Noteholders; Waiver	58
SECTION 11.06	Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions	59
SECTION 11.07	Conflict with Trust Indenture Act	59
SECTION 11.08	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents	60
SECTION 11.09	Successors and Assigns	60
SECTION 11.10	Severability	60
SECTION 11.11	Benefits of Indenture	60
SECTION 11.12	Governing Law	60
SECTION 11.13	Counterparts	60
SECTION 11.14	Recording of Indenture	60
SECTION 11.15	Trust Obligation	60
SECTION 11.16	No Petition	61
SECTION 11.17	Inspection	61

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

SECTION 11.18	Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness	61
ARTICLE XII	ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW	62
SECTION 12.01	Noteholder and Note Owner Requests for Vote on Asset Representations Review	62
SECTION 12.02	Noteholder and Note Owner Vote on Asset Representations Review	63
SECTION 12.03	Evaluation of Review Report	63

SCHEDULE I	Perfection Representations, Warranties and Covenants	S-1
EXHIBIT A-1	Form of Class A-1 Notes	A-1-1
EXHIBIT A-2	Form of Class A-2a Notes,  Class A-2b Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes	A-2-1
EXHIBIT A-3	Form of Class B Notes	A-3-1
EXHIBIT B	[Reserved]	B-1
EXHIBIT C	Servicing Criteria to be Addressed in Assessment of Compliance	C-1

v

CROSS‑REFERENCE TABLE (not a part of this Indenture)

TIA Section	Indenture Section
(§)310 (a)(1)	6.08; 6.11
(a)(2)	6.11
(a)(3)	6.10(b)
(a)(4)	Not Applicable
(a)(5)	6.11
(b)	6.11
(c)	N.A.
(§)311 (a)	6.12
(b)	6.12
(c)	Not Applicable
(§)312 (a)	7.01; 7.02
(b)	7.02
(c)	7.02
(§)313 (a)	7.04
(b)(1)	Not Applicable
(b)(2)	7.04
(c)	7.04; 11.04
(d)	7.04
(§)314 (a)	3.09; 7.03
(b)	11.14
(c)	2.09
(c)(1)	3.10; 6.02; 8.05(b)
(c)(2)	3.06; 3.10; 6.02; 8.05(b); 8.06
(c)(3)	Not Applicable
(d)	2.09
(e)	11.01
(f)	4.01(c); 11.01
(§)315 (a)	6.01
(b)	6.05
(c)	5.02; 5.08
(d)	6.01(c)
(e)	5.13
(§)316 (a)(last sentence)	6.01(c)
(a)(1)(A)	6.01(c)
(a)(1)(B)	5.12
(a)(2)	Not Applicable
(b)	5.01; 5.04(b)
(c)	2.06
(§)317 (a)(1)	5.04
(a)(2)	5.03(c); 5.03(d)
(b)	4.03
(§)318 (a)	11.07

vi

INDENTURE, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), and [________], a [________], as indenture trustee and not in its individual capacity and as Securities Intermediary (the “Indenture Trustee”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of (i) the Holders of the Issuer’s [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑1 (the “Class A‑1 Notes”), [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑2[a] (the “Class A‑2[a] Notes”), [LIBOR [plus][minus] [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑2b (the “Class A‑2b Notes” and, together with the Class A-2a Notes, the “Class A-2 Notes”),] [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-3 (the “Class A-3 Notes”), [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-4 (the “Class A-4 Notes,” and together with the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes, the “Class A Notes”) and [__]% Asset-Backed Notes, Class B (the “Class B Notes” and, together with the Class A Notes, the “Notes”), and (ii) for the purposes of the Granting Clause below, the Certificateholders:

GRANTING CLAUSE

The Issuer hereby Grants to the Indenture Trustee at the Closing Date, as Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which Issuer now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located: (i) all right, title and interest of the Issuer in and to the Receivables and all monies due thereon or paid thereunder or in respect thereof (including proceeds of the repurchase of Receivables by the Seller pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the purchase of Receivables by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.08 or 9.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement) on or after the Cutoff Date; (ii) the interest of the Issuer in the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by the Obligors pursuant to the Receivables and any accessions thereto; (iii) the interest of the Issuer in any proceeds of any Insurance Policies relating to the Receivables or the Obligors; (iv) the interest of the Issuer in any Dealer Recourse; (v) the right of the Issuer to realize upon any property (including the right to receive future Liquidation Proceeds) that shall have secured a Receivable and have been repossessed pursuant to the terms thereof; (vi) the rights and interests of the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and as assignee of the rights and interests of TAFR LLC under the Receivables Purchase Agreement pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (vii) all proceeds of the foregoing; (viii) all present and future claims, demands, causes of action and choses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion thereof, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing; (ix) all funds and investment property on deposit from time to time in Collection Account; and (x) all other property of the Issuer from time to time, including any rights of the Issuer under the Administration Agreement (collectively, the “Collateral”).

The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal of and interest on, and any other amounts owing in respect of, the Notes, equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction, and to secure compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, and subject to the subordinate claims thereon of the Holder of the Certificate, all as provided in this Indenture.

The Indenture Trustee, as Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes and for the benefit of the Certificateholder, acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the end that the interests of the Holders of the Notes may be adequately and effectively protected and the rights of the Certificateholder secured.

ARTICLE IDefinitions and Incorporation by Reference

SECTION 1.01  Definitions.  Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Securities Account Control Agreement, as the case may be, for all purposes of this Indenture.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, whenever used herein the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

“Action” has the meaning specified in Section 11.03(a).

“Authorized Officer” means (i) with respect to the Owner Trustee, any officer of the Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters relating to the Issuer identified as such on any list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Owner Trustee to the Indenture Trustee, (ii) with respect to the Administrator, any Vice President or more senior officer of the Administrator who is authorized to act for the Administrator in matters relating to the Issuer and identified as such on any list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Administrator to the Indenture Trustee and (iii) with respect to the Issuer, any Authorized Officer of the Owner Trustee or, for so long as the Administration Agreement is in effect, any Authorized Officer of the Administrator.

“Collateral” has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of this Indenture.

“Controlling Class” means (a) the Outstanding Class A Notes (voting together as a Class) and (b) if no Class A Notes are Outstanding, the Outstanding Class B Notes (voting together as a Class).

 “Corporate Trust Office” means the offices of the Indenture Trustee, initially located at (a) for purposes of note transfers and exchanges, [________] and (b) for all other purposes at [________], or the principal trust office of any successor trustee qualified and appointed pursuant to this Agreement; or at such other address as the Indenture Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Noteholders, the Issuer and the Administrator, or the principal

2

corporate trust office of any successor Indenture Trustee at the address designated by such successor Indenture Trustee by notice to the Noteholders, the Issuer and the Administrator.

“Default” means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.10.

“Executive Officer” means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of such corporation; and with respect to any partnership, any general partner thereof.

“Grant” means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate, remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create, and grant a lien upon and a security interest in and right of set‑off against, deposit, set over and confirm pursuant to this Indenture.  A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the granting party thereunder, including the immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the granting party or otherwise, and generally to do and receive anything that the granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Note Register.

“Indenture Trustee” means [________], a [________], as Indenture Trustee under this Indenture, or any successor Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.

“Independent” means, when used with respect to any specified Person, that the Person is in fact independent of the Seller, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons because, among other things, such Person (a) is not an employee, officer or director or otherwise controlled thereby or under common control therewith, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest therein (whether as holder of securities thereof or party to contract therewith or otherwise) and (c) is not and has not within the preceding twelve months been a promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions therefor or otherwise had legal, contractual or fiduciary or other duties to act on behalf of or for the benefit thereof.

“Independent Certificate” means a certificate or opinion to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in Section 11.01, made by an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order and approved by the Indenture Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of “Independent” in this Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.

3

“Insolvency Event” with respect to the Seller means the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Seller in an involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Seller, or ordering the winding‑up or liquidation of the Seller’s affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days; or the commencement by the Seller of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Seller to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by the Seller to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Seller, or the making by the Seller of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the Seller generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of any action by the Seller in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

 “Interest Rate” means the Class A‑1 Rate, the Class A‑2[a] Rate, [the Class A-2b Rate,] the Class A-3 Rate, the Class A-4 Rate or the Class B Rate, as indicated by the context.

“Issuer” means Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[__] Owner Trust, unless and until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Notes, if any.

“Issuer Order” and “Issuer Request” mean a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and delivered to the Indenture Trustee.

“Note Register” means the Register of Noteholders’ information maintained by the Note Registrar pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Note Registrar” means the Indenture Trustee, unless and until a successor Note Registrar shall have been appointed pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by any Authorized Officer of the Issuer, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, and delivered to the Indenture Trustee.

“Opinion of Counsel” means one or more written opinions of counsel who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, the Seller or the Servicer and which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or the Rating Agencies, as the case may be.

“Outstanding” means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

(a)      Notes theretofore canceled by the Note Registrar or delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation;

4

(b)      Notes or portions thereof the payment for which money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes; and

(c)      Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture unless proof satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser;

provided, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class of Notes or any Class of Notes, have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, or waiver hereunder or under any Basic Document, Notes owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, or waiver, only Notes that a Trust Officer of the Indenture Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons.

 “Paying Agent” means the Indenture Trustee or any other Person that meets the eligibility standards for the Indenture Trustee specified in Section 6.11 that has been authorized by the Issuer to make payments to and distributions from the Collection Account, including payment of principal of or interest on the Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

“Predecessor Note” means, with respect to any particular Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.05 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

“Proceeding” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

“Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any event or circumstance or proposed amendment to a Basic Document or any Supplemental Indenture, the satisfaction of both of the following conditions: (a) receipt by the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee of written confirmation from [S&P] that such event or circumstance or proposed amendment to a Basic Document or any Supplemental Indenture will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by [S&P] of any rating it currently has assigned to any of the Notes and (b) that [Moody’s] shall have been given notice of such event or circumstance or proposed amendment to a Basic Document or any Supplemental Indenture at least ten (10) days prior to the occurrence of such event or circumstance or proposed amendment to a Basic Document or any Supplemental Indenture and such [Moody’s] shall not have notified the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee that such event or circumstance or proposed amendment to a Basic Document or any

5

Supplemental Indenture might or would result in the reduction or withdrawal of the rating it has currently has assigned to any of the Notes.

 “Redemption Date” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02.

“Registered Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Note Register on the applicable Record Date.

“Retained Notes” means [[_]% of] the Class [____] Notes until such time as such Notes are the subject of an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 2.04(h) of the Indenture with respect to their classification as debt for federal income tax purposes.

“Sale and Servicing Agreement” means the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], among the Issuer, Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as Seller, and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, as Servicer and Sponsor, and as acknowledged and accepted by the Indenture Trustee.

“Securities Account Control Agreement” means the Securities Account Control Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], among the Seller, the Securities Intermediary and the Indenture Trustee.

“Securities Intermediary” means [___________], as securities intermediary under the Securities Account Control Agreement.

“Seller” means Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as seller, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“Successor Servicer” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(e).

“Trust Agreement” means the Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], by and between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as depositor, and [________], as Owner Trustee.

“Trust Estate” means (i) all money, instruments, rights and other property that are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security interest of this Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders (including, without limitation, all property and interests Granted to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Granting Clause), including all proceeds thereof, and (ii) the interest of the Seller in the funds and investment property on deposit from time to time in the Reserve Account granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Securities Account Control Agreement.

“Trust Officer” means, in the case of the Indenture Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers with direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture and the Basic Documents and, with respect to the Owner Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust

6

Administration Department of the Owner Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of the Trust Agreement on behalf of the Owner Trustee.

“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.

“Underwriters” means [___________].

SECTION 1.02  Usage of Terms.  With respect to all terms in this Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words importing any gender include the other genders; references to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all subsequent amendments, amendments and restatements and supplements thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the term “including” means “including without limitation.”

SECTION 1.03  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

“indenture security holder” means a Noteholder.

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Indenture Trustee.

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings so assigned to them.

ARTICLE IIThe Notes

SECTION 2.01  Form.  The Class A‑1 Notes, the Class A‑2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes, in each case, together with the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3, as applicable, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and

7

may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution thereof.  Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

The Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel engraved borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 and Exhibit A-3 are part of the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.02  Execution, Authentication and Delivery.  The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers.  The signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.  Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.  The Indenture Trustee shall upon Issuer Order authenticate and deliver the Class A‑1 Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $[_____], the Class A‑2[a] Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $[_____], [the Class A-2b Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $[_____],] the Class A-3 Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $[_____], the Class A-4 Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $[_____] and the Class B Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $[_____].  The aggregate principal amount of the Class A‑1 Notes, the Class A‑2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such respective amounts except as provided in Section 2.05.  The Notes shall be issuable as registered Notes in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form included in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3, as applicable, executed by the Indenture Trustee by the manual or facsimile signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 2.03  Temporary Notes.  Pending the preparation of Definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of the Definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such variations not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.  If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause Definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive

8

Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02, without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor, a like principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Definitive Notes.

SECTION 2.04  Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

(a)      The Note Registrar, acting as agent of the Issuer for this purpose only, shall maintain a Note Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Note Registrar shall provide for the registration of Notes and transfers and exchanges of Notes as provided in this Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee is hereby initially appointed Note Registrar for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers and exchanges of Notes as provided in this Indenture.  In the event that, subsequent to the Closing Date, the Indenture Trustee notifies the Issuer that it is unable to act as Note Registrar, the Issuer shall appoint another bank or trust company, having an office or agency located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, agreeing to act in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to it, and otherwise acceptable to the Indenture Trustee, to act as successor Note Registrar under this Indenture.  The Issuer shall have the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof.

If a Person other than the Indenture Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note Registrar, the Issuer will give the Indenture Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Note Register, and the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Notes and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.

(b)      Upon the proper surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02, the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of the same Class in authorized denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(c)      At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same Class in any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Indenture Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.  Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

9

(d)      No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Indenture Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Notes.

(e)      All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be canceled and subsequently destroyed pursuant to Section 2.08.

(f)      Each purchaser and transferee of a Note will be deemed to represent, warrant and covenant either that (a) it is not acquiring such Note with the assets of a Benefit Plan or (b) the acquisition, holding and disposition of such Note will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a non-exempt violation under any law that is substantially similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

(g)      The Retained Notes transferred after the first Payment Date will not be transferred, other than to a Person that is a United States person for federal income tax purposes and provided that such Person agrees to restrict subsequent transfers of such Notes to Persons that are United States persons for federal income tax purposes, unless a written Opinion of Counsel, which counsel and opinion shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrator, is delivered and addressed to the Indenture Trustee to the effect that, for federal income tax purposes, such Notes after such transfer will be treated as debt.  In addition, if for tax or other reasons it may be necessary to track such Notes (e.g., if the Notes have original issue discount), tracking conditions such as requiring that such Notes be in definitive registered form may be required by the Administrator as a condition to such transfer.  The Indenture Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the compliance of the provisions of this paragraph and may conclusively rely on the Administrator to do the same.

SECTION 2.05  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.  If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture Trustee, or the Indenture Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Indenture Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by it to hold the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Issuer shall execute, and upon its request the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of the same Class.  In connection with the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Issuer may require payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.

If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of

10

any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith.

Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes of the same Class duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

SECTION 2.06  Persons Deemed Owners.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 2.07  Payments of Principal and Interest.

(a)      The Class A‑1 Notes, the Class A‑2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes shall accrue interest during each Interest Period at the Class A‑1 Rate, the Class A‑2[a] Rate, [the Class A-2b Rate,] the Class A-3 Rate, the Class A-4 Rate and the Class B Rate, respectively, and such interest shall be payable on each related Payment Date as specified in such Notes, pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 3.01 hereof.  Any installment of interest or principal payable on any Note that is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer on the applicable Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record Date by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such Person.

(b)      The principal of each Note shall be payable in installments on each Payment Date pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and subject to the availability of funds therefor.  All principal payments on each Class of Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders of such Class entitled thereto.  In accordance with Section 10.01, the Indenture Trustee shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date preceding the Payment Date on which the final installment of principal of and interest on such Note will be paid.  Such notice shall be mailed or transmitted by facsimile not less than fifteen (15) nor more than thirty (30) days prior to such final Payment Date, shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the place where such Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment.

11

(c)      In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust’s payment (or allocations of income) to the Noteholders, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the Noteholders in accordance with this Section.  The Issuer will instruct the Indenture Trustee regarding the imposition of such withholding tax and, upon receiving such instruction, the Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to the Noteholders sufficient funds for the payment of any tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization shall not prevent the Indenture Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of such proceedings).  The amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to the Noteholders shall be treated as cash distributed to the Noteholders at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the appropriate taxing authority.  If there is a possibility that withholding tax is payable with respect to any distribution (such as any distribution to a Non-U.S. Person), the Indenture Trustee may in its sole discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this paragraph (c).  In the event that any Noteholder wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Indenture Trustee shall reasonably cooperate with the Noteholder in making such claim so long as the Noteholder agrees to reimburse the Indenture Trustee for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred.

SECTION 2.08  Cancellation.  All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Indenture Trustee, be delivered to the Indenture Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by the Indenture Trustee.  The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Indenture Trustee.  No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All canceled Notes may be held or disposed of by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with its standard retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time unless the Issuer shall direct by an Issuer Order that they be destroyed or returned to it; provided, that such Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the Indenture Trustee.

SECTION 2.09  Release of Collateral.  The Indenture Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate (which shall include a statement substantially to the effect that the release is permitted by the Indenture), an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include a statement substantially to the effect that the release is permitted by the Indenture) and (if required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA Sections 314(c) and 314(d)(l).

SECTION 2.10  Book-Entry Notes.  The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes, upon original issuance, will be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing the Book‑Entry Notes, to be delivered to The Depository Trust Company, the initial Clearing Agency, or a custodian therefor, by, or on behalf of, the Issuer.  The Book‑Entry Notes shall be registered initially on the Note Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial Clearing Agency, and no Note Owner thereof will receive a Definitive Note representing such Note Owner’s interest in such Note, except as provided in Section 2.12, and unless and until

12

definitive, fully registered Notes (the “Definitive Notes”) have been issued to such Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12:

(a)      the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and effect;

(b)      the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Indenture (including the payment of principal of and interest on the Book‑Entry Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder) as the authorized representative of such Note Owners;

(c)      to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section shall control;

(d)      the rights of such Note Owners shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants pursuant to the Note Depository Agreement.  Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued in respect of the Book-Entry Notes pursuant to Section 2.12, the initial Clearing Agency will make book‑entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on such Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

(e)      whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Holders of a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes (or the Controlling Class of Notes) evidencing a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or of any Controlling Class or of such Class or of two or more of such Classes, the Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners of Book-Entry Notes and/or Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in such Notes and has delivered such instructions to the Indenture Trustee.

SECTION 2.11  Notices to Clearing Agency.  Whenever a notice or other communication to the Noteholders is required under this Indenture, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to the Note Owners of Book-Entry Notes pursuant to Section 2.12, the Indenture Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Holders of the Book-Entry Notes to the Clearing Agency and shall be deemed to have been given as of the date of delivery to the Clearing Agency.

SECTION 2.12  Definitive Notes.  In the case of the Book-Entry Notes, if (i) the Owner Trustee or the Administrator advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Book‑Entry Notes and the Owner Trustee and the Administrator are unable to locate a qualified successor (and if the Administrator has made such determination, the Administrator has given written notice thereof to the Indenture Trustee), (ii) the Seller or the Administrator or the Indenture Trustee at its option advises each other such party in writing that it elects to terminate the book‑entry system through the Clearing Agency or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Servicer Default, owners of the Book‑Entry Notes representing beneficial interests aggregating at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class of the Book-

13

Entry Notes, advise the Indenture Trustee and the Clearing Agency in writing that the continuation of a book‑entry system through the Clearing Agency or a successor thereto is no longer in the best interests of the Note Owners acting together as a single Class, then the Clearing Agency shall notify all Note Owners and the Indenture Trustee of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners requesting the same.  Upon surrender to the Indenture Trustee of the typewritten Notes representing the Book‑Entry Notes by the Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency.  None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions.  Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes as Noteholders.  None of the Indenture Trustee, Issuer or Administrator shall be liable for any inability to locate a qualified successor Clearing Agency.  From and after the date of issuance of Definitive Notes, all notices to be given to Noteholders will be mailed thereto at their addresses of record in the Note Register as of the relevant Record Date.  Such notices will be deemed to have been given as of the date of mailing.

SECTION 2.13  Tax Treatment.  The Issuer has entered into this Indenture, and the Notes will be issued with the intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes, the Notes (other than the Retained Notes) will qualify as indebtedness of the Issuer, secured by the Trust Estate.  The Issuer, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by its acceptance of a Note (and each Note Owner by its acceptance of an interest in the applicable Book-Entry Note), agree to treat the Notes (other than the Retained Notes) for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.

ARTICLE III
Covenants

SECTION 3.01  Payments to Noteholders, Certificateholder, Servicer and Seller.  In accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Issuer will duly and punctually (i) pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes, (ii) pay amounts due in respect of the Certificate in accordance with the terms of the Certificate (on a pro rata basis, based on the Percentage Interests (as defined in the Trust Agreement) thereof, if there is more than one Certificateholder), and (iii) release from the Collection Account all other amounts distributable or payable from the Trust Estate (including distributions to be made to the Certificateholder on any Payment Date) under the Trust Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement and Administration Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, and in order to fulfill such obligations, pursuant to Sections 8.02 and 8.04 hereof, the Issuer will cause the Servicer to direct the Indenture Trustee to apply all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account and Reserve Account on a Payment Date deposited therein pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement: (i) (a) for the benefit of the Class A‑1 Notes, to the Class A‑1 Noteholders, (b) for the benefit of the Class A‑2[a] Notes, to the Class A‑2[a] Noteholders [(c) for the benefit of the Class A‑2b Notes, to the Class A‑2b Noteholders,] ([c][d]) for the benefit of the Class A-3 Notes, to the Class A-3 Noteholders, ([d][e]) for the benefit of the Class A-4 Notes, to the Class

14

A-4 Noteholders and ([e][f]) for the benefit of the Class B Notes, to the Class B Noteholders, in each case as set forth in Sections 5.06 and 5.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (ii) for the benefit of the Servicer, to or as directed by the Servicer pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (iii) for the benefit of the Seller, to or as directed by the Seller or its designee, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and (iv) for the benefit of the Certificateholder, to or as directed by the Owner Trustee or the Administrator, as set forth in Sections 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Amounts properly withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder or the Certificateholder of interest and/or principal shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder or the Certificateholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.02  Maintenance of Office or Agency.  The Issuer will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.  The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Indenture Trustee to serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes.  Notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served in accordance with Section 11.04.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address thereof, such surrenders may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee as its agent to receive all such surrenders.

SECTION 3.03  Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust.  All payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes or the Certificate that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account or Reserve Account, pursuant to Sections 2.07, 3.01, 4.02 and 4.03 shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by a Paying Agent, and no amounts so withdrawn from such accounts for payments of Notes or the Certificate shall be paid over to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Administrator except as provided in this Section.

On or prior to 11:00am New York time on each Payment Date, the Issuer shall deposit in the Collection Account or, in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, cause to be deposited (including by the provision of instructions to the Indenture Trustee to make any required withdrawals from the Reserve Account and to deposit such amounts in the Collection Account) to the extent of funds available therefor, an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due under the Notes and the Certificate, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto, and (unless the Paying Agent is the Indenture Trustee) shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Indenture Trustee, as Paying Agent, hereby agrees with the Issuer that it will, and the Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Indenture Trustee, as a condition to its acceptance of its appointment as Paying Agent, to execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Indenture Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

15

(a)      hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes, the Certificate, or for release to the Issuer for payment to the Certificateholder in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay or release such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(b)      give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) of which it has actual knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes or the release of any amounts to the Issuer to be paid to the Certificateholder;

(c)      at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

(d)      immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes (or for release to the Issuer) if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

(e)      comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes, or the Certificate (or assisting the Issuer to withhold from payment to the Certificateholder) of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Indenture Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Indenture Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

In the event that any Noteholder shall not surrender its Notes for retirement within six (6) months after the date specified in the written notice of final payment described in Section 2.07, the Indenture will give a second written notice to the registered Noteholders that have not surrendered their Notes for final payment and retirement.  If within one year after such second notice any Notes have not been surrendered, the Indenture Trustee shall, at the expense and direction of the Issuer, cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be paid to California Special Olympics.  The Indenture Trustee shall also adopt and employ, at the expense and direction of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment specified by the Issuer or the Administrator.

16

SECTION 3.04  Existence.  The Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes, organized under the laws of any other State or of the United States of America, in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate.

SECTION 3.05  Protection of Trust Estate.  The Issuer shall from time to time execute and deliver or file, as applicable, all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, and will take such other action necessary or advisable to:

(a)      maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the priority thereof) of this Indenture or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

(b)      perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

(c)      enforce any of the Collateral; or

(d)      preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders in such Trust Estate against the claims of all persons and parties.

The Issuer hereby designates the Indenture Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument required to be executed pursuant to this Section 3.05.

SECTION 3.06  Opinions as to Trust Estate.

(a)      On the Closing Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the execution, recording and filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, any requisite financing statements and continuation statements and any other requisite documents necessary to perfect and make effective the lien and security interest of this Indenture or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to make such lien and security interest effective.

(b)      As and when specified in Section 10.02(h) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the execution, recording, filing or re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, any financing statements and continuation statements and any other requisite documents necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such lien and security interest.  Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the execution, recording, filing or re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental

17

hereto, any financing statements and continuation statements and any other documents that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the lien and security interest of this Indenture until the date in the following calendar year on which such Opinion of Counsel must again be delivered.

SECTION 3.07  Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables.

(a)      The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such Person’s material covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except in each case as expressly provided in the Basic Documents.

(b)      The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer.  Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Servicer and the Administrator to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture.

(c)      The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in the Basic Documents and in the instruments and agreements included in the Trust Estate, including but not limited to filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing statements and continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of the Trust Agreement, this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement in accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and therein.

(d)      If an Authorized Officer of the Issuer shall have actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer Default under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee in writing and shall specify in such notice the action, if any, the Issuer is taking with respect of such default, and the Indenture Trustee shall promptly notify the Administrator of such Servicer Default and proposed actions of the Issuer, and the Administrator shall provide such notice to the Rating Agencies.  If a Servicer Default shall arise from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Receivables, the Issuer shall take all reasonable steps available to it to remedy such failure.

(e)      As promptly as possible after the giving of notice of termination to the Servicer of the Servicer’s rights and powers pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or if the Servicer resigns in accordance with Section 7.05 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall give prompt written notice of such event to the Noteholders and the Administrator and the Administrator shall provide such notice to the Rating Agencies.  The Indenture Trustee shall act to appoint a successor servicer pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement (any such successor servicer, a “Successor Servicer”).  Any such Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Indenture Trustee.  In the event that a Successor Servicer has not been appointed and accepted its appointment as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing

18

Agreement, the Indenture Trustee without further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer and shall thereafter be entitled to the Servicing Fee.  Notwithstanding the above, the Indenture Trustee shall, if it shall be unwilling or legally unable so to act, appoint or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established institution having a net worth of not less than $25,000,000 and whose regular business shall include the servicing of automobile and/or light-duty truck receivables, as the successor to the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Upon such appointment, the Indenture Trustee will be released from the duties and obligations of acting as Successor Servicer, such release effective upon the effective date of the servicing agreement entered into between the Successor Servicer and the Issuer.

In connection with any such appointment, the Indenture Trustee may make such arrangements for the compensation of such successor as it and such Successor Servicer shall agree, subject to the limitations set forth below and in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and in accordance with Section 8.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall enter into an agreement with such successor for the servicing of the Receivables (such agreement to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee).  If the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the Servicer’s duties as servicer of the Receivables as provided herein, it shall do so in its individual capacity and not in its capacity as Indenture Trustee and, accordingly, the provisions of Article VI hereof shall be inapplicable to the Indenture Trustee in its duties as Successor Servicer and the servicing of the Receivables.  In case the Indenture Trustee shall become the Successor Servicer, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to appoint a subservicer; provided, that the Indenture Trustee, in its capacity as Successor Servicer, shall remain fully liable for the actions and omissions of such subservicer.

(f)      Without derogating from the absolute nature of the assignment granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or the rights of the Indenture Trustee hereunder, the Issuer agrees that it will not enter into any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver with respect to any Basic Document except (i) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholder or to add, modify or eliminate any provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable the Seller, the Servicer or any of their Affiliates to comply with or obtain more favorable treatment under any law or regulation or any accounting rule or principle (whether now or in the future in effect); provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder; (ii) for the purpose of changing the formula or percentage for determining the Specified Reserve Account Balance, but not to change any order of priority of payments and distributions specified in Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement), changing the remittance schedule for the deposit of collections with respect to the Receivables in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or changing the definition of Eligible Investment, in each case only if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect thereof; or (iii) with the consent of the Indenture Trustee and satisfaction of all other conditions precedent to such action set forth in the related Basic Document (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel). If any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver shall be so consented to by the Indenture Trustee or such Holders, as

19

applicable, the Issuer agrees, promptly following a request by the Indenture Trustee to agree to such amendment and to execute and deliver, in its own name and at its own expense, such agreements, instruments, consents and other documents as the Indenture Trustee may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances to implement such amendment and to cause the relevant Basic Documents, as amended, to be enforceable against the Issuer.

SECTION 3.08  Negative Covenants.  So long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer shall not:

(a)      except as expressly permitted by Basic Documents, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, including those included in the Trust Estate, unless directed to do so by the Indenture Trustee;

(b)      claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code) or assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of the taxes levied or assessed upon any part of the Trust Estate;

(c)      except as may be expressly permitted hereby and by the Basic Documents, (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien of this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture, (B) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the liens of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics’ liens and other liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on any of the Financed Vehicles and arising solely as a result of an action or omission of the related Obligor), (C) permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority (other than with respect to any such tax, mechanics’ or other lien) security interest in the Trust Estate or (D) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part; or

(d)      assume or incur any indebtedness other than the Notes, or other than as expressly contemplated by this Indenture (in connection with the obligation to pay expenses from the Trust Estate) or by the Basic Documents as in effect on the date hereof.

SECTION 3.09  Annual Statement as to Compliance.

(a)      The Issuer will cause the Servicer to deliver to the Indenture Trustee concurrently with its delivery thereof to the Issuer the annual statement of compliance described in Section 4.11 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  In addition, on the same date annually upon which such annual statement of compliance is to be delivered by the Servicer, the Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such Officer’s Certificate, that:

(i)      a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year and of its performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized Officer’s supervision; and

20

(ii)      to the best of such Authorized Officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in its compliance with any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof.

(b)      On or before March 1^st of each calendar year in which a Form 10-K is required to be filed on behalf of the Issuer, commencing in 20[__], the Indenture Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer and the Administrator a report regarding the Indenture Trustee’s assessment of compliance with the Servicing Criteria specified on Exhibit C hereto during the immediately preceding calendar year, accompanied by an attestation report by a registered public accounting firm, in each case as required under Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB.  Such report shall be addressed to the Issuer and signed by an authorized officer of the Indenture Trustee, and shall address each of the Servicing Criteria specified on a certification substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

SECTION 3.10  Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms.

(a)      The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, unless:

(i)      the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the duty to make due and punctual payments of the principal of and interest on all Notes in accordance with the terms thereof and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein;

(ii)      immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iii)      each Rating Agency shall have notified the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee that such transaction will not result in the removal or reduction of the rating then assigned thereby to any Class of Notes;

(iv)      the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse tax consequence to the Issuer, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

(v)      any action that is necessary to maintain each lien and security interest created by the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or by this Indenture shall have been taken; and

(vi)      the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation or merger and any related supplemental indenture complies with this Section 3.10 and that all conditions precedent

21

provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with (including any filing required by the Exchange Act).

(b)      Except as expressly provided in this Indenture or in the Basic Documents, the Issuer shall not convey or transfer its properties or assets, including those included in the Trust Estate, to any Person, unless:

(i)      the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer such properties and assets of the Issuer shall (A) be a United States citizen or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the duty to make due and punctual payments of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein, (C) expressly agrees by means of such supplemental indenture that all right, title and interest so conveyed or transferred shall be subject and subordinate to the rights of Holders of the Notes, (D) unless otherwise provided in such supplemental indenture, expressly agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee against and from any loss, liability or expense arising under or related to this Indenture and the Notes, and (E) expressly agrees by means of such supplemental indenture that such Person (or if a group of Persons, then one specified Person) shall make all filings that counsel satisfactory to such purchaser or transferee and the Indenture Trustee determines must be made with (1) the Commission (and any other appropriate Person) required by the Exchange Act or the appropriate authorities in any State in which the Notes have been sold pursuant to any qualification or exemption under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such State, in connection with the Notes or (2) the Internal Revenue Service or the relevant state or local taxing authorities of any jurisdiction;

(ii)      immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iii)      each Rating Agency shall have notified the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee that such transaction would not result in the removal or reduction of the rating then assigned thereby to any Class of Notes;

(iv)      the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse tax consequence to the Issuer, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

(v)      any action that is necessary to maintain each lien and security interest created by the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or by this Indenture shall have been taken; and

(vi)      the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Section 3.10 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for

22

relating to such transaction have been complied with (including any filing required by the Exchange Act).

SECTION 3.11  Successor or Transferee.

(a)      Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein.

(b)      Upon a conveyance or transfer of all the assets and properties of the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10(b), Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[__] Owner Trust will be released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be observed or performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately upon the delivery of written notice to the Indenture Trustee stating that Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[__] Owner Trust is to be so released.

SECTION 3.12  No Other Business.  Unless and until the Issuer shall have been released from its duties and obligations hereunder, the Issuer shall not engage in any business other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the Receivables in the manner contemplated by the Basic Documents and activities incidental thereto.

SECTION 3.13  No Borrowing.  Unless and until the Issuer shall have been released from its duties and obligations hereunder, the Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any indebtedness except for the Notes or other obligations permitted hereunder (including the obligation to pay expenses from the Trust Estate) or under another Basic Document (including indemnification expenses of the Issuer and certain fees and expenses of the Servicer and the Administrator).

SECTION 3.14  Servicer’s Notice Obligations.  The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to comply with all of its duties and obligations with respect to the preparation of reports, the delivery of Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel and the giving of instructions and notices under the Sale and Servicing Agreement (including, but not limited to, under Sections 3.02, 4.08, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.15, 5.09 and Article IX thereof).

SECTION 3.15  Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities.  Unless and until the Issuer shall have been released from its duties and obligations hereunder, except as contemplated by the Sale and Servicing Agreement, this Indenture or the other Basic Documents, the Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another’s payment or performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person.

SECTION 3.16  Capital Expenditures.  Unless and until the Issuer shall have been released from its duties and obligations hereunder, the Issuer shall not make any expenditure (by long‑term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets (either realty or personalty).

23

SECTION 3.17  Removal of Administrator.  So long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer shall not remove the Administrator without cause unless so instructed by the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee and unless each Rating Agency shall have received ten (10) days’ written notice thereof and shall not have notified the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator or the Owner Trustee that such removal might or would result in the removal or reduction of the rating then assigned thereby to any Class of Notes.

SECTION 3.18  Restricted Payments.  The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of  capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Certificateholder or otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose; provided, however, that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, distributions or payments to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Certificateholder as contemplated by, and to the extent funds are available for such purpose under, the Basic Documents.  The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection Account except in accordance with the Basic Documents.

SECTION 3.19  Notice of Events of Default.  The Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event of Default hereunder, each default on the part of the Servicer or the Seller of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and each default on the part of TMCC of its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.  The Indenture Trustee shall notify each Noteholder of record in writing of any Event of Default promptly upon a Trust Officer obtaining actual knowledge thereof.  Such notices will be provided in accordance with Section 2.11 or 2.12, as applicable.

SECTION 3.20  Further Instruments and Actions.  Upon request of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.21  Perfection Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

(a)      The representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Schedule I hereto shall be a part of this Indenture for all purposes.

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any other Basic Document, the representations, warranties and covenants contained in Schedule I hereto shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until such time as all obligations under this Indenture have been finally and fully paid and performed.

(b)      The parties to this Indenture: (i) shall not waive any of the representations, warranties and covenants contained in Schedule I hereto; (ii) shall provide each other party hereto and the Administrator with prompt written notice of any material breach of the representations, warranties and covenants contained in Schedule I hereto and (iii) shall not waive a breach of any of the representations, warranties and covenants contained in Schedule I hereto.

24

ARTICLE IV
Satisfaction and Discharge

SECTION 4.01  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.  This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) Section 3.03, (v) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Indenture Trustee hereunder (including the rights of the Indenture Trustee under Section 6.07 and the obligations of the Indenture Trustee under Sections 3.03 and 4.02), and (vi) the rights of Noteholders and the Certificateholder as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Indenture Trustee payable to all or any of them, and the Indenture Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, when:

(a)      either (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.05 and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.03) have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation or (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year (either because the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date is within one year or because the Indenture Trustee has received written notice of the exercise of the option granted pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement) and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Indenture Trustee, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date such amounts are payable, cash or direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America (which will mature prior to the date such amounts are payable), in trust for such purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation when due;

(b)      the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer; and

(c)      the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate, (if required by the TIA or the Indenture Trustee) an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants, each meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01 and, subject to Section 11.02, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

SECTION 4.02  Application of Trust Money.  All moneys deposited with the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof shall be held in trust and (a) applied by it in accordance with the provisions of the Notes, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and this Indenture to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Indenture Trustee may determine,

25

to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Indenture Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest, or (b) released to the Issuer for distribution to the Certificateholder or application pursuant to the Trust Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement; but such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or required by law.

SECTION 4.03  Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent.  In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent other than the Indenture Trustee under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be paid to the Indenture Trustee to be held and applied according to Section 3.03 or 4.02 and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

ARTICLE V
Remedies

SECTION 5.01  Events of Default.  “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a)      default in the payment of any interest on any Note of the Controlling Class when the same becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of five (5) Business Days; or

(b)      default in the payment of the principal of any Note on the applicable Final Scheduled Payment Date or Redemption Date; or

(c)      default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), which materially and adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders, and such failure shall continue or not be cured for a period of ninety (90) days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single Class, a written notice specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a notice of Default hereunder; or

(d)      any representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made,  which materially and adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders, and such default shall continue or not be cured, or the circumstance or condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or warranty was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured,

26

for a period of sixty (60) days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single Class, a written notice specifying such incorrect representation or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a notice of Default hereunder; or

(e)      the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer or any substantial part of the Trust Estate in an involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the Issuer’s affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days; or

(f)      the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Issuer to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by the Issuer to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or the making by the Issuer of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the Issuer generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of any action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

provided, however, that (A) if any delay or failure of performance referred to in clause (a) above shall have been caused by force majeure or other similar occurrences, the five (5) Business Day grace period referred to in such clause (a) shall be extended for an additional thirty (30) calendar days, (B) if any delay or failure of performance referred to in clause (b) above shall have been caused by force majeure or other similar occurrences, such failure or delay shall not constitute an Event of Default for an additional thirty (30) calendar days,  (C) if any delay or failure of performance referred to in clause (c) above shall have been caused by force majeure or other similar occurrences, the ninety (90) day grace period referred to in such clause (c) shall be extended for an additional thirty (30) calendar days and (D) if any delay or failure of performance referred to in clause (d) above shall have been caused by force majeure or other similar occurrences, the sixty (60) day grace period referred to in such clause (d) shall be extended for an additional thirty (30) calendar days.

For purposes of determining whether an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.01(b) has occurred on the Final Scheduled Payment Date for a Class of Notes, (i) the Class A-1 Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A‑1 Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class A‑1 Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A‑1 Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date; (ii) the Class A‑2[a] Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A‑2[a] Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class A‑2[a] Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A‑2[a] Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date, [(iii) the Class A-2b Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A-2b Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning

27

that Holders of Class A-2b Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A-2b Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date,] ([iii][iv]) the Class A‑3 Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A‑3 Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class A‑3 Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A‑3 Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date; ([iv][v]) the Class A‑4 Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A‑4 Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class A‑4 Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A‑4 Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date; and ([v][vi]) the Class B Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class B Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class B Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date.

The Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee, within five (5) days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Default which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (c), the status of such Default and any action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.02  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.  If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing, then and in every such case the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single Class, may, without the consent of the Certificateholder, declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by Noteholders), and upon any such declaration the unpaid principal amount of such Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable.

At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the Holders of Notes representing at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single Class, without the consent of the Certificateholder, in each case, by written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(a)      the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Indenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(i)      all payments of principal of and interest on the respective Class of Notes and all other amounts that would then be due hereunder or in accordance with the terms of the Notes if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had not occurred; and

(ii)      all sums paid or advanced by the Indenture Trustee hereunder or by the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements

28

and advances of the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee and their respective agents and counsel; and

(b)      all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal or interest of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.12.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 5.03  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee.

(a)      The Issuer covenants that if (i) Default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note of the Controlling Class, so long as any amounts remain unpaid with respect to such Controlling Class of Notes, when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of five (5) Business Days, or (ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of or any installment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable (as described in the penultimate paragraph of Section 5.01 hereof), the Issuer will, upon demand of the Indenture Trustee, pay to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Class of Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel.

(b)      In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

(c)      If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, as more particularly provided in Section 5.04, in its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders and, incidentally thereto, the Certificateholder, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Indenture Trustee shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

(d)      In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in the Trust Estate, Proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in

29

bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person, or in case of any other comparable judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor, then, irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

(i)      to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and distributions unpaid in respect of the Certificate, and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the Noteholders and the Certificateholder allowed in such Proceedings;

(ii)      unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Holders of Notes in any election of a trustee, a standby trustee or Person performing similar functions in any such Proceedings;

(iii)      to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders or the Certificateholder and of the Indenture Trustee on their behalf; and

(iv)      to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee, the Holders of Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property; and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make payments to the Indenture Trustee and, in the event that the Indenture Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

(e)      Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

30

(f)      All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other Proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes and, incidentally thereto, for the benefit of the Certificateholder.

(g)      In any Proceedings brought by the Indenture Trustee (and also any Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Indenture Trustee shall be a party), the Indenture Trustee shall be held to represent all the Noteholders, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any such Proceedings.

SECTION 5.04  Remedies; Priorities.

(a)      If an Event of Default under Section 5.01 shall have occurred and be continuing which results in the acceleration of the Notes (whether or not the Trust Estate is sold in one or more public or private sales as provided in Section 5.04(b)(iv)), and unless and until such acceleration has been rescinded, the Indenture Trustee will make payments on the Notes and the Certificate as set forth in Section 5.06(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, rather than pursuant to Section 5.06(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(b)      In accordance with Section 5.03, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Indenture Trustee may do one or more of the following (subject to Section 5.05):

(i)      institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes, or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such Notes moneys adjudged due;

(ii)      institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Trust Estate;

(iii)      exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders; and

(iv)      sell the Trust Estate or any portion thereof or rights or interest therein, at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law;  provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, the Indenture Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Trust Estate following an Event of Default, other than an Event of Default described in Section 5.01(a) or (b), unless (A) the Holders of 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class consent thereto or (B) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to the Noteholders are sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid upon such Notes for principal and interest or (C) the Indenture

31

Trustee determines that the Trust Estate will not continue to provide sufficient funds on an ongoing basis to make all payments of principal of and interest on the Notes as they would have become due if the Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of Holders of 66‑2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class (acting together as a single Class).  In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clause (B) and (C), the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.  In connection with any such sale, the Indenture Trustee will afford the Holders of each Class of Notes adequate advance notice and information as to the conduct of such sale such that any such Holders (acting individually, as Classes, as a single Class or otherwise) will be reasonably able to submit bids for the purchase of the assets to be liquidated, and that the Indenture Trustee will consider any and all such bids on the same basis that it considers any other bids submitted by any other party or parties.  The proceeds of such sale or liquidation (net of the expenses incurred by the Indenture Trustee in connection with the conduct thereof, which will be retained by the Indenture Trustee from such proceeds) will be treated as collections and deposited into the Collection Account by the Indenture Trustee for distribution to the Noteholders and the Certificateholder in accordance with the priorities specified in Section 5.06(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Indenture Trustee will have no liability with respect to the amount of such proceeds or the adequacy thereof to make payments in full of any Class of Notes or the Certificate.

The Indenture Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section.  At least fifteen (15) days before such record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and the Indenture Trustee a notice that states the related record date, payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 5.05  Optional Preservation of the Receivables.  Except as provided in Section 5.04(b)(iv), if the Notes have been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.02 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Indenture Trustee may, unless otherwise directed by the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single Class, but need not, elect to maintain possession of the Trust Estate and direct the Issuer, Servicer and Administrator not to take steps to liquidate the Receivables.  It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall take such desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Trust Estate.  In determining whether to maintain possession of the Trust Estate, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

SECTION 5.06  Limitation of Suits.  No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, except pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures described in Section 11.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,

32

unless such Holder has previously given written notice to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default, and:

(a)      the Event of Default arises from the Servicer’s failure to remit payments when due or

(b)      the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single Class, have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to institute such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Indenture Trustee hereunder and have offered to the Indenture Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request and the Indenture Trustee for thirty (30) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such Proceedings.

It is understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided.

SECTION 5.07  Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and Interest.  Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note (subject to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement) shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Note on or after the respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (in each case with reference to the calculations to be made pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement) and to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 5.08  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.  If the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 5.09  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

33

SECTION 5.10  Delay or Omission Not a Waiver.  No delay or omission of the Indenture Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Indenture Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be.

SECTION 5.11  Control by Noteholders.  The Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single Class, shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee; provided, that:

(i)      such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture;

(ii)      any direction to the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be by Holders of Notes representing not less than percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the relevant Class set forth in Section 5.04 or 5.05, as applicable; and

(iii)      the Indenture Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Indenture Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.

Notwithstanding the rights of Noteholders set forth in this Section, subject to Sections 5.07 and 6.01, the Indenture Trustee need not take any action that it determines would be illegal or may not lawfully be taken, might subject it to personal liability or would be unduly prejudicial  to the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.

SECTION 5.12  Waiver of Past Defaults.  Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes as provided in Section 5.02 or the liquidation or sale of the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.04, the Holders of Notes representing at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class (acting together as a single Class), without the consent of the Holder of the Certificate; may waive any past Default, Event of Default or Servicer Default and its consequences except a (a) Servicer Default in the deposit of collections or other required amounts into the Collection Account or Reserve Account, or (b) Default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note.  In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

34

SECTION 5.13  Undertaking for Costs.  All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note or Note Owner by such Holder’s acceptance of such Note or beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a) any suit instituted by the Indenture Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture.

SECTION 5.14  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.  The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Indenture Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 5.15  Action on Notes.  The Indenture Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by the seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect to this Indenture.  Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Indenture Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the Issuer.  Any money or property collected by the Indenture Trustee shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 5.16  Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.

(a)      Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee to do so and at the Administrator’s expense, the Issuer shall take all such lawful action as the Indenture Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance by the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, of each of their obligations to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement or by the Seller of its remedies under or in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement to the extent and in the manner directed by the Indenture Trustee, including the transmission of notices of default on the part of the Seller or the Servicer thereunder and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by the Seller or the Servicer of each of their respective obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

35

(b)      If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, and at the direction (which direction shall be in writing) of the Holders of 66‑2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class (acting together as a single Class), shall exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against the Seller and the Servicer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, against the Seller under or in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement, or against the Administrator under the Administration Agreement, including the right or power to take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by the Seller, the Servicer or the Administrator, of each of their obligations to the Issuer thereunder and to give any consent, request, notice, direction, approval, extension, or waiver thereunder and any right of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended.

ARTICLE VI
The Indenture Trustee

SECTION 6.01  Duties of Indenture Trustee.

(a)      The Indenture Trustee, both prior to and after the occurrence of a Servicer Default under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture.

(b)      The Indenture Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Indenture Trustee that shall be specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c)      No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Indenture Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, its own bad faith or its own willful misfeasance; provided, however, that:

(i)      the duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Indenture Trustee, the permissive right of the Indenture Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty and, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Indenture Trustee and conforming on their face to the requirements of this Indenture;

(ii)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error of judgment made in the absence of bad faith by a Trust Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Indenture Trustee was negligent in performing its duties in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(iii)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken in the absence of bad faith in accordance with this

36

Indenture, any other Basic Documents or the direction of the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class (acting together as a single Class) relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee, or exercising or omitting to exercise any trust or power conferred upon the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.  Moreover, if more than one Indenture Trustee has been appointed, each Indenture Trustee shall owe any and all duties only to the Class or Classes of Notes on whose behalf it shall have been appointed; and

(iv)      the Indenture Trustee, or a Trust Officer thereof, shall only be charged with actual knowledge of any default, Servicer Default, an Event of Default or a breach of any representation or warranty by the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Depositor, the Seller or the Issuer under any Basic Document if a Trust Officer of the Indenture Trustee actually knows of such default, Servicer Default, Event of Default or breach or receives written notice thereof.

(d)      The Indenture Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties under this Indenture, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(e)      All information obtained by the Indenture Trustee regarding the Obligors and the Receivables contained in the Trust, whether upon the exercise of its rights under this Indenture or otherwise, shall be maintained by the Indenture Trustee in confidence and shall not be disclosed to any other Person, unless such disclosure is required by any applicable law or regulation or pursuant to subpoena or pursuant to this Indenture or any other Basic Documents.

(f)      Pursuant to Sections 3.02 and 4.08 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, in the event that a Trust Officer of the Indenture Trustee receives written notice that a representation or warranty with respect to a Receivable was incorrect as of the time specified with respect to such representation and warranty or that a covenant of the Servicer has been breached, and that such incorrectness or breach materially and adversely affects the interests of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Servicer and the Owner Trustee of such incorrectness or breach.

(g)      [The Indenture Trustee shall determine LIBOR as of each LIBOR Determination Date for so long as the Class A-2b Notes are Outstanding.  All determinations of LIBOR by the Indenture Trustee, in absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Noteholders.]

SECTION 6.02  Rights of Indenture Trustee.

(a)      Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:

(i)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel from the appropriate party.

37

(ii)      the Indenture Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel, certificate of an authorized signatory, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(iii)      the Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel and any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it under this Indenture in the absence of bad faith and in accordance with such Opinion of Counsel;

(iv)      the Indenture Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or the other Basic Documents, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Indenture, or in relation to this Indenture or the other Basic Documents, at the request, order or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the other Basic Documents, other than to fulfill its obligations described in Section 11.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the Indenture Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities (including the reasonable fees of counsel) that may be incurred therein or thereby;

(v)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be personally liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in the absence of bad faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture or any other Basic Documents;

(vi)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be bound to recalculate, reverify, or make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any Servicer’s Certificate, resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class (acting together as a single Class); provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Indenture Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Indenture Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee may require security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding; and nothing in this clause shall derogate from the obligation of the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors;

(vii)      the Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers under this Indenture or perform any duties under this Indenture either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian;

(viii)      the right of the Indenture Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Indenture Trustee shall not be

38

answerable for other than its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the performance of such act; and

(ix)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be responsible for delays or failure in performance resulting from acts beyond its control (such acts include but are not limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots and acts of war). The Indenture Trustee will use reasonable efforts consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

(x)      For the avoidance of doubt, the Indenture Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to monitor or enforce the Sponsor’s compliance with any applicable risk retention rules or regulations.  The Indenture Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any such rules or regulations, and it shall not be liable to any Noteholder or any other Person for any violation of any such rules or regulations.

(b)      No Noteholder will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture except upon satisfying the conditions set forth in Section 5.06.

SECTION 6.03  Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the Holder, beneficial owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Indenture Trustee.  Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar, co‑registrar or co‑paying agent may do the same with like rights.  However, in so doing the Indenture Trustee must comply with Sections 6.11 and 6.12.

SECTION 6.04  Indenture Trustee’s Disclaimer.  The Indenture Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture, the Trust Estate, the Notes (other than the certificate of authentication on the Notes), or of the Certificate.  The Indenture Trustee shall have no obligation to perform any of the duties of the Servicer or the Administrator unless explicitly set forth in this Indenture, the Administration Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Indenture Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of the Notes or any Receivable, any ownership interest in any Financed Vehicle, or the maintenance of any such ownership interest, or for or with respect to the efficacy of the Trust or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to Noteholders under this Indenture, including without limitation the validity of the assignment of the Receivables to the Trust or of any intervening assignment; the existence, condition, location and ownership of any Receivable or Financed Vehicle; the existence and enforceability of any Insurance Policy; the existence and contents of any retail installment sales contract or any computer or other record thereof; the completeness of any retail installment sales contract; the performance or enforcement of any retail installment sales contract; the compliance by the Issuer with any covenant or the breach by the Issuer, Seller or Servicer of any warranty or representation made under this Indenture or in any Basic Document or other related document and the accuracy of any such warranty or representation prior to the receipt of written notice by a Trust Officer of the Indenture Trustee of any noncompliance therewith or any breach thereof; the acts or omissions of the Issuer, Seller or the Servicer; or any action by the Indenture Trustee taken at the instruction of the Servicer; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve the Indenture Trustee of its obligation to perform its duties under this Indenture.  Except with

39

respect to a claim based on the Indenture Trustee’s willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence, no recourse shall be had for any claim based on any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Certificate or assignment thereof against the institution serving as the Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity.  The Indenture Trustee shall not have any personal obligation, liability or duty whatsoever to any Noteholder or any other Person with respect to any such claim, and any such claim shall be asserted solely against the Issuer or any indemnitor who shall furnish indemnity as provided in this Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of any of the Notes or of the proceeds of such Notes, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Servicer in respect of the Notes.  Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Indenture Trustee be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Indenture Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

SECTION 6.05  Notice of Events of Defaults.  If a Trust Officer of the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of such Event of Default within ninety (90) days of the Indenture Trustee’s discovery thereof.  Except in the case of an Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Indenture Trustee may withhold such notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in the absence of bad faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

SECTION 6.06  Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders.  The Indenture Trustee shall deliver or cause to be delivered annually to each Noteholder of record such information as may be required to enable such holder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns.   On each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee shall make available to the Noteholders, via the Indenture Trustee’s internet website at [_] (or via such other internet website as may be designated by the Indenture Trustee for such purpose), the related Servicer’s Certificate received by it from the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Noteholders with questions may direct them to the Indenture Trustee’s bondholder services group at [_].

SECTION 6.07  Compensation and Indemnity.  The Issuer shall pay the Indenture Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services.  The Indenture Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer shall reimburse the Indenture Trustee for all reasonable out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts.  The Issuer shall indemnify the Indenture Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and fees and expenses incurred in the enforcement of the Issuer’s obligations) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder.  The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Indenture Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  In case any such action is brought against the Indenture Trustee under this Section 6.07 and it notifies the Issuer of the commencement thereof, the Issuer will assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, and Issuer will not be liable to the Indenture Trustee under this Section for any legal or

40

other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indenture Trustee in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation.  The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The Issuer’s payment obligations to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and shall extend to any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed pursuant to Section 6.10.  When the Indenture Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 5.01(e) or (f) or the Seller incurs expenses after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Seller, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

SECTION 6.08  Replacement of Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee may resign at any time by providing written notice of its resignation to the Issuer.  The Administrator, on behalf of the Issuer, may remove the Indenture Trustee if:

(a)      the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

(b)      the Indenture Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent;

(c)      a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Indenture Trustee or its property; or

(d)      the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes legally or practically incapable of fulfilling its duties hereunder.

If the Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Indenture Trustee for any reason (the Indenture Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture Trustee), the Administrator, on behalf of the Issuer, shall promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee.  No resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and no appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.08.

A successor Indenture Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Indenture Trustee, to the Servicer and to the Administrator.  Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Indenture Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Indenture Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Indenture Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders.  The retiring Indenture Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Indenture Trustee to the successor Indenture Trustee. The retiring Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Indenture Trustee.

If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within thirty (30) days after the retiring Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Administrator or the Holders of a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

41

If the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder may at any time thereafter petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 6.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee.

SECTION 6.09  Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger.  If the Indenture Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Indenture Trustee if such surviving Person or transferee corporation or bank shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Section 6.11.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Indenture Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Indenture Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Indenture Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Indenture Trustee shall have.

SECTION 6.10  Appointment of Co‑Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture Trustee.

(a)      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Indenture Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co‑trustee or co‑trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Trust Estate, or any part hereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Indenture Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.  No co‑trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co‑trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.08 hereof.

(b)      Every separate trustee and co‑trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i)      all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Indenture Trustee and such separate trustee or co‑trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co‑trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Indenture Trustee joining in and/or directing such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Indenture Trustee shall be incompetent

42

or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust Estate or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co‑trustee, but solely at the direction of the Indenture Trustee;

(ii)      no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

(iii)      the Indenture Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co‑trustee.

(c)      Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co‑trustees as effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co‑trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article VI.  Each separate trustee and co‑trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts thereupon conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Indenture Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Indenture Trustee.  Every such instrument shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee.

(d)      Any separate trustee or co‑trustee may at any time constitute the Indenture Trustee its agent or attorney‑in‑fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co‑trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

SECTION 6.11  Eligibility; Disqualification.  The Indenture Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a).  The Indenture Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and it or its parent shall have a long‑term debt rating of Baa3 or better by [Moody’s] or shall otherwise be acceptable to [Moody’s].  The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA Section 310(b)(9); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

SECTION 6.12  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.  The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  An Indenture Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

SECTION 6.13  Indenture Trustee as Paying Agent, Note Registrar and Securities Intermediary.  The rights, protections, indemnities and standard of care of the Indenture Trustee

43

set forth in this Article VI shall apply to [___________] in its capacities as Paying Agent, Note Registrar and Securities Intermediary to the same extent as they apply to the Indenture Trustee.

SECTION 6.14  Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer and for the benefit of the Noteholders, that, as of the Closing Date:

(a)      Organization and Qualification. The Indenture Trustee is a [___________] duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of [___________]. The Indenture Trustee possesses and shall continue to possess all requisite authority, power, licenses, permits, franchise and approvals for the Indenture Trustee to conduct its business and to execute, deliver and comply with its obligations under this Indenture and the other Basic Documents to which it is a party.

(b)      Power, Authorization and Enforceability. The Indenture Trustee has the power and authority to execute deliver and perform the terms of this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee has authorized the execution, delivery and performance of the terms of this Indenture. This Indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Indenture Trustee enforceable against the Indenture Trustee, except as may be limited by insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general equitable principles.

(c)      No Conflicts and No Violation.  The execution and delivery by the Indenture Trustee of the Indenture and compliance with the terms thereof will not conflict with, or result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default under any loan agreement, indenture, certificate, bond, note, resolution or any other agreement or instrument to which the Indenture Trustee is a party or by which it is bound, or, to the best knowledge of the Indenture Trustee, any law or any rule, regulation, order or decree of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Indenture Trustee or any of its activities or properties (except that no representation, warranty or agreement is made by the Indenture Trustee with respect to any federal or state securities or “blue sky” law or regulations).

(d)      No Proceedings. To the Indenture Trustee's knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending or overtly threatened in writing, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Indenture Trustee: (i) asserting the invalidity of any of this Indenture or the Basic Documents to which it is a party, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by any of the Basic Documents to which it is a party or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Indenture Trustee's ability to perform its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Indenture or any other Basic Document to which it is a party.

(e)      Eligibility. The Indenture Trustee satisfies the eligibility criteria set forth in this Indenture.

44

ARTICLE VIINoteholders’ Lists and Reports

SECTION 7.01  Note Registrar To Furnish Names and Addresses of Noteholders.  The Note Registrar shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee, Owner Trustee, Servicer or Administrator, within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Note Registrar of a written request therefrom, a list of the names and addresses of the Noteholders of any Class as of the most recent Record Date.  If three or more Holders of Notes of any Class, or one or more Holders of such Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of such Notes (hereinafter referred to as “Applicants”), apply in writing to the Indenture Trustee, and such application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes and such application is accompanied by a copy of the communication that such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Indenture Trustee shall, within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such application, afford such Applicants access, during normal business hours, to the current list of Noteholders.  The Indenture Trustee may elect not to afford the requesting Noteholders access to the list of Noteholders if it agrees to mail the desired communication by proxy, on behalf of and at the expense of the requesting Noteholders, to all Noteholders.  Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding a Note, agrees with the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer that none of the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders under this Indenture, regardless of the source from which such information was derived.

If the Indenture Trustee shall cease to be the Note Registrar, then thereafter the Administrator will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee not more than five (5) days after the most recent Record Date or at such other times as the Indenture Trustee reasonably may request in writing, a list, in such form as the Indenture Trustee reasonably may require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes as of such Record Date.

SECTION 7.02  Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders.

(a)      The Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes contained in the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders of Notes received by the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar.  The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in such Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b)      Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes.

(c)      The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

(d)      The Indenture Trustee shall provide prompt notice to Toyota Motor Credit Corporation and Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (each, a “TMCC Party,” and together,

45

the “TMCC Parties”) of all demands received by the Indenture Trustee for the repurchase or replacement of any Receivable for breach of the representations and warranties concerning such Receivable.  If any such demand is made in non-written form, the Indenture Trustee shall request that such demand be put into writing and delivered to it; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee shall notify the TMCC Parties regardless of whether any such demand is made in writing.  The obligations of the Indenture Trustee under the first two sentences of this Section 7.02(d) to notify the TMCC Parties of any such demand made in non-written form shall not be applicable during such time as the interpretations of the requirements of the Repurchase Rules and Regulations (as defined below) explicitly require reporting by TMCC Parties solely with respect to demands in written form.  The Indenture Trustee will not pursue or otherwise be involved in resolving any repurchase request, including any such request that is the subject of a dispute resolution proceeding, unless it is directed to do so by the majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting together as a single class, and such Noteholders have offered to the Indenture Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements, advances and liabilities that might be incurred by it, its agents and its counsel in compliance with such direction. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Indenture Trustee does not agree to pursue or otherwise be involved in resolving any repurchase request, the majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting together as a single class, may independently pursue dispute resolution in respect of such repurchase request in accordance with the terms of Section 11.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Indenture Trustee shall, upon written request of either TMCC Party, provide notification to the TMCC Parties with respect to any actions taken by the Indenture Trustee with respect to any such demand received by the Indenture Trustee in respect of any Receivables, such notifications to be provided by the Indenture Trustee as soon as practicable and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt by the Indenture Trustee of such written request from either TMCC Party or such other time frame as may be mutually agreed to by the Indenture Trustee and the applicable TMCC Party.  Such notices shall be provided to the TMCC Parties at (i) Toyota Motor Credit Corporation at 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: Treasury Operations Department, (469) 486-9013, with a copy by electronic mail to TFS_Treasury_Operations@toyota.com, and with a copy to Toyota Motor Credit Corporation at 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-5A, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: General Counsel, or at such other address or by such other means of communication as may be specified by Toyota Motor Credit Corporation to the Indenture Trustee from time to time, and (ii) Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: President, (469) 486-9020, or at such other address or by such other means of communication as may be specified by Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC to the Indenture Trustee from time to time.  The Indenture Trustee and the Issuer acknowledge and agree that the purpose of this Section 7.02(d) is to facilitate compliance by the TMCC Parties with Rule 15Ga-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Items 1104(e) and 1121(c) of Regulation AB (the “Repurchase Rules and Regulations”).  The Indenture Trustee shall cooperate with reasonable written requests received by it from the TMCC Parties to deliver any and all records and any other information necessary in the good faith determination of the TMCC Parties to permit the TMCC Parties to comply with the provisions of Repurchase Rules and Regulations.  Subject to its duties explicitly set forth herein and in the other applicable Basic Documents, the Indenture Trustee shall not have any responsibility or liability in connection with the compliance of either TMCC Party or a securitizer with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,

46

as amended, or Regulation AB or any filing required to be made by TMCC Party or a securitizer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Regulation AB.

SECTION 7.03  Reports by Issuer.

(a)      The Issuer shall:

(i)      file with the Indenture Trustee, within fifteen (15) days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Issuer may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(ii)      file with the Indenture Trustee and the Commission in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

(iii)      supply to the Indenture Trustee (and the Indenture Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders described in TIA Section 313(c)) such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.03(a) and by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

(b)      Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.

SECTION 7.04  Reports by Indenture Trustee.  If required by TIA Section 313(a), within sixty (60) days after each December 31, beginning with [__________], the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA Section 313(a).  The Indenture Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed by the Indenture Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.  The Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

ARTICLE VIII
Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

SECTION 8.01  Collection of Money.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee shall apply all such money received by it as provided in this Indenture.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any

47

payment or performance under any agreement or instrument that is part of the Trust Estate, the Indenture Trustee may take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings.  Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.

SECTION 8.02  Trust Accounts.

(a)      On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause the Servicer to establish and maintain, in the name of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders and, to the extent set forth herein, the Certificateholder, the Collection Account as provided in Section 5.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(b)      On or prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall, pursuant to the Securities Account Control Agreement, establish and maintain with the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Reserve Account as provided in Section 5.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Upon the execution and delivery by the parties hereto of this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee will deliver to the Securities Intermediary the Prohibition Notice provided for in the Securities Account Control Agreement.  In connection with the termination of this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee will deliver to the Securities Intermediary the Rescission of Prohibition Notice provided for in the Securities Account Control Agreement.

SECTION 8.03  [Reserved].

SECTION 8.04  General Provisions Regarding Accounts.

(a)      So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or a portion of the funds in the Collection Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments and reinvested by the Indenture Trustee at the written direction of the Servicer, subject to the provisions of Section 5.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  All income or other gain from investments of moneys deposited in the Collection Account shall be deposited by the Indenture Trustee in the Collection Account and paid to the Servicer as servicing compensation on each Payment Date, and any loss resulting from such investments in excess of such income or gain (against which such losses will first be applied) shall be charged to such account.  The Servicer will not direct the Indenture Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any investment held in the Collection Account unless the security interest granted and perfected in such account will continue to be perfected in such investment or the proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further action by any Person, and, in connection with any direction to the Indenture Trustee to make any such investment or sale, if requested by the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the Indenture Trustee, to such effect.

(b)      So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or a portion of the funds in the Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments and reinvested by the Indenture Trustee (by delivery to the Securities Intermediary of appropriate Entitlement Orders) at the written direction of the Seller, subject to the provisions of Section 5.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the provisions of the Securities

48

Account Control Agreement.  All income or other gain from investments of moneys deposited in the Reserve Account shall be paid by the Indenture Trustee to the Seller (by delivery to the Securities Intermediary of appropriate Entitlement Orders) on each Payment Date (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in an acceleration of the Notes that has not been rescinded under the Indenture and (ii) for so long as a Suspension Period (as defined in the Securities Account Control Agreement) is not continuing on such Payment Date, and such amounts paid to the Seller shall be released from the security interest of the Indenture Trustee and paid to the Seller on such Payment Date and shall not be available for payment of any other amounts due to the Noteholders or any other party.  Subject to the right of the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals therefrom, as directed by the Servicer, for the purposes and in the amounts set forth in Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Reserve Account and all funds held therein shall be the property of the Seller and not the property of the Trust, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.  The Seller will grant to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, a security interest in all funds (including Eligible Investments, but not the income from such investments) in the Reserve Account (including the Reserve Account Initial Deposit) and the proceeds thereof, and the Indenture Trustee shall have all of the rights of a secured party under the UCC with respect thereto; provided, that, (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in an acceleration of the Notes that has not been rescinded under the Indenture and (ii) for so long as a Suspension Period (as defined in the Securities Account Control Agreement) is not continuing on such Payment Date, all income from the investment of funds in the Reserve Account and the right to receive such income are retained by the Seller and are not transferred, assigned or otherwise conveyed hereunder.  The Seller will not direct the Indenture Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any investment held in the Reserve Account unless the security interest granted and perfected in such account will continue to be perfected in such investment or the proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further action by any Person, and, in connection with any direction to the Indenture Trustee to make any such investment or sale, if requested by the Indenture Trustee, the Seller shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the Indenture Trustee, to such effect.

(c)      Subject to Section 6.01(c), the Indenture Trustee shall not in any way be held liable by reason of any insufficiency in the Collection Account or Reserve Account resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein at the direction of the Servicer or Seller, as the case may be, except for losses attributable to the Indenture Trustee’s failure to make payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Indenture Trustee, in its commercial capacity as principal obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with the terms thereof.

(d)      If (i) the Servicer or Seller shall have failed to give investment directions for any funds on deposit in the Collection Account and Reserve Account, as the case may be, to the Indenture Trustee by 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time (or such other time as may be agreed by the Issuer and Indenture Trustee) on any Business Day or (ii) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes but the Notes shall not have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 5.02 or (iii) if such Notes shall have been declared due and payable following an Event of Default, but amounts collected or receivable from the Trust Estate are being applied in accordance with Section 5.05 as if there had not been such a declaration, then the Indenture Trustee shall, to the fullest extent practicable, invest and reinvest funds in the Trust Accounts in one or more Eligible Investments as specified in the most recent instruction received from the Servicer or Seller or in the absence thereof such funds shall remain uninvested.

49

SECTION 8.05  Release of Trust Estate.

(a)      Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses pursuant to Section 6.07, the Indenture Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this Indenture, or convey the Indenture Trustee’s interest in such property, in a manner and under circumstances that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture.  No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Trustee as provided in this Article VIII shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any moneys.

(b)      The Indenture Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes outstanding, release any remaining portion of the Trust Estate that secured the Notes from the lien of this Indenture and release to or to the order of the Issuer or, in the case of the Reserve Account, to the Seller, any funds then on deposit in the Collection Account and Reserve Account, as the case may be.  The Indenture Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section 8.05(b) only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA Sections 314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01.

SECTION 8.06  Opinion of Counsel.  The Indenture Trustee shall receive at least seven  (7) days’ notice when requested by the Issuer to take any action pursuant to Section 8.05(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Indenture Trustee shall also require, as a condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in contravention of the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Trust Estate.  Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such action.

ARTICLE IXSupplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.01  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.

(a)      Subject to Section 9.03, without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

50

(i)      to correct or amplify the description of any property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture, or to subject to the lien of this Indenture additional property;

(ii)      to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable provisions hereof, of another person to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Notes contained;

(iii)      to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;

(iv)      to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Indenture Trustee;

(v)      to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI; or

(vi)      to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA;

The Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained.

(b)      The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, but without the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; provided, that either (i) an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such action will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or (ii) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such action.

(c)      This Indenture may also be supplemented by the parties hereto, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, for the purpose of conforming the provisions in this Indenture to the descriptions thereof contained in the prospectus, dated [___________], related to the offering of the Notes.

SECTION 9.02  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders.  Subject to Section 9.03, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies and by Action the Holders of Notes evidencing at least a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting

51

together as a single Class, delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or Certificateholders under this Indenture.

The Indenture Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not any Notes would be adversely affected by any supplemental indenture (which determination will be based on such supplemental indenture not resulting in a downgrade in the ratings applicable to the Notes) and any such determination shall be conclusive upon the Holders of all Notes, whether theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder.  The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any such determination made in the absence of bad faith.

It shall not be necessary for any Action of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Action shall approve the substance thereof.

Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.  Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

SECTION 9.03  Limitations on Supplemental Indentures.  The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, in accordance with Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above, may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that (except as provided in Section 9.01(c)) no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note if their respective interests are affected thereby:

(a)      change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the Interest Rate thereon, change the provisions of this Indenture relating to the application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to bring suit for the enforcement of the provisions of this Indenture, to the extent provided in Article V, requiring the application of funds available therefor to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes on or after the respective due dates thereof;

(b)      reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class of Notes (or the Notes of any Class, as applicable), the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture;

52

(c)      modify or alter the provisions of the proviso to the definition of the terms “Outstanding” or “Controlling Class”;

(d)      reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class of Notes (or the Notes of any Class, as applicable) required to direct the Indenture Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.04;

(e)      modify any provision of this Section except to increase any percentage specified herein or to provide that certain additional provisions of this Indenture or the Basic Documents cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby;

(f)      modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such manner as to affect the calculation of the amount of any payment of interest or principal due on any Note on any Payment Date (including the calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation);

(g)      permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein, terminate the lien of this Indenture on any property at any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note of the security provided by the lien of this Indenture; or

(h)      modify or alter the provisions hereof regarding the voting of Notes held by the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, TMCC or any of its Affiliates or the Trust.

SECTION 9.04  Execution of Supplemental Indentures.  In executing, or permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Indenture Trustee’s or the Owner Trustee’s, as applicable, own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Indenture which adversely affects the Owner Trustee shall be effective without its prior written consent. The Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to recover any costs (including any attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with a Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 9.05  Effect of Supplemental Indenture.  Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall be and shall be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, the Holders of the Notes and the Certificateholder shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of

53

any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

SECTION 9.06  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.  Every amendment of this Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 9.07  Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.  Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee shall, bear a notation in form approved by the Indenture Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE X
Termination of the Trust

SECTION 10.01  Termination of the Trusts Created by Indenture.

(a)      The trusts created hereby and the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall terminate upon (i) the purchase as of any Payment Date by the Servicer, or any successor to the Servicer, at its option of the Receivables primarily comprising the corpus of the Trust Estate as described in Section 10.02, (ii) the payment to the Noteholders of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to this Agreement and the release to the Owner Trustee of all remaining amounts or investments on deposit in the Collection Account and the release to the Seller of the amounts held in the Reserve Account or (iii) the maturity or liquidation of the last Receivable and the disposition of all property held as part of the Trust Estate.  The Indenture Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer and the Administrator of any prospective termination pursuant to this Section.  The Issuer shall provide the Rating Agencies notice of any such termination upon receipt by it of the notice from the Indenture Trustee referred to in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b)      Notice of any termination, specifying the Payment Date upon which the Noteholders must surrender their Notes to the Indenture Trustee for payment of the final distribution and retirement of the Notes, shall be given promptly by the Indenture Trustee (at the written direction of the Administrator) by letter to Noteholders mailed not later than the 15th day and not earlier than the 30th day prior to the date on which such final distribution is expected to occur specifying (i) the Payment Date upon which final payment of the Notes shall be made upon presentation and surrender of Notes at the office of the Indenture Trustee therein specified, (ii) the amount of any such final payment and (iii) if applicable, that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Payment Date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the Notes at the office of the Indenture Trustee therein specified.  The Indenture Trustee shall give such notice to the Note Registrar (if other than the Indenture Trustee) at the

54

time such notice is given to Noteholders.  In the event such notice is given, the Seller, the Servicer, or any successor to the Servicer, or the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, shall make deposits into the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or, in the case of an optional purchase of Receivables pursuant to Section 10.02, shall deposit the amount specified in Section 10.02.  Upon presentation and surrender of the Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall cause to be distributed to Noteholders amounts distributable on such Payment Date pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 10.02  Optional Purchase of All Receivables.  If the Servicer, or any successor to the Servicer, shall notify the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in writing of its intention to exercise the option granted to it in Section 9.01 the Sale and Servicing Agreement to repurchase the corpus of the Trust Estate, then the Indenture Trustee shall give written notice thereof to each Securityholder, the Issuer and the Administrator as soon as practicable after their receipt of notice from the Servicer.  Upon deposit by the Servicer or successor to the Servicer of the amount necessary to effect such purchase of the corpus of the Trust Estate, the Indenture Trustee shall make the final distributions to the Noteholders pursuant to Section 4.01 (the date of such payment to Noteholders, the “Redemption Date”) and Certificateholders as set forth in Section 5.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 10.01 hereof and shall promptly transfer all of its right, title and interest in and to any amounts or investments remaining on deposit in the Collection Account and all of its rights to make withdrawals from the Reserve Account (excluding any portion thereof necessary to make distributions to Noteholders described in Section 3.03) to the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholder and release from the lien of this Indenture all of the remaining Collateral.  The Indenture Trustee shall execute, deliver and file all agreements, certificates, instruments or other documents necessary or reasonably requested by the Owner Trustee in order to affect such release and the transfer to the Owner Trustee of the Collateral.

ARTICLE XIMiscellaneous

SECTION 11.01  Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.

(a)      Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall, upon written request therefor from the Indenture Trustee, furnish to the Indenture Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements of this Section, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture, no such written request from the Indenture Trustee need be furnished (and only such expressly required documents need be delivered in connection therewith).

55

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(i)      a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(ii)      a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii)      a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv)      a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

(b)      Prior to the deposit of any Collateral or other property or securities with the Indenture Trustee that is to be made the basis for the release of any property or securities subject to the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section 11.01(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within ninety (90) days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the Collateral or other property or securities to be so deposited.

(c)      Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signatory thereof as to the matters described in Section 11.01(b) above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then‑current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to Section 11.01(b) and this Section 11.01(c) is 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any securities so deposited, if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

(d)      Whenever any property or securities are to be released from the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within ninety (90) days of such release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof.

SECTION 11.02  Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee.  In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons

56

as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which such officer’s certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the Seller, the Issuer or the Administrator, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Seller, the Issuer or the Administrator, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or certificate or report to the Indenture Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as evidence of the Issuer’s compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the sufficiency of such certificate or report.  The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to affect the Indenture Trustee’s right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article VI.

SECTION 11.03  Acts of Noteholders.

(a)      Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Indenture Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Action” of the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b)      The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Indenture Trustee deems sufficient.

(c)      The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

57

(d)      Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

SECTION 11.04  Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer, Administrator and Rating Agencies.  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Action of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture shall be in writing and if such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Action of Noteholders is to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with:

(a)      the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office; or

(b)      the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed first‑class, postage prepaid to the Issuer addressed to:  Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[__] Owner Trust, at the Corporate Trust Office (as defined in the Trust Agreement), with copies to: (i) [________], (ii) Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[__] Owner Trust, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: Treasury Operations Department, (469) 486-9013, with a copy by electronic mail to TFS_Treasury_Operations@toyota.com, and (iii) Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[__] Owner Trust, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-5A, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: General Counsel, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Indenture Trustee by the Issuer or the Administrator.  The Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from the Noteholders to the Indenture Trustee; or

(c)      the Administrator by the Indenture Trustee or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Indenture Trustee at (i) Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: Treasury Operations Department, (469) 486-9013, with a copy by electronic mail to TFS_Treasury_Operations@toyota.com, and (iii) Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-5A, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: General Counsel, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Indenture Trustee by the Issuer or the Administrator.

Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, to (i) in the case of [Moody’s], at the following address: [Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 7 World Trade Center, 250 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10007], (ii) in the case of [S&P], at the following address: [S&P Global Ratings, 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041, Attention: Asset Backed Surveillance Department]; or as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the other parties.

SECTION 11.05  Notices to Noteholders; Waiver.  Where this Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise

58

herein expressly provided) (a) in the case of Book-Entry Notes, upon delivery to the Clearing Agency in writing and (b) in the case of Definitive Notes, when mailed, first‑class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears on the Note Register, in each case being delivered or mailed, as the case may be, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.  In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies, failure to give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or Event of Default.

Upon receipt of written direction from the Seller in accordance with Section 11.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall provide prompt notice to the related Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, of the date when the 180-day period ends without resolution by TMCC or the Seller, in each case in accordance with, and solely to the extent specified by the Seller, in such written direction.

SECTION 11.06  Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of payment, or notice by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder, that is different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or notices.  The Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.

SECTION 11.07  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.  If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is required to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision shall control.

The provisions of TIA Sections 310 through 317 that impose duties on any person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless expressly excluded by

59

this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein.

SECTION 11.08  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.  The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 11.09  Successors and Assigns.  All covenants and agreements in this Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.  All agreements of the Indenture Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors, co‑trustees and agents.

SECTION 11.10  Severability.  If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Indenture shall be for any reason whatsoever held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Indenture and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes or the Certificate or the rights of the Holders thereof.

SECTION 11.11  Benefits of Indenture.  Nothing in this Indenture or the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, the Owner Trustee, the Administrator, the Servicer and the Noteholders, and any other party secured hereunder, and any other Person with an ownership interest in any part of the Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 11.12  Governing Law.  This Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.  Regardless of any provision in any other agreement, for purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to be the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction, and the law of the State of New York shall govern all issues specified in Article 2(1) of the Hague Securities Convention.

SECTION 11.13  Counterparts.  This Indenture may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 11.14  Recording of Indenture.  If this Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel (which may be counsel to the Indenture Trustee or any other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other Person secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.

SECTION 11.15  Trust Obligation.  No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and obligations of the

60

Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or the Certificate or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any Certificateholder or other owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any Certificateholder or other owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee, in their capacities as such, have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.  For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 11.16  No Petition.  The Indenture Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder (excluding for such purposes the outstanding principal amount of any Notes held of record or beneficially owned by TMCC, TAFR LLC or any of their Affiliates), by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer or the Seller to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer or the Seller under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or the Seller, as the case may be, or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer or the Seller, in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Certificates, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents prior to the date that is one year and one day after the date on which this Indenture is terminated.  This Section 11.16 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the termination of the Indenture Trustee under this Agreement.

SECTION 11.17  Inspection.  The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior notice, it will permit any representative of the Indenture Trustee, during the Issuer’s normal business hours, to examine all the books of account, records, reports and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom, to cause (at the expense of the requesting party) such books to be audited by Independent certified public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer’s affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer’s officers, employees, and Independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested.  The Indenture Trustee shall and shall cause its representatives to hold in confidence all such information except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent that the Indenture Trustee may reasonably determine that such disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 11.18  Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness.  The Indenture Trustee and Issuer acknowledge and agree that the purpose of Sections 3.09 of this Agreement is to facilitate

61

compliance by the Issuer and the Seller with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission.

Neither the Issuer nor the Administrator (acting on behalf of the Issuer) shall exercise its right to request delivery of information or other performance under these provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of disclosure comparable to that required under the Securities Act).  The Indenture Trustee acknowledges that interpretations of the requirements of Regulation AB may change over time, whether due to interpretive guidance provided by the Commission or its staff, consensus among participants in the asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and agrees to comply with reasonable requests made by the Issuer (or the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer) in good faith for delivery of information under these provisions on the basis of evolving interpretations of Regulation AB.  In connection with this transaction, the Indenture Trustee shall cooperate fully with the Issuer (or the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer) to deliver to the Issuer (or the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer), any and all statements, reports, certifications, records and any other information necessary in the good faith determination of the Issuer (or the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer) to permit the Issuer to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB, together with such disclosures relating to the Indenture Trustee reasonably believed by the Issuer (or the Administrator, acting in good faith on behalf of the Issuer) to be necessary in order to effect such compliance.

The Issuer (or the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer) shall cooperate with the Indenture Trustee by providing timely notice of requests for information under these provisions and by reasonably limiting such requests to information required, in the reasonable judgment or the Issuer to comply with Regulation AB.

ARTICLE XIIASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW

SECTION 12.01  Noteholder and Note Owner Requests for Vote on Asset Representations Review.  If the Indenture Trustee receives a notice from the Servicer pursuant to Section 11.01(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement regarding the occurrence of a Delinquency Trigger, then the Indenture Trustee shall promptly inform the Administrator regarding the method by which Noteholders and Note Owners may contact the Indenture Trustee in order to request a vote on whether to cause the ARR Receivables to be reviewed by the Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement.  The Indenture Trustee shall promptly notify TMCC, the Depositor and the Administrator upon the receipt of any such request for a vote.  Noteholders and Note Owners may request a vote not later than ninety (90) days after the date on which the Form 10-D describing the occurrence of such Delinquency Trigger shall have been filed by the Administrator pursuant to the terms of Section 1(a)(i)(Y) of the Administration Agreement; provided that, if the requesting party is a Note Owner and not a Noteholder, the Note Owner must include with its request a written certification that the requesting party is a Note Owner, together with one of the following additional forms of documentation of the requesting party’s status as a Note Owner: (A) a trade confirmation; (B) an account statement; (C) a letter from a

62

broker-dealer that is acceptable to the Indenture Trustee or Administrator, as applicable; or (D) any other form of documentation that is acceptable to the Indenture Trustee or Administrator, as applicable (any such Note Owner who provides the required certification and documentation, a “Verified Note Owner”).  The Indenture Trustee shall promptly notify TMCC, the Depositor and the Administrator if Noteholders and Verified Note Owners representing at least 5% of the outstanding aggregate Principal Balance of all Outstanding Notes (such requesting Noteholders and Verified Note Owners, collectively, the “Requesting Noteholders”) properly and timely request a vote to cause the ARR Receivables to be reviewed by the Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

SECTION 12.02  Noteholder and Note Owner Vote on Asset Representations Review.  Beginning promptly after receipt from the Administrator of a copy of a notice sent to Noteholders and Note Owners pursuant to Section 23(a)(ii) of the Administration Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall cause the initiation of such a review to be submitted to a yes or no vote of the Noteholders (with respect to Book Entry Notes, as directed by the related Note Owners via the applicable Clearing Agency pursuant to its procedures for such votes) of record as of the most recent Record Date.  If, by no earlier than the deadline specified by the Administrator pursuant to Section 23(a)(ii) of the Administration Agreement, a majority of the Noteholders casting a vote so direct (provided that such affirmative votes represent votes by Noteholders holding at least 5% of the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of all Outstanding Notes), the Indenture Trustee will promptly notify the Servicer, TMCC, the Administrator, the Depositor and the Asset Representations Reviewer that the requisite Noteholders have directed the Asset Representations Reviewer to perform a review of the ARR Receivables for the purpose of determining whether such ARR Receivables were in compliance with the representations and warranties made by TMCC to the Seller pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement and by the Seller to the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 12.03  Evaluation of Review Report.  If a Noteholder or a Verified Note Owner notifies the Indenture Trustee in writing that it considers any non-compliance of any representation to be a breach of the applicable Basic Document, or requests in writing that any Receivable be repurchased (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as described in Section 11.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement), the Indenture Trustee will promptly forward that written notice to TMCC and the Depositor.  In addition, the Indenture Trustee may, but is not obligated to, request the repurchase of an ARR Receivable on behalf of all Noteholders.  Subject to the provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained in this Indenture, the Holders of Notes evidencing at least a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting together as a single Class, may direct the Indenture Trustee regarding the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee, including the ability to assert to TMCC and the Depositor, on behalf of all Noteholders, whether any such non-compliance may be a breach and to request the repurchase of the related ARR Receivable.

      The Depositor will have the sole ability to determine if there was non-compliance with any representation or warranty made by it that constitutes a breach, and whether to repurchase the related ARR Receivable from the Issuer, and TMCC will have the sole ability

63

to determine if there was non-compliance with any representation or warranty made by it that constitutes a breach, and whether to repurchase the related ARR Receivable from the Depositor.

64

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized and duly attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST

By:[________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee

By:_____________________________

Name:

Title:

[___________], as Indenture Trustee and Securities Intermediary

By: _____________________________________       Name:        Title:

SCHEDULE I

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

          In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Indenture, the Issuer hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Indenture Trustee as follows on the Closing Date:

          1.This Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Receivables and the other Collateral in favor of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.

2.The Receivables constitute “chattel paper” (including “tangible chattel paper” and “electronic chattel paper”) within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

3.Each Trust Account constitutes either a “deposit account” or a “securities account” within the meaning of the UCC.

4.The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to each Receivable free and clear of all Liens and rights of others (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents).

5.The Issuer has caused or will have caused, within ten (10) days after the Closing Date, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Receivables granted to the Indenture Trustee hereunder.

6.With respect to Receivables that constitute tangible chattel paper, such tangible chattel paper is in the possession of the Servicer, and the Servicer (in its capacity as custodian) is holding such tangible chattel paper solely on behalf and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as pledgee of the Issuer.  With respect to Receivables that constitute electronic chattel paper, the Servicer has “control” of such electronic chattel paper within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the applicable UCC and the Servicer (in its capacity as custodian) is maintaining control of such electronic chattel paper solely on behalf and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as pledgee of the Issuer.  No person other than the Servicer has “control” of any Receivable that is evidenced by electronic chattel paper.

7.Either (1) (i) only one authoritative copy of each contract that constitutes or evidences the Receivable exists, and each such authoritative copy (y) is unique, identifiable, and unalterable (other than with the participation of TMCC, in the case of an addition or change of an identified assignee and other than a revision that is readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision) and (z) has been communicated to and is maintained by the Servicer or a third party provider acting on behalf of TMCC, (ii) the authoritative copy of the related contract identifies only TMCC as the assignee thereof, (iii) each copy of the authoritative copy of the related contract and any copy of a copy are readily identifiable as copies that are not the

Schedule I-1

authoritative copy and (iv) the Receivable has been established in a manner such that (a) all copies or revisions that add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy of each contract that constitutes or evidences the Receivable must be made with the participation of TMCC, and (b) all revisions of the authoritative copy of each contract that constitute or evidence the Receivable must be readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision or (2) each contract that constitutes or evidences the Receivable and the system pursuant to which TMCC has acquired such contract reliably establishes TMCC as the person to whom the related chattel paper was assigned.

8.In the case of a Receivable evidenced by an electronic record consisting of a copy or image stored in an electronic medium of the original contract that was signed by the related Obligor, the related contract was originated in the form of an original contract that constitutes “tangible chattel paper” within the meaning of the applicable UCC, such original contract was delivered to the Servicer and, in accordance with the Customary Servicing Practices of the Servicer, was or will be destroyed as soon as practicable after the expiration of 14 to 30 days after the conversion of such original contract to an electronic record by a scanning and imaging process.  After destruction of the original contract, the related Receivable will be evidenced only by “electronic chattel paper” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

9.With respect to the Trust Accounts that constitute deposit accounts, either:

 (i)the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee a fully executed agreement pursuant to which the bank maintaining the deposit accounts has agreed to comply with all instructions originated by the Indenture Trustee directing disposition of the funds in such Trust Accounts without further consent by the Issuer; or

 (ii)the Issuer has taken all steps necessary to cause the Indenture Trustee to become the account holder of such Trust Accounts.

10.With respect to the Trust Accounts that constitute securities accounts or securities entitlements, either:

 (i)the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee a fully executed agreement (1) that provides that the agreement is governed solely by the law of New York and that the law of the State of New York shall govern all issues specified in Article 2(1) of the Hague Securities Convention, (2) pursuant to which the securities intermediary has agreed to comply with all instructions originated by the Indenture Trustee relating to such Trust Accounts without further consent by the Issuer, and (3) with a securities intermediary that has and has had at all relevant times one or more offices (within the meaning of the Hague Securities Convention) in the United States of America which satisfies the “qualifying office” condition provided in the second sentence of Article 4(1) of the Hague Securities Convention; or

 (ii)the Issuer has taken all steps necessary to cause the securities intermediary to identify in its records the Indenture Trustee as the Person having a security entitlement against the securities intermediary in each of such Trust Accounts so long as (1) the agreement governing the securities account satisfies the requirements of sub-clause (1) of the preceding

Schedule I-2

clause (i), and (2) the securities intermediary satisfies the requirements of sub-clause (3) of the preceding clause (i).

11.Other than the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Receivables.

12.The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing statement (i) relating to the conveyance of the Receivables by TMCC to the Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, (ii) relating to the conveyance of the Receivables by the Seller to the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (iii) relating to the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or (iv) that has been terminated.  The Issuer is not aware of any material judgment, ERISA or tax lien filings against the Issuer.

13.No person other than the Servicer has “control” of any Receivable that is evidenced by electronic chattel paper.

14.The tangible chattel paper or electronic chattel paper that constitute or evidence the Receivables do not have any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than TMCC, the Seller, the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee.

15.No Trust Account that constitutes a securities account or securities entitlement is in the name of any Person other than the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee. The Issuer has not consented to the securities intermediary of any such Trust Account to comply with entitlement orders of any Person other than the Indenture Trustee.

16.No Trust Account that constitutes a deposit account is in the name of any Person other than the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee. The Issuer has not consented to the bank maintaining such Trust Account to comply with instructions of any Person other than the Indenture Trustee.

17.Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or any other Basic Document, the perfection representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Schedule I shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until such time as all obligations under the Indenture have been finally and fully paid and performed.

18.The Issuer shall provide the Rating Agencies with prompt written notice of any material breach of the perfection representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Schedule I, and shall not, without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, waive a breach of any of such perfection representations, warranties or covenants.

19.The Issuer covenants that, in order to evidence the interests of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture, the Issuer shall take such action, or execute and deliver

Schedule I-3

such instruments as may be necessary or advisable (including, without limitation, such actions as are requested by the Indenture Trustee) to maintain and perfect, as a first priority interest, the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Receivables. The Issuer shall, from time to time and within the time limits established by law, prepare and file, all financing statements, amendments, continuations, initial financing statements in lieu of a continuation statement, terminations, partial terminations, releases or partial releases, or any other filings necessary or advisable to continue, maintain and perfect the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Receivables as a first-priority interest.

Schedule I-4

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CLASS A-1 NOTE

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.  OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

THIS NOTE IS NOT AN OBLIGATION OF, AND WILL NOT BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY, ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE OWNER TRUSTEE OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.  THE PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE SOLELY FROM PAYMENTS ON THE RECEIVABLES AND AMOUNTS ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT.

EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND COVENANT EITHER THAT (A) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE WITH THE ASSETS OF AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (COLLECTIVELY, A “PLAN”) OR ANY OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (B) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT GIVE RISE TO A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION UNDER ANY OTHER SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR LAW.

A-1-1

No. 1	$[__________]
	CUSIP No. [__________]
	ISIN No. : [__________]

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST

[__]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1

Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[__] Owner Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [__________] DOLLARS ($[__________]) payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class A-1 Notes pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between the Issuer and [________], a [________], as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”) and Sections 5.06(b) and 5.06(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between the Issuer, TAFR LLC, as Seller, and TMCC, as Servicer (which amounts will be limited to the portion of Available Collections available to make the payments specified in such Sections); provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Payment Date occurring in [__________], 20[__] (the “Class A-1 Final Scheduled Payment Date”) and the Payment Date described in Section 10.01 of the Indenture.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the case may be.

The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date), subject to certain limitations contained in Section 3.01 of the Indenture and Sections 5.06(b) and 5.06(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Interest on this Note will accrue from, and including, each Payment Date (or, in the case of the first Payment Date, from, and including, the Closing Date) to, but excluding, the subsequent Payment Date.  Interest will be computed on the basis specified in the Indenture for each Interest Period.  Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note is payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-1-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer, as of the date set forth below.

Dated: [_______], 20[__]

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST

By:[________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

By:______________________________

Authorized Signatory

A-1-3

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within‑mentioned Indenture.

Dated: [_______], 20[__]

[___________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee

By:_________________________________

Authorized Signatory

A-1-4

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-1 (herein called the “Class A-1 Notes”), all issued under the Indenture, to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.  The Class A-1 Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A‑2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A‑4 Notes (collectively, the “Class A Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.  The Class B Notes are subordinated in right of payment to the Class A Notes, and are secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in an amount described in the Indenture.  “Payment Date” means the [__] day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing in [_______] 20[__].

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable (i) on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single class, have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture, (ii) following the termination or liquidation of the Trust Estate in connection with the exercise by the Servicer of its option to purchase the Receivables pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 10.02 of the Indenture or (iii) within 90 days of certain Insolvency Events with respect to TAFR LLC.  If any such event occurs, all principal payments on the Notes will be made first, to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full, second, pro rata, based upon their respective unpaid principal balance, to Holders of the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes until each such Class of the Notes has been paid in full, and third, to the Class B Notes until the Class B Notes have been paid in full.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered in the Note Register on the Record Date.  Such payment will be made to such Person’s as appears on the Note Register on such Record Date by wire transfer to the account specified by the registered holder of any Note with a face amount of at least $10,000,000.  Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.  If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Indenture Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed or transmitted by facsimile prior to such Payment Date, and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Indenture Trustee’s

A-1-5

principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of New York.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A-1 Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee as set forth in Section 2.04 of the Indenture, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Noteholder may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee, in their capacities as such, have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.  The Holder of this Note by its acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner that is not TMCC, TAFR LLC or an Affiliate of either of them, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder or Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Seller or  the Issuer, or join in any institution against the Seller or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.

A-1-6

The Issuer has entered into the Indenture and this Note is issued with the intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes, the Notes (other than the Retained Notes) will qualify as indebtedness secured by the Trust Estate.  Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note (and each Note Owner by acceptance of a beneficial interest in a Note), agrees to treat the Notes (other than the Retained Notes) for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, in some cases without the consent of the Holders of any Class of Notes and in other cases with the consent of Holders of only the Controlling Class of Notes.  Section 5.12 of the Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, as specified therein, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes of such Classes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.  The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

A-1-7

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

A-1-8

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D.  or other identifying number of assignee:__________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

____________________________________________________________________________ (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:*/

Signature Guaranteed: __________________*/

*/ NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatever.  Such signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-1-9

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF CLASS A-[2a][2b][3][4] NOTE

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.  OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

THIS NOTE IS NOT AN OBLIGATION OF, AND WILL NOT BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY, ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE OWNER TRUSTEE OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.  THE PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE SOLELY FROM PAYMENTS ON THE RECEIVABLES AND AMOUNTS ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT.

EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND COVENANT EITHER THAT (A) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE WITH THE ASSETS OF AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (COLLECTIVELY, A “PLAN”) OR ANY OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (B) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT GIVE RISE TO A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION UNDER ANY OTHER SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR LAW.

A-2-1

No. 1	$[__________]
	CUSIP No. [__________]
	ISIN No. : [__________]

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST

[LIBOR [plus][minus]¹ [__]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-[2a][2b][3][4]

Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[__] Owner Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [__________] DOLLARS ($[__________]) payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal to [the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $[__________] and the denominator of which is $[__________] by (ii)] the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class A-[2a][2b][3][4] Notes pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between the Issuer and [________], a [________], as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”) and Sections 5.06(b) and 5.06(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between the Issuer, TAFR LLC, as Seller, and TMCC, as Servicer (which amounts will be limited to the portion of Available Collections available to make the payments specified in such Sections); provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Payment Date occurring in [__________], 20[__] (the “Class A-[2a][2b][3][4] Final Scheduled Payment Date”) and the Payment Date described in Section 10.01 of the Indenture.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the case may be.

The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date), subject to certain limitations contained in Section 3.01 of the Indenture and Sections 5.06(b) and 5.06(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement[, and provided that, if the sum of LIBOR [plus][minus] [__]% is less than 0.00% for any Interest Period, then the per annum rate at which interest will accrue on this Note for such Interest Period will be 0.00%]².  Interest on this Note will accrue from (and including) [the [__] day of each calendar month to (but excluding) the [__] day of the succeeding calendar month, except that the first interest accrual period will be from (and including) the Closing Date to (but excluding) [____] [_], 20[__]]]³ [each Payment Date (or, in the case of the first Payment Date, from, and including, the Closing Date) to, but excluding, the subsequent Payment Date]⁴.  Interest will be computed on the basis specified in the Indenture for each Interest Period.  Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

¹ Insert for the Class A-2b Notes.

² Insert for the Class A-2b Notes.

³ Insert for the Class A-2a Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes.

⁴ Insert for the Class A-2b Notes.

A-2-2

The principal of and interest on this Note is payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-2-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer, as of the date set forth below.

Dated: [_______], 20[__]

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST

By:[________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

By:______________________________

Authorized Signatory

A-2-4

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within‑mentioned Indenture.

Dated: [_______], 20[__]

[___________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee

By:___________________________________

Authorized Signatory

A-2-5

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its [LIBOR [plus][minus]⁵ [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-[2a][2b][3][4] (herein called the “Class A-[2a][2b][3][4] Notes”), all issued under the Indenture, to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.  The Class A-[2a][2b][3][4] Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A‑2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A‑4 Notes (collectively, the “Class A Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.  The Class B Notes are subordinated in right of payment to the Class A Notes, and are secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class A-[2a][2b][3][4] Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in an amount described in the Indenture.  “Payment Date” means the [__] day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing in [____] 20[__].

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable (i) on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single class, have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture, (ii) following the termination or liquidation of the Trust Estate in connection with the exercise by the Servicer of its option to purchase the Receivables pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 10.02 of the Indenture or (iii) within 90 days of certain Insolvency Events with respect to TAFR LLC.  If any such event occurs, all principal payments on the Notes will be made first, to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full, second, pro rata, based upon their respective unpaid principal balance, to Holders of the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes until each such Class of the Notes has been paid in full, and third, to the Class B Notes until the Class B Notes have been paid in full.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered in the Note Register on the Record Date.  With respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee, except for the final installment of principal payable with respect to such Note on a Payment Date or on the applicable Final Scheduled Payment Date, which shall be payable as provided below.  Such payment will be made to such Person as appears on the Note Register on such Record Date by wire transfer to the account specified by the registered holder of any Note with a face amount of at least $10,000,000.  Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note

⁵ Insert for the Class A-2b Notes.

A-2-6

(or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.  If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Indenture Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed or transmitted by facsimile prior to such Payment Date, and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Indenture Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of New York.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A-[2a][2b][3][4] Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee as set forth in Section 2.04 of the Indenture, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Noteholder may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee, in their capacities as such, have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.  The Holder of this Note by its acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

A-2-7

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder or Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Seller or  the Issuer, or join in any institution against the Seller or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.

The Issuer has entered into the Indenture and this Note is issued with the intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes, the Notes (other than the Retained Notes) will qualify as indebtedness secured by the Trust Estate.  Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note (and each Note Owner by acceptance of a beneficial interest in a Note), agrees to treat the Notes (other than the Retained Notes) for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, in some cases without the consent of the Holders of any Class of Notes and in other cases with the consent of Holders of only the Controlling Class of Notes.  Section 5.12 of the Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, as specified therein, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes of such Classes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.  The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

A-2-8

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

A-2-9

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D.  or other identifying number of assignee:___________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

___________________________________________________________________________ (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:*/

Signature Guaranteed: ___________________*/

*/ NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatever.  Such signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-2-10

EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF CLASS B NOTE

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.  OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

THIS NOTE IS NOT AN OBLIGATION OF, AND WILL NOT BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY, ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE OWNER TRUSTEE OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.  THE PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE SOLELY FROM PAYMENTS ON THE RECEIVABLES AND AMOUNTS ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT.

EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND COVENANT EITHER THAT (A) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE WITH THE ASSETS OF AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (COLLECTIVELY, A “PLAN”) OR ANY OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (B) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT GIVE RISE TO A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION UNDER ANY OTHER SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR LAW.

A-3-1

No. 1	$[__________]
	CUSIP No. [__________]
	ISIN No. : [__________]

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST

[_]% ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS B

Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[__] Owner Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [__________] DOLLARS ($[__________]) payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class B Notes pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture, dated as of [__________], 20[__], between the Issuer and [________], a [________], as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”) and Sections 5.06(b) and 5.06(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between the Issuer, TAFR LLC, as Seller, and TMCC, as Servicer (which amounts will be limited to the portion of Available Collections available to make the payments specified in such Sections); provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Payment Date occurring in [__________], 20[__] (the “Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date”) and the Payment Date described in Section 10.01 of the Indenture.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the case may be.

The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date), subject to certain limitations contained in Section 3.01 of the Indenture and Sections 5.06(b) and 5.06(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Interest on this Note will accrue from (and including) the [__] day of each calendar month to (but excluding) the [__] day of the succeeding calendar month, except that the first interest accrual period will be from (and including) the Closing Date to (but excluding) [____] [_], 20[__].  Interest will be computed on the basis specified in the Indenture for each Interest Period.  Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note is payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

A-3-2

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-3-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer, as of the date set forth below.

Dated: [_______], 20[__]

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST

By:[________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

By:______________________________

Authorized Signatory

A-3-4

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within‑mentioned Indenture.

Dated:  [_______], 20[__]

[___________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee

By:___________________________________

Authorized Signatory

A-3-5

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its [_]% Asset Backed Notes, Class B (herein called the “Class B Notes”), all issued under the Indenture, to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.  The Class B Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A‑2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A‑4 Notes (collectively, the “Class A Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.  The Class B Notes are subordinated in right of payment to the Class A Notes, and are secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class B Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in an amount described in the Indenture.  “Payment Date” means the [__] day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing in [____] 20[__].

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable (i) on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, acting together as a single class, have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture, (ii) following the termination or liquidation of the Trust Estate in connection with the exercise by the Servicer of its option to purchase the Receivables pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 10.02 of the Indenture or (iii) within 90 days of certain Insolvency Events with respect to TAFR LLC.  If any such event occurs, all principal payments on the Notes will be made first, to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full, second, pro rata, based upon their respective unpaid principal balance, to Holders of the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes until each such Class of the Notes has been paid in full, and third, to the Class B Notes until the Class B Notes have been paid in full.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered in the Note Register on the Record Date.  With respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee, except for the final installment of principal payable with respect to such Note on a Payment Date or on the applicable Final Scheduled Payment Date, which shall be payable as provided below.  Such payment will be made to such Person as appears on the Note Register on such Record Date by wire transfer to the account specified by the registered holder of any Note with a face amount of at least $10,000,000.  Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.  If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Indenture Trustee,

A-3-6

in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed or transmitted by facsimile prior to such Payment Date, and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Indenture Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of New York.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class B Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee as set forth in Section 2.04 of the Indenture, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Noteholder may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee, in their capacities as such, have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.  The Holder of this Note by its acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder or Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Seller or  the Issuer, or join in any institution against the Seller or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any United States

A-3-7

federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.

The Issuer has entered into the Indenture and this Note is issued with the intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes, the Notes (other than the Retained Notes) will qualify as indebtedness secured by the Trust Estate.  Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note (and each Note Owner by acceptance of a beneficial interest in a Note), agrees to treat the Notes (other than the Retained Notes) for federal, state and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, in some cases without the consent of the Holders of any Class of Notes and in other cases with the consent of Holders of only the Controlling Class of Notes.  Section 5.12 of the Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class, as specified therein, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes of such Classes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.  The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the

A-3-8

obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

A-3-9

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D.  or other identifying number of assignee:___________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

___________________________________________________________________________ (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:*/

Signature Guaranteed: ___________________*/

*/ NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatever.  Such signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-3-10

EXHIBIT B

[Reserved]

B-1

EXHIBIT C

SERVICING CRITERIA TO BE ADDRESSED IN ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE

The assessment of compliance to be delivered by the Indenture Trustee, shall address, at a minimum, the criteria identified as below as “Applicable Servicing Criteria”:

Reference	Criteria
	General Servicing Considerations
1122(d)(1)(i)	Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(1)(ii)	If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s performance and compliance with such servicing activities.	N/A
1122(d)(1)(iii)	Any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the pool assets are maintained.	N/A
1122(d)(1)(iv)	A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(1)(v)	Aggregation of information, as applicable, is mathematically accurate and the information conveyed accurately reflects the information.	N/A
	Cash Collection and Administration
1122(d)(2)(i)	Payments on pool assets are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days of receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(2)(ii)	Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.	X
1122(d)(2)(iii)	Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(2)(iv)	The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(2)(v)	Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the transaction agreements. For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to a foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of § 240.13k-1(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act.	N/A
1122(d)(2)(vi)	Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.	N/A

C-1

Reference   Criteria  

1122(d)(2)(vii)	Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts. These reconciliations: (A) are mathematically accurate; (B) are prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are reviewed and approved by someone other than the person who prepared the reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	N/A
	Investor Remittances and Reporting
1122(d)(3)(i)	Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the Commission, are maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable Commission requirements. Specifically, such reports (A) are prepared in accordance with timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements; (B) provide information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are filed with the Commission as required by its rules and regulations; and (D) agree with investors’ or the trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal balance and number of pool assets serviced by the servicer.	N/A
1122(d)(3)(ii)	Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.	X
1122(d)(3)(iii)	Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the servicer’s investor records, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	X
1122(d)(3)(iv)	Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.	X
	Pool Asset Administration
1122(d)(4)(i)	Collateral or security on pool assets is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or related pool asset documents.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(ii)	Pool assets and related documents are safeguarded as required by the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(iii)	Any additions, removals or substitutions to the asset pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the transaction agreements.	N/A

C-2

Reference   Criteria  

1122(d)(4)(iv)	Payments on pool assets, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related pool asset documents are posted to the applicable servicer’s obligor records maintained no more than two business days after receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related pool asset documents.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(v)	The servicer’s records regarding the pool assets agree with the servicer’s records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal balance.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(vi)	Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor’s pool asset (e.g., loan modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel in accordance with the transaction agreements and related pool asset documents.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(vii)	Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance with the timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(viii)	Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period a pool asset is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such records are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in monitoring delinquent pool assets including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency is deemed temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).	N/A
1122(d)(4)(ix)	Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for pool assets with variable rates are computed based on the related pool asset documents.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(x)	Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts): (A) such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s pool asset documents, on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable pool asset documents and state laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor within 30 calendar days of full repayment of the related pool asset, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(xi)	Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such support has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(xii)	Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or omission.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(xiii)	Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number	N/A

C-3

Reference   Criteria  

	of days specified in the transaction agreements.
1122(d)(4)(xiv)	Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(xv)	Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the transaction agreements.	N/A

By:_______________________________

Name:

Title:

C-4

EX-4.3

Exhibit 4.3

FORM OF SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

among

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST, as Issuer,

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, as Seller,

and

TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, as Servicer and Sponsor

Dated as of [_______], 20[__]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I	DEFINITIONS	1
SECTION 1.01	Definitions	1
SECTION 1.02	Usage of Terms	23
ARTICLE II	CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES	24
SECTION 2.01	Conveyance of Receivables	24
SECTION 2.02	Custody of Receivable Files	25
SECTION 2.03	Acceptance by Owner Trustee	26
ARTICLE III	THE RECEIVABLES	26
SECTION 3.01	Representations and Warranties of the Seller with Respect to the Receivables	27
SECTION 3.02	Remedies	28
SECTION 3.03	Duties of Servicer as Custodian	29
SECTION 3.04	Instructions; Authority To Act	30
SECTION 3.05	Custodian’s Indemnification	30
SECTION 3.06	Effective Period and Termination	31
ARTICLE IV	ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES	31
SECTION 4.01	Duties of Servicer	31
SECTION 4.02	Collection and Allocation of Receivable Payments	32
SECTION 4.03	[Reserved]	33
SECTION 4.04	Realization upon Receivables	33
SECTION 4.05	Physical Damage Insurance	34
SECTION 4.06	Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed Vehicles	34
SECTION 4.07	Covenants of Servicer	34
SECTION 4.08	Remedies	34
SECTION 4.09	Servicing Fee and Expenses	35
SECTION 4.10	Servicer’s Certificate	35
SECTION 4.11	Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default	36
SECTION 4.12	Assessment of Compliance and Accountants’ Attestation	36
SECTION 4.13	Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding Receivables	37
SECTION 4.14	Appointment of Subservicer	37

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

SECTION 4.15	Amendments to Schedule of Receivables	38
SECTION 4.16	Reports to Securityholders and Rating Agencies	39
SECTION 4.17	Information to be Provided by the Servicer	39
SECTION 4.18	Remedies	39
ARTICLE V	ACCOUNTS; PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS	40
SECTION 5.01	Establishment of Collection Account	40
SECTION 5.02	Collections	42
SECTION 5.03	Application of Collections	42
SECTION 5.04	[Reserved]	42
SECTION 5.05	Additional Deposits	43
SECTION 5.06	Payments and Distributions	43
SECTION 5.07	Reserve Account	47
SECTION 5.08	[Reserved]	49
SECTION 5.09	Statements to Certificateholder and Noteholders	49
SECTION 5.10	Net Deposits	50
ARTICLE VI	THE SELLER	50
SECTION 6.01	Representations of Seller	50
SECTION 6.02	Company Existence	52
SECTION 6.03	Liability of Seller; Indemnities	52
SECTION 6.04	Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Seller	54
SECTION 6.05	Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others	54
SECTION 6.06	Seller May Own Certificate or Notes	54
ARTICLE VII	THE SERVICER	54
SECTION 7.01	Representations of Servicer	55
SECTION 7.02	Indemnities of Servicer	56
SECTION 7.03	Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Servicer	57
SECTION 7.04	Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others	58
SECTION 7.05	TMCC Not To Resign as Servicer	58

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

ARTICLE VIII	DEFAULT	58
SECTION 8.01	Servicer Default	59
SECTION 8.02	Appointment of Successor	60
SECTION 8.03	Compensation Payable	61
SECTION 8.04	Notification	61
ARTICLE IX	TERMINATION	62
SECTION 9.01	Optional Purchase of All Receivables	62
SECTION 9.02	Termination of the Trust Agreement	63
ARTICLE X	MISCELLANEOUS	63
SECTION 10.01	Amendment	63
SECTION 10.02	Protection of Title to Trust	64
SECTION 10.03	Notices	66
SECTION 10.04	Assignment by the Seller or the Servicer	67
SECTION 10.05	Limitations on Rights of Others	67
SECTION 10.06	Severability	67
SECTION 10.07	Separate Counterparts	67
SECTION 10.08	Headings	67
SECTION 10.09	Governing Law	67
SECTION 10.10	Assignment by Issuer	67
SECTION 10.11	Nonpetition Covenants	67
SECTION 10.12	Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee	68
SECTION 10.13	Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness	68
SECTION 10.14	Notice of Requests	69
SECTION 10.15	Regulation RR Risk Retention	69
SECTION 10.16	[E.U. Risk Retention	69
ARTICLE XI	ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW; DISPUTE RESOLUTION	70
SECTION 11.01	Asset Representations Review	70
SECTION 11.02	Dispute Resolution	70

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

SCHEDULE A	Location of Receivable Files	SA-1
SCHEDULE B	Perfection Representations, Warranties and Covenants	SB-1
EXHIBIT A	Form of Servicer’s Certificate	A-1
EXHIBIT B	Form of Annual Certification	B-1
EXHIBIT C	Servicing Criteria to be Addressed in Assessment of Compliance	C-1

iv

SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of [_______], 20[__], among TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“TAFR LLC” or the “Seller”), and TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, a California corporation (“TMCC,” the “Sponsor” or the “Servicer”).

WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase a portfolio of receivables arising in connection with retail installment sales contracts secured by new and used passenger cars, minivans, light-duty trucks or sport utility vehicles generated by Toyota Motor Credit Corporation in the ordinary course of business and sold to the Seller;

WHEREAS the Seller is willing to sell such receivables to the Issuer; and

WHEREAS the Servicer is willing to service such receivables;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01      Definitions.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, whenever used herein, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

“60-Day Delinquent Receivable” means, for any date of determination, a Receivable for which at least 90% of the required payment has not been received by the Servicer by the payment due date on or immediately preceding 60 days prior to such date of determination; provided that a charged-off Receivable is not considered a 60-Day Delinquent Receivable.

 “AAA” means the American Arbitration Association.

“Actual Payment” means, with respect to a Receivable and a Collection Period, all payments received by the Servicer from or for the account of the related Obligor on such Receivable during such Collection Period (and, in the case of the first Collection Period, all payments received by the Servicer from or for the account of such Obligor since the Cutoff Date through the last day of such Collection Period), net of any Supplemental Servicing Fees attributable to such Receivable.

“Adjusted Pool Balance” means, on the Closing Date, an amount equal to:

(a)      the Original Pool Balance, minus

(b)      the Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount

and means, on any Payment Date, an amount (not less than zero) equal to:

1

(a)      the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Collection Period, minus

(b)      the Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount;

provided that, with respect to the Payment Date on which the corpus of the Trust Estate is purchased in accordance with the terms of Section 9.01, the Adjusted Pool Balance shall be equal to 0.

“Administration Agreement” means the Administration Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], among the Administrator, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

“Administrative Purchase Payment” means, with respect to a Payment Date and to an Administrative Receivable purchased by the Servicer during the related Collection Period, the sum of (a) the unpaid Principal Balance owed by the Obligor in respect of such Receivable plus (b) interest on such unpaid Principal Balance at a rate equal to the related APR to the last day in the related Collection Period.

“Administrative Receivable” means a Receivable which the Servicer is required to purchase pursuant to Section 4.08 or which the Servicer has elected to purchase pursuant to Section 9.01.

“Administrator” means TMCC, or any successor Administrator under the Administration Agreement.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the term “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” means this Sale and Servicing Agreement among the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust, as Issuer, TAFR LLC, as seller, and TMCC, as servicer, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Amount Financed” in respect of a Receivable means the aggregate amount advanced under such Receivable toward the purchase price of the related Financed Vehicle and any related costs, including but not limited to accessories, insurance premiums, service and warranty contracts and other items customarily financed as part of retail passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle installment sales contracts.

“Annual Percentage Rate” or “APR” of a Receivable means the annual rate of finance charges specified in such Receivable.

“Arbitration Rules” means the AAA’s Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures.

2

“ARR Receivable” means a Receivable as to which the related Obligor is 60 days or more delinquent in payments due and owed.

“Asset Representations Review” means, following the occurrence of a Delinquency Trigger, the review of ARR Receivables to be undertaken by the Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

“Asset Representations Review Agreement” means the Asset Representations Review Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], among the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator.

“Asset Representations Reviewer” means [____], or any successor Asset Representations Reviewer under the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

“Asset Representations Reviewer Fee” means (i) a[n] [monthly] [quarterly] [annual] fee equal to $[_______], payable on [__________] and (ii) the amount of any fee payable to the Asset Representations Reviewer in connection with its review of ARR Receivables in accordance with the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

“Available Collections” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the total of the following amounts received by the Servicer on or in respect of the Receivables during (or for application with respect to) the related Collection Period (computed in accordance with the Simple Interest Method):

(a)      the sum (without duplication) of (i) all collections on or in respect of all Receivables other than Defaulted Receivables, (ii) all proceeds with respect to an Insurance Policy, (iii) Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iv) all Warranty Purchase Payments, (v) all Administrative Purchase Payments[, (vi) the amount of any net payments received by the Issuer from the Swap Counterparty in respect of such Payment Date] and ([vi][vii]) any recovery in respect of any Receivable pursuant to any Dealer Recourse, less

(b)      the sum of all late fees, extension fees and other administrative fees and expenses or similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to the Receivables.

“Basic Documents” means the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Certificate of Trust, this Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Asset Representations Review Agreement[,][and] the Note Depository Agreement [and the Swap Agreement] and the other documents and certificates delivered in connection herewith and therewith.

“Basic Servicing Fee” means the fee payable to the Servicer on each Payment Date, calculated pursuant to Section 4.09, for services rendered during the related Collection Period, which shall be equal to one‑twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate, multiplied by the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the first day of the related Collection Period  [(or, with respect to the first Payment Date, two-twelfths of the Servicing Fee Rate, multiplied by the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date)].

3

“Book-Entry Notes” means beneficial interests in the Notes, ownership and transfer of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.10 of the Indenture.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in [________], [________] or [________], [________] are authorized or obligated by law, regulation, executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

“Certificate” means the certificate evidencing beneficial ownership interest of the Issuer, issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

“Certificateholder” means the registered holder of the Certificate.

“Class” means a group of Notes whose form is identical (except for variation in denomination, principal amount or owner), and references to “each Class” thus means each of the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes or the Class B Notes.

“Class A Note Balance” as of any date of determination, means the aggregate of the outstanding principal balances of the Class A‑1 Notes, Class A‑2[a] Notes, [Class A-2b Notes,] Class A‑3 Notes and Class A‑4 Notes.

“Class A Notes” means collectively, the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes.

“Class A‑1 Final Scheduled Payment Date” means the Payment Date in [______________].

“Class A‑1 Initial Principal Balance” means $[________].

“Class A‑1 Interest Carryover Shortfall” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the Class A‑1 Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and any outstanding Class A‑1 Interest Carryover Shortfall from the immediately preceding Payment Date (together with interest on such outstanding Class A‑1 Interest Carryover Shortfall at the Class A‑1 Rate, to the extent lawful, calculated on the same basis as interest on the Class A‑1 Notes for the same period), over (y) the amount of interest distributed to the Class A‑1 Noteholders on such Payment Date.

“Class A‑1 Interest Distributable Amount” means the amount of interest accrued during the related Interest Period (calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in such Interest Period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days) on the Class A‑1 Principal Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to payments of principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) at the Class A‑1 Rate or, in the case of the first Payment Date, on the Class A‑1 Initial Principal Balance.

“Class A‑1 Note” means any of the [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑1, issued under the Indenture substantially in the form attached thereto as Exhibit A-1.

4

“Class A‑1 Noteholder” means any Person in whose name a Class A‑1 Note is registered in the Note Register.

“Class A‑1 Principal Balance” as of any date means the Class A‑1 Initial Principal Balance less all amounts paid to the holders of Class A‑1 Notes in respect of principal pursuant to Section 5.06 hereof.

“Class A‑1 Rate” means [__]% per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed during the relevant Interest Period and a 360‑day year).

[“Class A-2 Notes” means collectively, the Class A-2a Notes and the Class A-2b Notes.]

“Class A‑2[a] Final Scheduled Payment Date” means the Payment Date in [______________].

“Class A‑2[a] Initial Principal Balance” means $[________].

“Class A‑2[a] Interest Carryover Shortfall” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the Class A‑2[a] Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and any outstanding Class A‑2[a] Interest Carryover Shortfall from the immediately preceding Payment Date (together with interest on such outstanding Class A‑2[a] Interest Carryover Shortfall at the Class A‑2[a] Rate, to the extent lawful, calculated on the same basis as interest on the Class A‑2[a] Notes for the same period), over (y) the amount of interest distributed to the Class A‑2[a] Noteholders on such Payment Date.

“Class A‑2[a] Interest Distributable Amount” means the amount of interest accrued during the related Interest Period (calculated on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months) on the Class A‑2[a] Principal Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to payments of principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) at the Class A‑2[a] Rate or, in the case of the first Payment Date, on the Class A‑2[a] Initial Principal Balance.

“Class A‑2[a] Note” means any of the [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑2[a], issued under the Indenture substantially in the form attached thereto as Exhibit A-2.

“Class A‑2[a] Noteholder” means any Person in whose name a Class A‑2[a] Note is registered in the Note Register.

“Class A‑2[a] Principal Balance” as of any date means the Class A‑2[a] Initial Principal Balance less all amounts paid to the holders of Class A‑2[a] Notes in respect of principal pursuant to Section 5.06 hereof.

“Class A‑2[a] Rate” means [__]% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months).

[“Class A-2b Final Scheduled Payment Date” means the Payment Date in [______________].]

5

[“Class A-2b Initial Principal Balance” means $[________].]

[“Class A-2b Interest Carryover Shortfall” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the Class A-2b Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and any outstanding Class A-2b Interest Carryover Shortfall from the immediately preceding Payment Date (together with interest on such outstanding Class A-2b Interest Carryover Shortfall at the Class A-2b Rate, to the extent lawful, calculated on the same basis as interest on the Class A-2b Notes for the same period), over (y) the amount of interest distributed to the Class A-2b Noteholders on such Payment Date.]

[“Class A-2b Interest Distributable Amount” means the amount of interest accrued during the related Interest Period (calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in such Interest Period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days) on the Class A-2b Principal Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to payments of principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) at the Class A-2b Rate or, in the case of the first Payment Date, on the Class A-2b Initial Principal Balance.]

[“Class A-2b Note” means any of the LIBOR [plus][minus] [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-2b, issued under the Indenture substantially in the form attached thereto as Exhibit A-2.]

[“Class A-2b Noteholder” means any Person in whose name a Class A-2b Note is registered in the Note Register.]

[“Class A-2b Principal Balance” as of any date means the Class A-2b Initial Principal Balance less all amounts paid to the holders of Class A-2b Notes in respect of principal pursuant to Section 5.06 hereof.]

[“Class A-2b Rate” means LIBOR [plus][minus] [__]% per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed during the relevant Interest Period and a 360 day year).]

“Class A‑3 Final Scheduled Payment Date” means the Payment Date in [______________].

“Class A‑3 Initial Principal Balance” means $[________].

“Class A‑3 Interest Carryover Shortfall” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the Class A‑3 Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and any outstanding Class A‑3 Interest Carryover Shortfall from the immediately preceding Payment Date (together with interest on such outstanding Class A‑3 Interest Carryover Shortfall at the Class A‑3 Rate, to the extent lawful, calculated on the same basis as interest on the Class A‑3 Notes for the same period), over (y) the amount of interest distributed to the Class A‑3 Noteholders on such Payment Date.

“Class A‑3 Interest Distributable Amount” means the amount of interest accrued during the related Interest Period (calculated on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months) on the Class A‑3 Principal Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment

6

Date (after giving effect to payments of principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) at the Class A‑3 Rate or, in the case of the first Payment Date, on the Class A‑3 Initial Principal Balance.

“Class A‑3 Note” means any of the [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑3, issued under the Indenture substantially in the form attached thereto as Exhibit A-2.

“Class A‑3 Noteholder” means any Person in whose name a Class A‑3 Note is registered in the Note Register.

“Class A‑3 Principal Balance” as of any date means the Class A‑3 Initial Principal Balance less all amounts paid to the holders of Class A‑3 Notes in respect of principal pursuant to Section 5.06 hereof.

“Class A‑3 Rate” means [__]% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months).

“Class A‑4 Final Scheduled Payment Date” means the Payment Date in [______________].

“Class A‑4 Initial Principal Balance” means $[________].

“Class A‑4 Interest Carryover Shortfall” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the Class A‑4 Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and any outstanding Class A‑4 Interest Carryover Shortfall from the immediately preceding Payment Date (together with interest on such outstanding Class A‑4 Interest Carryover Shortfall at the Class A‑4 Rate, to the extent lawful, calculated on the same basis as interest on the Class A‑4 Notes for the same period), over (y) the amount of interest distributed to the Class A‑4 Noteholders on such Payment Date.

“Class A‑4 Interest Distributable Amount” means the amount of interest accrued during the related Interest Period (calculated on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months) on the Class A‑4 Principal Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to payments of principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) at the Class A‑4 Rate or, in the case of the first Payment Date, on the Class A‑4 Initial Principal Balance.

“Class A‑4 Note” means any of the [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A‑4, issued under the Indenture substantially in the form attached thereto as Exhibit A-2.

“Class A‑4 Noteholder” means any Person in whose name a Class A‑4 Note is registered in the Note Register.

“Class A‑4 Principal Balance” as of any date means the Class A‑4 Initial Principal Balance less all amounts paid to the holders of Class A‑4 Notes in respect of principal pursuant to Section 5.06 hereof.

7

“Class A‑4 Rate” means [__]% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months).

“Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date” means the Payment Date in [______________].

“Class B Initial Principal Balance” means $[________].

“Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the Class B Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and any outstanding Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall from the immediately preceding Payment Date (together with interest on such outstanding Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall at the Class B Rate, to the extent lawful, calculated on the same basis as interest on the Class B Notes for the same period), over (y) the amount of interest distributed to the Class B Noteholders on such Payment Date.

“Class B Interest Distributable Amount” means the amount of interest accrued during the related Interest Period (calculated on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months) on the Class B Principal Balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to payments of principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) at the Class B Rate or, in the case of the first Payment Date, on the Class B Initial Principal Balance.

“Class B Note” means any of the [____]% Asset Backed Notes, Class B, issued under the Indenture substantially in the form attached thereto as Exhibit A-3.

“Class B Note Balance” as of any date of determination, means the outstanding principal balance of the Class B Notes.

“Class B Noteholder” means any Person in whose name a Class B Note is registered in the Note Register.

“Class B Principal Balance” as of any date means the Class B Initial Principal Balance less all amounts paid to the holders of Class B Notes in respect of principal pursuant to Section 5.06 hereof.

“Class B Rate” means [____]% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months).

“Clearing Agency” means an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

“Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

“Closing Date” means [_______], 20[__].

8

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Collateral” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.01(b).

 “Collection Account” means the account or accounts designated as such and established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.01.

“Collection Period” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the calendar month immediately preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs (and, in the case of the first Collection Period, the period from (but excluding) the Cutoff Date through the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs).

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any successor thereto.

“Controlling Class” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

“Credit Risk Retention Rules” means Regulation RR, 17 C.F.R. §246.1, et seq. under the Exchange Act.

“Current Receivable” means each Receivable that is not a Defaulted Receivable or a Liquidated Receivable.

“Customary Servicing Practices” means, with respect to the management, servicing, administration and making of collections on the Receivables, the performance of such actions with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and attention that the Servicer exercises with respect to comparable automotive receivables that it services for itself or others.

“Cutoff Date” means the close of business on [_______], 20[__].

“Dealer” means the dealer of passenger cars, minivans, light-duty trucks or sport utility vehicles who sold a Financed Vehicle and who originated and assigned the Receivable relating to such Financed Vehicle to TMCC under an existing agreement between such dealer and TMCC.

“Dealer Recourse” means, with respect to a Receivable, all recourse rights against the Dealer that originated the Receivable, and any successor Dealer, in respect of breaches of representations and warranties relating to the origination of the related Receivables and the perfection of the security interests in the related Financed Vehicles.

“Defaulted Receivable” means a Receivable (other than an Administrative Receivable or a Warranty Receivable) as to which (a) all or any part of a Scheduled Payment is 120 or more days past due, or (b) if all or any part of a Scheduled Payment is less than 120 days past due, the Servicer has, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, (i) determined that eventual payment in full is unlikely, (ii) repossessed and liquidated the related Financed Vehicle or (iii) repossessed and held the related Financed Vehicle in its repossession inventory for 90 days, whichever of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) occurs first.

9

“Definitive Notes” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.10 of the Indenture.

“Delinquency Trigger” means, with respect to a Collection Period, the aggregate Principal Balance of 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as a percentage of the aggregate Principal Balance of Receivables as of the end of such Collection Period exceeds the Delinquency Trigger Percentage for such Collection Period.

 “Delinquency Trigger Percentage” equals [__]% for the first [__] Collection Periods following the  Cutoff Date, [__]% for the next [__] Collection Periods, [__]% for the next [__] Collection Periods and [__]% for the remaining Collection Periods that the Notes are outstanding.

“Depositor” means the Seller in its capacity as Depositor under the Trust Agreement.

“Determination Date” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the second Business Day preceding such Payment Date.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, and its successors.

“Eligible Deposit Account” means either (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from [S&P] of at least “[BBB]”, if it is a Rating Agency, and a credit rating from each other Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories that signifies investment grade.

“Eligible Institution” means a depository institution or trust company (which may be the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates) organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) (a) which at all times has either (i) a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “[A2]” or better by[ Moody’s] and “[A]” or better by [S&P], (ii) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating of “[P-1]” by [Moody’s] and “[A-1]” by [S&P] or (iii) such other rating that is acceptable to each Rating Agency, as evidenced by a letter from such Rating Agency to the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, and (b) whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 “Eligible Investments” means, at any time, any one or more of the following obligations and securities:

(a)      obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States or any agency thereof, provided such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States;

10

(b)      general obligations of or obligations guaranteed by FNMA, or (ii) any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico then rated the highest available credit rating of each Rating Agency for such obligations;

(c)      certificates of deposit issued by any depository institution or trust company (including the Indenture Trustee) incorporated under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and subject to supervision and examination by banking authorities of one or more of such jurisdictions, provided that the short-term unsecured debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company are then rated the highest available rating of each Rating Agency for such obligations;

(d)      certificates of deposit, commercial paper, demand or time deposits of, bankers’ acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by, any depository institution or trust company (including the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate of the Indenture Trustee) incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or State banking authorities and the deposits of which are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, so long as at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment either such depository institution or trust company is an Eligible Institution (or if such investment will mature after more than one month, the long-term, unsecured debt of the issuer has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency) or as to which the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied;

(e)      certificates of deposit issued by any bank, trust company, savings bank or other savings institution that is an Eligible Institution and is fully insured by the FDIC (or if such investment will mature after more than one month, the long-term, unsecured debt of the issuer has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency);

(f)      repurchase obligations held by the Indenture Trustee that are acceptable to the Indenture Trustee with respect to any security described in clauses (a), (b) or (g) hereof or any other security issued or guaranteed by any other agency or instrumentality of the United States, in either case entered into with a federal agency or a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (d) above (including the Indenture Trustee); provided, however, that repurchase obligations entered into with any particular depository institution or trust company (including the Indenture Trustee) will not be Eligible Investments to the extent that the aggregate principal amount of such repurchase obligations with such depository institution or trust company held by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders or the Seller, as the case may be, shall exceed 10% of either the Pool Balance or of the principal balance of all the face amount of all Eligible Investments so held thereby;

(g)      securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State (including commercial paper of the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) so long as at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment (i) the long-term, unsecured debt, or if such securities are commercial paper, the short-term unsecured debt, of such corporation has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency or (ii) as to which the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied;

11

(h)      money market funds, mutual funds or other pooled investment vehicle so long as such funds are rated “[Aaa]” by [Moody’s] (so long as [Moody’s] is a Rating Agency) and “[AAA]” by [S&P] (so long as [S&P] is a Rating Agency), including any such fund for which the Indenture Trustee or an Affiliate thereof serves as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent and/or custodian or subcustodian, and notwithstanding that (i) such Person charges and collects fees and expenses from such funds for services rendered, (ii) such Person charges and collects fees and expenses for services rendered pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or the Securities Account Control Agreement and (iii) services performed for such funds and pursuant to any such agreement may converge at any time.  Each of the Seller and the Servicer hereby specifically authorizes the Indenture Trustee, Owner Trustee, Securities Intermediary or an Affiliate thereof to charge and collect all fees and expenses from such funds for services rendered to such funds, in addition to any fees and expenses such Person may charge and collect for services rendered pursuant to any such Agreement;

(i)      investments in Eligible Investments maintained in “sweep accounts,” short-term asset management accounts and the like utilized for the investment, on an overnight basis, of residual balances in investment accounts maintained at the Indenture Trustee or any other depository institution or trust company (including the Indenture Trustee) incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or State banking authorities and the deposits of which are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, so long as at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment either such depository institution or trust company is an Eligible Institution (or if such investment will mature after more than one month, the long-term, unsecured debt of the issuer has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency) or as to which the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied; and

(j)      such other investments acceptable to each Rating Agency (as approved in writing by each Rating Agency) as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned by such Rating Agency to any of the Notes;

provided that each of the foregoing investments shall mature or be liquidated (a) on the Payment Date next succeeding such investment or (b) if the short-term unsecured debt obligations of the Indenture Trustee has the highest available rating from each Rating Agency on the date such investment is made, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date next succeeding such investment.

None of the foregoing will be considered an Eligible Investment if:

(1)      it constitutes a certificated security, bankers’ acceptance, commercial paper, negotiable certificate of deposit or other obligation that constitutes “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9)(c) of the UCC unless a security entitlement with respect to such Eligible Investment has been created, in favor of the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, as appropriate, in accordance with Section 8‑501(b) of the UCC and the related securities intermediary has agreed not to comply with entitlement orders of any secured party other than the Indenture Trustee, Seller or Owner Trustee, as the case may be; or

12

(2)      it constitutes a book‑entry security held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to federal book‑entry regulations, unless, in accordance with applicable law, (A) a book‑entry registration thereof is made to an appropriate book‑entry account maintained with a Federal Reserve Bank by the Indenture Trustee, Securities Intermediary or Owner Trustee, as appropriate, or by a custodian therefor, (B) a deposit advice or other written confirmation of such book‑entry registration is issued to such Person, (C) any such custodian makes entries in its books and records identifying that such book‑entry security is held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to federal book‑entry regulations and belongs to such trustee and indicating that such custodian holds such Eligible Investment solely as agent for the Indenture Trustee, Securities Intermediary or Owner Trustee, as appropriate, (D) the Indenture Trustee, Securities Intermediary or Owner Trustee, as appropriate, makes entries in its books and records establishing that it holds such security solely in such capacity, and (E) any additional or alternative procedures as may hereafter become necessary to effect complete transfer of ownership thereof to such trustee are satisfied, consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, no Eligible Investment may be purchased at a premium and no Eligible Investment shall be an “interest only” instrument.

For purposes of this definition, any reference to the highest available credit rating of an obligation shall mean the highest available credit rating for such obligation (excluding any “+” signs associated with such rating), or such lower credit rating (as approved in writing by each Rating Agency) as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned by such Rating Agency to any of the Notes.  Also for purposes of this definition, any reference to a Rating Agency refers only to a Rating Agency that has, at the request of TMCC, rated the Notes.

[“E.U. Retained Interest” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.16.]

[“E.U. Retention Rules” means, collectively, Articles 404-410 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, Articles 50-56 of Regulation (EU) No 231/2013 and Articles 254-257 of Regulation (EU) No 2015/35, in each case together with any related technical standards or guidelines, and in each case as in effect as of [___], 20[_] unless otherwise specified.]

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.01 of the Indenture.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and its successors.

“Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

13

“Final Scheduled Payment Date” means the Class A-1 Final Scheduled Payment Date, the Class A-2[a] Final Scheduled Payment Date, [the Class A-2b Final Scheduled Payment Date,] the Class A-3 Final Scheduled Payment Date, the Class A-4 Final Scheduled Payment Date or the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date, as the context requires.

“Financed Vehicle” means, with respect to a Receivable, the related passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle, as the case may be, together with all accessions thereto, securing the related Obligor’s indebtedness under such Receivable.

“First Priority Principal Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the Class A Note Balance as of such Payment Date (before giving effect to any principal payments made on the Class A Notes on such Payment Date), over (b) the related Adjusted Pool Balance; provided, however, that (i) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-1 Final Scheduled Payment Date shall not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes to zero; (ii) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-2[a] Final Scheduled Payment Date shall not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-2[a] Notes to zero; [(iii) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-2b Final Scheduled Payment Date shall not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-2b Notes to zero;] ([iii][iv]) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-3 Final Scheduled Payment Date shall not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes to zero; and ([iv][v]) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A-4 Final Scheduled Payment Date shall not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes to zero.

“FNMA” means the Federal National Mortgage Association, and its successors.

“Hague Securities Convention” means The Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary (Concluded 5 July 2006), which became effective in the United States of America on April 1, 2017.

“Holder” or “Securityholder” means the registered holder of a Note, as evidenced by the Note Register, or the Certificateholder, as the case may be, except that, solely for the purposes of giving certain consents, waivers, requests or demands pursuant to the Trust Agreement or the Indenture, the interest evidenced by the Certificate or any Note registered in the name of TAFR LLC or TMCC, or any Person actually known to a Trust Officer of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee to be controlling, controlled by or under common control with TAFR LLC or TMCC, shall not be taken into account in determining whether the requisite percentage necessary to effect any such consent, waiver, request or demand shall have been obtained.

“Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

14

“Indenture Trustee” means [___________], in its capacity as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, its successors in interest and any successor trustee under the Indenture.

“Indenture Trustee Fee” means a[n] [monthly] [quarterly] [annual] fee equal to $[_______], payable on [__________].

“Insolvency Event” means, with respect to a specified Person, (a) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding‑up or liquidation of such Person’s affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

“Insurance Policy” means, with respect to a Receivable, an insurance policy covering physical damage, credit life, credit disability, theft, mechanical breakdown or similar event relating to the related Financed Vehicle or Obligor.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to any Payment Date and (i) the Class A-1 Notes [and the Class A-2b Notes], the period from (and including) a Payment Date to (but excluding) the next Payment Date, except that the first Interest Period will be from (and including) the Closing Date to (but excluding) [____] [__], 20[__]; and (ii) the Class A-2[a] Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes, the period from (and including) the [__] day of each calendar month to (but excluding) the [__] day of the succeeding calendar month, except that the first Interest Period will be from (and including) the Closing Date to (but excluding) [____] [__], 20[__].

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

“Issuer” means Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust, unless and until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA (as such term is defined in the Indenture), each other obligor on the Notes, if any.

[“LIBOR” means, with respect to (i) the first Interest Period, [____], and (ii) any Interest Period thereafter, the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars having a maturity of one month commencing on the related LIBOR Determination Date which appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination

15

Date; provided, however, that for the first Interest Period, LIBOR shall mean an interpolated rate for deposits based on London interbank offered rates for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period that corresponds to the actual number of days in the first Interest Period.  If the rates used to determine LIBOR do not appear on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, the rates for that day will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. Dollars, having a maturity of one month and in a principal balance of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 are offered at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market by the Reference Banks.  The Indenture Trustee will request the principal London office of each Reference Bank to provide a quotation of its rate.  If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean to the nearest 1/100,000 of 1.00% (0.0000001), with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward, of all such quotations.  If fewer than two such quotations are provided, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean to the nearest 1/100,000 of 1.00% (0.0000001), with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward, of the offered per annum rates that one or more leading banks in New York City, selected by the Indenture Trustee (after consultation with the Seller), are quoting as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such LIBOR Determination Date to leading European banks for United States Dollar deposits for that maturity; provided that if such selected Banks are not quoting as described in this sentence, LIBOR in effect for the applicable Interest Period will be LIBOR in effect for the previous Interest Period.]

 [“LIBOR Determination Date” means, (i) with respect to the first Payment Date, the second London Business Day prior to the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to each subsequent Payment Date, the second London Business Day prior to the immediately preceding Payment Date.]

“Lien” means any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity or encumbrance of any kind other than tax liens, mechanics’ liens and any liens that attach to a Receivable or any property, as the context may require, by operation of law.

“Liquidated Receivable” means a Receivable that (i) has been the subject of a Prepayment in full, or (ii) has been paid in full or as to which the Servicer has determined that the final amounts in respect of such payment have been paid with respect to a Defaulted Receivable, regardless of whether all or any part of such payment has been made by the Obligor under such Receivable, the Seller pursuant to this Agreement, the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, an insurer pursuant to an Insurance Policy or otherwise.

“Liquidation Expenses” means, with respect to a Defaulted Receivable, the amount charged by the Servicer, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, to or for its account for repossessing, refurbishing and disposing of the related Financed Vehicle and other out‑of‑pocket costs related to such liquidation.

“Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to a Defaulted Receivable, all amounts realized with respect to such Receivable from whatever sources (including, without limitation, proceeds of any Insurance Policy), net of amounts that are required by law or such Receivable to be refunded to the related Obligor.

16

[“London Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions in London, England are authorized or obligated by law or government decree to be closed.]

“Monthly Remittance Conditions” means, collectively, (i) TMCC is the Servicer, (ii) either (a) TMCC’s short-term unsecured debt is rated [P-1] by [Moody’s] and [A‑1] by [S&P], or (b) certain arrangements are made that are acceptable to the Rating Agencies and (iii) no Event of Default or Servicer Default shall have occurred and be continuing (unless waived by the appropriate Noteholders).

 [“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or its successor.]

“Net Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to a Defaulted Receivable, Liquidation Proceeds less Liquidation Expenses.

“Note” means a Class A‑1 Note, a Class A‑2[a] Note, [a Class A-2b Note,] a Class A‑3 Note, a Class A‑4 Note or a Class B Note.

“Note Balance” as of any date of determination, means the aggregate of the outstanding principal balances of the Class A‑1 Notes, Class A‑2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] Class A‑3 Notes, Class A‑4 Notes and Class B Notes.

“Note Depository Agreement” means the agreement entitled “Letter of Representations,” dated on or before the Closing Date, among the Clearing Agency, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee with respect to certain matters relating to the duties thereof with respect to the Book-Entry Notes, substantially in the form attached to the Indenture as Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 and Exhibit A-3.

 “Note Owner” means, with respect to a Book‑Entry Note, any Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book‑Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

“Note Pool Factor” means, with respect to each Class of Notes as of the close of business on any Payment Date, a seven‑digit decimal figure equal to the outstanding principal balance of such Class of Notes (after giving effect to any reductions thereof to be made on such Payment Date) divided by the original outstanding principal balance of such Class of Notes.  The Note Pool Factor for each Class of Notes will be 1.0000000 as of the Closing Date; thereafter, the related Note Pool Factor will decline to reflect reductions in the outstanding principal balance of such Class of Notes.

“Note Register” means the Register of Noteholders’ information maintained by the Indenture Trustee or its successor pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Indenture, which register records the name of each registered Holder of a Note.

“Noteholder” means any Holder of a Note.

17

“Obligor” on a Receivable means the purchaser or co‑purchasers of the related Financed Vehicle purchased in part or in whole by the execution and delivery of such Receivable or any other Person who owes or may be liable for payments under such Receivable.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the President, any Vice President, the chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer, the Seller, the Administrator or the Servicer, as the case may be.

“Opinion of Counsel” means one or more written opinions of counsel who may, except as otherwise provided herein, be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, the Seller or the Servicer, which counsel shall be acceptable to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or the Rating Agencies, as the case may be.

“Optional Purchase Percentage” means [_]%.

“Optional Purchase Price” means an amount equal to the greater of (i) the fair market value of the Trust Estate and (ii) the Outstanding Amount plus all accrued and unpaid interest on each Class of Notes (including, without duplication, any Class A‑1 Interest Carryover Shortfall, Class A‑2[a] Interest Carryover Shortfall, [Class A-2b Interest Carryover Shortfall,] Class A‑3 Interest Carryover Shortfall, Class A‑4 Interest Carryover Shortfall or Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall) through the Payment Date on which the Trust Estate is to be purchased by the Servicer, or successor to the Servicer.

“Original Pool Balance” means $[_______].

“Outstanding Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of all Notes, or, if indicated by the context, all Notes of any Class, outstanding at the date of determination.

“Overcollateralization Target Amount” means [__]% of the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the Cutoff Date.

“Owner Trustee” means [________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, or any successor Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

“Owner Trustee Fee” means a[n] [monthly] [quarterly] [annual] fee equal to $[_______], payable on [__________].

“Paying Agent” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

“Payment Date” means, with respect to a Collection Period, the [________] ([__]) calendar day of the following calendar month, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing in [____] 20[__].

“Permitted Modification” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.02.

18

“Person” means any legal person, including any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Pool Balance” means, as of any date, the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables (exclusive of all Administrative Receivables for which the Servicer has paid the Administrative Purchase Payment, Warranty Receivables for which the Seller has paid the Warranty Purchase Payment and Defaulted Receivables) as of the close of business on such date.

“Pool Factor” as of any Payment Date, means a seven‑digit decimal figure equal to the Pool Balance as of such Payment Date divided by the Original Pool Balance.

“Prepayment” means any prepayment, whether in part or in full, in respect of any Receivable.

“Principal Balance” means, with respect to any Receivable as of any date, the Amount Financed minus the sum of the following amounts: (i) that portion of all payments actually received on or prior to such date allocable to principal, (ii) any Warranty Purchase Payment or Administrative Purchase Payment with respect to such Receivable allocable to principal, and (iii) any Prepayments or other payments applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance of such Receivable.  The Principal Balance of a Defaulted Receivable and any Receivable purchased in accordance with the terms of Section 9.01(a) shall be zero.

“Rating Agency” means either or each of Moody’s and S&P, as indicated by the context.

 “Rating Agency Condition” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

“Receivable” means any retail installment sales contract which is executed by an Obligor in respect of a Financed Vehicle that is identified in the Schedule of Receivables, and all proceeds thereof and payments thereunder.

“Receivable File” means the documents (whether tangible or electronic) specified in Section 2.02 pertaining to a particular Receivable.

“Receivables Purchase Agreement” means that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between the Seller and TMCC.

“Record Date” means, with respect to the Notes of any Class and each Payment Date, the calendar day immediately preceding such Payment Date or, if Definitive Notes representing any Class of Notes have been issued, the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs.  Any amount stated “as of a Record Date” or “on a Record Date” shall give effect to (i) all applications of collections, and (ii) all payments and distributions to any party under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement or to the related Obligor, as the case may be, in each case as determined as of the opening of business on the related Record Date.

19

“Recoveries” means, with respect to any Receivable that becomes a Liquidated Receivable, monies collected in respect thereof, from whatever source, during any Collection Period following the Collection Period in which such Receivable became a Liquidated Receivable, net of the sum of any amounts expended by the Servicer for the account of the Obligor and any amounts required by law to be remitted to the Obligor.

[“Reference Banks” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, the four (4) major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Indenture Trustee (after consultation with the Seller).]

“Regular Principal Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the Note Balance as of such Payment Date (before giving effect to any principal payments made on the Notes on such Payment Date), over (ii) the excess, if any, of the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the end of the related Collection Period less the Overcollateralization Target Amount minus (b) the sum of the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount and the Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount for such Payment Date.

“Regulation AB” means Subpart 229.1100 – Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17 C.F.R. §§229.1100-229.1125, as such may be amended from time to time, and subject to such clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission in the adopting releases (Asset-Backed Securities, Securities Act Release No. 33-8518, 70 Fed. Reg. 1,506, 1,531 (Jan. 7, 2005) and Asset-Backed Securities Disclosure and Registration, Securities Act Release No. 33-9638, 79 Fed. Reg. 57,184 (Sept. 24, 2014)) or by the staff of the Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from time to time.

“Relief Act” means the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act of 2003, as amended.

“Requesting Noteholders” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.01 of the Indenture.

“Requesting Party” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.02(a).

“Required Rate” means [__]%.

“Reserve Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.07.

“Review Report” means, for an Asset Representations Review, the report of the Asset Representations Reviewer described in Section 3.4 of the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

“Schedule of Receivables” means the schedule of receivables attached as an exhibit to the Transfer Notice (as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement) delivered on the Closing Date, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

20

“Scheduled Payment” means, with respect to any Payment Date and to a Receivable, the payment set forth in such Receivable as due from the Obligor in the related Collection Period; provided, however, that in the case of the first Collection Period, the Scheduled Payment shall include all such payments due from the Obligor after the Cutoff Date.

“Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the Note Balance as of such Payment Date (before giving effect to any principal payments made on the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes on such Payment Date), over (ii) the Adjusted Pool Balance for such Payment Date minus (b) the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount for such Payment Date; provided, however, that the Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount on the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date shall not be less than the amount that is necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class B Notes to zero.

“Securities Account Control Agreement” means the Securities Account Control Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], among the Seller, [___________], as Securities Intermediary thereunder, and the Indenture Trustee, pursuant to which the Reserve Account will be established and maintained.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Securityholder” see the definition of “Holder.”

“Seller” means TAFR LLC, and its successors in interest to the extent permitted hereunder.

“Servicer” means TMCC, as the servicer of the Receivables, and each successor to TMCC (in the same capacity) pursuant to Section 7.03 or 8.02.

“Servicer’s Certificate” means an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer delivered pursuant to Section 4.10, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Servicer Default” means an event specified in Section 8.01.

“Servicing Criteria” means the “servicing criteria” set forth in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB, as such may be amended from time to time.

“Servicing Fee Rate” means [____]% per annum.

“Simple Interest Method” means the method of allocating a fixed level payment to principal and interest, pursuant to which the portion of such payment that is allocated to interest is equal to the product of the fixed rate of interest multiplied by the unpaid principal balance multiplied by the period of time elapsed since the preceding payment of interest was made and the remainder of such payment is allocable to principal.

“Specified Reserve Account Balance” means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $[________] and (b) the Outstanding Amount of the Notes

21

for such Payment Date (after giving effect to any principal payments made on the Notes on such Payment Date).

“Sponsor” means Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, in its capacity as sponsor hereunder, and any successor in interest.

[“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings and its successors.]

 “Subcontractor” means any vendor, subcontractor or other Person that is not responsible for the overall servicing (as “servicing” is commonly understood by participants in the asset-backed securities market) of the Receivables but performs one or more discrete functions identified in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB with respect to the Receivables under the direction or authority of the Servicer or a Subservicer.

“Subservicer” means any Person that services Receivables on behalf of the Servicer or any Subservicer and is responsible for the performance (whether directly or through Subservicers or Subcontractors) of a substantial portion of the material servicing functions required to be performed by the Servicer under this Agreement that are identified in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB.

“Successor Servicer” means any entity appointed as a successor to the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.02.

“Supplemental Servicing Fee” means, with respect to any Payment Date, all late fees, extension fees and other administrative fees and expenses or similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to the Receivables received by the Servicer during the related Collection Period, plus investment earnings on deposit in the Collection Account.

[“Swap Agreement” means [______________].]

[“Swap Counterparty” means [______________].]

“TAFR LLC” means Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or its successors.

“TMCC” means Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, a California corporation, and its successors and assigns.

“Total Servicing Fee” means, for each Payment Date, the sum of the Basic Servicing Fee and the Supplemental Servicing Fee for such Payment Date.

“Trust Agreement” means the Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], by and between the Seller and the Owner Trustee.

“Trust Estate” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.01 of the Indenture.

22

“Trust Officer” means, in the case of the Indenture Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers with direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture and the Basic Documents and, with respect to the Owner Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Administration Department of the Owner Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of the Trust Agreement on behalf of the Owner Trustee.

 “Trustee and Reviewer Fees” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the sum of the related Indenture Trustee Fee, Owner Trustee Fee and Asset Representations Reviewer Fee.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction at the relevant time.

“United States” means the United States of America.

“Verified Note Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Warranty Purchase Payment” means, with respect to a Payment Date and to a Warranty Receivable repurchased by the Seller as of the close of business on the last day of the related Collection Period, the sum of (a) the unpaid principal balance owed by the Obligor in respect of such Receivable plus (b) interest on such unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to the related APR to the last day in the related Collection Period.

“Warranty Receivable” means a Receivable which the Seller is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 3.02.

“Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount” means, with respect to any calendar month and the related Payment Date, or with respect to the Closing Date, the aggregate amount by which the Principal Balance as of the last day of the related Collection Period or the Cutoff Date, as applicable, of each of the related Receivables with an APR as stated in the related contract of less than the Required Rate, other than Defaulted Receivables, exceeds the present value, calculated by using a discount rate equal to the Required Rate, of each scheduled payment of each such Receivables assuming such scheduled payment is made on the last day of each month and each month has 30 days.

SECTION 1.02      Usage of Terms.  With respect to all terms in this Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words importing any gender include the other genders; references to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the term “including” means “including without limitation.”

23

ARTICLE II
CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

SECTION 2.01      Conveyance of Receivables.

(a)      Upon the execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto, the Seller, pursuant to the mutually agreed upon terms contained in this Agreement, shall sell, transfer, assign and otherwise convey to the Issuer, without recourse (but subject to the Seller’s obligations in this Agreement), all of its right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and any proceeds related thereto, including any Dealer Recourse and such other items as shall be specified in this Agreement.  Concurrently therewith and in exchange therefor, the Issuer shall deliver to, or to the order of, the Seller the Notes and the Certificate.

(b)      In consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration to be delivered to the Seller hereunder, on behalf of the Issuer, the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign and otherwise convey to the Issuer, without recourse (subject to the Seller’s obligations herein):

(i)      all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the Receivables and all monies due thereon or paid thereunder or in respect thereof (including proceeds of the repurchase of Receivables by the Seller pursuant to Section 3.02 or the purchase of Receivables by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.08 or 9.01) after the Cutoff Date;

(ii)      the interest of the Seller in the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by the Obligors pursuant to the Receivables and any accessions thereto;

(iii)      the interest of the Seller in any proceeds of any Insurance Policies relating to the Receivables or the Obligors;

(iv)      the interest of the Seller in any Dealer Recourse;

(v)      the right of the Seller to realize upon any property (including the right to receive future Liquidation Proceeds) that shall have secured a Receivable and have been repossessed pursuant to the terms thereof;

(vi)      the rights and interests of the Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement;

(vii)      all proceeds of the foregoing; and

(viii)      all present and future claims, demands, causes of action and choses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion thereof, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other

24

property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”).

(c)      It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer and assignment contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute a sale of the Collateral from the Seller to the Issuer and the beneficial interest in and title to the Collateral shall not be part of the Seller’s estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against the Seller under any bankruptcy law.  The Seller agrees to execute and file all filings (including filings under the UCC) necessary in any jurisdiction to provide third parties with notice of the sale of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement and to perfect such sale under the UCC.

(d)      Although the parties hereto intend that the transfer and assignment contemplated by this Agreement be a sale, in the event such transfer and assignment is deemed to be other than a sale, the parties intend that all filings described in the foregoing paragraph shall give the Issuer a first priority perfected security interest in, to and under the Receivables, and other Collateral conveyed hereunder and all proceeds of any of the foregoing.  This Agreement shall be deemed to be the grant of a security interest from the Seller to the Issuer, and the Issuer shall have all the rights, powers and privileges of a secured party under the UCC.

(e)      In connection with the foregoing conveyance, the Servicer shall maintain its computer system so that, from and after the time of sale of the Receivables to the Issuer under this Agreement, the Servicer’s electronic files which are maintained for the purpose of identifying retail installment sales contracts which have been transferred in connection with securitizations will show the interest of the Issuer in such Receivable and that the Receivable is owned and controlled by the Issuer.  Indication of the Issuer’s ownership of a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on the Servicer’s computer systems when, and only when, the Receivable has been paid in full, repurchased or assigned pursuant to this Agreement.

(f)      Ownership and control of the Receivables, as between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (on behalf of the Noteholders) shall be governed by the Indenture.

SECTION 2.02      Custody of Receivable Files.  To assure uniform quality in servicing the Receivables and to reduce administrative costs, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, appoints the Servicer, and the Servicer accepts such appointment, to act as the agent of the Issuer as custodian of the following documents or instruments (the parties hereto expressly acknowledging and agreeing that the Servicer may appoint a third party to act as the agent of the Servicer to maintain possession or control of such documents, electronic files or instruments as contemplated by Section 3.03(b) of this Agreement) which are hereby held by the Servicer for benefit of the Issuer with respect to each Receivable:

(a)      the original tangible record constituting or forming a part of such Receivable that is tangible chattel paper (as such term is defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC) fully executed and “signed” (within the meaning of the UCC) by the related Obligor, or a copy or image of such original tangible record that is stored in an electronic medium that the Servicer shall maintain in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices and that shall be a single “authoritative copy” (as such term is used in Section 9-105 of the UCC) of such Receivable, which authoritative copy

25

identifies TMCC as the secured party under such Receivable or as the assignee of the secured party under such Receivable, or the authoritative copy of the electronic record evidencing electronic chattel paper initially authenticated by the related Obligor that (i) is maintained for TMCC by a third party provider acting on behalf of TMCC that (x) provides computer services that enables Dealers to create, store, control and assign electronic records, records constituting an “authoritative copy”, and other related materials and (y) enables TMCC to accept assignment of, control, assign and store, the authoritative copy of such electronic chattel paper and electronic records and other related materials and (ii) identifies TMCC as the secured party under such Receivable or as the assignee of the secured party under such Receivable;

(b)      the original credit application executed by the related Obligor (or a photocopy or other image or electronic record thereof that the Servicer shall keep on file in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices), on TMCC’s customary form, or on a form approved by TMCC;

(c)      the original certificate of title (or evidence that such certificate of title has been applied for), or a photocopy or other image thereof of such documents that the Servicer shall keep on file in accordance with TMCC’s Customary Servicing Practices, evidencing the security interest in the related Financed Vehicle; and

(d)      any and all other documents (whether tangible or electronic) that the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall keep on file, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, relating to such Receivable, the related Obligor or Financed Vehicle, including documents evidencing or relating to any Insurance Policy;

provided, that the Servicer may appoint one or more agents to act as subcustodians of certain items contained in a Receivable File so long as the Servicer remains primarily responsible for their safekeeping, provided, further, that the Servicer shall not transmit or transfer the authoritative copy of a Receivable that is in the form of electronic chattel paper to another person unless such person is able to and agrees to maintain TMCC’s “control” (as such term is used in Section 9-105 of the UCC) over the authoritative copy or the control of any authorized assignee of TMCC.  The Servicer shall maintain “control”, within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the applicable UCC, of every Receivable for the benefit of the owners of that Receivable, and shall not relinquish such control or transfer such control to any other person except at the direction of the owner of such Receivables and only if such transfer is effective to transfer control to the person designated by such owner of the Receivable.

SECTION 2.03      Acceptance by Owner Trustee.  The Owner Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance, on behalf of the Issuer, pursuant to this Agreement, of all right, title and interest in and to the Receivables conveyed by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement and declares and shall declare from and after the date hereof that the Owner Trustee holds and shall hold such right, title and interest, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE III
THE RECEIVABLES

26

SECTION 3.01      Representations and Warranties of the Seller with Respect to the Receivables.  The Seller makes the following representations and warranties as to the Receivables on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables.  Such representations and warranties speak as of the Cutoff Date and as of the Closing Date (unless, by its terms, a representation or warranty speaks specifically as of the Cutoff Date or the Closing Date, in which case, such representation or warranty speaks specifically as of such date only), but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Issuer, and the pledge thereof to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

(a)      Origination.  Each Receivable was originated in the United States by a Dealer for the retail sale of the related Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of such Dealer’s business, has been fully and properly executed or electronically authenticated by the parties thereto, has been purchased by TMCC from such Dealer under an existing agreement with TMCC and has been validly assigned by such Dealer to TMCC.

(b)      Security Interest.  With respect to each Receivable, as of the Closing Date, TMCC has, or has started procedures that will result in TMCC having, a perfected, first priority security interest in the related Financed Vehicle, which security interest was validly created and is assignable by the Seller to the Issuer.

(c)      Simple Interest.  Each Receivable provides for scheduled monthly payments that fully amortize the Amount Financed by maturity (except for minimally different payments in the first or last month in the life of the Receivable) and provide for a finance charge or yield interest at its APR, in either case calculated based on the Simple Interest Method.

(d)      Prepayment.  Each Receivable allows for prepayment without penalty.

(e)      Compliance with Law.  To the Seller’s knowledge, each Receivable complied in all material respects at the time it was originated with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws, and regulations thereunder.

(f)      Binding Obligation.  Each Receivable is on a form contract containing customary and enforceable provisions that includes rights and remedies allowing the holder to enforce the obligation and realize on the related Financed Vehicle and represents the legal, valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the related Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and by general principles of equity and consumer protection laws, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(g)      No Government Obligors.  None of the Receivables is due from the United States or any state or local government, or from any agency, department or instrumentality of the United States or any state or local government.

(h)      Receivables in Force.  As of the Cutoff Date, no Receivable has been satisfied, nor has any Financed Vehicle been released in whole or in part from the lien granted by the related Receivable.

27

(i)      No Amendments or Waivers.  As of the Cutoff Date, no material provision of a Receivable has been amended, modified or waived in a manner that is prohibited by the provisions of this Agreement.

(j)      No Defenses.  To the Seller’s knowledge, as of the Closing Date, no Receivable is subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, nor has any such right been asserted or threatened with respect to any Receivable.

(k)      No Payment Default.  Except for payment delinquencies that have been continuing for a period of not more than [_] days, no payment default under the terms of any Receivable exists as of the Cutoff Date.

(l)      No Repossession.  No Financed Vehicle has been repossessed without reinstatement as of the Cutoff Date.

(m)      Insurance.  The terms of each Receivable require the related Obligor to obtain and maintain physical damage insurance covering the related Financed Vehicle in accordance with TMCC’s normal requirements.  No Financed Vehicle was subject to force-placed insurance.

(n)      Good Title.  Immediately prior to the transfer and assignment herein contemplated, the Seller had good and marketable title to each Receivable free and clear of all Liens and rights of others (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents) and, immediately upon the transfer and assignment thereof, the Purchaser will have good and marketable title to each Receivable, free and clear of all Liens and rights of others (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents).

(o)      Lawful Assignment.  No Receivable has been originated in, or is subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable under this Agreement, or pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement or the pledge of such Receivable under the Indenture are unlawful, void or voidable.  The terms of each Receivable do not limit the right of the owner of such Receivable to sell such Receivable.

(p)      Additional Representations and Warranties.  (A) Each Receivable is being serviced by TMCC as of the Closing Date; (B) each Receivable is secured by a new or used passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle; (C) no Receivable was more than 29 days past due as of the Cutoff Date; and (D) as of the Cutoff Date, no Receivable was noted in the records of TMCC or the Servicer as being the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding or insolvency proceeding.

SECTION 3.02      Remedies.  The Seller, the Servicer or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, shall inform the other parties to this Agreement and the Indenture Trustee promptly, in writing, upon the discovery of any breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 3.01 that materially and adversely affects the interests of the Issuer in any Receivable, without regard to any limitation set forth in such representation or warranty concerning the knowledge of the Seller as to the facts stated therein; provided that the Owner Trustee shall not be obligated to provide such written notice unless it shall have (a) received written notice of such a breach or (b) a Trust Officer of the Owner Trustee has actual knowledge of such a breach.  By the last day of the second Collection Period following the

28

Collection Period in which it discovers or receives notice of such breach, the Seller shall, unless such breach shall have been cured in all material respects, repurchase such Receivable and, if necessary, the Seller shall enforce the obligation of TMCC under the Receivables Purchase Agreement to repurchase such Receivable from the Seller.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Seller to repurchase a Receivable shall not be conditioned on the performance by TMCC of its obligation to repurchase such Receivable from the Seller pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement.  In consideration of the repurchase of any such Receivable, on or prior to 11:00 a.m. New York time on the related Payment Date, the Seller shall remit the Warranty Purchase Payment of such Receivable to the Collection Account in the manner specified in Section 5.05.  Except as described below, the sole remedy of the Owner Trustee, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee (by operation of the assignment of the Owner Trustee’s rights hereunder pursuant to the Indenture) or any Securityholder with respect to a breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties pursuant to this Agreement shall be to require the Seller to repurchase the related Receivable pursuant to this Section and to enforce TMCC’s obligation to the Seller to repurchase such Receivables pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement.  Neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee shall have any duty to conduct any affirmative investigation as to the occurrence of any condition requiring the repurchase of any Receivable pursuant to this Section.  In connection with such repurchase, the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee shall take all steps necessary to effect a transfer of such Receivable as set forth in Section 9.01(d).

SECTION 3.03      Duties of Servicer as Custodian.

(a)      Safekeeping.  The Servicer shall hold, at one of the locations listed in Schedule A to this Agreement or at such other office as shall be specified to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 3.03(b), the Receivable Files as custodian for the benefit of the Issuer and maintain such accurate and complete accounts, records and computer systems pertaining to each Receivable File as shall enable the Issuer to comply with this Agreement.  The Servicer covenants and agrees that it shall hold the Receivable Files in such a manner as to prevent any other Person from obtaining control of any electronic chattel paper (as defined in the UCC) included therein, within the meaning of section 9-105 of the UCC.  In performing its duties as custodian, the Servicer shall act in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices.  The Servicer shall promptly report to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee any failure on its part to hold the Receivable Files and maintain its accounts, records and computer systems as herein provided and shall promptly take appropriate action to remedy any such failure.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require an initial review or any periodic review by the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee of the Receivable Files.

(b)      Maintenance of and Access to Records.  The Servicer shall maintain each Receivable File at one of its offices specified in Schedule A or at such other office of the Servicer or a third party agent retained by the Servicer as shall be specified to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by written notice not later than ninety (90) days after any change in location.  The Servicer shall make available to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee or their respective duly authorized representatives, attorneys or auditors a list of locations of the Receivable Files and the related accounts, records and computer systems maintained by the Servicer at such times during normal business hours as the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall instruct with reasonable advance notice.

29

(c)      Release of Documents.  Upon instruction from the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer shall release any Receivable File to the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee’s agent or the Indenture Trustee’s designee, as the case may be, at such place or places as the Indenture Trustee may designate, as soon as practicable.

SECTION 3.04      Instructions; Authority To Act.  The Servicer shall be deemed to have received proper instructions with respect to the Receivable Files upon its receipt of written instructions signed by a Trust Officer of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.  A certified copy of a bylaw or of a resolution of the board of directors of the Owner Trustee or of the Indenture Trustee shall constitute conclusive evidence of the authority of such Trust Officer to act, and shall be considered conclusive evidence of the authority of such Trust Officer to act until receipt by the Servicer of written notice to the contrary given by the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as the case may be.

SECTION 3.05      Custodian’s Indemnification.  (a) The Servicer as custodian shall indemnify the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee and each of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, compensatory damages, payments, costs or expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses, and including any such reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any enforcement (including any action, claim, or suit brought by such indemnified parties) of any indemnification or other obligation of the Servicer) of any kind whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of them as the result of any improper act or omission in any way relating to the maintenance and custody by the Servicer as custodian of the Receivable Files in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Servicer shall not be liable to the Owner Trustee for any portion of any such amount resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of the Owner Trustee, and the Servicer shall not be liable to the Indenture Trustee for any portion of any such amount resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of the Indenture Trustee, in each case to the extent such matters have been determined definitively by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a final order or verdict not subject to appeal, and until such determination, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder.

(b)      Promptly after receipt by a party indemnified under this Section 3.05 (a “Custodian Indemnified Party”) of notice of the commencement of any action, such Custodian Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the party providing indemnification under this Section 3.05 (a “Custodian Indemnifying Party”), notify such Custodian Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof.  In case any such action is brought against any Custodian Indemnified Party under this Section 3.05 and it notifies the Custodian Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof, the Custodian Indemnifying Party will assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Custodian Indemnified Party, and the Custodian Indemnifying Party will not be liable to such Custodian Indemnified Party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Custodian Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation.  The obligations set forth in this Section 3.05 shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation.  If

30

the Servicer shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on behalf of whom such payments are made thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, such Person shall promptly repay such amounts to the Servicer, without interest.

SECTION 3.06      Effective Period and Termination.  The Servicer’s appointment as custodian shall become effective as of the date hereof, and shall continue in full force and effect until terminated pursuant to this Section.  If TMCC shall resign as Servicer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or if all of the rights and obligations of any Servicer shall have been terminated under Section 8.01, the appointment of TMCC (as Servicer) as custodian shall be terminated hereunder without further action by the Indenture Trustee, Owner Trustee, Noteholders or the Certificateholder. The Indenture Trustee or, with the consent of the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee may terminate the Servicer’s appointment as custodian, with cause, at any time upon written notification to the Servicer.  The Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or Noteholders may terminate the Servicer as custodian hereunder in the same manner as the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or Noteholders may terminate the rights and obligations of the Servicer under Section 8.01.  As soon as practicable after any termination of such appointment, the Servicer shall deliver the Receivable Files to the Indenture Trustee or the agent thereof at such place or places as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably designate.

ARTICLE IV ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

SECTION 4.01      Duties of Servicer.  The Servicer, for the benefit of the Issuer and the Securityholders (to the extent provided herein), shall manage, service, administer and make collections on the Receivables in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices.  The Servicer’s duties shall include collection and posting of all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors or by federal, state or local government authorities with respect to the Receivables, investigating delinquencies, sending payment information to Obligors, reporting tax information to Obligors in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, accounting for collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.  The Servicer shall have full power and authority, acting alone, to do any and all things in connection with managing, servicing, administering and making collections on the Receivables that it may deem necessary or desirable, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices.  Nothing in the foregoing or in any other section of this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the Servicer from implementing new programs, whether on an intermediate, pilot or permanent basis, or on a regional or nationwide basis, or from modifying its standards, policies and procedures as long as, in each case, the Servicer does or would implement such programs or modify its standards, policies and procedures in respect of comparable assets serviced for itself in the ordinary course of business.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Servicer is authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Securityholders or any of them, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Receivables and the Financed Vehicles.  The Servicer is hereby authorized to communicate with Obligors in the ordinary course of its servicing of the Receivables and

31

Financed Vehicles in its own name.  The Servicer is hereby authorized to commence, in its own name or in the name of the Issuer, a legal proceeding to enforce a Defaulted Receivable or to commence or participate in a legal proceeding (including without limitation a bankruptcy proceeding) relating to or involving a Receivable, including a Defaulted Receivable.  If the Servicer shall commence or participate in a legal proceeding to enforce a Receivable, the Issuer shall thereupon be deemed to have automatically assigned to the Servicer, solely for the purpose of collection on behalf of the party retaining an interest in such Receivable, such Receivable and the other property conveyed to the Issuer hereby with respect to such Receivable for purposes of commencing or participating in any such proceeding as a party or claimant, and the Servicer is authorized and empowered by the Owner Trustee to execute and deliver in the Servicer’s name any notices, demands, claims, complaints, responses, affidavits or other documents or instruments in connection with any such proceeding.  If in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it shall be held that the Servicer may not enforce a Receivable on the ground that it shall not be a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce such Receivable, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer shall, at the Servicer’s expense and direction, take steps to enforce such Receivable, including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholder and/or the Noteholders.  The Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney and other documents and take any other steps which the Servicer may deem necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties under this Agreement.

SECTION 4.02      Collection and Allocation of Receivable Payments.  The Servicer shall make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and provisions of the Receivables as and when the same shall become due and shall follow such customary collection procedures as it follows with respect to comparable automotive receivables that it services for itself or others.  The Servicer shall be authorized to grant extensions, rebates or adjustments on a Receivable in accordance with the Customary Servicing Practices of the Servicer without the prior consent of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any Securityholder; provided, however, that if the amount of any Scheduled Payment due in a subsequent Collection Period is reduced as a result of (x) any change in the related APR or the Amount Financed, (y) any increase in the total number of Scheduled Payments or (z) any extension of payments such that the Receivable will be outstanding later than the last day of the Collection Period preceding the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date, then the Servicer shall be obligated (except to the extent any such extension, rebate or adjustment constitutes a Permitted Modification) to repurchase such Receivable pursuant to Section 4.08; provided further, that the Servicer shall have no such obligation to repurchase a Receivable as a result of any such extension of payments under clause (z) above if it is required to grant such extension under law or pursuant to a court order.  In addition, in the event that any such rescheduling or extension of a Receivable modifies the terms of such Receivable in such a manner as to release the security interest in the related Financed Vehicle or constitutes a cancellation of such Receivable and the creation of a new passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle receivable, the Servicer shall purchase such Receivable pursuant to Section 4.08 (except to the extent any such rescheduling, extension or modification constitutes a Permitted Modification), and the receivable created shall not be included as an asset of the Issuer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) if a default, breach, violation, delinquency or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable shall have occurred or, in the judgment of the Servicer, is imminent, the Servicer may (A) extend such Receivable for credit

32

related reasons that would be acceptable to the Servicer with respect to comparable new or used passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle receivables that it services for itself, but only if the final scheduled payment date of such Receivable as extended would not be later than the last day of the Collection Period preceding the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date; or (B) reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Receivable in the event of a prepayment resulting from refunds of Insurance Policy premiums and service contracts and make similar adjustments in an Obligor’s payment terms to the extent required by law; (2) if at the end of the scheduled term of any Receivable, the outstanding principal amount thereof is such that the final payment to be made by the related Obligor is larger than the regularly scheduled payment of principal and interest made by such Obligor, the Servicer may permit such Obligor to pay such remaining principal amount in more than one payment of principal and interest, provided that the last such payment shall be due on or prior to the last day of the Collection Period preceding the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date; and (3) the Servicer may, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, waive any prepayment charge, late payment charge or any other fees that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing the Receivables.  Each such action that the Servicer is permitted to take in accordance with the terms of the immediately preceding sentence shall constitute a “Permitted Modification.”

In addition, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, the Servicer shall modify the terms of any Receivable impacted by the Relief Act and the Servicer shall be obligated to purchase any such modified Receivable in accordance with the terms of Section 4.08.

SECTION 4.03      [Reserved].

SECTION 4.04      Realization upon Receivables.  On behalf of the Issuer, the Servicer shall use its best efforts, consistent with its Customary Servicing Practices, to repossess or otherwise comparably convert the ownership of any Financed Vehicle that it has reasonably determined should be repossessed or otherwise converted following a default under the Receivable secured by the Financed Vehicle (and shall specify such Receivables to the Indenture Trustee no later than the Determination Date following the end of the Collection Period in which the Servicer shall have made such determination).  The Servicer shall follow such practices and procedures as it shall deem necessary or advisable and as shall be customary and usual in its servicing of passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle receivables, which practices and procedures may include reasonable efforts to realize upon any Dealer Recourse, selling the related Financed Vehicle at public or private sale and other actions to realize upon such a Receivable.  The Servicer shall be entitled to recover its Liquidation Expenses with respect to each Defaulted Receivable.  All Net Liquidation Proceeds realized in connection with any such action with respect to a Receivable shall be deposited by the Servicer in the Collection Account in the manner specified in Section 5.02.  The foregoing is subject to the proviso that, in any case in which the Financed Vehicle shall have suffered damage, the Servicer shall not expend funds in connection with any repair or towards the repossession of such Financed Vehicle unless it shall determine in its discretion that such repair and/or repossession shall increase the Liquidation Proceeds of the related Receivable by an amount greater than the amount of such expenses.

33

SECTION 4.05      Physical Damage Insurance.  The Servicer shall, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices and only to the same extent, if any, that the Servicer so requires by obligors with respect to retail installment sales contracts that are held for the account of TMCC, require that each Obligor, upon the Servicer’s request, deliver proof that it has obtained physical damage insurance covering the related Financed Vehicle at the date of origination of the related Receivable, but shall not obtain any such coverage on behalf of any Obligor.

SECTION 4.06      Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed Vehicles.  The Servicer shall, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices and at its own expense, take such steps as are necessary to maintain perfection of the security interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle.  The Issuer hereby authorizes the Servicer to take such steps as are necessary to again perfect such security interest on behalf of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in the event of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle or for any other reason.  In the event that the assignment of a Receivable to the Issuer is insufficient, without a notation on the related Financed Vehicle’s certificate of title, to grant to the Issuer a first priority perfected security interest in the related Financed Vehicle, the Servicer hereby agrees to serve as the agent of the Issuer for the purpose of perfecting the security interest of the Issuer in such Financed Vehicle and agrees that the Servicer’s listing as the secured party on the certificate of title is in this capacity as agent of the Issuer.

SECTION 4.07      Covenants of Servicer.  The Servicer hereby makes the following covenants to the Issuer on which the Issuer has relied in purchasing the Receivables and issuing the Certificate, and on which the Indenture Trustee will rely in undertaking the trusts set forth in the Indenture and acting for the Noteholders.

(a)      Liens in Force.  Except as contemplated by this Agreement or to the extent required by law or court order, the Servicer shall not release in whole or in part any Financed Vehicle from the security interest securing the related Receivable except (a) in the event of payment in full by or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder or payment in full less a deficiency which the Servicer would not attempt to collect in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, (b) in connection with repossession or (c) except as may be required by an insurer in order to receive proceeds from any Insurance Policy covering such Financed Vehicle.

(b)      No Impairment.  The Servicer shall do nothing to impair the rights of the Securityholders in the Receivables.

(c)      No Amendments.  Except as provided in Section 4.02 or to the extent required by law or court order, the Servicer shall not amend or otherwise modify any Receivable such that the total number of Scheduled Payments, the Amount Financed or the APR is altered, or extend the maturity of such Receivable beyond the last day of the Collection Period preceding the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date.

SECTION 4.08      Remedies.  The Servicer shall inform the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee promptly (but no more frequently than monthly), in writing (including, without limitation, delivery in writing by means of electronic mail), upon the actual knowledge of one of its officers of, and the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall inform the Servicer and the

34

Indenture Trustee promptly, in writing, upon the actual knowledge of one of its Trust Officers of, any breach pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.07 that materially and adversely affects the interests of the Issuer in a Receivable, or if an extension, rescheduling or modification of a Receivable is made by the Servicer and which obligates the Servicer to repurchase such Receivable, as described in Section 4.02, the party discovering such event shall give prompt (but no more frequently than monthly) written notice to the others.  By the last day of the second Collection Period following the Collection Period in which it discovers or receives notice of such event, the Servicer shall, unless such event shall have been cured in all material respects or such modification has been rescinded, purchase from the Issuer such Receivable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  In consideration of the purchase of any such Receivable, on or prior to 11:00am New York time on the related Payment Date, the Servicer shall remit the Administrative Purchase Payment to the Collection Account in the manner specified in Section 5.05.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.02, the sole remedy of the Owner Trustee, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or any Securityholders against the Servicer with respect to a breach pursuant to Section 4.02, 4.06 or 4.07 shall be to require the Servicer to purchase the related Receivables pursuant to this Section.  Neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee shall have any duty to conduct any affirmative investigation as to the occurrence of any condition requiring the repurchase of any Receivable pursuant to this Section.  In connection with such repurchase, the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee shall take all steps necessary to effect a transfer of such Receivable to the Servicer as set forth in Section 9.01(d).

SECTION 4.09      Servicing Fee and Expenses.  As compensation for the performance of its obligations hereunder, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive on each Payment Date, out of Available Collections, the Total Servicing Fee.  The Basic Servicing Fee in respect of a Collection Period shall be calculated based on a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.  Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, the Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement (including fees and disbursements of the independent accountants, transition expenses as provided in Section 8.02 hereof, taxes imposed on the Servicer, expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with its preparation of reports hereunder, and all other fees and expenses not expressly stated under this Agreement to be for the account of the Certificateholder).

SECTION 4.10      Servicer’s Certificate.  On or before each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver (which delivery may be made by means of electronic mail) to the Owner Trustee, each Paying Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the Seller, and shall make available to the Rating Agencies, a Servicer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, containing (i) the information necessary to make the payments to be made on the related Payment Date, (ii) a statement as to whether or not a Delinquency Trigger has occurred in respect of the related Collection Period, together with reasonably detailed calculations thereof, (iii) the information necessary for the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee to make available on its website statements to the Securityholders pursuant to the Trust Agreement or Indenture, as the case may be and (iv) in the case of the Servicer’s Certificate related to the first Collection Period, the disclosure (if any) required by Rule [4(c)(1)(ii)][4(c)(2)(ii)] of the Credit Risk Retention Rules.  On or before each applicable Determination Date, the Servicer shall provide written notice (which written notice may be delivered by means of electronic mail) to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee specifying (i) the identity of any Receivable that the Servicer or the Seller became obligated to purchase or that the Servicer determined to be a Defaulted

35

Receivable, in either case during the Collection Period for the Payment Date to which such Determination Date relates, (ii) the identity of any Receivable in respect of which payment of the Administrative Purchase Payment or Warranty Purchase Payment has been made in the Collection Period for the Payment Date to which such Determination Date relates, and (iii) the account number of the Obligor of any such Receivable described in the foregoing clause (i) or (ii) (as specified in the Schedule of Receivables).  In addition, with respect to each Collection Period, the Servicer will prepare and file, or cause to be filed, a Form ABS-EE (including an asset data file and asset-related document containing the asset-level information for each Receivable for such Collection Period) on or before the date on which the Form 10-D with respect to such Collection Period is required to be filed.

SECTION 4.11      Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default.

(a)      Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year for which a report on Form 10-K is required to be filed with the Commission by or on behalf of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 20[__]), the Servicer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee to the effect that a review of the activities of the Servicer during the prior fiscal year (or since the Closing Date in the case of the first such Officer’s Certificate) has been made under the supervision of the officer executing such Officer’s Certificate with a view to determining whether during such period the Servicer has fulfilled all of its obligations under this Agreement, and either (i) stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the Servicer has materially fulfilled its obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, specifying each such failure known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.

(b)      The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies, promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than five (5) Business Days thereafter, written notice in an Officer’s Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Default under Section 8.01(a) or (b).

SECTION 4.12      Assessment of Compliance and Accountants’ Attestation.

(a)      Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year for which a report on Form 10-K is required to be filed with the Commission by or on behalf of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 20[__]), the Servicer shall:

(i)      deliver to the Issuer, Administrator, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee a report regarding the Servicer’s assessment of compliance with the Servicing Criteria during the immediately preceding fiscal year, as required under Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB.  Such report shall be addressed to the Issuer and signed by an authorized officer of the Servicer, and shall address each of the Servicing Criteria specified on a certification substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto delivered to the Issuer and the Administrator concurrently with the execution of this Agreement;

36

(ii)      deliver to the Issuer, Administrator, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee a report of a registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the Administrator that attests to, and reports on, the assessment of compliance made by the Servicer and delivered pursuant to the preceding paragraph.  Such attestation shall be in accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S‑X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act;

(iii)      cause each Subservicer and each Subcontractor determined by the Servicer to be “participating in the servicing function” within the meaning of Item 1122 of Regulation AB, to deliver to the Issuer, Administrator, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee an assessment of compliance and accountants’ attestation as and when provided in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section; and

(iv)      if requested by the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer, deliver to the Issuer and the Administrator and any other Person that will be responsible for signing the certification (a “Sarbanes Certification”) required by Rules 13a-14(d) and 15d-14(d) under the Exchange Act (pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) on behalf of an asset-backed issuer with respect to a securitization transaction a certification in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

The Servicer acknowledges that the parties identified in clause (a)(iv) above may rely on the certification provided by the Servicer pursuant to such clause in signing a Sarbanes Certification and filing such with the Commission.  The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer, will not request delivery of a certification under clause (a)(iv) above unless the Depositor is required under the Exchange Act to file an annual report on Form 10‑K with respect to an Issuer whose asset pool includes the Receivables.

(b)      Each assessment of compliance provided by a Subservicer pursuant to Section 4.12(a)(iii) shall address each of the Servicing Criteria specified on a certification to be delivered to the Servicer, Issuer and the Administrator on or prior to the date of such appointment.  An assessment of compliance provided by a Subcontractor pursuant to Section 4.12(a)(iii) need not address any elements of the Servicing Criteria other than those specified by the Servicer and the Issuer on the date of such appointment.

SECTION 4.13      Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding Receivables.  The Servicer shall provide to the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee reasonable access to the documentation regarding the Receivables as provided in Section 3.03(b).  The Servicer shall provide such access to any Securityholder only in such cases where the Certificateholder or Noteholders are required by applicable statutes or regulations to review such documentation.  In each case, such access shall be afforded without charge, but only upon reasonable request and during the normal business hours at the respective offices of the Servicer.  Nothing in this Section shall derogate from the obligation of the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and the failure of the Servicer to provide access to information as a result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section.

SECTION 4.14      Appointment of Subservicer.

37

(a)      The Servicer may at any time after the execution of this Agreement appoint a Subservicer to perform all or any portion of its obligations as Servicer hereunder; provided, however, that the Servicer shall remain obligated and be liable to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholder and the Noteholders for the servicing and administering of the Receivables in accordance with the provisions hereof without diminution of such obligation and liability by virtue of the appointment of such Subservicer and to the same extent and under the same terms and conditions as if the Servicer alone were servicing and administering the Receivables.  The fees and expenses of the Subservicer shall be as agreed between the Servicer and its Subservicer from time to time, and none of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholder or the Noteholders shall have any responsibility therefor.

(b)      The Servicer shall cause any Subservicer used by the Servicer (or by any Subservicer) for the benefit of the Issuer to comply with the reporting and compliance provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if such Subservicer were the Servicer, and to provide the information required with respect to such Subservicer as is required to file all required reports with the Commission.  The Servicer shall be responsible for obtaining from each Subservicer and delivering to the Issuer and the Administrator any servicer compliance statement required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 4.11, any assessment of compliance and attestation required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 4.12 and any certification required to be delivered to the Person that will be responsible for signing the Sarbanes Certification under Section 4.12(a)(iv) as and when required to be delivered.

(c)      The Servicer shall promptly upon request provide to the Issuer or the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer, a written description (in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuer and the Administrator) of the role and function of each Subcontractor utilized by the Servicer or any Subservicer, specifying (i) the identity of each such Subcontractor, (ii) which, if any, of such Subcontractors are “participating in the servicing function” within the meaning of Item 1122 of Regulation AB, and (iii) which, if any, elements of the Servicing Criteria will be addressed in assessments of compliance provided by each Subcontractor identified pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph.

As a condition to the utilization of any Subcontractor determined to be “participating in the servicing function” within the meaning of Item 1122 of Regulation AB, the Servicer shall cause any such Subcontractor used by the Servicer (or by any Subservicer) for the benefit of the Issuer and the Depositor to comply with the reporting and compliance provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if such Subcontractor were the Servicer.  The Servicer shall be responsible for obtaining from each Subcontractor and delivering to the Issuer and the Administrator any assessment of compliance and attestation required to be delivered by such Subcontractor, in each case as and when required to be delivered.

SECTION 4.15      Amendments to Schedule of Receivables.  If the Servicer, during a Collection Period, assigns to a Receivable an account number that differs from the original account number identifying such Receivable on the Schedule of Receivables, the Servicer shall deliver to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, on or before the Payment Date relating to such Collection Period, an amendment to the Schedule of Receivables reporting the newly assigned account number, together with the old account number of each such

38

Receivable.  The first such delivery of amendments to the Schedule of Receivables shall include monthly amendments reporting account numbers appearing on the Schedule of Receivables with the new account numbers assigned to such Receivables during any prior Collection Period.

SECTION 4.16      Reports to Securityholders and Rating Agencies.  The Administrator shall send a copy of each Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.11 and each assessment of compliance and accountant’s attestation delivered pursuant to Section 4.12 to the Rating Agencies within five (5) days of its receipt thereof from the Servicer or accountants.  A copy of any such Officer’s Certificate, assessment of compliance or accountant’s attestation may be obtained by any Certificateholder, Noteholder or Note Owner by a request in writing to the Administrator addressed as set forth in Section 10.03 hereof.  Upon the telephone request of the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee shall promptly furnish to the Administrator a list of Noteholders as of the date specified by the Administrator.

SECTION 4.17      Information to be Provided by the Servicer.

(a)      At the request of the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer, for the purpose of satisfying its reporting obligation under the Exchange Act with respect to any class of asset-backed securities, the Servicer shall (or shall cause each Subservicer to) (i) notify the Issuer and the Administrator in writing of any material litigation or governmental proceedings pending against the Servicer or any Subservicer and (ii) provide to the Issuer and the Administrator a description of such proceedings.

(b)      As a condition to the succession to the Servicer or any Subservicer as servicer or Subservicer under this Agreement by any Person (i) into which the Servicer or such Subservicer may be merged or consolidated, or (ii) which may be appointed as a successor to the Servicer or any Subservicer, the Servicer shall provide to the Issuer, the Administrator and the Depositor, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of such succession or appointment, (x) written notice to the Issuer and the Administrator of such succession or appointment and (y) in writing and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Administrator, all information reasonably requested by the Issuer or the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer, in order to comply with its reporting obligation under Item 6.02 of Form 8-K with respect to any class of asset-backed securities.

(c)      In addition to such information as the Servicer, as servicer, is obligated to provide pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement, if so requested by the Issuer or the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer, the Servicer shall provide such information regarding the performance or servicing of the Receivables as is reasonably required to facilitate preparation of distribution reports in accordance with Item 1121 of Regulation AB.  Such information shall be provided concurrently with the monthly reports otherwise required to be delivered by the Servicer under this Agreement, commencing with the first such report due not less than ten (10) Business Days following such request.

SECTION 4.18      Remedies.

(a)      The Servicer shall be liable to the Issuer, the Administrator and the Depositor for any monetary damages incurred as a result of the failure by the Servicer, any Subservicer or any

39

Subcontractor to deliver any information, report, certification, attestation, accountants’ letter or other material when and as required under this Article IV, including any failure by the Servicer to identify any Subcontractor “participating in the servicing function” within the meaning of Item 1122 of Regulation AB, and shall reimburse the applicable party for all costs reasonably incurred by each such party in order to obtain the information, report, certification, accountants’ letter or other material not delivered as required by the Servicer, any Subservicer, or any Subcontractor.

(b)      The Seller shall promptly reimburse the Issuer and the Administrator for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Issuer or Administrator as such are incurred, in connection with the termination of the Servicer as servicer and the transfer of servicing of the Receivables to a successor servicer.  The provisions of this paragraph shall not limit whatever rights the Issuer or Administrator may have under other provisions of this Agreement or otherwise, whether in equity or at law, such as an action for damages, specific performance or injunctive relief.

ARTICLE V
ACCOUNTS; PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

SECTION 5.01      Establishment of Collection Account.

(a)      The Servicer, on behalf of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, shall establish the Collection Account in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Securityholders.  The Collection Account shall be an Eligible Deposit Account initially established with the Indenture Trustee and maintained with the Indenture Trustee.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event that the Collection Account maintained with the Indenture Trustee is no longer an Eligible Deposit Account, then the Servicer shall, with the Indenture Trustee’s assistance, as necessary, use reasonable efforts to cause the Collection Account to be moved to an Eligible Institution within thirty (30) days.

(b)      For so long as the Collection Account is maintained as an Eligible Deposit Account, all amounts held in these accounts shall, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, be invested, as directed in writing by the Servicer, in Eligible Investments; otherwise such amounts shall be maintained in cash.  Earnings on investment of funds in these accounts (net of losses and investment expenses) shall be paid to the Servicer on each Payment Date as servicing compensation, and any losses and investment expenses shall be charged against the funds on deposit in the related account.

(c)      For so long as [___________] is the Indenture Trustee, the Collection Account shall be maintained with [___________] as an Eligible Deposit Account.  In the event that the long-term debt rating of the Indenture Trustee does not satisfy clause (a) of the definition of Eligible Deposit Account, the Servicer shall, with the assistance of the Indenture Trustee, as necessary, use reasonable efforts to cause the Collection Account to be moved to an Eligible Institution or an account otherwise satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of the definition of Eligible Deposit Account (which may be an account with the Indenture Trustee) within thirty (30) days.

40

(d)      The Indenture Trustee shall transfer all amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account on the Payment Date on which the Notes of all Classes have been paid in full (or substantially all of the Trust Estate is otherwise released from the lien of the Indenture) to the Issuer for the benefit of the Certificateholder, and to take all necessary or appropriate actions to transfer all of its right, title and interest in the Collection Account, all funds or investments held or to be held therein and all proceeds thereof, to the Issuer for the benefit of the Certificateholder, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture with respect to amounts held for payment to the Noteholders that do not promptly deliver a Note for payment on such Payment Date.

(e)      With respect to the Collection Account and all property held therein, the Issuer agrees, by its acceptance hereof that, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, for so long as Notes of any Class remain outstanding, the Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest therein (excluding interest or investment income thereon payable to the Servicer), and that such account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholder, as set forth in the Indenture.  The parties hereto agree that the Servicer shall have the power, revocable by the Indenture Trustee upon an Event of Default resulting in an acceleration of the Notes or liquidation of the Trust Estate or by the Owner Trustee with the consent of the Indenture Trustee, to instruct the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account for the purpose of permitting the Servicer, Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee to carry out its respective duties hereunder or under the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

      (f)      The Servicer, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Securities Intermediary agree as follows:

(i)      the Collection Account is, and will be maintained as, a “securities account” (as defined in Section 8-501 of the UCC);

(ii)      the Securities Intermediary is acting, and will act as a “securities intermediary” (as defined in the UCC) with respect to the Collection Account;

(iii)      this Agreement (together with the Indenture) is the only agreement entered into among the parties with respect to the Collection Account and the parties will not enter into any other agreement related to the Collection Account; and

(iv)      at the time of this Agreement, and continuously thereafter, the Securities Intermediary shall have a place of business in the United States at which any of the activities of the Securities Intermediary are carried on and which (i) alone or together with other offices of the Securities Intermediary or with other persons acting for the Securities Intermediary in the United States or another nation (A) effects or monitors entries to securities accounts, (B) administers payments or corporate actions relating to securities held with the Securities Intermediary or such other persons, or (C) is otherwise engaged in a business or other regular activity of maintaining securities accounts; or (ii)  is identified by an account number, bank code, or other specific means of identification as maintaining securities accounts in the United States.

41

SECTION 5.02      Collections.

(a)      Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Servicer shall remit daily to the Collection Account all payments received by or on behalf of the Obligors on or in respect of the Receivables and all Net Liquidation Proceeds within two (2) Business Days after receipt thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as the Monthly Remittance Conditions are satisfied, the Servicer shall not be required to remit such collections to the Collection Account on the foregoing daily basis but shall be entitled to retain such collections, without segregation from its other funds, until 11:00am New York time on each Payment Date, at which time the Servicer shall remit all such collections in respect of the related Collection Period to the Collection Account in immediately available funds.  Commencing with the first day of the first Collection Period that begins at least two (2) Business Days after the day on which any Monthly Remittance Condition ceases to be satisfied and for so long as any Monthly Remittance Condition is not satisfied, all collections then held by the Servicer shall be immediately deposited into the Collection Account and all future collections on or in respect of the Receivables and all Net Liquidation Proceeds shall be remitted by the Servicer to the Collection Account on a daily basis within two (2) Business Days after receipt thereof.

(b)      The Servicer shall give the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency written notice of the failure of any Monthly Remittance Condition (and any subsequent curing of a failed Monthly Remittance Condition) as soon as practical after the occurrence thereof.  Notwithstanding the failure of any Monthly Remittance Condition, the Servicer may utilize an alternative collection remittance schedule (which may be the remittance schedule previously utilized prior to the failure of such Monthly Remittance Condition), if the Servicer provides to the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee written confirmation from each Rating Agency that such alternative remittance schedule will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to any Class of Notes.

SECTION 5.03      Application of Collections.  On each Payment Date, all collections for the related Collection Period shall be applied by the Servicer as follows:

(a)      With respect to each Receivable (other than an Administrative Receivable or a Warranty Receivable), payments made by or on behalf of the Obligor which are in excess of Supplemental Servicing Fees with respect to such Receivable shall be applied to the Scheduled Payment with respect to such Receivable.  The amount of such payment remaining after the applications described in the preceding sentence shall be applied to the unpaid principal balance of such Receivable.

(b)      With respect to each Administrative Receivable and Warranty Receivable, payments made by or on behalf of the Obligor shall be applied in the same manner.  A Warranty Purchase Payment or an Administrative Purchase Payment with respect to any Receivable shall be applied to the Scheduled Payment, in each case to the extent that the payments by the Obligor shall be insufficient, and then to prepay the unpaid principal balance of such Receivable in full.

SECTION 5.04      [Reserved].

42

SECTION 5.05      Additional Deposits.

(a)      The following additional deposits shall be made to the Collection Account:  (i) the Seller shall remit the aggregate Warranty Purchase Payments with respect to Warranty Receivables pursuant to Section 3.02, (ii) the Servicer shall remit the aggregate Administrative Purchase Payments with respect to Administrative Receivables pursuant to Section 4.08 and the amount required upon any optional purchase of the Receivables by the Servicer, or any successor to the Servicer, pursuant to Section 9.01; and (iii) the Indenture Trustee shall deposit the amounts described in Sections 5.06 and 5.07 that are withdrawn from the Reserve Account and deposit such amounts into the Collection Account, pursuant to Sections 5.06 and 5.07.

(b)      All deposits required to be made pursuant to this Section by the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, may be made in the form of a single deposit and shall be made in immediately available funds, on or prior to 11:00am New York time on each Payment Date.  At the direction of the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee shall invest any amounts deposited prior to a Payment Date in Eligible Investments maturing in such a manner and such time so as to be available as part of Available Collections on the related Payment Date.

SECTION 5.06      Payments and Distributions.

(a)      On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall calculate: (i) the Available Collections and the amounts to be paid to Noteholders of each Class and the Certificateholder pursuant to Section 5.06(b) or 5.06(c), as the case may be; (ii) the amount, if any, to be withdrawn from or required to be deposited into the Reserve Account; and (iii) all other distributions, deposits and withdrawals to be made on the related Payment Date.

(b)      [DISTRIBUTION PRIORITIES WILL REFLECT EACH SPECIFIC ISSUER’S REQUIRED CASH FLOW ALLOCATIONS.]  Subject to Section 5.06(c), on each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee shall make the following payments and distributions from the Collection Account (after payment of the Supplemental Servicing Fee to the Servicer, to the extent not previously retained by the Servicer) in the following order of priority and in the amounts set forth in the Servicer’s Certificate for such Payment Date; provided, however, that such payments and distributions shall be made only from those funds deposited in the Collection Account for the related Collection Period and available therefore as Available Collections:

(i)      to the Servicer, the Basic Servicing Fee (including any unpaid Basic Servicing Fees from one or more prior Collection Periods);

(ii)      to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer [and the Administrator], the Trustee and Reviewer Fees [and fees owed to the Administrator,] and any expenses and indemnification amounts then due and payable to each such party, pro rata (based on amounts due and payable to each party), in accordance with the terms of the Basic Documents, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $[_______] in any calendar year;

(iii)      [pro rata, based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes and the amount of any swap termination payment and swap payment due and payable by the Issuer to the Swap Counterparty under this clause (iii): (i)] on a pro rata

43

basis (based on the amounts distributable pursuant to this clause to each such Class), to the Holders of the Class A‑1 Notes, the Class A‑1 Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑1 Interest Carryover Shortfall, to the Holders of the Class A‑2[a] Notes, the Class A‑2[a] Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑2[a] Interest Carryover Shortfall, [to the Holders of the Class A‑2b Notes, the Class A‑2b Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑2b Interest Carryover Shortfall,] to the Holders of the Class A‑3 Notes, the Class A‑3 Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑3 Interest Carryover Shortfall and to the Holders of the Class A‑4 Notes, the Class A‑4 Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑4 Interest Carryover Shortfall[, (ii) to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of any termination payment due to the Swap Counterparty under the Swap Agreement due to a swap termination resulting from a payment default by the Issuer or the insolvency of the Issuer; provided, that if any amounts allocable to the Class A Notes are not needed to pay the Class A Noteholders’ accrued and unpaid interest as of such Payment Date, such amounts will be applied to pay the portion, if any, of any swap termination payment referred to above remaining unpaid, and (iii) to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of interest at [____]% due to the Swap Counterparty under the Swap Agreement];

(iv)      [during the amortization period,] sequentially, (i) to Holders of the Class A‑1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero, (ii), to the Class A‑2[a] Notes [and the Class A-2b Notes, pro rata, based on the outstanding principal amounts of each of those classes of notes,] until the principal amount of [the Class A-2 Notes][each such note] is reduced to zero, (iii) to the Class A‑3 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A‑3 Notes is reduced to zero and (iv) to the Class A‑4 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A‑4 Notes is reduced to zero, an amount equal to the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount;

(v)      to the Holders of the Class B Notes, the Class B Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall;

(vi)      sequentially, (i) to Holders of the Class A‑1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero, (ii), to the Class A‑2[a] Notes [and the Class A-2b Notes, pro rata, based on the outstanding principal amounts of each of those classes of notes,] until the principal amount of [the Class A-2 Notes][each such note] is reduced to zero, (iii) to the Class A‑3 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A‑3 Notes is reduced to zero, (iv) to the Class A‑4 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A‑4 Notes is reduced to zero and (v) to the Class B Notes, until the principal amount of the Class B Notes is reduced to zero, an amount equal to the Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount;

(vii)      to the Reserve Account, if the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account is less than the related Specified Reserve Account Balance on such Payment Date, the amount necessary to cause the balance of funds therein to equal the Specified Reserve Account Balance;

(viii)      [during the amortization period,] sequentially, (i) to Holders of the Class A‑1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero, (ii), to the

44

Class A-2[a] Notes [and the Class A-2b Notes, pro rata, based on the outstanding principal amounts of each of those classes of notes,] until the principal amount of [the Class A-2 Notes][each such note] is reduced to zero, (iii) to the Class A‑3 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A‑3 Notes is reduced to zero, (iv) to the Class A‑4 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A‑4 Notes is reduced to zero and (v) to the Class B Notes, until the principal amount of the Class B Notes is reduced to zero, an amount equal to the Regular Principal Distribution Amount;

(ix)      to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer [and the Administrator] [and the Swap Counterparty], the Trustee and Reviewer Fees [and fees owed to the Administrator,] and any expenses and indemnification amounts [and, in the case of the Swap Counterparty, swap termination payments] then due and payable to each such party in accordance with the terms of the Basic Documents and not paid in clause (ii) above [or, in the case of the Swap Counterparty, clause (iii) above], pro rata (based on amounts due and payable to each party); and

(x)      to the Certificateholder, any remaining amounts.

(c)      [DISTRIBUTION PRIORITIES WILL REFLECT EACH SPECIFIC ISSUER’S REQUIRED EVENT OF DEFAULT CASH FLOW ALLOCATIONS.]  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.06(b), after an Event of Default occurs that results in the acceleration of the Notes and unless and until such acceleration has been rescinded, on each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee shall make the following payments and distributions from the Collection Account (after payment of the Supplemental Servicing Fee to the Servicer, to the extent not previously retained by the Servicer) in the following order of priority and in the amounts set forth in the Servicer’s Certificate for such Payment Date; provided, however, that such payments and distributions shall be made only from Available Collections deposited in the Collection Account for the related Collection Period:

(i)      to the Servicer, the Basic Servicing Fee (including any unpaid Basic Servicing Fees from one or more prior Collection Periods);

(ii)      to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer [and the Administrator], the Trustee and Reviewer Fees [and fees owed to the Administrator,] and any expenses and indemnification amounts then due and payable to each such party, pro rata (based on amounts due and payable to each party), in accordance with the terms of the Basic Documents;

(iii)      [pro rata, based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes and the amount of any swap termination payment and swap payment due and payable by the Issuer to the Swap Counterparty under this clause (iii): (i)] to the Holders of the Class A Notes, on a pro rata basis (based on the amounts distributable pursuant to this clause to each such Class), to the Holders of the Class A‑1 Notes, the Class A‑1 Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑1 Interest Carryover Shortfall, to the Holders of the Class A‑2[a] Notes, the Class A‑2[a] Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑2[a] Interest Carryover Shortfall, [to the Holders of

45

the Class A‑2b Notes, the Class A‑2b Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑2b Interest Carryover Shortfall,] to the Holders of the Class A‑3 Notes, the Class A‑3 Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑3 Interest Carryover Shortfall and to the Holders of the Class A‑4 Notes, the Class A‑4 Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A‑4 Interest Carryover Shortfall[, (ii) to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of any termination payment due to the Swap Counterparty under the Swap Agreement due to a swap termination resulting from a payment default by the Issuer or the insolvency of the Issuer; provided, that if any amounts allocable to the Class A Notes are not needed to pay the Class A Noteholders’ accrued and unpaid interest as of such Payment Date, such amounts will be applied to pay the portion, if any, of any swap termination payment referred to above remaining unpaid, and (iii) to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of interest at [____]% due to the Swap Counterparty under the Swap Agreement];

(iv)      first, to the Holders of the Class A‑1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero, and second, to the Holders of the Class A‑2[a] Notes, [the Class A-2b Notes,] the Class A‑3 Notes and the Class A‑4 Notes, on a pro rata basis (based on the Outstanding Amount of each such Class of Notes), until the principal amount of each such Class of Notes is reduced to zero;

(v)      to the Holders of the Class B Notes, the Class B Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall;

(vi)      to the Holders of the Class B Notes, until the principal amount of the Class B Notes is reduced to zero;

(vii)      [to the Swap Counterparty, the amount of any swap termination payments due to it and not paid in clause (iii) above;] and

(viii)      to the Certificateholder, any remaining amounts.

(d)      For purposes of determining whether an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.01(b) of the Indenture has occurred on the Final Scheduled Payment Date or the Redemption Date for a Class of Notes, (i) the Class A-1 Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A‑1 Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class A‑1 Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A‑1 Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date; (ii) the Class A‑2[a] Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A‑2[a] Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class A‑2[a] Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A‑2[a] Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date, [(iii) the Class A‑2b Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A‑2b Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class A‑2b Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A‑2b Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date,] ([iii][iv]) the Class A‑3 Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A‑3 Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class A‑3 Notes are entitled to have

46

received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A‑3 Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date; ([iv][v]) the Class A‑4 Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class A‑4 Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class A‑4 Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class A‑4 Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date; and (vi) the Class B Notes are required to be paid in full on or before the Class B Final Scheduled Payment Date, meaning that Holders of Class B Notes are entitled to have received on or before such date payments in respect of principal in an aggregate amount equal to the Class B Initial Principal Balance together with all interest accrued thereon through such date.

(e)      Except with respect to the final payment upon retirement of a Note or Certificate, the Servicer shall on each Payment Date instruct the Indenture Trustee to pay or distribute to each Securityholder of record on the related Record Date by check mailed to such Securityholder at the address of such Holder appearing in the Note Register, or herein (in the case of the Certificate) (or, if DTC, its nominee or a Clearing Agency is the relevant Holder, by wire transfer of immediately available funds or pursuant to other arrangements), the amount to be paid or distributed to such Securityholder pursuant to such Holder’s Note or Certificate.  With respect to the final payment upon retirement of a Note or of the Certificate, the Servicer shall on the relevant final Payment Date instruct the Indenture Trustee to pay or distribute the amounts due thereon only upon delivery for cancellation of the certificate representing such Note or Certificate in accordance with the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

(f)      The rights of the Certificateholder to receive distributions in respect of the Certificate shall be and hereby are subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders to receive distributions in respect of the Notes, to the extent provided in this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

SECTION 5.07      Reserve Account.

(a)      The Seller will, pursuant to the Securities Account Control Agreement and the Indenture, establish and maintain with the Indenture Trustee a segregated trust account (the “Reserve Account”) which will include any money and other property deposited and held therein pursuant to Section 5.06(b)(vii) and this Section 5.07.  On any Payment Date on which the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account is less than the Specified Reserve Account Balance, the Indenture Trustee shall, as directed in writing by the Servicer in accordance with Section 5.06(b)(vii), deposit into the Reserve Account Available Collections until the amount on deposit therein equals the Specified Reserve Account Balance.  On each Payment Date, to the extent that Available Collections are insufficient to fully fund (x) the payments and distributions described in clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 5.06(b), (y) the payment of principal on any class of Notes on the related Final Scheduled Payment Date and (z) the payments and distributions to the Noteholders described in clauses (iv) and (vi) of Section 5.06(c), the Indenture Trustee shall withdraw amounts then on deposit in the Reserve Account (excluding any net investment income on Eligible Investments payable to the Seller therefrom in accordance with the terms of the Basic Documents), up to the amounts of any such deficiencies, and deposit such amounts into the Collection Account for application pursuant to such clauses.  On each Payment Date prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in the acceleration of the Notes, and as directed in

47

writing by the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee shall release to the Seller any amounts remaining on deposit in the Reserve Account in excess of the Specified Reserve Account Balance.  Following the payment in full of the Class A Note Balance, the Class B Note Balance and of all other amounts owing or to be distributed hereunder or under the Indenture or the Trust Agreement to Noteholders, as directed in writing by the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee shall release to the Seller any amounts remaining on deposit in the Reserve Account.  Upon any such distribution to the Seller, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Certificateholder, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders will have no further rights in, or claims to, such amounts.

(b)      Any amounts held in the Reserve Account shall be invested by the Indenture Trustee in Eligible Investments, as directed in writing by the Seller or any agent designated to the Indenture Trustee by the Seller.  Earnings on Eligible Investments in the Reserve Account shall be paid to the Seller on each Payment Date (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in an acceleration of the Notes that has not been rescinded under the Indenture and (ii) for so long as a Suspension Period (as defined in the Securities Account Control Agreement) is not continuing on such Payment Date, and such amounts paid to the Seller shall be released from the security interest of the Indenture Trustee and paid to the Seller on such Payment Date and shall not be available for payment of any other amounts due to the Noteholders or any other party hereunder.  Any losses and any investment expenses shall be charged against the funds on deposit in the Reserve Account.  The Indenture Trustee shall incur no liability for the selection of investments or for losses thereon absent its own negligence or willful misfeasance.  The Indenture Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity date or the failure of the Seller or its designee to provide timely written investment directions.

(c)      Subject to the right of the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals therefrom, as directed by the Servicer for the purposes and in the amounts set forth in Section 5.06, the Reserve Account and all funds held therein shall be the property of the Seller and not the property of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.  The Issuer, Owner Trustee, Seller and Indenture Trustee shall treat the Reserve Account, all funds therein and all net investment income with respect thereto as assets of the Seller for federal income tax and all other purposes.

(d)      Under the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Seller shall grant to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, a security interest in any funds (including Eligible Investments) in the Reserve Account and the proceeds thereof to secure the payment of interest on and principal of the Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall have all of the rights of a secured party under the UCC with respect thereto; provided that, on each Payment Date (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in an acceleration of the Notes that has not been rescinded under the Indenture and (ii) for so long as a Suspension Period (as defined in the Securities Account Control Agreement) is not continuing on such Payment Date, all income from the investment of funds in the Reserve Account shall be released from the security interest of the Indenture Trustee and paid to the Seller on such Payment Date and shall not be available for payment of any other amounts due to the Noteholders or any other party hereunder.  If for any reason the Reserve Account is no longer an Eligible Deposit Account, the Indenture Trustee shall use reasonable efforts to promptly cause the Reserve Account to be moved to an Eligible

48

Institution or to otherwise be changed so that the Reserve Account becomes an Eligible Deposit Account, in each case within thirty (30) days.

Neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee shall enter into any subordination or intercreditor agreement with respect to the Reserve Account.

SECTION 5.08      [Reserved].

SECTION 5.09      Statements to Certificateholder and Noteholders.

(a)      On or prior to each Payment Date, the Servicer shall provide to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee (with a copy to the Rating Agencies and each Paying Agent) for the Indenture Trustee to forward on such Payment Date to each Paying Agent and each Noteholder of record as of the most recent Record Date, and for the Owner Trustee to forward to each Certificateholder of record as of the most recent Record Date, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit A, setting forth at least the following information as to the Notes and the Certificate to the extent applicable:

(i)      the amount paid or distributed in respect of interest on each Class of Notes, including LIBOR (as determined by the Indenture Trustee) for the related Interest Period;

(ii)      the First Priority Principal Distribution Amount, the Second Priority Principal Distribution Amount, the Regular Principal Distribution Amount and the amount paid or distributed in respect of principal on or with respect to each Class of Notes;

(iii)      the amount paid or distributed to the Certificateholders;

(iv)      the number of Receivables, the Pool Balance and the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the close of business on the first day and the last day of the related Collection Period;

(v)      the Outstanding Amount, the Class A‑1 Principal Balance, the Class A‑2[a] Principal Balance, [the Class A-2b Principal Balance,] the Class A‑3 Principal Balance, the Class A‑4 Principal Balance, the Class B Principal Balance and the Note Pool Factor for each Class of Notes, in each case before and after giving effect to all payments in respect of principal on such Payment Date;

(vi)      the amount of the Basic Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with respect to the related Collection Period and the amount of any unpaid Basic Servicing Fees from the prior Payment Date;

(vii)      the amount of any Class A‑1 Interest Carryover Shortfall, Class A‑2[a] Interest Carryover Shortfall, [Class A-2b Interest Carryover Shortfall, ]Class A‑3 Interest Carryover Shortfall, Class A‑4 Interest Carryover Shortfall and Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall after giving effect to all payments of interest on such Payment Date, and the change in such amounts from the preceding Payment Date;

49

(viii)      the amount of fees, expenses and indemnification amounts due and payable to each of the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Asset Representations Reviewer, before and after giving effect to payments on such Payment Date;

(ix)      the balance of the Reserve Account on such Payment Date and the Specified Reserve Account Balance for such Payment Date, before and after giving effect to changes thereto on such Payment Date;

(x)      the Yield Supplement Overcollateralization Amount for such Payment Date;

(xi)      the amount of Available Collections for the related Collection Period;

(xii)      delinquency and loss information with respect to the Receivables for the related Collection Period;

(xiii)      any material change in practices with respect to charge-offs, collection and management of delinquent Receivables, and the effect of any grace period, re-aging, re-structuring, partial payments or other practices on delinquency and loss experience;

(xiv)      any material modifications, extensions or waivers to Receivables terms, fees, penalties or payments during the related Collection Period, or that have cumulatively become material over time;

(xv)      any material breaches of representations and warranties made with respect to the Receivables, or covenants, contained in the Basic Documents; and

(xvi)      whether a Delinquency Trigger has occurred as of the end of the related Collection Period.

SECTION 5.10      Net Deposits.  As an administrative convenience, the Servicer may make any remittances pursuant to this Article net of amounts to be distributed by the Indenture Trustee to the Servicer.  Nonetheless, the Servicer shall account to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee for all of the above described remittances, payments and distributions (except for the Supplemental Servicing Fee, to the extent the Servicer is entitled to retain such amounts) as if all deposits, payments, distributions and transfers were made individually.

ARTICLE VI
THE SELLER

SECTION 6.01      Representations of Seller.  The Seller makes the following representations on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables.  The representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, and shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

50

(a)      Organization and Good Standing.  The Seller shall have been duly organized and shall be validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties shall be currently owned and such business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and shall now have, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables.

(b)      Due Qualification.  The Seller shall be duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited liability company in good standing, and shall have obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business shall require such qualifications and where the failure to so qualify will have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Seller to conduct its business or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(c)      Power and Authority.  The Seller shall have (i) the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms, (ii) full power and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to and deposited as part of the Trust Estate (other than the funds and investment property on deposit from time to time in the Reserve Account), (iii) duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, and (iv) duly authorized by all necessary action the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

(d)      Valid Sale; Binding Obligations.  This Agreement shall have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of the Seller and shall evidence a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables, enforceable against creditors of and purchasers from the Seller; and shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equity principles.

(e)      No Violation.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the Certificate of Formation or limited liability company agreement of the Seller or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it shall be bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than the Basic Documents), nor violate any law or, to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties which breach, default, conflict, lien or violation would have a material adverse effect on the earnings or business affairs of the Seller.

(f)      No Proceedings.  There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or to the Seller’s knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Seller:  (i) asserting the invalidity or unenforceability of this Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities Account Control Agreement, the

51

Certificate, the Notes or any of the Basic Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificate or the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Trust Agreement, or the Indenture, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Certificate or the Notes, or (iv) relating to the Seller and which might adversely affect the federal income tax attributes of the Issuer, the Certificate or the Notes.

(g)      Intent to Sell.  It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer and assignment herein contemplated, taken as a whole, constitute a sale of the Receivables from the Seller to the Issuer and that the beneficial interest in and title to the Receivables not be part of the debtor’s estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against the Seller under any bankruptcy law.

(h)      Schedule of Receivables to the Transfer Notice.  As of the Cutoff Date, the information set forth in the Schedule of Receivables attached to the Transfer Notice shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(i)      No Adverse Selection.  No selection procedures adverse to the Securityholders shall have been utilized in selecting the Receivables from those new and used passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle receivables of TMCC that met the selection criteria set forth in this Agreement.

(j)      No Restriction on Sale.  The Seller has not entered into any agreement with any Person that prohibits, restricts or conditions the sale of any Receivable by the Seller.

(k)      Perfection Representations, Warranties and Covenants.  The Seller hereby makes the perfection representations, warranties and covenants set forth on Schedule B hereto to the Issuer and the Issuer shall be deemed to have relied on such representations, warranties and covenants in acquiring the Receivables.

SECTION 6.02      Company Existence.  During the term of this Agreement, the Seller shall keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and franchises as a limited liability company under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and shall obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of the Basic Documents and each other instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate to the proper administration of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  In addition, all transactions and dealings between the Seller and its Affiliates (including the Issuer) shall be conducted on an arm’s length basis.

SECTION 6.03      Liability of Seller; Indemnities.  The Seller shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by the Seller under this Agreement.

(a)      The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Securities Intermediary and the Servicer from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted against any such Person with respect to, as of the date hereof, the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer or the issuance and original sale of the Notes and

52

the Certificates, including any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible personal property, privilege or license taxes (but, in the case of the Issuer, not including any taxes asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer or the issuance and original sale of the Certificate or any of the Notes, or asserted with respect to ownership of the Receivables or federal or other income taxes arising out of payments or distributions on the Certificate or the Notes) and costs and expenses in defending against the same (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses, and including any such reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any enforcement (including any action, claim, or suit brought by such indemnified parties) of any indemnification or other obligation of the Seller).

(b)      The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Securities Intermediary, the Issuer, the Certificateholder and the Noteholders and any of the officers, directors, employees and agents of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee from and against any loss, liability or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses, and including any such reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any enforcement (including any action, claim, or suit brought by such indemnified parties) of any indemnification or other obligation of the Seller) incurred by reason of (i) the Seller’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, (ii) the Seller’s or the Issuer’s violation of federal or state securities laws in connection with the offering and sale of any of the Notes or the Certificate, and (iii) any failure of a Receivable to have been originated in compliance with all applicable requirements of law.

(c)      Except as set forth in clause (a) above, the Seller shall pay any and all taxes levied or assessed upon all or any part of the Trust Estate.

(d)      Promptly after receipt by a party indemnified under this Section 6.03 or Section 3.02 (a “Seller Indemnified Party”) of notice of the commencement of any action, such Seller Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the party providing indemnification under this Section 6.03 or Section 3.02 (a “Seller Indemnifying Party”), notify such Seller Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof.  In case any such action is brought against any Seller Indemnified Party under this Section 6.03 or Section 3.02 and it notifies the Seller Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof, the Seller Indemnifying Party will assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Seller Indemnified Party, and the Seller Indemnifying Party will not be liable to such Seller Indemnified Party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Seller Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation.  The obligations set forth in this Section 6.03 and Section 3.02 shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee and shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation.  If the Seller shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on behalf of whom such payments are made thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, such Person shall promptly repay such amounts to the Seller, without interest.

53

SECTION 6.04      Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Seller.  Any Person (a) into which the Seller may be merged or consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which the Seller shall be a party or (c) which may succeed to the properties and assets of the Seller substantially as a whole, which person in any of the foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Seller under this Agreement, shall be the successor to the Seller hereunder without the execution or filing of any document or any further act by any of the parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 6.01 shall have been breached (except that the representations regarding the due organization and valid existence of the successor may be deemed to reference jurisdictions other than Delaware), (ii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with, (iii) the Seller shall have given ten (10) days’ prior written notice to each Rating Agency of its intent or expectation to enter such transaction and neither Rating Agency shall have notified the Seller, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee that such transaction might or would cause it to reduce, withdraw or modify its then current rating of any Class of Notes and (iv) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either (A) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee, respectively, in the Receivables and reciting the details of such filings, or (B) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interests.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the execution of the foregoing agreement of assumption and compliance with clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall be conditions to the consummation of the transactions referred to in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above.

SECTION 6.05      Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others.  The Seller and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Seller may rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind, prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.  The Seller shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not be incidental to its obligations under this Agreement and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

SECTION 6.06      Seller May Own Certificate or Notes.  The Seller will own the Certificate on the Closing Date, and the Seller and any Affiliate thereof may in its individual or any other capacity become the owner or pledgee of the Notes of any class with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Seller or an Affiliate thereof, except as expressly provided in any Basic Document.

ARTICLE VII
THE SERVICER

54

SECTION 7.01      Representations of Servicer.  The Servicer makes the following representations on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables.  The representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date and shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

(a)      Organization and Good Standing.  The Servicer shall have been duly organized and shall be validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties shall be currently owned and such business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and shall now have, corporate power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables.

(b)      Due Qualification.  The Servicer shall be duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and shall have obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business shall require such qualifications and where the failure to so qualify will have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Servicer to conduct its business or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(c)      Power and Authority.  The Servicer shall have the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary corporate action.

(d)      Binding Obligations.  This Agreement shall have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Servicer and shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equity principles.

(e)      No Violation.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Servicer or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it shall be bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than this Agreement), nor violate any law or, to the best of the Servicer’s knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Servicer of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or its properties which breach, default, conflict, lien or violation would have a material adverse effect on the earnings, business affairs of the Servicer.

(f)      No Proceedings.  There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or to the Servicer’s knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Servicer:  (i) asserting the invalidity or unenforceability of

55

this Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Certificate or the Notes, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificate or the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or any Basic Document, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Certificate or the Notes, or (iv) relating to the Servicer and which might adversely affect the federal or state income, excise, franchise or similar tax attributes of the Notes.

SECTION 7.02      Indemnities of Servicer.  The Servicer shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by the Servicer under this Agreement:

(a)      The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Seller, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, the Securities Intermediary, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder and any of the officers, directors, employees and agents of the each such party from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses, and including any such reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any enforcement (including any action, claim, or suit brought by such indemnified parties) of any indemnification or other obligation of the Servicer), arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership or operation by the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof of a Financed Vehicle.

(b)      [Reserved].

(c)      The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Seller, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Securities Intermediary, the Certificateholder and the Noteholders and any of the officers, directors, employees and agents of the Seller, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Securities Intermediary, the Certificateholder and the Noteholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses, and including any such reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any enforcement (including any action, claim, or suit brought by such indemnified parties) of any indemnification or other obligation of the Servicer), to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arose out of, or is imposed upon any such Person through, the negligence, willful misfeasance or bad faith of the Servicer in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, including those that may be incurred by any such indemnified party as a result of any act or omission by the Servicer in connection with its maintenance and custody of the Receivables Files.

(d)      Promptly after receipt by a party indemnified under this Section 7.02 or Section 4.08 (a “Servicer Indemnified Party”) of notice of the commencement of any action, such Servicer Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the party providing indemnification under this Section 7.02 or 4.08 (a “Servicer Indemnifying Party”), notify such Servicer Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof.  In case any such action is brought against any Servicer Indemnified Party under this Section 7.02 or 4.08 and it notifies the Servicer Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof, the Servicer Indemnifying Party

56

will assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Servicer Indemnified Party (who may, unless there is, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel to the Servicer Indemnified Party stating that there is an unwaivable conflict of interest, be counsel to the Servicer Indemnifying Party), and the Servicer Indemnifying Party will not be liable to such Servicer Indemnified Party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Servicer Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation.  The obligations set forth in this Section 7.02 and Section 4.08 shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation.  If the Servicer shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on behalf of whom such payments are made thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, such Person shall promptly repay such amounts to the Servicer, without interest.

For purposes of this Section, in the event of the termination of the rights and obligations of TMCC (or any successor thereto pursuant to Section 7.03) as Servicer pursuant to Section 8.01, or a resignation by such Servicer pursuant to this Agreement, such Servicer shall be deemed to be the Servicer pending appointment of a successor Servicer (other than the Indenture Trustee) pursuant to Section 8.02.

SECTION 7.03      Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Servicer.  Any corporation (a) into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Servicer shall be a party or (c) which may succeed to all or substantially all of the business of the Servicer, which corporation in any of the foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Servicer under this Agreement, shall be the successor to the Servicer under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 7.01 shall have been breached (except that the representations regarding the due organization and valid existence of the successor may be deemed to reference jurisdictions other than its jurisdiction of incorporation), and no Servicer Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Default, shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with, (iii) the Servicer shall have given ten (10) days’ written notice prior to the consummation of any such transaction to each Rating Agency of its intent or expectation to enter such transaction and neither Rating Agency shall have notified the Seller, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee that such transaction might or would cause it to reduce, withdraw or modify its then current rating of any Class of Notes, (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the successor to the Servicer shall become the Administrator under the Administration Agreement in accordance with Section 8 of such Agreement and (v) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Owner

57

Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, respectively, in the Receivables and reciting the details of such filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interests.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the execution of the foregoing agreement of assumption and compliance with clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above shall be conditions to the consummation of the transactions referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above.

SECTION 7.04      Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.  Neither the Servicer nor any of the directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer shall be under any liability to the Seller, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholder, except as provided under this Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer or any such person against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement.

Except as provided in this Agreement, the Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not be incidental to its duties to service the Receivables in accordance with this Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability; provided, however, that the Servicer may (with the written consent of the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee) undertake any reasonable action that it may deem necessary or desirable in respect of the Basic Documents and the rights and duties of the parties to the Basic Documents and the interests of the Certificateholder under this Agreement and the Noteholders under the Indenture.  In such event, the reasonable legal expenses and costs for such action and any liability resulting therefrom shall be expenses, costs and liabilities of the Trust Estate and the Servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed therefor solely from Available Collections.

SECTION 7.05      TMCC Not To Resign as Servicer.  Subject to the provisions of Section 7.03, TMCC shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it as Servicer under this Agreement except upon a determination that the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall no longer be permissible under applicable law.  Notice of any such determination permitting the resignation of TMCC shall be communicated to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency at the earliest practicable time (and, if such communication is not in writing, shall be confirmed in writing at the earliest practicable time) and any such determination shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee concurrently with or promptly after such notice.  No such resignation shall become effective until the Indenture Trustee or a Successor Servicer shall have (i) assumed the responsibilities and obligations of TMCC in accordance with Section 8.02 and (ii) become the Administrator under the Administration Agreement in accordance with Section 8 of such Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULT

58

SECTION 8.01      Servicer Default.  Each of the following events is a “Servicer Default”:

(a)      any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Indenture Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account or Reserve Account any required payment or to direct the Indenture Trustee to make any required payment or distribution therefrom, which failure continues unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days after discovery of the failure by an officer of the Servicer or written notice of such failure is received (i) by the Servicer from the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or (ii) by the Servicer and the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, from the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the principal amount of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single Class;

(b)      failure by the Servicer to duly observe or to perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement, which failure shall materially and adversely affect the rights of the Certificateholder or Noteholders and shall continue unremedied for a period of ninety (90) days after the date on which written notice of such failure is received (i) by the Servicer from the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or (ii) by the Servicer and the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee, from the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the principal amount of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single Class; or

(c)      the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer;

provided, however, that (A) if any delay or failure of performance referred to in clause (a) above shall have been caused by force majeure or other similar occurrences, the five (5) Business Day grace period referred to in such clause (a) shall be extended for an additional sixty (60) calendar days and (B) if any delay or failure of performance referred to in clause (b) above shall have been caused by force majeure or other similar occurrences, the ninety (90) day grace period referred to in such clause (b) shall be extended for an additional sixty (60) calendar days.

Upon receipt of notice of the occurrence of a Servicer Default, the Indenture Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Administrator, and the Administrator shall provide such notice to the Rating Agencies.

At any time when a Servicer Default set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above has occurred and is continuing, so long as the Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, either the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of Notes evidencing at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class of Notes acting together as a single Class, by notice then given in writing to the Servicer (and to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee if given by the Noteholders) may terminate all the rights and obligations (other than the obligations set forth in Section 7.02 hereof and the rights set forth in Section 7.04 hereof) of the Servicer under this Agreement.  By the same required vote, the Noteholders specified in the prior sentence may waive any such Servicer Default (other than a default in the making of any required deposits or payments from or to the Collection Account or Reserve Account) for a specified period or permanently.  Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Servicer Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied

59

for every purpose of this Agreement.  No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 8.02      Appointment of Successor.

(a)      Upon the Servicer’s receipt of notice of termination pursuant to Section 8.01 or the Servicer’s resignation in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the predecessor Servicer shall continue to perform its functions as Servicer under this Agreement, in the case of termination, only until the date specified in such termination notice or, if no such date is specified in a notice of termination, until receipt of such notice and, in the case of resignation, until the later of (i) the date sixty (60) days from the delivery to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of written notice of such resignation (or written confirmation of such notice) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (ii) the date upon which the predecessor Servicer shall become unable to act as Servicer, as specified in the notice of resignation and accompanying Opinion of Counsel.  In the event of the Servicer’s termination hereunder, the Indenture Trustee shall appoint a Successor Servicer, which shall be any established institution having a net worth of not less than $25,000,000 and whose regular business shall include the servicing of receivables similar to the Financed Receivables, and the Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment (including its appointment as Administrator under the Administration Agreement as set forth in Section 8.02(b)) by a written assumption in form acceptable to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.  In the event that a Successor Servicer has not been appointed at the time when the predecessor Servicer has ceased to act as Servicer in accordance with this Section, the Indenture Trustee without further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to the Servicing Fee.  Notwithstanding the above, the Indenture Trustee shall, if it shall be unwilling or legally unable so to act, appoint or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established institution having a net worth of not less than $25,000,000 and whose regular business shall include the servicing of receivables similar to the Financed Receivables, as the successor to the Servicer under this Agreement.  In connection therewith, the Indenture Trustee is authorized and empowered to offer such successor servicer compensation up to, but not in excess of, the Total Servicing Fee and other servicing compensation specified in this Agreement as payable to the initial Servicer.  Upon such appointment, the Indenture Trustee will be released from the duties and obligations of acting as Successor Servicer, such release effective upon the effective date of the servicing agreement entered into between the Successor Servicer and the Issuer.

(b)      Upon appointment, the Successor Servicer (including the Indenture Trustee acting as Successor Servicer) shall (i) be the successor in all respects to the predecessor Servicer and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities arising thereafter relating thereto placed on the predecessor Servicer and shall be entitled to the Servicing Fee and all the rights granted to the predecessor Servicer by the terms and provisions of this Agreement and (ii) become the Administrator under the Administration Agreement in accordance with Section 8 of such Agreement; provided, that, the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any Servicing Fee or for any differential in the amount of the Servicing Fee paid hereunder and the amount necessary to induce any Successor Servicer to act as Successor Servicer hereunder; provided, further, that the Indenture Trustee, as Successor Servicer, shall have no obligations with respect to the fees, expenses or other amounts (including indemnities other than those resulting from the actions of the Indenture Trustee as Successor Servicer) of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture

60

Trustee or the Asset Representations Reviewer, the fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee’s attorneys,  the Indenture Trustee’s attorneys, or the Asset Representations Reviewer’s attorneys, the fees and expenses of any custodian and the fees and expenses of independent accountants or expenses incurred in connection with distributions and reports to the Noteholders.

(c)      On or after the receipt by the Servicer of written notice of termination pursuant to Section 8.01, all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with respect to the Notes, the Certificate or the Receivables or otherwise, shall, without further action, pass to and be vested in the Indenture Trustee or such Successor Servicer as may be appointed under this Section 8.02 and, without limitation, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee are hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, for the benefit of the predecessor Servicer, as attorney‑in‑fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments, and to do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and endorsement of the Receivables and related documents, or otherwise.  The predecessor Servicer shall cooperate with the Successor Servicer and the Owner Trustee in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the predecessor Servicer under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the transfer to the Successor Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts that shall at the time be held by the predecessor Servicer for deposit, or have been deposited by the predecessor Servicer, in the Collection Account or thereafter received with respect to the Receivables.  All reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with transferring the Receivable Files to the Successor Servicer and amending this Agreement to reflect such succession as Servicer pursuant to this Section shall be paid by the predecessor Servicer upon presentation of reasonable documentation of such costs and expenses.  Any such costs, expenses and fees not paid by the predecessor Servicer shall be paid solely from the application of Available Collections in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  In the event that the Indenture Trustee succeeds to the rights and obligations of the Servicer hereunder, and a subsequent transfer of such rights and obligations is effected pursuant to Section 8.01 or this Section 8.02 hereof, the original Servicer hereunder shall reimburse the Indenture Trustee for all reasonable costs and expenses as described in the immediately preceding sentence and if such amounts remain unpaid for ninety (90) days, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Issuer from Available Collections.  Upon receipt of notice of the occurrence of a Servicer Default, the Indenture Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Administrator, and the Administrator shall provide such notice to the Rating Agencies.

SECTION 8.03      Compensation Payable.  If the Servicer shall resign or be terminated, the Servicer shall continue to be entitled to all accrued and unpaid compensation payable to the Servicer through the date of such termination as specified in Section 4.09 of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.04      Notification.  Upon any termination of, or appointment of a successor to, the Servicer pursuant to this Article VIII, the Issuer shall give prompt written notice thereof to Certificateholder, and the Indenture Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to Noteholders and the Administrator, and the Administrator shall provide such notice to the Rating Agencies.

61

ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION

SECTION 9.01      Optional Purchase of All Receivables.

(a)      On each Payment Date following the last day of a Collection Period as of which the Pool Balance shall be less than the Optional Purchase Percentage multiplied by the Original Pool Balance, the Servicer, or any successor to the Servicer, shall have the option to purchase, as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period, the corpus of the Trust Estate for an amount equal to the Optional Purchase Price.  To exercise such option, the Servicer, or any successor to the Servicer, shall notify the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of its intention to do so in writing, no later than the tenth day of the month preceding the month in which the Payment Date as of which such purchase is to be effected and shall, on or before the Payment Date on which such purchase is to occur, deposit pursuant to Section 5.05 in the Collection Account an amount equal to the Optional Purchase Price, and shall succeed to all interests in and to the Trust Estate.  Amounts so deposited will be paid and distributed as set forth in Section 5.06 of this Agreement.

(b)      Notice of any such purchase of the Trust Estate shall be given by the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee to each Securityholder as soon as practicable after receipt of notice thereof from the Servicer by a Trust Officer of the Owner Trustee (in the case of each Certificateholder) and the Indenture Trustee (in the case of each Noteholder).

(c)      Following the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the payment in full of the principal of and interest on the Notes, the Certificateholder will succeed to the rights of the Noteholders under this Agreement other than Section 5.06 and the Owner Trustee will succeed to the rights of, and assume the obligations of, the Indenture Trustee provided for in this Agreement.

(d)      Upon the repurchase of any Receivable by the Seller or the Servicer, pursuant to any provision hereof (including Sections 3.02, 4.08 and 9.01(a)), the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer and the Certificateholder, and the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, shall, without further action, be deemed to transfer, assign, set-over and otherwise convey to the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, all right, title and interest of the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer in, to and under such repurchased Receivable, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof and the other property conveyed to the Issuer hereunder pursuant to Section 2.01 with respect to such Receivable, and all security and any documents relating thereto, such assignment being an assignment outright and not for security; and the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, shall thereupon own each such Receivable, and all such related security and documents, free of any further obligation to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Certificateholder, the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders with respect thereto.  The Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer and assignment and take such other actions as shall be reasonably requested by the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, to effect the conveyance of such Receivable pursuant to this Section.  If in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it is held that the Seller or Servicer may not enforce a repurchased Receivable on the ground that it is not a real party in interest or a

62

holder entitled to enforce the Receivable, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer and the Certificateholder, and the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders shall, at the written direction and expense of the Seller or Servicer, as the case may be, take such reasonable steps as the Seller or Servicer deems necessary to enforce the Receivable, including bringing suit in the name or names of the Issuer, Certificateholder or Noteholders.

SECTION 9.02      Termination of the Trust Agreement.  The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer under this Agreement shall terminate upon the termination of the Trust Agreement pursuant to Article IX of the Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01      Amendment.

(a)      This Agreement may be amended by the Seller, the Servicer and the Issuer, with the consent of the Indenture Trustee and, if the interests of the Owner Trustee are affected, the Owner Trustee, but without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholder, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, that either (i) an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or (ii) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.

(b)      This Agreement may also be amended by the Seller, the Servicer and the Issuer, with the consent of the Indenture Trustee and, if the interests of the Owner Trustee are affected, the Owner Trustee, but without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholder for the purpose of changing the formula or percentage for determining the Specified Reserve Account Balance, but not to change any order of priority of payments and distributions specified in Section 5.06, changing the remittance schedule for the deposit of collections with respect to the Receivables in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof or changing the definition of Eligible Investment, in each case only if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.

(c)      This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Seller, the Servicer and the Issuer, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, with the consent of the Indenture Trustee and, if the interests of the Owner Trustee are affected, the Owner Trustee and, if the interests of the Noteholders are materially and adversely affected, with the consent of the Holders of Notes evidencing at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting together as a single Class, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or Certificateholders under this Agreement.

63

(d)      No amendment otherwise permitted under this Section 10.01 (except as described in the last sentence of this Section 10.01(d)) may (x) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the Receivables or distributions required to be made for the benefit of any Noteholders or Certificateholders without the consent of all Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby, or (y) reduce the percentage of the Notes or Certificates which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of the Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby; provided, that any amendment referred to in clause (x) or (y) above shall be deemed to not adversely affect any Noteholder if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.  No amendment referred to in clause (x) in the immediately preceding sentence shall be permitted unless an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or Certificateholder whose consent was not obtained.  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding two sentences, this Agreement may also be amended by the parties hereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for the purpose of conforming the provisions in this Agreement to the descriptions thereof contained in the prospectus, dated [________], 20[__], related to the offering of the Notes.

(e)      Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Issuer shall cause written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to be furnished to each Noteholder, Certificateholder, the Indenture Trustee and each of the Rating Agencies.

(f)      It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Certificateholder or Noteholders pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

(g)      Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement, and, if applicable, the Opinion of Counsel referred to in Section 10.02.  The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee’s or the Indenture Trustee’s, as applicable, own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.  The reasonable fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in connection with any amendment or supplement to this Agreement shall be payable by the Servicer.

SECTION 10.02      Protection of Title to Trust.

(a)      The Seller shall execute and file or cause to be filed such financing statements and cause to be executed and filed such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the Issuer and of the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables and in the proceeds thereof.  The Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee file‑stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as available following such filing.

64

(b)      Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall change (i) its location of organization under Section 9-307(e) of the UCC or (ii) its name, identity or corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9‑507 and 9-508 of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee at least five (5) days’ prior written notice thereof and shall have promptly filed appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing statements or continuation statements.

(c)      Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall have an obligation to give the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of any relocation of its principal executive office if, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall promptly file any such amendment or new financing statement.  The Servicer shall at all times maintain each office from which it shall service Receivables, and its principal executive office, within the United States of America.

(d)      The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each Receivable accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof to know at any time the status of such Receivable, including payments and recoveries made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each Receivable and the amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection Account in respect of such Receivable.

(e)      The Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after the time of sale under this Agreement of  the Receivables, the Servicer’s electronic files which are maintained for the purpose of identifying retail installment sales contracts which have been transferred in connection with securitizations will show the interest of the Issuer in such Receivable and that such Receivable is owned by the Issuer and has been pledged to the Indenture Trustee.  Indication of these respective interests in a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on the Servicer’s computer systems when, and only when, the related Receivable shall have become a Liquidated Receivable or been repurchased.

(f)      If at any time the Seller or the Servicer (or any Subservicer appointed by the Servicer) shall propose to sell, grant a security interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive receivables to, any prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, the Servicer shall give to such prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee computer tapes, records or printouts (including any restored from backup archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold and is owned by the Issuer and has been pledged to the Indenture Trustee.

(g)      Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Owner Trustee or to the Indenture Trustee, within five (5) Business Days, a list of all Receivables (by contract number and name of Obligor) then held as part of the Trust Estate, together with a reconciliation of such list to the Schedule of Receivables and to each of the Servicer’s Certificates furnished before such request indicating removal of Receivables from the Trust Estate.

65

(h)      The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee:

(A)      promptly after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and, if required pursuant to Section 10.01, of each amendment hereto, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest, in each case also  specifying any action necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken in the following year to preserve and protect such interest; and

(B)      within ninety (90) days after the beginning of each calendar year beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months after the Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date during such 90‑day period, stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

SECTION 10.03      Notices.  All demands, notices, communications and instructions upon or to the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Rating Agencies or the Asset Representations Reviewer under this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Servicer, to Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: Treasury Operations Department, (469) 486-9013, with a copy by electronic mail to: TFS_Treasury_Operations@toyota.com, and with a copy to Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-5A, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: General Counsel, (b) in the case of the Seller, to Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: President, (469) 486-9020, (c) in the case of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office (as defined in the Trust Agreement) or, in the case of any information permissibly delivered to the Owner Trustee by means of electronic mail, to [___________], (d) in the case of the Indenture Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office specified in the Indenture or, in the case of any information permissibly delivered to the Indenture Trustee by means of electronic mail, to [___________], (e) in the case of Moody’s, to Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 7 World Trade Center, 250 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10007, (f) in the case of S&P, to S&P Global Ratings, 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041, Attention of Asset Backed Surveillance Department and (g) in the case of the Asset Representations Reviewer, to [___________]; or, as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the other parties.

66

SECTION 10.04      Assignment by the Seller or the Servicer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Sections 6.04 and 7.03 of this Agreement and as provided in the provisions of this Agreement concerning the resignation or termination of the Servicer, this Agreement may not be assigned by the Seller or the Servicer.

SECTION 10.05      Limitations on Rights of Others.  The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Seller, the Servicer, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Certificateholder, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

SECTION 10.06      Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.07      Separate Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 10.08      Headings.  The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 10.09      Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

For purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to be the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction, and the law of the State of New York shall govern all issues specified in Article 2(1) of the Hague Securities Convention.  The parties will not agree to amend this Agreement to change the governing law to any law other than the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 10.10      Assignment by Issuer.  The Seller hereby acknowledges and consents to any mortgage, pledge, assignment and grant of a security interest by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders of all right, title and interest of the Issuer in, to and under the Receivables and/or the assignment of any or all of the Issuer’s rights and obligations hereunder to the Indenture Trustee.

SECTION 10.11      Nonpetition Covenants.  Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto, by entering into this Agreement hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not at any time acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer or the Seller to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer or the Seller under any federal or state

67

bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or the Seller, as the case may be, or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer or the Seller, in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Certificates, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents prior to the date that is one year and one day after the date on which the Indenture is terminated.  This Section 10.11 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the termination of the Servicer under this Agreement.

SECTION 10.12      Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement has been countersigned by [________], not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer, and by [___________], not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.  In no event shall either of [________], in its individual capacity or [___________] in its individual capacity have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements delivered by the Seller or Servicer, or prepared by the Seller or Servicer for delivery by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer, pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer.  For all purposes of this Agreement, in the performance of its duties or obligations hereunder or in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 10.13      Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness.  The Seller, Servicer, Sponsor and Issuer acknowledge and agree that the purpose of Sections 4.11, 4.12 and 4.14 of this Agreement is to facilitate compliance by the Issuer and the Depositor with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission.

None of the Sponsor, the Administrator nor the Issuer shall exercise its right to request delivery of information or other performance under these provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of disclosure comparable to that required under the Securities Act).  The Servicer acknowledges that interpretations of the requirements of Regulation AB may change over time, whether due to interpretive guidance provided by the Commission or its staff, consensus among participants in the asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and agrees to comply with requests made by the Issuer or the Administrator in good faith for delivery of information under these provisions on the basis of evolving interpretations of Regulation AB.  In connection with this transaction, the Servicer shall cooperate fully with the Administrator and the Issuer to deliver to the Administrator or Issuer, as applicable (including any of its assignees or designees), any and all statements, reports, certifications, records and any other information necessary in the good faith determination of the Issuer or the Administrator to permit the Issuer or Administrator (acting on behalf of the Issuer) to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB, together with such disclosures relating to the Servicer, any Subservicer and the Receivables, or the servicing of the Receivables, reasonably believed by the Issuer or the Administrator to be necessary in order to effect such compliance.

68

SECTION 10.14      Notice of Requests.  The Issuer and the Administrator (including any of its assignees or designees) shall cooperate with the Servicer by providing timely notice of requests for information under these provisions and by reasonably limiting such requests to information required, in the reasonable judgment or the Issuer or the Administrator, as applicable, to comply with Regulation AB.

SECTION 10.15      Regulation RR Risk Retention.  TMCC, as “sponsor” within the meaning of the Credit Risk Retention Rules, shall cause the Depositor to retain the [“eligible vertical interest”][‘eligible horizontal interest”] (as defined in the Credit Risk Retention Rules) (the “Retained Interest”) on the Closing Date and TMCC will not, and will cause the Depositor and each Affiliate of TMCC not to, sell, transfer, finance or hedge the Retained Interest except as permitted by the Credit Risk Retention Rules.  This Section 10.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and any resignation by, or termination of, TMCC in its capacity as Servicer hereunder.

SECTION 10.16      [E.U. Risk Retention.  TMCC, in its capacity as the originator of the Receivables, hereby agrees, with reference to the E.U. Retention Rules:

(a)      to retain, on an ongoing basis, a material net economic interest of not less than 5% of the nominal value of each of the tranches sold or transferred to investors within the meaning of paragraph 1(a) of Article 405 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, paragraph 1(a) of Article 51 of Regulation (EU) No 231/2013, and paragraph 2(a) of Article 254 of Regulation (EU) No 2015/35 (the “E.U. Retained Interest”), by retaining, either directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries that are special purpose entities and not operating companies, not less than 5% (by initial principal balance) of each Class of the Notes and not less than 5% of the percentage interests in the Certificate, and initially by causing the Depositor to acquire such securities on the Closing Date;

(b)      to cause the E.U. Retained Interest to not be subject to any credit risk mitigation or any short positions or any other hedges and to not be sold, except to the extent permitted by the E.U. Retention Rules as may be in effect from time to time;

(c)      that it will provide such information within its possession or control (subject to any applicable duties of confidentiality) as may be reasonably requested by a Noteholder and which is necessary to satisfy the E.U. Retention Rules, for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding;

(d)      to confirm its continued compliance with its agreements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above: (i) for so long as TMCC is the Servicer, in each monthly Servicer’s Certificate, and (ii) if TMCC is not the Servicer, to the Indenture Trustee on a monthly basis; and

(e)      to promptly notify the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee if it fails to comply with its agreements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.]

69

ARTICLE XI
ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW; DISPUTE RESOLUTION

SECTION 11.01      Asset Representations Review.

(a)      Upon the occurrence of a Delinquency Trigger with respect to any Collection Period, the Servicer will promptly send to TMCC, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee and each Noteholder (and to each applicable Clearing Agency for distribution to Note Owners in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency) a notice describing (i) the occurrence of the Delinquency Trigger, and including reasonably detailed calculations thereof, and (ii) the rights of the Noteholders and Note Owners regarding an Asset Representations Review (including a description of the method by which Noteholders and Note Owners may contact the Indenture Trustee in order to request a Noteholder vote in respect of an Asset Representations Review).

(b)      If the Indenture Trustee notifies the Servicer pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture that sufficient Noteholders have voted within the required time to initiate an Asset Representations Review of all ARR Receivables by the Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the Asset Representations Review Agreement, then the Servicer shall:

(i)      promptly notify the Asset Representations Reviewer and the Indenture Trustee of the number of ARR Receivables;

(ii)      within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Servicer of such notice from the Indenture Trustee, render reasonable assistance, including granting access to copies of any underlying documents and Receivable Files and all other relevant documents, to the Asset Representations Reviewer to facilitate the performance of a review of all ARR Receivables, pursuant to Section 3.2(a) of the Asset Representations Review Agreement, in order to verify compliance with the representations and warranties made to the Issuer by the Seller and the Servicer; and

(iii)      provide such other reasonable assistance to the Asset Representations Reviewer as it requests in order to facilitate its Asset Representations Review of the ARR Receivables pursuant to the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

The Servicer may redact any materials provided to the Asset Representations Reviewer in order to remove any personally identifiable customer information.  Except for the measure described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Servicer will use commercially reasonable efforts not to change the meaning of such materials or their usefulness to the Asset Representations Reviewer in connection with its review pursuant to Section 3.2(a) of the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

SECTION 11.02      Dispute Resolution.

(a)      If the Owner Trustee or any Noteholder or Verified Note Owner requests (by written notice to TMCC or the Seller) (any such party making a request, the “Requesting Party”), that a Receivable be repurchased due to an alleged breach of a representation and warranty in Section 3.01 of this Agreement or Section 2.03 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and the

70

request has not been fulfilled or otherwise resolved to the reasonable satisfaction of the Requesting Party within one-hundred eighty (180) days of the receipt of such request by TMCC or the Seller (which, if sent by a Noteholder or Verified Note Owner to the Indenture Trustee, will be forwarded to TMCC and the Seller), then the Requesting Party will have the right to refer the matter, at its discretion, to either mediation (including non-binding arbitration) or third-party binding arbitration pursuant to this Section 11.02.  Dispute resolution to resolve repurchase requests will be available regardless of whether Noteholders and Verified Note Owners voted to direct an Asset Representations Review or whether the Delinquency Trigger occurred.  The Seller will provide written direction to the Indenture Trustee instructing it to notify the Requesting Party of the date when the 180-day period ends without resolution by the appropriate party, which written direction will specify the identity of such Requesting Party and the date as of which such 180-day period shall have ended; provided,that the Indenture Trustee shall have no other obligation whatsoever to participate in any dispute resolution, mediation or arbitration nor to determine if a repurchase request has been resolved within the applicable 180-day period. The Requesting Party must provide notice of its intention to refer the matter to mediation, to refer the matter to arbitration, or to institute a legal proceeding to the Seller within thirty (30) days after the delivery of such notice of the end of the 180-day period.  The Seller agrees to participate in the resolution method selected by the Requesting Party.

(b)      If the Requesting Party selects mediation (including non-binding arbitration) as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

(i)      The mediation will be administered by JAMS pursuant to its Mediation Procedures in effect on the date hereof.

(ii)      The mediator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York and an attorney specializing in commercial litigation with at least 15 years of experience and who will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by JAMS.  Upon being supplied a list of at least 10 potential mediators by JAMS each party will have the right to exercise two peremptory challenges within fourteen (14) days and to rank the remaining potential mediators in order of preference JAMS will select the mediator from the remaining attorneys on the list respecting the preference choices of the parties to the extent possible.

(iii)      The parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to begin the mediation within thirty (30) days of the selection of the mediator and to conclude the mediation within sixty (60) days of the start of the mediation.

(iv)      The fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed by the parties as part of the mediation.

(c)      If the Requesting Party selects binding arbitration as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

(i)      The arbitration will be administered by the AAA pursuant its Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of this Agreement.

71

(ii)      The arbitral panel will consist of three members, (i) one to be appointed by the Requesting Party within five (5) Business Days of providing notice to the Seller of its selection of arbitration, (ii) one to be appointed by the Seller within five (5) Business Days of that appointment and (iii) the third, who will preside over the panel, to be chosen by the two party-appointed arbitrators within five (5) Business Days of the second appointment.  If any party fails to appoint an arbitrator or the two party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint the third within the stated time periods, then the appointments will be made by AAA pursuant to the Arbitration Rules.  In each such case, each arbitrator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York and an attorney specializing in commercial litigation with at least 15 years of experience.

(iii)      Each arbitrator will be independent and will abide by the Code of Ethics for Arbitrators in Commercial Disputes in effect as of the date of this Agreement.  Prior to accepting an appointment, each arbitrator must promptly disclose any circumstances likely to create a reasonable inference of bias or conflict of interest or likely to preclude completion of the hearings within the prescribed time schedule.   Any arbitrator may be removed by AAA for cause consisting of actual bias, conflict of interest or other serious potential for conflict.

(iv)      After consulting with the parties, the arbitral panel will devise procedures and deadlines for the arbitration, to the extent not already agreed to by the parties, with the goal of expediting the proceeding and completing the arbitration within ninety (90) days after appointment.  The arbitral panel will have the authority to schedule, hear, and determine any and all motions, including dispositive and discovery motions, in accordance with then-prevailing New York law (including prehearing and post hearing motions), and will do so on the motion of any party to the arbitration.

(v)      Notwithstanding whatever other discovery may be available under the Rules, unless otherwise agreed by the parties, each party to the arbitration will be presumptively limited to the following discovery in the arbitration: (A) four party witness depositions not to exceed five hours, and (B) one set of interrogations, document requests, and requests for admissions; provided that the arbitral panel will have the ability to grant the parties, or either of them, additional discovery to the extent that the arbitral panel determines good cause is shown that such additional discovery is reasonable and necessary.

(vi)      The arbitral panel will make its final determination no later than ninety (90) days after appointment.  The arbitral panel will resolve the dispute in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and may not modify or change this Agreement in any way.  The arbitral panel will not have the power to award punitive damages or consequential damages in any arbitration conducted by them.  In its final determination, the arbitral panel will determine and award the costs of the arbitration (including the fees of the arbitral panel, cost of any record or transcript of the arbitration, and administrative fees) and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as determined by the arbitral panel in its reasonable discretion.  The determination in any binding arbitration of the arbitral panel will be in writing and counterpart copies will be promptly delivered to the parties.  The determination will be final and non-appealable and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.

72

(vii)      By selecting binding arbitration, the selecting party is giving up the right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by jury.

(viii)      No person may bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration.

(d)      The following provisions will apply to both mediations and arbitrations:

(i)      Any mediation or arbitration will be held in New York, New York; and

(ii)      [The details and/or existence of any unfulfilled repurchase request, any informal meetings, mediations or arbitration proceedings conducted under this Section 11.02, including all offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the parties' attempt to informally resolve an unfulfilled repurchase request, and any discovery taken in connection with any arbitration, will be confidential, privileged and inadmissible for any purpose, including impeachment, in any mediation, arbitration or litigation, or other proceeding (including any proceeding under this Section 11.02).  Such information will be kept strictly confidential and will not be disclosed or discussed with any third party (excluding a party's attorneys, experts, accountants and other agents and representatives, as reasonably required in connection with any resolution procedure under this Section 11.02), except as otherwise required by law, regulatory requirement or court order.  If any party to a resolution procedure receives a subpoena or other request for information from a third party (other than a governmental regulatory body) for such confidential information, the recipient will promptly notify the other party to the resolution procedure and will provide the other party with the opportunity to object to the production of its confidential information.]

73

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST

By: [________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer

    By:___________________________________

Name:

Title:

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, Seller

    By:___________________________________

Name:

Title:

TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, Servicer

    By:___________________________________

Name:

Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED AS OF THE DAY AND YEAR FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN:

[___________],

not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee

By:___________________________________

Name:

Title:

SCHEDULE A

Location of Receivable Files

1. [Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, 3200 West Ray Road, Chandler, Arizona 85226

2. Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, Technology Center - Chandler (TCX), 2121 South Price Road, Suite B106, Chandler, Arizona 85286

3. Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, Technology Center - Richardson (TCD), 850 E Collins Blvd, Suite 135, Richardson, Texas 75081

4. HP Enterprise Services (fka EDS, aka Electronic Data Systems), 5400 Legacy Dr., Plano, TX 75024

5. RouteOne LLC, 31500 Northwestern Hwy., Farmington Hills, MI 48334]

SA-1

SCHEDULE B

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

          In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Seller hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Issuer as follows on the Closing Date:

1.This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Receivables and the other Collateral in favor of the Issuer, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Seller.

2.TMCC has taken all steps necessary to perfect its security interest against each Obligor in the property securing the Receivables.

3.The Receivables constitute “chattel paper” (including “tangible chattel paper” and “electronic chattel paper”) within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

4.The Seller has caused or will have caused, within ten (10) days after the Closing Date, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Receivables granted to the Issuer hereunder.

5.With respect to Receivables that constitute tangible chattel paper, such tangible chattel paper is in the possession of the Servicer, and the Servicer (in its capacity as custodian) is holding such tangible chattel paper solely on behalf and for the benefit of the Seller.  With respect to Receivables that constitute electronic chattel paper, the Servicer has “control” of such electronic chattel paper within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the applicable UCC and the Servicer (in its capacity as custodian) is maintaining control of such electronic chattel paper solely on behalf and for the benefit of the Seller.  No person other than the Servicer has “control” of any Receivable that is evidenced by electronic chattel paper.

6.Either (1) (i) only one authoritative copy of each contract that constitutes or evidences the Receivable exists, and each such authoritative copy (y) is unique, identifiable, and unalterable (other than with the participation of TMCC, in the case of an addition or change of an identified assignee and other than a revision that is readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision) and (z) has been communicated to and is maintained by the Servicer or a third party provider acting on behalf of TMCC, (ii) the authoritative copy of the related contract identifies only TMCC as the assignee thereof, (iii) each copy of the authoritative copy of the related contract and any copy of a copy are readily identifiable as copies that are not the authoritative copy and (iv) the Receivable has been established in a manner such that (a) all copies or revisions that add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy of each contract that constitutes or evidences the Receivable must be made with the participation of TMCC, and (b) all revisions of the authoritative copy of each contract that constitute or evidence

SB-1

the Receivable must be readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision or (2) each contract that constitutes or evidences the Receivable and the system pursuant to which TMCC has acquired such contract reliably establishes TMCC as the person to whom the related chattel paper was assigned.

7.In the case of a Receivable evidenced by an electronic record consisting of a copy or image stored in an electronic medium of the original contract that was signed by the related Obligor, the related contract was originated in the form of an original contract that constitutes “tangible chattel paper” within the meaning of the applicable UCC, such original contract was delivered to the Servicer and, in accordance with the Customary Servicing Practices of the Servicer, was or will be destroyed as soon as practicable after the expiration of 14 to 30 days after the conversion of such original contract to an electronic record by a scanning and imaging process.  After destruction of the original contract, the related Receivable will be evidenced only by “electronic chattel paper” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

8.The Seller has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Seller that include a description of collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing statement (i) relating to the conveyance of the Receivables by the Seller to the Issuer under this Agreement, (ii) relating to the conveyance of the Receivables by TMCC to the Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, (iii) relating to the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or (iv) that has been terminated.  The Seller is not aware of any material judgment, ERISA or tax lien filings against the Seller.

9.The Servicer, in its capacity as custodian, has in its possession or control (within the meaning of the applicable UCC) the record or records that constitute or evidence the Receivables.  The tangible chattel paper or electronic chattel paper that constitute or evidence the Receivables do not have any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than TMCC, the Seller, the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee.  All financing statements filed or to be filed against TMCC, the Seller and the Issuer in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement, this Agreement and the Indenture, respectively, contain a statement to the following effect: “A purchase of or security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of the Secured Party.”

10.Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Basic Document, the perfection representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Schedule B shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until such time as all obligations under the Basic Documents and the Notes have been finally and fully paid and performed.

11.The Seller shall provide the Rating Agencies with prompt written notice of any material breach of the perfection representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Schedule B, and shall not, without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, waive a breach of any of such perfection representations, warranties or covenants.

SB-2

EXHIBIT A

Form of Servicer’s Certificate

(See Attached)

A-1

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION

Re: The Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Agreement”), among Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust (the “Issuer”), Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (“TAFR LLC” or the “Seller”) and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (the “Servicer”).

I, ________________________________, the _______________________ [NAME OF COMPANY] (the “Company”), certify to the Issuer and the Depositor, and their officers, with the knowledge and intent that they will rely upon this certification, that:

(1)I have reviewed the servicer compliance statement of the Company provided in accordance with Item 1123 of Regulation AB (the “Compliance Statement”), the report on assessment of the Company’s compliance with the servicing criteria set forth in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB (the “Servicing Criteria”), provided in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Item 1122 of Regulation AB (the “Servicing Assessment”), the registered public accounting firm’s attestation report provided in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Exchange Act and Section 1122(b) of Regulation AB (the “Attestation Report”), and all servicing reports, officer’s certificates and other information relating to the servicing of the Receivables by the Company during 20__ that were delivered by the Company to the Issuer and the Depositor pursuant to the Agreement (collectively, the “Company Servicing Information”);

(2)Based on my knowledge, the Company Servicing Information, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period of time covered by the Company Servicing Information;

(3)Based on my knowledge, all of the Company Servicing Information required to be provided by the Company under the Agreement has been provided to the Issuer and the Depositor;

(4)I am responsible for reviewing the activities performed by the Company as servicer under the Agreement, and based on my knowledge and the compliance review conducted in preparing the Compliance Statement and except as disclosed in the Compliance Statement, the Servicing Assessment or the Attestation Report, the Company has fulfilled its obligations under the Agreement in all material respects; and

(5)The Compliance Statement required to be delivered by the Company pursuant to the Agreement, and the Servicing Assessment and Attestation Report required to be provided by the Company and by any Subservicer or Subcontractor pursuant to the Agreement, have been provided to the Issuer, the Administrator, the Depositor and the Trustees.  Any material instances of noncompliance described in such reports have been

B-1

disclosed to the Issuer, the Administrator and the Depositor.  Any material instance of noncompliance with the Servicing Criteria has been disclosed in such reports.

Date:_________________________

By:  ___________________________Name: Title:

B-2

EXHIBIT C

SERVICING CRITERIA TO BE ADDRESSED IN ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE

The assessment of compliance to be delivered by the Servicer, shall address, at a minimum, the criteria identified as below as “Applicable Servicing Criteria”:

Reference	Criteria
	General Servicing Considerations
1122(d)(1)(i)	Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the transaction agreements.	X
1122(d)(1)(ii)	If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s performance and compliance with such servicing activities.	X
1122(d)(1)(iii)	Any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the pool assets are maintained.	N/A
1122(d)(1)(iv)	A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(1)(v)	Aggregation of information, as applicable, is mathematically accurate and the information conveyed accurately reflects the information.	X
	Cash Collection and Administration
1122(d)(2)(i)	Payments on pool assets are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days of receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	X
1122(d)(2)(ii)	Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.	X1
1122(d)(2)(iii)	Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(2)(iv)	The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the transaction agreements.	X
1122(d)(2)(v)	Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the transaction agreements. For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to a foreign	X

1Solely as it relates to remittance to the Indenture Trustee.

C-1

Reference   Criteria  

	financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of § 240.13k-1(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act.
1122(d)(2)(vi)	Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.	N/A
1122(d)(2)(vii)	Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts. These reconciliations: (A) are mathematically accurate; (B) are prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are reviewed and approved by someone other than the person who prepared the reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	X
	Investor Remittances and Reporting
1122(d)(3)(i)	Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the Commission, are maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable Commission requirements. Specifically, such reports (A) are prepared in accordance with timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements; (B) provide information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are filed with the Commission as required by its rules and regulations; and (D) agree with investors’ or the trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal balance and number of pool assets serviced by the servicer.	X
1122(d)(3)(ii)	Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.	X2
1122(d)(3)(iii)	Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the servicer’s investor records, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	X3
1122(d)(3)(iv)	Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.	X3
	Pool Asset Administration
1122(d)(4)(i)	Collateral or security on pool assets is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or related pool asset documents.	X

_________________________

2Solely as it relates to allocation and remittance to the Indenture Trustee.

3Solely as it relates to remittance to the Indenture Trustee.

C-2

Reference   Criteria  

1122(d)(4)(ii)	Pool assets and related documents are safeguarded as required by the transaction agreements.	X
1122(d)(4)(iii)	Any additions, removals or substitutions to the asset pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the transaction agreements.	X
1122(d)(4)(iv)	Payments on pool assets, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related pool asset documents are posted to the applicable servicer’s obligor records maintained no more than two business days after receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related pool asset documents.	X
1122(d)(4)(v)	The servicer’s records regarding the pool assets agree with the servicer’s records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal balance.	X
1122(d)(4)(vi)	Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor’s pool asset (e.g., loan modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel in accordance with the transaction agreements and related pool asset documents.	X
1122(d)(4)(vii)	Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance with the timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction agreements.	X
1122(d)(4)(viii)	Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period a pool asset is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such records are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in monitoring delinquent pool assets including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency is deemed temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).	X
1122(d)(4)(ix)	Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for pool assets with variable rates are computed based on the related pool asset documents.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(x)	Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts): (A) such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s pool asset documents, on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable pool asset documents and state laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor within 30 calendar days of full repayment of the related pool asset, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(xi)	Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such support has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	N/A

C-3

Reference   Criteria  

1122(d)(4)(xii)	Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or omission.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(xiii)	Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	N/A
1122(d)(4)(xiv)	Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the transaction agreements.	X
1122(d)(4)(xv)	Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the transaction agreements.	N/A

By:_______________________________

Name:

Title:

C-4

EX-4.4

Exhibit 4.4

FORM OF RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

between

TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, as Seller

and

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, as Purchaser

Dated as of [_______], 20[__]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I	DEFINITIONS	1
SECTION 1.01.	Definitions	1
SECTION 1.02.	Other Definitional Provisions	4
ARTICLE II	CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES	4
SECTION 2.01.	Conveyance of Receivables	4
SECTION 2.02.	Representations and Warranties of the Seller and the Purchaser	5
SECTION 2.03.	Representations and Warranties of the Seller as to the Receivables	9
SECTION 2.04.	Repurchase of Receivables	11
SECTION 2.05.	Covenants of the Seller	11
ARTICLE III	PAYMENT OF RECEIVABLES PURCHASE PRICE	12
SECTION 3.01.	Payment of Receivables Purchase Price	12
ARTICLE IV	TERMINATION	12
SECTION 4.01.	Termination	12
ARTICLE V	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	13
SECTION 5.01.	Amendment	13
SECTION 5.02.	Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Receivables	14
SECTION 5.03.	Governing Law	15
SECTION 5.04.	Notices	15
SECTION 5.05.	Severability of Provisions	15
SECTION 5.06.	Assignment	15
SECTION 5.07.	Further Assurances	15
SECTION 5.08.	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies	16
SECTION 5.09.	Counterparts	16
SECTION 5.10.	Third-Party Beneficiaries	16
SECTION 5.11.	Merger and Integration	16
SECTION 5.12.	Headings	16
SECTION 5.13.	Indemnification	16
SECTION 5.14.	Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Seller	17

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

Page

SECTION 5.15. [Use of Proceeds 17

EXHIBIT A	Form of Transfer Notice	A–1
SCHEDULE I	Perfection Representations, Warranties and Covenants	Sch. I–1

iii

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of [_______], 20[__], between TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, a California corporation, as seller (the “Seller”), and TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as purchaser (the “Purchaser”).

WHEREAS, the Seller and the Purchaser wish to set forth the terms pursuant to which the Receivables (as hereinafter defined) and certain other property are to be sold by the Seller to the Purchaser, which Receivables will be transferred by the Purchaser, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (as hereinafter defined), to the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust (the “Issuer”), which will issue notes backed by such Receivables and the other property of the Issuer and one or more certificates representing fractional undivided interests in such Receivables and the other property of the Issuer.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the benefit of the Purchaser, Issuer and Indenture Trustee:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01.      Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

“Agreement” shall mean this Receivables Purchase Agreement and all amendments hereof and supplements hereto.

“Amount Financed” in respect of a Receivable means the aggregate amount advanced under such Receivable toward the purchase price of the related Financed Vehicle and any related costs, including but not limited to accessories, insurance premiums, service and warranty contracts and other items customarily financed as part of retail passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle installment sales contracts.

“Annual Percentage Rate” or “APR” of a Receivable means the annual rate of finance charges specified in such Receivable.

“Basic Documents” means this Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Asset Representations Review Agreement and the other documents and certificates delivered in connection herewith and therewith.

“Closing Date” shall mean [_______], 20[__].

“Cutoff Date” shall mean the close of business on [_______], 20[__].

“Dealer Recourse” means, with respect to a Receivable, all recourse rights against the Dealer that originated the Receivable, and any successor Dealer, in respect of breaches of

1

representations and warranties relating to the origination of the related Receivables and the perfection of the security interests in the related Financed Vehicles.

“Financed Vehicle” means, with respect to a Receivable, the related passenger cars, minivans, light-duty trucks or sport utility vehicles, as the case may be, together with all accessions thereto, securing the related Obligor’s indebtedness under such Receivable.

“Indenture Trustee” shall mean [____________], as indenture trustee under the Indenture, or any successor trustee thereunder.

“Issuer” means the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust, a Delaware statutory trust.

“Lien” means any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity or encumbrance of any kind other than tax liens, mechanics’ liens and any liens that attach to a Receivable or any property, as the context may require, by operation of law.

“Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to a Defaulted Receivable, all amounts realized with respect to such Receivable from whatever sources (including, without limitation, proceeds of any Insurance Policy), net of amounts that are required by law or such Receivable to be refunded to the related Obligor.

“Obligor” on a Receivable means the purchaser or co-purchasers of the related Financed Vehicle purchased in part or in whole by the execution and delivery of such Receivable or any other Person who owes or may be liable for payments under such Receivable.

“Owner Trustee” shall mean [________], not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee under the Trust Agreement, or any successor trustee thereunder.

“Purchaser” shall mean Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, in its capacity as purchaser of the Receivables under this Agreement, and its successors and assigns.

“Receivable” means any retail installment sales contract executed by an Obligor in respect of a Financed Vehicle, and all proceeds thereof and payments thereunder, which Receivable shall be identified in the Schedule of Receivables attached as an Exhibit to the Transfer Notice delivered on the Closing Date, as amended from time to time.

“Receivable File” means with respect to each Receivable:

(a)           the original tangible record constituting or forming a part of such Receivable that is tangible chattel paper (as such term is defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC) fully executed and “signed” (within the meaning of the UCC) by the related Obligor, or a copy or image of such original tangible record that is stored in an electronic medium that the Servicer maintains in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices and that is a single “authoritative copy” (as such term is used in Section 9-105 of the UCC) of such Receivable, which authoritative copy identifies TMCC as the secured party under such Receivable or as the assignee of the secured party under such Receivable, or the authoritative copy of the electronic record evidencing electronic chattel paper initially authenticated by the related Obligor that (i) is

2

maintained for TMCC by a third party provider acting on behalf of TMCC that (x) provides computer services that enables Dealers to create, store, control and assign electronic records, records constituting an “authoritative copy”, and other related materials and (y) enables TMCC to accept assignment of, control, assign and store, the authoritative copy of such electronic chattel paper and electronic records and other related materials and (ii) identifies TMCC as the secured party under such Receivable or as the assignee of the secured party under such Receivable;

(b)           the original credit application executed by the related Obligor (or a photocopy or other image thereof that the Servicer keeps on file in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices), on TMCC’s customary form, or on a form approved by TMCC;

(c)           the original certificate of title (or evidence that such certificate of title has been applied for), or a photocopy or other image thereof of such documents that the Servicer keeps on file in accordance with the Servicer’s Customary Servicing Practices, evidencing the security interest in the related Financed Vehicle; and

(d)           any and all other documents (whether tangible or electronic) that the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, keeps on file, in accordance with its Customary Servicing Practices, relating to such Receivable or the related Obligor or Financed Vehicle, including documents evidencing or relating to any Insurance Policy.

“Receivables Purchase Price” shall mean $[________].

“Sale and Servicing Agreement” shall mean the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of [_______], 20[__], by and among Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust, as issuer, Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as seller, and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, as servicer, and as to which the Indenture Trustee is a third party beneficiary.

“Securities Account Control Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“Seller” shall mean Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, in its capacity as seller of the Receivables under this Agreement, and its successors and assigns.

“Transfer Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

“Trust Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], by and between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as depositor, and the Owner Trustee.

“Warranty Purchase Payment” means, with respect to a Payment Date and to a Warranty Receivable which is a Simple Interest Receivable repurchased by the Seller as of the close of business on the last day of the related Collection Period, the sum of (a) the unpaid Principal Balance owed by the Obligor in respect of such Receivable as of the last day of the related Collection Period plus (b) interest on such unpaid Principal Balance at a rate equal to the related APR to the last day in the related Collection Period.

3

“Warranty Receivable” means a Receivable purchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 2.04.

SECTION 1.02.     Other Definitional Provisions.

(a)           All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings used in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

(b)           With respect to all terms in this Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words importing any gender include the other genders; references to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all subsequent amendments, amendments and restatement and supplement thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and the term “including” means “including without limitation.

ARTICLE II

CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

SECTION 2.01.      Conveyance of Receivables.

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date the Seller agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Seller, without recourse (subject to the Seller’s obligations hereunder):

(i)           all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the Receivables and all monies due thereon or paid thereunder or in respect thereof (including proceeds of the repurchase of Receivables by the Seller pursuant to Section 2.04) after the Cutoff Date;

(ii)          the interest of the Seller in the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by the Obligors pursuant to the Receivables and any accessions thereto;

(iii)         the interest of the Seller in any proceeds of any physical damage insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles and in any proceeds of any Insurance Policies relating to the Receivables or the Obligors;

(iv)         the interest of the Seller in any Dealer Recourse;

(v)          the right of the Seller to realize upon any property (including the right to receive future Liquidation Proceeds) that shall have secured a Receivable and have been repossessed in accordance with the terms thereof; and

4

(vi)         all proceeds of the foregoing.

The parties hereto intend that the conveyance hereunder be a sale.  In the event that the conveyance hereunder is not for any reason considered a sale, the Seller hereby grants to the Purchaser a first priority perfected security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables, and all other property conveyed hereunder and listed in this Section and all proceeds of any of the foregoing.  The parties intend that this Agreement constitute a security agreement under applicable law.  Such grant is made to secure the payment of all amounts payable hereunder, including, without limitation, the Receivables Purchase Price.

In connection with the sale of the Receivables by the Seller to the Purchaser, the Seller agrees to deliver a Transfer Notice identifying the Receivables to the Purchaser on the Closing Date.

(b)           In connection with the foregoing conveyance, the Seller agrees to record and file, at its own expense, one or more financing statements with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created for the sale of chattel paper (as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC as in effect in the State of California) meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner as is necessary to perfect the sale of the Receivables to the Purchaser, and the proceeds thereof (and any continuation statements as are required by applicable state law), and to deliver a file-stamped copy to the Indenture Trustee of each such financing statement (or continuation statement) or other evidence of such filings (which may, for purposes of this Section, consist of telephone confirmation of such filings with the file stamped copy of each such filings to be provided to the Purchaser in due course), as soon as is practicable after receipt by the Seller thereof.

In connection with the foregoing conveyance, the Seller further agrees, at its own expense, on or prior to the Closing Date (i) to annotate and indicate in its electronic files which are maintained for the purpose of identifying retail installment sales contracts which have been transferred in connection with securitizations to show that the Receivables have been transferred to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) to deliver to the Purchaser a computer file or printed or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of all such Receivables, identified by account number and by the Principal Balance of each Receivable as of the Cutoff Date, which file or list shall be delivered to the Purchaser on the Closing Date and is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement and (iii) to deliver the Receivable Files to or upon the order of the Purchaser.

SECTION 2.02.           Representations and Warranties of the Seller and the Purchaser.

(a)           The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date of this Agreement that:

(i)           Organization and Good Standing.  The Seller shall have been duly organized and shall be validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties shall be currently owned and such business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and shall

5

now have, corporate power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables.

(ii)           Due Qualification.  The Seller shall be duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and shall have obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business shall require such qualifications and where the failure to so qualify will have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Seller to conduct its business or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(iii)          Power and Authority.  The Seller shall have the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Seller shall have full power and authority to sell the property to be sold pursuant to this Agreement; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement shall have been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary action.

(iv)         Binding Obligation.  This Agreement shall have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Seller and shall evidence a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables, enforceable against creditors of and purchasers from the Seller; and shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equity principles.

(v)           No Violation.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Seller or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it shall be bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than the Basic Documents), nor violate any law or, to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties which breach, default, conflict, lien or violation would have a material adverse effect on the earnings or business affairs of the Seller.

(vi)           No Proceedings.  There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or to the Seller’s knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Seller:  (i) asserting the invalidity or unenforceability of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and

6

adversely affect the performance by the Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

(vii)       Intent to Sell.  It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer and assignment herein contemplated, taken as a whole, constitute a sale of the Receivables from the Seller to the Purchaser and that the beneficial interest in and title to the Receivables not be part of the debtor’s estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against the Seller under any bankruptcy law.

(viii)      Schedule of Receivables to the Transfer Notice.  As of the Cutoff Date, the information set forth in the Schedule of Receivables attached to the Transfer Notice shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(ix)         No Adverse Selection.  No selection procedures adverse to the Securityholders shall have been utilized in selecting the Receivables from those new and used passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck and sport utility vehicle receivables of TMCC that met the selection criteria set forth in this Agreement.

(x)          No Restriction on Sale.  The Seller has not entered into any agreement with any Person that prohibits, restricts or conditions the sale of any Receivable by the Seller.

(xi)         Perfection Representations, Warranties and Covenants.The Seller hereby makes the perfection representations, warranties and covenants set forth on Schedule I hereto to the Purchaser and the Purchaser shall be deemed to have relied on such representations, warranties and covenants in acquiring the Receivables.

(b)The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Seller as of the date of this Agreement that:

(i)           Organization and Good Standing.  The Purchaser shall have been duly organized and shall be validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties shall be currently owned and such business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and shall now have, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables.

(ii)          Due Qualification.  The Purchaser shall be duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited liability company in good standing, and shall have obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business shall require such qualifications and where the failure to so qualify will have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Purchaser to conduct its business or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

7

(iii)           Power and Authority.  The Purchaser shall have the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Purchaser shall have full power and authority to purchase the property to be purchased and shall have duly authorized such purchase; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement shall have been duly authorized by the Purchaser by all necessary action.

(iv)          Binding Obligation.  This Agreement shall have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of the Purchaser and shall evidence a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables, enforceable against creditors of and purchasers from the Purchaser; and shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equity principles.

(v)           No Violation.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the Certificate of Formation or limited liability company agreement of the Purchaser or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it shall be bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than the Basic Documents), nor violate any law or, to the best of the Purchaser’s knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Purchaser or its properties which breach, default, conflict, lien or violation would have a material adverse effect on the earnings or business affairs of the Purchaser.

(vi)          No Proceedings.  There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or to the Purchaser’s knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Purchaser: (i) asserting the invalidity or unenforceability of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

(c)           Survival and Notice of Breach.  The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.02 shall survive the sale of the Receivables by the Seller to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and the sale of the Receivables by the Purchaser to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the pledge thereof to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. Upon discovery by the Seller or the Purchaser of a breach of any of the foregoing representations and warranties, the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other party.

8

SECTION 2.03.           Representations and Warranties of the Seller as to the Receivables.

(a)           Eligibility of Receivables.  The Seller makes the following representations and warranties as to the Receivables on which the Purchaser is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables.  Such representations and warranties speak as of the Cutoff Date and as of the Closing Date (unless, by its terms, a representation or warranty speaks specifically as of the Cutoff Date or the Closing Date, in which case, such representation or warranty speaks specifically as of such date only).

(i)           Origination.  Each Receivable was originated in the United States by a Dealer for the retail sale of the related Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of such Dealer’s business, has been fully and properly executed or electronically authenticated by the parties thereto, has been purchased by TMCC from such Dealer under an existing agreement with TMCC and has been validly assigned by such Dealer to TMCC.

(ii)          Security Interest.  With respect to each Receivable, as of the Closing Date, TMCC has, or has started procedures that will result in TMCC having, a perfected, first priority security interest in the related Financed Vehicle, which security interest was validly created and is assignable by the Seller to the Purchaser, and by the Purchaser to the Issuer.

(iii)         Simple Interest.  Each Receivable provides for scheduled monthly payments that fully amortize the Amount Financed by maturity (except for minimally different payments in the first or last month in the life of the Receivable) and provide for a finance charge or yield interest at its APR, in either case calculated based on the Simple Interest Method.

(iv)         Prepayment.  Each Receivable allows for prepayment without penalty.

(v)          Compliance with Law.  To the Seller’s knowledge, each Receivable complied in all material respects at the time it was originated with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws, and regulations thereunder.

(vi)         Binding Obligation.  Each Receivable is on a form contract containing customary and enforceable provisions that includes rights and remedies allowing the holder to enforce the obligation and realize on the related Financed Vehicle and represents the legal, valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the related Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and by general principles of equity and consumer protection laws, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

9

(vii)        No Government Obligors.  None of the Receivables is due from the United States or any state or local government, or from any agency, department or instrumentality of the United States or any state or local government.

(viii)       Receivables in Force.  As of the Cutoff Date, no Receivable has been satisfied, nor has any Financed Vehicle been released in whole or in part from the lien granted by the related Receivable.

(ix)          No Amendments or Waivers.  As of the Cutoff Date, no material provision of a Receivable has been amended, modified or waived in a manner that is prohibited by the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(x)           No Defenses.  To the Seller’s knowledge, as of the Closing Date, no Receivable is subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, nor has any such right been asserted or threatened with respect to any Receivable.

(xi)          No Payment Default.  Except for payment delinquencies that have been continuing for a period of not more than [29] days, no payment default under the terms of any Receivable exists as of the Cutoff Date.

(xii)         No Repossession.  No Financed Vehicle has been repossessed without reinstatement as of the Cutoff Date.

(xiii)        Insurance.  The terms of each Receivable require the related Obligor to obtain and maintain physical damage insurance covering the related Financed Vehicle in accordance with TMCC’s normal requirements.  No Financed Vehicle was subject to force-placed insurance.

(xiv)        Good Title.  Immediately prior to the transfer and assignment herein contemplated, the Seller had good and marketable title to each Receivable free and clear of all Liens and rights of others (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents) and, immediately upon the transfer and assignment thereof, the Purchaser will have good and marketable title to each Receivable, free and clear of all Liens and rights of others (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents).

(xv)         Lawful Assignment.  No Receivable has been originated in, or is subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable under this Agreement, or pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the pledge of such Receivable under the Indenture are unlawful, void or voidable.  The terms of each Receivable do not limit the right of the owner of such Receivable to sell such Receivable.

(xvi)        Additional Representations and Warranties.  (A) Each Receivable is being serviced by TMCC as of the Closing Date; (B) each Receivable is secured by a new or used passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle; (C) no Receivable was more than [__] days past due as of the Cutoff Date; and (D) as of the Cutoff Date, no Receivable was noted in the records of

10

TMCC or the Servicer as being the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding or insolvency proceeding.

(b)           Survival and Notice of Breach.  The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.03 shall speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Purchaser, any subsequent assignment or transfer pursuant to Article Two of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and any subsequent pledge of the Receivables under the Indenture. The Purchaser or the Seller, or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, shall inform the other party promptly, in writing, upon discovery of any breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties pursuant to this Section which materially and adversely affects the interests of the Purchaser (or any assignee thereof) in any Receivable.

SECTION 2.04.           Repurchase of Receivables.  In the event of a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in Section 2.03(a) which materially and adversely affects the interest of the Purchaser (or any assignee thereof) in any Receivable, without regard to any limitation set forth in such representation or warranty concerning the knowledge of the Seller as to the facts stated therein, unless such breach shall have been cured in all material respects, the Seller shall repurchase such Receivable by the last day of the second Collection Period following the Collection Period in which the discovery of the breach is made or notice is received, as the case may be. This repurchase obligation shall obtain for all representations and warranties of the Seller contained in Section 2.03(a) of this Agreement whether or not the Seller has knowledge of the breach at the time of the breach or at the time the representations and warranties were made. In consideration of the purchase of any such Receivable, the Seller shall remit an amount equal to the Warranty Purchase Payment in respect of such Receivable to the Purchaser. Except as described below, the sole remedy of the Purchaser (or any assignee thereof) with respect to a breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties pursuant to this Agreement shall be to require the Seller to repurchase the related Receivable pursuant to this Section. Upon any such repurchase, the Purchaser shall, without further action, be deemed to transfer, assign, set-over and otherwise convey to the Seller, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Purchaser in, to and under such repurchased Receivable, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. The Purchaser or the Owner Trustee, as applicable, shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall reasonably be requested by the Seller to effect the conveyance of such Receivable pursuant to this Section.  The sole remedy of the Purchaser, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or the Securityholders with respect to a breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties pursuant to Section 2.03(a) shall be to require the Seller to repurchase the related Receivables pursuant to this Section.

SECTION 2.05.           Covenants of the Seller.  The Seller hereby covenants that:

(a)           Security Interests.  Except for the conveyances hereunder and any subsequent pledge of the Receivables under the Indenture, the Seller will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Receivable, whether now existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein, the Seller will immediately notify the Purchaser of the existence of any Lien on any Receivable and, in the event that the interests of the Purchaser (or any assignee thereof) in such Receivable are

11

materially and adversely affected, such Receivable shall be repurchased from the Purchaser by the Seller in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 2.04, and the Seller shall defend the right, title and interest of the Purchaser in, to and under the Receivables, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Seller; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Seller from suffering to exist upon any of the Receivables, Liens for municipal or other local taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Seller shall currently be contesting the validity of such taxes in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.

(b)           Delivery of Payments.  The Seller agrees to deliver in kind upon receipt to the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement (if other than the Seller) all payments received by the Seller in respect of the Receivables as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Seller from and after the appointment of the Servicer as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust.

(c)           Conveyance of Receivables.  The Seller covenants and agrees that it will not convey, assign, exchange, allow control over or otherwise transfer the Receivables (other than Receivables repurchased pursuant to Section 2.04) to any Person prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article IV hereof.

(d)           No Impairment.  The Seller shall take no action, nor omit to take any action, which would impair the rights of the Purchaser in any Receivable, nor shall it, except as otherwise provided in or permitted by either this Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, reschedule, revise or defer payments due on any Receivable.

ARTICLE III

PAYMENT OF RECEIVABLES PURCHASE PRICE

SECTION 3.01.           Payment of Receivables Purchase Price.  In consideration of the sale of the Receivables from the Seller to the Purchaser as provided in Section 2.01, on the Closing Date the Purchaser agrees to pay the Seller an amount equal to the Receivables Purchase Price.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

SECTION 4.01.           Termination.  The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Seller and the Purchaser created hereby shall terminate, except for the indemnity obligations of the Seller as provided herein, upon the occurrence of (i) the discharge of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and (ii) the termination of the Trust Agreement and dissolution of the Issuer as provided in Article IX of the Trust Agreement.

12

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 5.01.           Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Purchaser and the Seller, without the consent of any of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, that either (i) an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or (ii) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.

This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Purchaser and the Seller, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, and, if the interests of the Noteholders are materially and adversely affected, with the consent of the Holders of Notes evidencing at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting together as a single Class, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or Certificateholders under this Agreement.

No amendment otherwise permitted under this Section 5.02 (except as described in the last sentence of this paragraph) may (x) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the Receivables or distributions required to be made for the benefit of any Noteholders or Certificateholders without the consent of all Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby, or (y) reduce the percentage of the Notes or Certificates which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of the Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby; provided, that any amendment referred to in clause (x) or (y) above shall be deemed to not adversely affect any Noteholder if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.  No amendment referred to in clause (x) in the immediately preceding sentence shall be permitted unless an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or Certificateholder whose consent was not obtained.  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding two sentences, this Agreement may also be amended by the parties hereto, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, for the purpose of conforming the provisions in this Agreement to the descriptions thereof contained in the prospectus, dated [______________], related to the offering of the Notes.

Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Seller shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Certificateholder, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and each of the Rating Agencies.

13

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Certificateholders, the Noteholders or the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other consents of Certificateholders provided for in this Agreement or in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by the Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

SECTION 5.02.           Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Receivables.

(a)           The Seller, at its expense, shall cause this Agreement, all amendments hereto and/or all financing statements and continuation statements and any other necessary documents covering the Purchaser’s right, title and interest to the Receivables and other property conveyed by the Seller to the Purchaser hereunder to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Purchaser hereunder to all of the Receivables and such other property. The Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such recording, registration or filing.  The Purchaser shall cooperate fully with the Seller in connection with the obligations set forth above and will execute any and all documents reasonably required to fulfill the intent of this subsection.

(b)           Within thirty (30) days after the Seller makes any change in its name, identity or corporate structure which would make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-507 of the UCC as in effect in the applicable state, the Seller shall give the Purchaser notice of any such change and shall execute and file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the Purchaser’s security interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof.

(c)           The Seller shall notify the Purchaser within thirty (30) days after any relocation of its principal executive office or state of incorporation, if, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC as in effect in the applicable state would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall promptly file such financing statements or amendments

(d)           The Seller shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after the time of sale under this Agreement of the Receivables, the Seller’s electronic files which are maintained for the purpose of identifying retail installment sales contracts which have been transferred in connection with securitizations will show the interest of the Purchaser (or its assignee) in such Receivables and that such Receivables are owned by the Purchaser (or its assignee).  Indication of these respective interests in a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on the Seller’s computer systems when, and only when, the related Receivable shall have become a Liquidated Receivable or been repurchased.

(e)           If at any time the Seller shall propose to sell, grant a security interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive receivables to, any prospective purchaser, lender or

14

other transferee, the Seller shall give to such prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee computer tapes, records or printouts that, if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold and is owned by the Purchaser.

SECTION 5.03.           Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

SECTION 5.04.           Notices.  All demands, notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered at or mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, to (a) in the case of the Purchaser, to Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: President; and (b) in the case of Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D, Plano, Texas 75024-5965, Attention: Treasury Operations Department, (469) 486-9013, with a copy by electronic mail to TFS_Treasury_Operations@toyota.com; or, as to any of such Persons, at such other address as shall be designated by such Person in a written notice to the other Persons.

SECTION 5.05.           Severability of Provisions.  If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions and terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.06.           Assignment.  This Agreement may not be assigned by the Purchaser or the Seller except as contemplated by this Section 5.06, Section 5.14 of this Agreement, and by the Sale and Servicing Agreement; provided, however, that simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Purchaser shall assign all of its right, title and interest herein to the Issuer, which, in turn, will pledge its rights to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders as provided in Section 2.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, to which the Seller hereby expressly consents.  The Seller agrees to perform its obligations hereunder for the benefit of the Issuer and that the Indenture Trustee may enforce the provisions of this Agreement, exercise the rights of the Purchaser and enforce the obligations of the Seller hereunder without the consent of the Purchaser.

SECTION 5.07.           Further Assurances.  The Seller and the Purchaser agree to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the other party hereto or by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the execution of any financing statements, amendments, continuation statements or releases relating to the Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC or other law of any applicable jurisdiction.

15

SECTION 5.08.           No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Purchaser, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Seller, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

SECTION 5.09.           Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 5.10.           Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders, each of which shall be considered to be a third-party beneficiary hereof.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

SECTION 5.11.           Merger and Integration.  Except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.

SECTION 5.12.           Headings.  The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof.

SECTION 5.13.           Indemnification.  The Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, injury and liabilities to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arose out of, and was imposed upon such Person through the willful misconduct or negligence of the Seller in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the Seller shall not indemnify any such Person if such acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions constitute negligence or willful misconduct by the Purchaser.  In case any such action is brought against a party indemnified under this Section 5.13 and it notifies the Seller of the commencement thereof, the Seller will assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who may, unless there is, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel stating that there is an unwaivable conflict of interest, be counsel to the Seller), and the Seller will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation.

16

SECTION 5.14.           Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Seller.

(a)           The Seller shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

(i)           the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Seller is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Seller substantially as an entirety shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State or the District of Columbia, and, if the Seller is not the surviving entity, shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Purchaser, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, the performance of every covenant and obligation of the Seller hereunder and shall benefit from all the rights granted to the Seller hereunder in all material respects; and

(ii)          The Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate of the Seller and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(b)           The obligations of the Seller hereunder shall not be assignable nor shall any Person succeed to the obligations of the Seller hereunder except in each case in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing paragraph and of Section 5.06.

SECTION 5.15.           [Use of Proceeds.  On the Closing Date, the Seller shall deposit, into one or more segregated accounts (each, a “Proceeds Account”), an amount equal to $[_____].  If any Notes retained by the Depositor or an Affiliate of the Depositor on the Closing Date are subsequently sold to third parties, the Seller shall deposit, into one or more Proceeds Accounts, an amount equal to the net proceeds of such subsequent sale.  The Seller agrees that it shall withdraw and use the amounts deposited in the Proceeds Accounts in accordance with the preceding two sentences solely for the purpose of acquiring retail installment sales contracts and beneficial interests in lease contracts financing new Toyota[ and Lexus] vehicles bearing the following model designations: [___], [____], [___] and [___](each, a “Qualifying Model”).  Until such time as the amounts required to be deposited into the Proceeds Accounts pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.15 have been used in their entirety, the Seller shall certify to the Indenture Trustee on a monthly basis with respect to its use of such amounts for the prior calendar month and since the Closing Date, including the amount used to finance each Qualifying Model and any such amount remaining unused in the Proceeds Accounts.  Any unused amounts on deposit in the Proceeds Accounts may be invested by the Seller, from time to time, in money market investments.  Investment income on amounts on deposit in the Proceeds Accounts shall be distributed to the Seller, from time to time, at its discretion.]

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION,
as Seller
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC, as Purchaser
By:
	Name:
	Title:

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Attention: Treasury Operations Department

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-5A

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Attention: General Counsel

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”), dated as of [_______], 20[__], between Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (the “Seller”) and Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (the “Purchaser”).  Pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Seller hereby delivers this Transfer Notice identifying as “Receivables” the receivables described in Exhibit I attached hereto.  All references herein or in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to the Receivables shall be deemed to refer only to the Receivables described in Exhibit I attached hereto.

Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

Kindly acknowledge your agreement and consent to the terms of this letter by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

A-1

Very truly yours,
TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:
	Date:

Acknowledged and consented to:

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC,

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

A-2

Exhibit I

A-3

SCHEDULE I

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

          In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Seller hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Purchaser as follows on the Closing Date:

1.This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Receivables in favor of the Purchaser, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Seller.

2.TMCC has taken all steps necessary to perfect its security interest against each Obligor in the property securing the Receivables.

3.The Receivables constitute “chattel paper” (including “tangible chattel paper” and “electronic chattel paper”) within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

4.The Seller has caused or will have caused, within ten (10) days after the Closing Date, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Receivables granted to the Purchaser hereunder.

5.With respect to Receivables that constitute tangible chattel paper, such tangible chattel paper is in the possession of the Servicer, and the Servicer (in its capacity as custodian) is holding such tangible chattel paper solely on behalf and for the benefit of the Seller.  With respect to Receivables that constitute electronic chattel paper, the Servicer has “control” of such electronic chattel paper within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the applicable UCC and the Servicer (in its capacity as custodian) is maintaining control of such electronic chattel paper solely on behalf and for the benefit of the Seller.  No person other than the Servicer has “control” of any Receivable that is evidenced by electronic chattel paper.

6.Either (1) (i) only one authoritative copy of each contract that constitutes or evidences the Receivable exists, and each such authoritative copy (y) is unique, identifiable, and unalterable (other than with the participation of TMCC, in the case of an addition or change of an identified assignee and other than a revision that is readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision) and (z) has been communicated to and is maintained by the Servicer or a third party provider acting on behalf of TMCC, (ii) the authoritative copy of the related contract identifies only TMCC as the assignee thereof, (iii) each copy of the authoritative copy of the related contract and any copy of a copy are readily identifiable as copies that are not the authoritative copy and (iv) the Receivable has been established in a manner such that (a) all

Sch. I-1

copies or revisions that add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy of each contract that constitutes or evidences the Receivable must be made with the participation of the TMCC, and (b) all revisions of the authoritative copy of each contract that constitute or evidence the Receivable must be readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision or (2) each contract that constitutes or evidences the Receivable and the system pursuant to which TMCC has acquired such contract reliably establishes TMCC as the person to whom the related chattel paper was assigned.

7.In the case of a Receivable evidenced by an electronic record consisting of a copy or image stored in an electronic medium of the original contract that was signed by the related Obligor, the related contract was originated in the form of an original contract that constitutes “tangible chattel paper” within the meaning of the applicable UCC, such original contract was delivered to the Servicer and, in accordance with the Customary Servicing Practices of the Servicer, was or will be destroyed as soon as practicable after the expiration of 14 to 30 days after the conversion of such original contract to an electronic record by a scanning and imaging process.  After destruction of the original contract, the related Receivable will be evidenced only by “electronic chattel paper” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

8.The Seller has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Seller that include a description of collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing statement (i) relating to the conveyance of the Receivables by the Seller to the Purchaser under this Agreement, (ii) relating to the conveyance of the Receivables by the Purchaser to the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (iii) relating to the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or (iv) that has been terminated.  The Seller is not aware of any material judgment, ERISA or tax lien filings against the Seller.

9.The Servicer, in its capacity as custodian, has in its possession or control (within the meaning of the applicable UCC) the record or records that constitute or evidence the Receivables.  The tangible chattel paper or electronic chattel paper that constitute or evidence the Receivables do not have any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Seller, the Purchaser, the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee.  All financing statements filed or to be filed against the Seller, the Purchaser and the Issuer in connection with this Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture, respectively, contain a statement to the following effect: “A purchase of or security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of the Secured Party.”

10.Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Basic Document, the perfection representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Schedule I shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until such time as all obligations under the Basic Documents and the Notes have been finally and fully paid and performed.

Sch. I-2

11.The Seller shall provide the Rating Agencies with prompt written notice of any material breach of the perfection representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Schedule I, and shall not, without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, waive a breach of any of such perfection representations, warranties or covenants.

Sch. I-3

EX-4.5

Exhibit 4.5

FORM OF ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

among

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST,

as Issuer,

TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION,

as Administrator,

and

[____________],

as Indenture Trustee

Dated as of [_______], 20[__]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

1.	DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR	2
2.	RECORDS	8
3.	COMPENSATION	8
4.	ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED TO THE ISSUER	8
5.	INDEPENDENCE OF THE ADMINISTRATOR	8
6.	NO JOINT VENTURE	8
7.	OTHER ACTIVITIES OF ADMINISTRATOR	9
8.	TERM OF AGREEMENT; RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF ADMINISTRATOR	9
9.	ACTION UPON TERMINATION, RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL	10
10.	NOTICES	10
11.	AMENDMENTS	11
12.	SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS	12
13.	GOVERNING LAW	13
14.	HEADINGS	13
15.	COUNTERPARTS	13
16.	SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS	13
17.	NOT APPLICABLE TO TMCC IN OTHER CAPACITIES	13
18.	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF OWNER TRUSTEE AND INDENTURE TRUSTEE	13
19.	LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF ADMINISTRATOR	13
20.	ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR	14
21.	NO PETITION	15
22.	THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY	15
23.	FORM 10-DS; INVESTOR COMMUNICATIONS	15

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A – FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION   A-1  

ii

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (this “Agreement”), among TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, a California corporation, as administrator (the “Administrator”), and [________], a [________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, beneficial ownership interests in the Issuer represented by the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust Asset Backed Certificates (the “Certificates”) have been issued in connection with the formation of the Issuer pursuant to the Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Trust Agreement”), between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (“TAFR LLC”), a Delaware limited liability company, as depositor, and [________], not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee (the “Owner Trustee”), to the owners thereof (the “Owners”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer is issuing the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-1, the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-2[a], [the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust LIBOR [plus][minus] [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-2b,] the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-3, the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class A-4 and the Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust [__]% Asset Backed Notes, Class B (collectively, the “Notes”) pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture, the Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__], among the Issuer, Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (“TMCC”), as servicer, and TAFR LLC, as seller (the “Sale and Servicing Agreement”), as the case may be);

WHEREAS, TMCC and TAFR LLC have entered into the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”), by and between TMCC, as seller, and TAFR LLC, as purchaser;

WHEREAS the Issuer has entered into certain agreements in connection with the issuance of the Certificate and the Notes, including the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, this Agreement, the Asset Representations Review Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement (collectively, the “Basic Documents”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Basic Documents, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee are required to perform certain duties in connection with the Certificate, the Notes and the assets pledged pursuant to the granting clause of the Indenture (the “Collateral”);

WHEREAS the Issuer desires to appoint TMCC as administrator to perform certain of the duties of the Issuer and the Owner Trustee under the Basic Documents and to provide such

additional services consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Basic Documents as the Issuer and the Owner Trustee may from time to time request; and

WHEREAS the Administrator has the capacity to provide the services required hereby and is willing to perform such services for the Issuer and the Owner Trustee on the terms set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.       Duties of the Administrator.

(a)  Duties with respect to the Note Depository Agreement and the Indenture.

(i)      The Administrator agrees to perform all its duties as Administrator and the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Note Depository Agreement.  In addition, the Administrator shall consult with the Owner Trustee regarding the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Note Depository Agreement.  The Administrator shall monitor the performance of the Issuer and shall advise the Owner Trustee when action by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee is necessary to comply with the Issuer’s duties under the Indenture and the Note Depository Agreement.  The Administrator shall prepare, execute and file or deliver on behalf of the Issuer or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Issuer to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Indenture and the Note Depository Agreement.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Administrator shall take all appropriate action that is the duty of the Issuer to take pursuant to the Indenture including, without limitation, such of the foregoing as are required with respect to the following matters under the Indenture (references are to sections of the Indenture):

(A)      causing the Note Register to be kept, appointing the Note Registrar and giving the Indenture Trustee notice of any appointment of a new Note Registrar and the location, or change in location, of the Note Register (Section 2.04);

(B)      preparing the notification to Noteholders of the final principal payment on their Notes (Section 2.07(b));

(C)      fixing or causing to be fixed any specified record date and notifying the Indenture Trustee and Noteholders with respect to special payment dates, if any (Section 5.04(b));

(D)      preparing or obtaining the documents and instruments required for the proper authentication of Notes and delivering the same to the Indenture Trustee (Section 2.02);

(E)      [Reserved];

2

(F)      directing the Indenture Trustee to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to the Noteholders sufficient funds for the payment of any tax that is legally owed by the Trust (Section 2.07(c));

(G)      preparing, obtaining and/or filing of all instruments, opinions and certificates and other documents required for the release of Collateral (Section 2.09);

(H)      causing newly appointed Paying Agents, if any, to deliver to the Indenture Trustee the instrument specified in the Indenture regarding funds held in trust (Section 3.03);

(I)      directing the Indenture Trustee to deposit moneys with Paying Agents, if any, other than the Indenture Trustee (Section 3.03);

(J)      obtaining and preserving or causing the Owner Trustee to obtain and preserve the Issuer’s qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other instrument and agreement included in the Trust Estate (Section 3.04);

(K)      preparing and filing all supplements, amendments, financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, in accordance with Sections 3.05 and 3.07(c) of the Indenture, necessary to protect the Trust Estate (Sections 3.05 and 3.07(c));

(L)      delivering the required Opinions of Counsel on the Closing Date and annually, in accordance with Section 3.06 of the Indenture, and delivering the annual Officers’ Certificates and certain other statements as to compliance with the Indenture, in accordance with Section 3.09 of the Indenture (Sections 3.06 and 3.09);

(M)      identifying to the Indenture Trustee in an Officers’ Certificate any Person with whom the Issuer has contracted to perform its duties under the Indenture (Section 3.07);

(N)      notifying the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies of any Servicer Default pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and, if such Servicer Default arises from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, taking all reasonable steps available to remedy such failure (Section 3.07(d));

(O)      preparing and obtaining documents and instruments required in connection with the consolidation, merger or transfer of assets of the Issuer (Section 3.10);

3

(P)      delivering notice to the Indenture Trustee of each Event of Default and each other default by the Servicer or the Seller under the Sale and Servicing Agreement (Section 3.19);

(Q)      causing the Servicer to comply with all of its duties and obligations with respect to the preparation of reports, the delivery of Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel and the giving of instructions and notices under the Sale and Servicing Agreement (Section 3.14);

(R)      monitoring the Issuer’s obligations as to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the preparation of an Officer’s Certificate and obtaining the Opinion of Counsel and the Independent Certificate (as defined in the Indenture) related thereto (Section 4.01);

(S)      complying with any written directive of the Indenture Trustee with respect to the provision of relevant information and reasonable assistance with respect to the execution, delivery, filing and recordation of relevant transfer documentation and the delivery of related records and files, in connection with any sale by the Indenture Trustee of any portion of the Trust Estate in connection with any Event of Default (Section 5.04);

(T)      delivering notice of any resignation of the Indenture Trustee received by the Administrator, and preparing notice to Noteholders of any removal of the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee  for delivery to Noteholders by the successor Indenture Trustee (Section 6.08);

(U)      preparing all written instruments required to confirm the authority of any co-trustee or separate trustee and any written instruments necessary in connection with the resignation or removal of any co-trustee or separate trustee (Sections 6.08 and 6.10);

(V)      delivering to the Rating Agencies notice of any merger or other transaction entered into by the Indenture Trustee (Section 6.09);

(W)      causing the Note Registrar to furnish to the Indenture Trustee the names and addresses of Noteholders during any period when the Indenture Trustee is not the Note Registrar (Section 7.01);

(X)      preparing and, after execution by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, filing with the Commission and any applicable state agencies of documents required to be filed on a periodic basis with the Commission and any applicable state agencies (including any summaries thereof required by rules and regulations prescribed thereby), and providing such documents to the Indenture Trustee for delivery to the Noteholders (Section 7.03);

(Y)      preparing and, after execution by the Indenture Trustee, providing to the Indenture Trustee for delivery to Noteholders and filing with the

4

Commission, any reports required by TIA Sections 313(a), (b) and (c); provided, that the Administrator will not be required to prepare reports required by TIA Sections 313(a)(1) and (a)(2) unless specifically directed in writing to do so by the Indenture Trustee and the Indenture Trustee provides the Administrator with all information necessary to prepare such reports (Section 7.04);

(Z)      preparing the related Issuer Orders and all other actions necessary with respect to investment and reinvestment of funds in the Trust Accounts (Section 8.04);

(AA)      preparing any Issuer Request and Officers’ Certificates and obtaining any Opinions of Counsel and Independent Certificates necessary for the release of the Trust Estate (Sections 8.05 and 8.06);

(BB)      preparing Issuer Orders and obtaining Opinions of Counsel with respect to the execution of any supplemental indentures, preparing notices to the Noteholders with respect thereto and furnishing such notices to the Indenture Trustee for delivery to Noteholders (Sections 9.01, 9.02 and 9.03);

(CC)      preparing new Notes conforming to the provisions of any supplemental indenture, as appropriate and delivering such Notes to the Owner Trustee for execution and to the Indenture Trustee for authentication (Section 9.07);

(DD)      delivering to the Rating Agencies notice of any prospective termination of the Indenture pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Indenture (Section 10.01);

(EE)      preparing forms of notices to Noteholders of any redemption of the Notes and furnishing such notices to the Indenture Trustee for delivery to Noteholders (Section 10.02);

(FF)      preparing or obtaining all Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel and Independent Certificates with respect to any requests by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee to take any action under the Indenture (Section 11.01(a));

(GG)      preparing and delivering Officers’ Certificates and obtaining Independent Certificates, if necessary, for the release of property from the lien of the Indenture (Section 11.01(b));

(HH)      notifying the Rating Agencies, upon any failure of the Indenture Trustee to give such notification, of the information required pursuant to Section 11.04 of the Indenture (Section 11.04);

(II)      preparing and delivering to the Indenture Trustee for delivery to Noteholders any agreements with respect to alternate payment and notice provisions (Section 11.06); and

5

(JJ)      causing the recording of the Indenture, if applicable (Section 11.14).

(ii)      The Administrator shall promptly pay to the Owner Trustee the amount of any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts not otherwise paid or reimbursed to it by the Issuing Entity on any Payment Date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Section 5.06(b) or (c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement; provided that the Owner Trustee shall promptly reimburse the Administrator for any such amounts to the extent the Owner Trustee subsequently receives payment or reimbursement in respect thereof from the Issuing Entity in accordance with the terms of Section 5.06(b) or (c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(iii)      The Administrator shall promptly pay to the Indenture Trustee the amount of any fees, expenses and indemnification amounts not otherwise paid or reimbursed to it by the Issuing Entity on any Payment Date in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and Section 5.06(b) or (c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement; provided that the Indenture Trustee shall promptly reimburse the Administrator for any such amounts to the extent the Indenture Trustee subsequently receives payment or reimbursement in respect thereof from the Issuing Entity in accordance with the terms of Section 5.06(b) or (c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(b)  The Administrator shall cause the Issuer to use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of all licenses, if any, required to be held by the Issuer under the laws of any jurisdiction in connection with ownership of the Receivables or the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement and the Basic Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby until such time as the Issuer shall terminate in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement.

(c)  Additional Duties.

(i)      In addition to the duties of the Administrator set forth in Section 1(a), the Administrator shall perform such calculations, and shall prepare, execute and file or deliver on behalf of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate persons of all such documents, reports, notices, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Basic Documents, and at the request of the Owner Trustee shall take all appropriate action with respect thereto, that is the duty of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee to take pursuant to the Basic Documents.  Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement, and in accordance with the reasonable written directions of the Owner Trustee, the Administrator shall administer, perform or supervise the performance of such other activities in connection with the Basic Documents as are not covered by any of the foregoing provisions and as are expressly requested by the Owner Trustee and are reasonably within the capability of the Administrator.  The responsibilities of the Administrator shall include the execution and delivery of any filings, certificates, affidavits or other instruments required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the extent permitted by applicable law, and the Owner Trustee hereby requests that the Administrator perform such obligations.

6

(ii)      Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Basic Documents to the contrary, the Administrator shall be responsible for promptly notifying the Owner Trustee in the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Issuer’s payments (or allocations of income) to the Certificateholder as contemplated in Section 5.02(c) of the Trust Agreement.  Any such notice shall specify the amount of any withholding tax required to be withheld by the Owner Trustee pursuant to such provision.

(iii)      Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Basic Documents to the contrary, the Administrator shall be responsible for performance of the duties set forth in Sections 5.04(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of the Trust Agreement with respect to, among other things, accounting and reports to the Certificateholder.

(iv)      The Administrator shall perform the duties of the Administrator specified in Section 10.02 of the Trust Agreement required to be performed in connection with the resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and any other duties expressly required to be performed by the Administrator under the Trust Agreement.

(v)      In carrying out the foregoing duties or any of its other obligations under this Agreement, the Administrator may enter into transactions with or otherwise deal with any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that the terms of any such transactions or dealings shall be in accordance with any directions received from the Issuer and shall be, in the Administrator’s opinion, no less favorable to the Issuer than would be available from unaffiliated parties.

(vi)      The Administrator shall provide notices to the Rating Agencies as required under the Basic Documents.

(vii)      It shall be the Administrator’s duty and responsibility, and not the Owner Trustee’s duty or responsibility, to cause the Issuer to respond to, defend, participate in or otherwise act in connection with any regulatory, administrative, governmental, investigative or other proceeding or inquiry relating in any way to the Issuer, its assets or the conduct of its business.

(d)  Non-Ministerial Matters.

(i)      With respect to matters that in the reasonable judgment of the Administrator are non-ministerial, the Administrator shall not take any action unless within a reasonable time before the taking of such action the Administrator shall have notified the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as applicable, of the proposed action and the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as applicable, shall not have withheld consent or provided an alternative direction.  For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “non-ministerial matters” shall include, without limitation:

(A)      the amendment of the Indenture or execution of any supplement to the Indenture;

7

(B)      the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Issuer and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Issuer (other than in connection with the collection of the Receivables);

(C)      the amendment, change or modification of any of the Basic Documents;

(D)      the appointment of successor Note Registrars, successor Paying Agents or successor Indenture Trustees pursuant to the Indenture or the appointment of successor Administrators or Successor Servicers, or the consent to the assignment by the Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee of its obligations, under the Indenture; and

(E)      the removal of the Indenture Trustee (as to which the Owner Trustee, but not the Indenture Trustee, will receive notice and opportunity to object).

(ii)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Administrator shall not be obligated to, and shall not, (x) make any payments to the Noteholders under the Basic Documents, (y) sell the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.04 of the Indenture or (z) take any other action that the Issuer directs the Administrator not to take on its behalf.

2.       Records.  The Administrator shall maintain appropriate books of account and records relating to services performed hereunder, which books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee at any time during normal business hours upon reasonable advance written notice.

3.       Compensation.  As compensation for the performance of the Administrator’s obligations under this Agreement and as reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the Administrator shall be entitled to a fee in an amount to be agreed upon between the Servicer and the Administrator, and which shall be solely an obligation of the Servicer.

4.       Additional Information to be Furnished to the Issuer.  The Administrator shall furnish to the Issuer from time to time such additional information regarding the Collateral as the Issuer shall reasonably request.

5.       Independence of the Administrator.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the Administrator shall be an independent contractor and shall not be subject to the supervision of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee with respect to the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations hereunder.  Unless expressly authorized by the Issuer hereunder or otherwise, the Administrator shall have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, and shall not otherwise be or be deemed an agent of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.

6.       No Joint Venture.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall (i) constitute the Administrator and any of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate

8

entity, (ii) be construed to impose any liability as such on any of them or (iii) be deemed to confer on any of them any  express, implied or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of the others.

7.       Other Activities of Administrator.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Administrator or its Affiliates from engaging in other businesses or, in its or their sole discretion, from acting as an administrator for any other person or entity, or in a similar capacity therefor, even though such person or entity may engage in business activities similar to those of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.

8.       Term of Agreement; Resignation and Removal of Administrator.

(a)  This Agreement shall continue in force until the termination of the Issuer, upon which event this Agreement shall automatically terminate, except for Sections 1(a)(ii), 1(a)(iii) and 21 hereof, which shall each survive termination of this Agreement.

(b)  Subject to Sections 8(e) and 8(f), the Administrator may resign its duties hereunder by providing the Issuer with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice.

(c)  Subject to Sections 8(e) and 8(f), the Issuer may remove the Administrator without cause by providing the Administrator with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice.

(d)  Subject to Sections 8(e) and 8(f), at the sole option of the Issuer, the Administrator may be removed immediately upon written notice of termination from the Issuer to the Administrator if any of the following events shall occur:

(i)      the Administrator shall fail to perform in any material respect any of its duties under this Agreement and, after notice of such default, shall not cure such default within ten (10) days (or, if such default cannot be cured in such time, shall not give within such ten (10) days such assurance of timely and complete cure as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer);

(ii)      the entry of a decree or order by a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a trustee in bankruptcy, conservator, receiver or liquidator for the Administrator (or, so long as the Administrator is TMCC, the Seller) in any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding up or liquidation of their respective affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days; or

(iii)      the consent by the Administrator (or, so long as the Administrator is TMCC, the Seller) to the appointment of a trustee in bankruptcy, conservator or receiver or liquidator in any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Administrator (or, so long as the Administrator is TMCC, the Seller) of or relating to substantially all of their property, or the Administrator (or, so long as the Administrator is TMCC, the Seller) shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an

9

assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations.

The Administrator agrees that if any of the events specified in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this Section shall occur, it shall give written notice thereof to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee within seven (7) days after the occurrence of such event.

(e)  No resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to this Section shall be effective until (i) a successor Administrator shall have been appointed by the Issuer and (ii) such successor Administrator shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder.

(f)  The appointment of any successor Administrator shall be effective only after the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

(g)  Subject to Section 8(e) and 8(f), the Administrator acknowledges that upon the appointment of a Successor Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Administrator shall immediately resign and such Successor Servicer shall automatically succeed to the rights, duties and obligations of the Administrator under this Agreement; provided that if the successor Administrator is not an affiliate of TMCC, such successor Administrator shall not be required to make any payments as set forth in Sections 1(a)(ii) and (iii) of this Agreement.

9.       Action upon Termination, Resignation or Removal.  Promptly upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(a) or the resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to Section 8(b), (c), (d) or (g), respectively, the Administrator shall be entitled to be paid all fees and reimbursable expenses accruing to it to the date of such termination, resignation or removal.  The Administrator shall forthwith upon such termination pursuant to Section 8(a) deliver to or to the order of the Issuer all property and documents of or relating to the Collateral then in the custody of the Administrator.  In the event of the resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to Section 8(b), (c), (d) or (g), respectively, the Administrator shall cooperate with the Issuer and take all reasonable steps requested to assist the Issuer in making an orderly transfer of the duties of the Administrator.

10.       Notices.  Any notice, report or other communication given hereunder shall be in writing and addressed as follows:

(a)  if to the Issuer, to:

Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust

c/o [________]

with a copy to:

Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-5A

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Attention: General Counsel

10

(b)  if to the Administrator, to:

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Attention:  Treasury Operations Department

With a copy by electronic mail to: TFS_Treasury_Operations@toyota.com

(c)  if to the Indenture Trustee, to:

[________]

or to such other address as any party shall have provided to the other parties in writing.  Any notice required to be in writing hereunder shall be deemed given if such notice is mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, or hand delivered to the address of such party as provided above.

11.       Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended from time to time by a written amendment duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee, with the consent of the Owner Trustee, and without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, that either (i) an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or (ii) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.

This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Issuer, the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee, with the consent of the Owner Trustee and, if the interests of the Noteholders are materially and adversely affected, with the consent of the Holders of Notes evidencing at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting together as a single Class, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or Certificateholders under this Agreement.

No amendment otherwise permitted under this Section 11 (except as described in the last sentence of this paragraph) may (x) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the Receivables or distributions required to be made for the benefit of any Noteholders or Certificateholders without the consent of all Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby, or (y) reduce the percentage of the Notes or Certificates which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of the Noteholders and Certficateholders adversely affected thereby; provided, that any amendment referred to in clause (x) or (y) above shall be deemed to not adversely affect any Noteholder if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.  No amendment referred to in clause (x) in the immediately preceding sentence shall be permitted unless an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the

11

Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or Certificateholder whose consent was not obtained.  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding two sentences, this Agreement may also be amended by the parties hereto, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, for the purpose of conforming the provisions in this Agreement to the descriptions thereof contained in the prospectus, dated January 23, 2018, related to the offering of the Notes.

Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Administrator shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Certificateholder and each of the Rating Agencies.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Certificateholders, the Noteholders or the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by the Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Indenture Trustee may prescribe.

Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement.  The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.  The fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in connection with any amendment or supplement hereto shall be paid by the Administrator.

12.       Successor and Assigns.  This Agreement may not be assigned by the Administrator unless such assignment is consented to in writing by the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, and the conditions precedent to appointment of a successor Administrator set forth in Section 8 are satisfied.  An assignment with such consent and satisfaction, if accepted by the assignee, shall bind the assignee hereunder in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be assigned by the Administrator without the consent of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee to a corporation or other organization that is a successor (by merger, consolidation or purchase of assets) to the Administrator, provided that such successor organization executes and delivers to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an agreement in which such corporation or other organization agrees to be bound hereunder by the terms of said assignment in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder.  Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall bind any successors or assigns of the parties hereto.

12

13.       Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

14.       Headings.  The section headings hereof have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning, construction or effect of this Agreement.

15.       Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall together constitute but one and the same agreement.

16.       Severability of Provisions.  If any one or more of the agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatsoever held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or the other rights of the parties hereto.

17.       Not Applicable to TMCC in Other Capacities.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any obligation, right or benefit TMCC may have in any other capacity or under any Basic Document.

18.       Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this instrument has been countersigned by [________], not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer, and by [____________], not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.  In no event shall [________], in its individual capacity, [____________], in its individual capacity, or the Certificateholder have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer.

19.       Limitation on Liability of Administrator.  Neither the Administrator nor any of the directors, officers, employees or agents of the Administrator shall be under any liability to the Seller, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholder, except as provided under this Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Administrator or any such person against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Administrator and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Administrator may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement.

13

20.       Additional Requirements of the Administrator.

(a)  Reporting Requirements.

(i)      If so requested by the Issuer for the purpose of satisfying its reporting obligation under the Exchange Act with respect to any class of asset-backed securities, the Administrator shall (i) notify the Issuer in writing of any material litigation or governmental proceedings pending against the Administrator and (ii) provide to the Issuer a description of such proceedings.

(ii)      As a condition to the succession to the Administrator by any Person as permitted by Section 8 hereof, the Administrator shall provide to the Issuer, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of such succession or appointment, (x) written notice to the Issuer, of such succession or appointment and (y) in writing all information in order to comply with its reporting obligation under Item 6.02 of Form 8-K with respect to any class of asset-backed securities.

(iii)      In addition to such information as the Administrator, as administrator, is obligated to provide pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement, if so requested by the Issuer, the Administrator shall provide such information regarding the performance or servicing of the Receivables as is reasonably required to facilitate preparation of distribution reports in accordance with Item 1121 of Regulation AB.

(b)  Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation.  On or before ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 20[__], the Administrator shall, if requested by the Issuer, not later than March 1^st of the calendar year in which such certification is to be delivered, deliver to the Issuer and any other Person that will be responsible for signing a Sarbanes Certification on behalf of an asset-backed issuer with respect to a securitization transaction, a certification in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.  The Administrator acknowledges that the Issuer may rely on the certification provided by the Administrator pursuant to such clause in signing a Sarbanes Certification and filing such with the Commission.  The Issuer shall not request delivery of such certification unless the Depositor is required under the Exchange Act to file an annual report on Form 10-K with respect to an issuing entity whose asset pool includes the Receivables.

(c)  Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness. The Issuer and the Administrator acknowledge and agree that the purpose of Section 20 of this Agreement is to facilitate compliance by the Issuer with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission.

Neither the Issuer nor the Administrator shall exercise its right to request delivery of information or other performance under these provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of disclosure comparable to that required under the Securities Act).  The Administrator acknowledges that interpretations of the requirements of Regulation AB may change over time, whether due to interpretive guidance provided by the Commission or its staff, consensus among participants in the asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and agrees to comply with requests made by the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer or any other party to the Transaction Documents in good faith for delivery of information under these provisions on the basis of evolving interpretations of Regulation AB.  In connection therewith, the Administrator shall cooperate fully with the Issuer to deliver to the Issuer (including any of its assignees or designees), any and all statements, reports, certifications, records and any other information necessary in the good faith determination of the Issuer, to permit the Issuer to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB.

14

The Issuer (including any of its assignees or designees) shall cooperate with the Administrator by providing timely notice of requests for information under these provisions and by reasonably limiting such requests to information required, in the Issuer’s reasonable judgment, to comply with Regulation AB.

21.       No Petition.  Each of the parties hereto, by entering into this Agreement, hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not at any time acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer or the Depositor to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer or the Depositor under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or the Depositor, as the case may be, or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer or the Depositor, in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Certificates, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents prior to the date that is one year and one day after the date on which the Indenture is terminated.  This Section 21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the termination of the Administrator under this Agreement.

22.       Third-Party Beneficiary.  The Owner Trustee is a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and is entitled to the rights and benefits given to the Owner Trustee hereunder and may enforce the provisions applicable to the Owner Trustee as if the Owner Trustee were a party hereto.

23. Form 10-Ds; Investor Communications.

(a)  Form 10-Ds.

(i)      If the Administrator receives a notice from the Servicer pursuant to Section 11.01(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement regarding the occurrence of a Delinquency Trigger with respect to a Collection Period, and describing the related rights of Noteholders and Note Owners, the Administrator shall include the contents of such notice in the Form 10-D for such Collection Period filed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 1(a)(i)(Y) hereof.

(ii)      If the Administrator receives a notice from the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Indenture indicating that sufficient Requesting Noteholders have properly and timely requested a vote to cause the ARR Receivables to be reviewed by the Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement, the Administrator shall: (1) promptly set a deadline for the receipt of Noteholder votes on that matter, which shall be a date not earlier than one hundred fifty (150) days after the date on which the Form 10-D describing the occurrence of the related Delinquency Trigger shall have been filed by the Administrator pursuant to the terms of Section 1(a)(i)(Y) hereof; (2) promptly prepare and send to the Indenture Trustee and each Noteholder (and to each applicable Clearing Agency for distribution to Note Owners in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency) a notice (A) stating that there will be a Noteholder vote pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture on whether to initiate an Asset Representations Review of the ARR

15

Receivables by the Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the Asset Representations Review Agreement, and (B) describing those procedures, including the means by which Noteholders and Note Owners may make their votes known to the Indenture Trustee and the related voting deadline that will be used to calculate whether the requisite amount of Noteholders have cast affirmative votes to direct the Indenture Trustee to notify the Asset Representations Reviewer to commence an Asset Representations Review; and (3) include the contents of such notice in the next Form 10-D to be filed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 1(a)(i)(Y) hereof, so long as the Administrator receives such notice at least two (2) Business Days before the filing deadline for that Form 10-D, in which case such information will be included in the next succeeding Form 10-D to be filed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 1(a)(i)(Y) hereof.

(iii)      If the Administrator receives a notice from the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture indicating that sufficient Noteholders have voted to cause the ARR Receivables to be reviewed by the Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement, the Administrator shall include the contents of such notice in the next Form 10-D to be filed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 1(a)(i)(Y) hereof.

(iv)      After receipt by the Administrator of a Review Report, the Administrator will include a summary of such report in the next Form 10-D to be filed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 1(a)(i)(Y) hereof, so long as the report is received by the Administrator at least two (2) Business Days before the filing deadline for that Form 10-D, in which case such the summary will be included in the next succeeding Form 10-D to be filed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 1(a)(i)(Y) hereof.  The Form 10-D filed pursuant to this clause (iv) will also specify the means by which Noteholders and Verified Note Owners may notify the Indenture Trustee, TMCC and the Depositor in writing that it considers any non-compliance of any representation to be a breach of the applicable Basic Document, or request in writing that an ARR Receivable be repurchased.

(v)      In the event of any resignation, removal, replacement or substitution of the Asset Representations Reviewer, or the appointment of a new Asset Representations Reviewer, pursuant to the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement, the Administrator will report the occurrence of such event, together with a description of the circumstances surrounding the change and, if applicable, information regarding the new Asset Representations Reviewer, in the Form 10-D filed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 1(a)(i)(Y) hereof for the Collection Period in which such change occurs.

(b)  Investor Communications.  If the Administrator receives, during any Collection Period, a request from a Noteholder or Verified Note Owner to communicate with other Noteholders and Note Owners regarding the exercise of rights under the terms of the Basic Documents, the Administrator will include in the Form 10-D for the such Collection Period the following information, to the extent provided by the Noteholder or Verified Note Owner in its request: (i) the name of the Noteholder or Verified Note Owner making the request, (ii) the date

16

the request was received; (iii) a statement that the Administrator has received the request from that Noteholder or Verified Note Owner that it is interested in communicating with other Noteholders and Note Owners with regard to the possible exercise of rights under the Basic Documents; and (iv) a description of the method other Noteholders and Note Owners may use to contact the requesting Noteholder or Verified Note Owner.  The Administrator is not required to include any additional information regarding the Noteholder or Verified Note Owner and its request in the Form 10-D, and is required to disclose a Noteholder’s or a Verified Note Owner’s request only where the communication relates to the exercise by a Noteholder or Verified Note Owner of its rights under the Basic Documents.  The Administrator will be responsible for the expenses of administering the investor communications provisions set forth in this Section 23(b), which will be compensated by means of the fee payable to it by the Servicer, as described in Section 3.

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST

By: [________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee

By:____________________________________________

Name:

Title:

TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION,

as Administrator

By:____________________________________________

Name:

Title:

[____________],

not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee

By:____________________________________________

Name:

Title:

By:____________________________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION

Re: The Administration Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Agreement”), among Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust (the “Issuer”), Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (the “Administrator”), and [____________] (the “Indenture Trustee”).

I, ________________________________, the _______________________ of [NAME OF COMPANY] (the “Company”), certify to the Issuer and Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (the “Depositor”) and their officers that:

1.I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K and all reports on Form 10-D required to be filed in respect of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K of Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust (the “Exchange Act periodic reports”);

2.Based on my knowledge, the Exchange Act periodic reports, taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, all of the distribution, servicing and other information required to be provided under Form 10-D for the period covered by this report is included in the Exchange Act periodic reports; and

4.All the reports on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities and their related attestation reports on assessment of compliance with servicing criteria for asset-backed securities required to be included in this report in accordance with Item 1122 of Regulation AB and Exchange Act Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 have been included as an exhibit to this report, except as otherwise disclosed in this report. Any material instances of noncompliance described in such reports have been disclosed in this report on Form 10-K.

In giving the certifications above, I have reasonably relied on information provided to me by the following unaffiliated parties: [_____________].

Dated:_________________________

By:  ___________________________Name: Title:

A-1

EX-4.6

Exhibit 4.6

FORM OF SECURITIES ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

(Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust Reserve Account)

This Securities Account Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is dated as of [_______], 20[__] and entered into between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (the “Pledgor”), a Delaware limited liability company, [___________], in its capacity as Indenture Trustee on behalf of the holders of the Notes referred to below (in such capacity, the “Indenture Trustee,” also referred to herein as the “Secured Party”) under the Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of [_______], 20[__] , between Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust, a statutory trust formed pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”), and [___________], in its capacity as securities intermediary (in such capacity, the “Securities Intermediary”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of [_______], 20[__] , between the Issuer, Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as seller, and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (“TMCC”), as servicer (the “Sale and Servicing Agreement”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

A.     Trust Agreement.  The Issuer was formed as a Delaware statutory trust pursuant to the Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] , as the same has been amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “Trust Agreement”), by and between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC and [________], as owner trustee (in such capacity and not individually, the “Owner Trustee”).

B.     Administration Agreement.  Concurrently herewith, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and TMCC have entered into the Administration Agreement pursuant to which TMCC will perform certain administrative tasks on behalf of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer (when acting in such capacity, TMCC is referred to herein as the “Administrator”).

C.     Indenture.  Concurrently herewith, the Issuer and Indenture Trustee have entered into the Indenture pursuant to which the Issuer will issue asset-backed notes (the “Notes”) in the principal amounts and for purposes specified therein.

D.     Intention.  The Pledgor intends to establish the Reserve Account, as described in Section 5.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and intends to pledge to and to grant “control” thereof (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in New York (the “UCC”)) to the Indenture Trustee (as Secured Party) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that Securities Intermediary be bound to the terms of this Agreement and be obligated to perform the duties of Securities Intermediary described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained and in order to induce the Issuer and Indenture Trustee to execute and deliver the Indenture, to induce the Issuer to purchase the Receivables in contemplation of issuing the Notes, to induce the Indenture Trustee to authenticate the Notes and for other good consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Pledgor, Securities Intermediary and Secured Party hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.     Definitions.

(a)     Specific Definitions.  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

“Broker-Dealer”means a person registered as a broker or dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Collateral” means (i) the Reserve Account, (ii) any amounts held from time to time in the Reserve Account, (iii) all Investments, including all Financial Assets, security entitlements, securities (whether certificated or uncertificated), instruments, accounts, general intangibles and deposits representing or evidencing any Investments, (iv) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments, securities and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Collateral, and (v) to the extent not covered by clauses (i) through (iv) above, all proceeds of any or all of the foregoing Collateral.

“Entitlement Order” has the meaning ascribed to the term “entitlement order” in Article 8 of the UCC.

“Financial Asset” has the meaning ascribed to the term “financial asset” in Article 8 of the UCC.

“Investments” means any Financial Assets credited to the Reserve Account, and any other property acquired by Securities Intermediary as securities intermediary hereunder in exchange for, with proceeds from or distributions on, or otherwise in respect of any Investments.

“Overnight Investments” means Investments of the kind described in clause (i) of the definition of “Eligible Investments” in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“Suspension Period” means any period (i) beginning promptly after receipt by Securities Intermediary of written notice from Secured Party, substantially in the form of the Prohibition Notice attached to this Agreement as Attachment 1, suspending Pledgor^’s right to direct the investment of funds held for the credit of the Reserve Account, and (ii) ending promptly after receipt by Securities Intermediary of written notice from Secured Party, substantially in the form of the Rescission of Prohibition Notice attached to this Agreement as Attachment 2, rescinding the preceding Prohibition Notice.

(b)     General Provisions.  Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, terms used in Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC are used herein as therein defined.  Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context indicates is appropriate.  The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

2

Section 2.     Establishment and Operation of Reserve Account.

(a)     Establishment of Reserve Account.  Pledgor and Secured Party hereby authorize and direct Securities Intermediary to establish and maintain in its corporate trust department, a segregated trust account that is an Eligible Deposit Account and that is a “securities account” as that term is defined in Section 8-501(a) of the UCC in the name of Secured Party and under the sole dominion and control of Secured Party, designated as “Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust Reserve Account.” Securities Intermediary hereby undertakes to treat Secured Party as the person entitled to exercise the rights that comprise any Financial Asset credited to the Reserve Account.  Secured Party and Pledgor agree that this account shall be the Reserve Account.

(b)     Acknowledgement of Receipt of Investments.  Securities Intermediary acknowledges the transfer by, or on behalf of, Pledgor, and the acquisition by Securities Intermediary, of cash in the amount of $[_____] for the credit of the Reserve Account.

(c)     Operations of the Reserve Account.  The Reserve Account shall be operated, and all Investments shall be acquired and registered or held (as applicable), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  No funds shall be withdrawn from or deposited into the Reserve Account, except as provided in the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  To the extent that the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement require payments into the Reserve Account, the provisions set forth herein shall govern.

(d)     Account Statements.  Securities Intermediary shall send Secured Party and Pledgor written account statements with respect to the Reserve Account not less frequently than monthly.  Reports or confirmation of the execution of orders and statements of account shall be conclusive if not objected to in writing within thirty (30) days after delivery.

(e)     Hague Securities Convention.  There are no agreements (other than this Agreement, the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement) that govern the Reserve Account.

Section 3.     Mechanics of Deposits of Funds or Investments to the Reserve Account.

(a)     Transfers to the Reserve Account.  Any transfers of funds to the Reserve Account shall be made by wire transfer (or, if applicable, intra-bank transfer) of immediately available funds addressed as follows:

[___________]

ABA No.: [_________]Acct Name:  [_________]Account #: [_________] Ref: [_________]

Transfers of Financial Assets to the Reserve Account shall be permitted by book-entry from securities accounts maintained with Securities Intermediary.

3

(b)     Notice of Transfers.  In the event of any transfer of funds or Financial Assets to the Reserve Account pursuant to any provision of Section 4, Secured Party, or Pledgor, as the case may be, shall promptly, after initiating or sending out written instructions with respect to such transfer, give notice to the other such party by facsimile of the date and amount of such transfer.

Section 4.     Eligible Investments and Transfers of Amounts in the Reserve Account.

(a)     Strict Compliance.  Funds or credit balances held by Securities Intermediary in the Reserve Account shall not be (i) invested or reinvested, (ii) sold or redeemed, or (iii) transferred from the Reserve Account, in either case except as provided in this Section 4.

(b)     Pledgor’s Right to Direct Investment.  Except during any Suspension Period, Securities Intermediary shall, (i) in accordance with Pledgor’s written Entitlement Orders given to Securities Intermediary from time to time, sell or redeem Investments, and apply amounts transferred to or held for the credit of the Reserve Account to make investments for credit to the Reserve Account, in Securities Intermediary’s name and as custodian under this Agreement, in Eligible Investments, or release such amounts to, or to the order of, Pledgor and (ii) on each Payment Date prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in the acceleration of the Notes that has not been rescinded under the Indenture, release all income from the investment of funds in the Reserve Account from the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee in this Agreement and pay such amounts to, or to the order of, the Pledgor.  During any Suspension Period and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in the acceleration of the Notes which has not been rescinded under the Indenture, Pledgor’s right to direct such investments under this Section 4(b) shall be suspended, and Securities Intermediary shall not accept Entitlement Orders with respect to the Reserve Account from any person other than Secured Party; and any credit balances shall be invested and reinvested only as provided in Section 4(c).

(c)     Secured Party’s Right to Direct Investment.  During any Suspension Period and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in the acceleration of the Notes which has not been rescinded under the Indenture, Securities Intermediary shall, in accordance with Secured Party’s written Entitlement Orders (which may be prepared and delivered by the Administrator acting in its capacity as such) given to Securities Intermediary from time to time, sell or redeem Investments, and apply amounts transferred to or held for the credit of the Reserve Account to make investments for credit to the Reserve Account, in Securities Intermediary’s name and as custodian under this Agreement, in Eligible Investments, or release such amounts to or to the order of the Secured Party. If no such written Entitlement Order has been given to Securities Intermediary, such amounts will be invested in accordance with the last provided instruction or if no such instruction was provided shall remain uninvested.

(d)     Overnight Investments.  To the extent that, as of 12:00 noon, New York time on any Business Day, there are credit balances expected to remain after settlement of all pending transactions in the Reserve Account, unless otherwise instructed by Secured Party (or by Administrator acting in its capacity as such, or by Pledgor at all times other than during a Suspension Period or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in the

4

acceleration of the Notes which has not been rescinded under the Indenture), Securities Intermediary shall apply the expected credit balances to acquire Overnight Investments in accordance with the last provided instruction relating to Overnight Investments.  Any Overnight Investments shall be held for the credit of the Reserve Account from which the proceeds for acquisition was derived.

(e)     Actions of Securities Intermediary on Purchase of Investments.  Promptly upon the purchase, acquisition or transfer for credit of the Reserve Account of any Investment, Securities Intermediary shall take all steps that it customarily takes in the ordinary course of its business to ensure that such Investment is credited on its books to the Reserve Account.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Securities Intermediary shall promptly (i) send to Pledgor and Secured Party a written confirmation of the acquisition of such Investment, and (ii) indicate by book entry in its records that such Investment has been credited to, and is held for the credit of, the Reserve Account.  Securities Intermediary agrees with Pledgor and Secured Party that any credit balances or property credited to, or held for the credit of, the Reserve Account shall be treated as “Financial Assets” as that term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(9)(iii) of the UCC.  The Pledgor and Secured Party acknowledge that to the extent regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency or other applicable regulatory entity grant the Pledgor and Secured Party the right to receive individual confirmations of security transactions at no additional cost, as they occur, the Pledgor and Secured Party specifically waive receipt of such confirmations to the extent permitted by law. Securities Intermediary will furnish the Pledgor and Secured Party periodic cash transaction statements that include detail for all investment transactions made by Securities Intermediary hereunder.

(f)     Grant of Control.  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Securities Intermediary shall, if and as directed inwriting by Secured Party, without the consent of Pledgor, whether during a Suspension Period or otherwise, (i) comply with Entitlement Orders originated by Secured Party with respect to the Reserve Account, and any Security Entitlements therein, (ii) transfer, sell or redeem any of the Collateral, (iii) transfer any or all of the Collateral to any account or accounts designated by Secured Party, including an account established in Secured Party’s name (whether at Secured Party or Securities Intermediary or otherwise), (iv) register title to any Collateral in any name specified by Secured Party consistent with the policies or practices of the applicable depository, including the name of Secured Party or any of its nominees or agents, without reference to any interest of Pledgor, or (v) otherwise deal with the Collateral as directed by Secured Party.  Nothing contained in this paragraph shall constitute a waiver by Pledgor of any rights or remedies it may have against Secured Party under this Agreement or any other agreement.

(g)     Deposit of Proceeds.  Subject to Section 4(b), any interest, cash dividends or other cash distributions received in respect of any Investments and the net proceeds ofany sale or payment of any Investments shall be promptly credited to, and held for the credit of the Reserve Account, and any distribution of property other than cash in respect of any Investment shall be credited to, and held for the credit of, the Reserve Account.

(h)     Valuation of Collateral.  Securities Intermediary shall provide view only access to its systems to Secured Party for the purpose of communicating data as to the Reserve Account as of that date.

5

Section 5.     Grant of Security Interest in Reserve Account; Covenant Against Creation of other Interests.

(a)     Security Interest.  Pledgor hereby grants to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, all of the Pledgor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral, whether now or hereafter existing or in which the Pledgor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located.  Securities Intermediary hereby acknowledges the security interest granted by the Pledgor in favor of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, in the Collateral and acknowledges that, on each Payment Date (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that results in an acceleration of the Notes that has not been rescinded under the Indenture and (ii) for so long as a Suspension Period is not continuing on such Payment Date, all income from the investment of funds in the Reserve Account will be (i) released from the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee in this Agreement and (ii) paid to, or to the order of, the Pledgor.

(b)     Acknowledgement of Securities Intermediary’s Role.  Securities Intermediary hereby further acknowledges that, during any Suspension Period, it holds the Reserve Account, and all Security Entitlements therein, as custodian for, for the benefit of, and subject to the control of, Secured Party.  During any Suspension Period, Securities Intermediary shall, by book entry or otherwise, indicate that the Reserve Account, and all Security Entitlements registered to or held therein, are subject to the control of Secured Party as provided in Sections 4(c), 4(e) and 4(f).  Securities Intermediary hereby further acknowledges that, subject to Section 4(f), at all times other than during a Suspension Period, it shall hold the Reserve Account, and all Security Entitlements therein, as custodian for, for the benefit of, and subject to the direction of, Pledgor at all times other than during a Suspension Period, Securities Intermediary shall, by book entry or otherwise, indicate that the Reserve Account, and all Security Entitlements registered to or held therein, are subject to the direction of Pledgor as provided in Section 4(b).

(c)     Securities Intermediary Has No Notice of Adverse Claims.  Securities Intermediary represents and warrants that (i) it has no notice of any Adverse Claim against any of the Collateral other than the claim of Secured Party under this Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture; and (ii) it is not party to any agreement other than this Agreement that governs its rights or duties, or limits or conflicts with the rights of Secured Party, including the exclusive right of Secured Party to control as provided in Section 4(f), with respect to the Reserve Account.

(d)     Securities Intermediary Shall Not Acknowledge Other Claims.  Securities Intermediary agrees that, except as expressly provided in this Agreement (including Sections 4(b)) or with the written consent of Secured Party, it shall not agree to or acknowledge (i) any right by any Person other than Secured Party to originate Entitlement Orders or control with respect to the Reserve Account; or (ii) any limitation on the right of Secured Party to originate Entitlement Orders with respect to or direct the transfer of any Investments or cash credited to the Reserve Account.

6

Section 6.     Securities Intermediary Maintenance of the Reserve Account.

(a)     Transactions Shall Comply With Rules.  The parties acknowledge that all transactions in Financial Assets under this Agreement shall be in accordance with the rules and customs of the exchange, market or clearing organization, if any, in which the transactions are executed or settled and in conformity with applicable law and regulations of governmental authorities and future amendments or supplements thereto.

(b)     Risk of Investments and Transactions.  It is not the intention of the parties that Securities Intermediary should bear any investment risk associated with Eligible Investments or Overnight Investments acquired for the credit of the Reserve Account in accordance with Section 4.  Any losses or gains realized on such Investments shall be charged or credited to the Reserve Account, as appropriate.  On committing to a transaction for the credit of the Reserve Account pursuant to an instruction permitted in accordance with Section 4, Securities Intermediary may, (i) pending settlement, block (A) the Investments to be sold or (B) credit balances sufficient to settle any acquisition, or the Investment the liquidation of which will yield funds sufficient to settle any acquisition and, (ii) at the time of settlement, deliver such Investments or funds in accordance with the rules, custom or practice of the particular market.

(c)     Use of Intermediaries and Nominees.  Securities Intermediary is authorized, subject to Secured Party’s written instructions, to register any Financial Assets acquired by Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Agreement in the name of Securities Intermediary or in the name of its nominee, or to cause such securities to be registered in the name of a Federal reserve bank or a recognized securities intermediary or clearing corporation, or any nominee thereof.  Securities Intermediary may at any time and from time to time appoint, and may at any time remove, any bank, trust company, clearing corporation, or Broker-Dealer as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Agreement.  The appointment or use of any intermediary, or the appointment of any such agent, shall not relieve Securities Intermediary of any responsibility or liability under this Agreement.

(d)     Corporate Actions.  Except as otherwise set forth herein, Pledgor and Secured Party agree that Securities Intermediary shall have no responsibility for ascertaining or acting upon any calls, conversions, exchange offers, tenders, interest rate changes or similar matters relating to any Financial Assets credited to or held for the credit of the Reserve Account (except based on written instructions originated by Pledgor or Secured Party), or for informing Pledgor or Secured Party with respect thereto, whether or not Securities Intermediary has, or is deemed to have, knowledge of any of the aforesaid.  Securities Intermediary is authorized to withdraw securities sold or otherwise disposed of, and to credit the Reserve Account with the proceeds thereof or make such other disposition thereof as may be directed in accordance with this Agreement.  Securities Intermediary is further authorized to collect all income and other payments which may become due on Financial Assets credited to the Reserve Account, to surrender for payment maturing obligations and those called for redemption and to exchange certificates in temporary form for like certificates in definitive form, or, if the par value of any shares is changed, to effect the exchange for new certificates.  It is understood and agreed by Pledgor and Secured Party that, although Securities Intermediary will use reasonable efforts to effect the transactions set forth in the preceding sentence, Securities Intermediary shall incur no

7

liability for its failure to effect the same unless its failure is the result of negligence or willful misconduct.

(e)     Disclosure of Account Relationships.  Pledgor and Secured Party acknowledge that Securities Intermediary may be required to disclose to securities issuers the name, address and securities positions with respect to Financial Assets credited to the Reserve Account, and hereby consent to such disclosures.

(f)     Forwarding of Documents.  Securities Intermediary shall forward to Pledgor and, if requested, Secured Party, or notify Pledgor and, if requested, Secured Party by telephone of, all written communications received by Securities Intermediary as owner of any Financial Assets credited to the Reserve Account and which are intended to be transmitted to the beneficial owner thereof.

(g)     Direction in Disputes.  Subject to Section 4(f), Pledgor, Securities Intermediary and Secured Party hereby agree that in the event any dispute arises with respect to the payment, ownership or right to possession of the Reserve Account or any other Collateral credited to or held therein Securities Intermediary shall take or refrain from taking such actions with respect to the Reserve Account as may be directed by (a) Secured Party during the Suspension Period and (b) Pledgor other than during the Suspension Period.

(h)     No Setoff, etc.  Securities Intermediary shall not exercise on its own behalf any claim, right of set-off, banker’s lien, clearing lien, counterclaim or similar right against any of the Collateral; provided that Securities Intermediary may deduct, from any credit balances, any usual and ordinary transaction and administration fees payable in connection with the administration and operation of the Reserve Account.  Except for claims for deductions permitted in the preceding sentence, Securities Intermediary agrees that any security interest it may have in the Reserve Account or any security entitlement carried therein shall be subordinate and junior to the interest of Secured Party.

(i)     Only Agreement.  This Agreement shall govern the actions, rights and obligations of Securities Intermediary, and shall determine the governing law, with respect to the Reserve Account and the Collateral notwithstanding any term or condition in any agreement other than this Agreement as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing.

(j)     Care of Financial Assets.  Securities Intermediary shall maintain possession or control of all Financial Assets credited to the Reserve Account by segregating such Financial Assets from its proprietary assets andkeeping them free of any lien, charge or claim of any third party granted or created by Securities Intermediary.  Securities Intermediary shall take such other steps to ensure that Financial Assets credited to the Reserve Account are identified as being held for customers of Securities Intermediary as may be required under applicable law or in accordance with custom and practice in the industry.

(k)     Further Actions.  Pledgor and Securities Intermediary shall take such further actions as Secured Party shall reasonably request as being necessary or desirable to maintain or achieve perfection or priority of Secured Party’s security interest with respect to the Collateral and to permit Secured Party to exercise its rights with respect to the Collateral.

8

Section 7.     Limitations on Duties, and Exculpation and Indemnification, of Securities Intermediary.

(a)     Limitation on Duty of Care; Exculpation.  Securities Intermediary’s duties hereunder are only those specifically provided herein, and Securities Intermediary shall incur no liability whatsoever for any actions or omissions hereunder except for any such liability arising out of or in connection with Securities Intermediary’s negligence or willful misconduct.  Securities Intermediary has no obligation to ensure the sufficiency of this Agreement or arrangements described hereunder to satisfy any objectives of Secured Party or Pledgor.  Securities Intermediary shall have no duty to supervise or to provide investment counseling or advice to Pledgor or Secured Party with respect to the purchase, sale, retention or other disposition of any Financial Assets held hereunder.  Except as specifically otherwise provided in this Agreement, Securities Intermediary shall not be responsible for enforcing compliance by the other parties to this Agreement with their respective duties and obligations to each other under this or any other Agreement.

(b)     Consultation with Counsel.  Securities Intermediary may consult with, and obtain, at the expense of Pledgor, advice from, legal counsel as to the construction of any of the provisions of this Agreement, and shall incur no liability in acting in good faith in accordance with the reasonable advice and opinion of such counsel.

(c)     Reasonable Reliance.  Securities Intermediary shall be fully protected and shall suffer no liability in acting in accordance with any written instructions reasonably believed by it to have been given (i) by Secured Party (or from the Administrator purporting to be acting in its capacity as such) with respect to any aspect of the operation of the Reserve Account (including any such instructions relating to any investment or transfer of any amounts held therein) or (ii) by Pledgor, to the extent provided in Section 4(b), with respect to the Reserve Account.

(d)     Expenditure of Funds.  No provision of this Agreement shall require Securities Intermediary to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(e)     Resignation.  Securities Intermediary may at any time resign by giving thirty (30) days written notice of resignation to the Secured Party and the Pledgor; provided however that no such resignation of Securities Intermediary shall be effective until a successor Securities Intermediary has been appointed and is serving pursuant to the terms hereof.  Upon receiving notice of such resignation, the Pledgor shall promptly appoint a successor, and upon acceptance by the successor of such appointment, release the resigning Successor Intermediary from its obligations hereunder by written instrument, a copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the other parties hereto, Securities Intermediary and the successor Securities Intermediary.  If no successor shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within forty-five (45) days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Securities Intermediary may petition any court of competent jurisdiction on for the appointment of such successor.

9

(f)     Indemnity.  The Pledgor shall indemnify Securities Intermediary and its officers, directors, employees an agents against any and all loss, liability or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees and expenses and including any such reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any enforcement (including any action, claim, or suit brought by such indemnified parties) of any indemnification or other obligation of the Issuer) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder not resulting from its own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.  Securities Intermediary shall notify the Pledgor promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by Securities Intermediary to so notify the Pledgor shall not relieve the Pledgor of its obligations hereunder.  The Pledgor need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by Securities Intermediary through Securities Intermediary’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.  The provisions of this Section 7(f) shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of Securities Intermediary.

Section 8.     Representations and Warranties By Securities Intermediary.  Securities Intermediary hereby represents and warrants to Pledgor and Secured Party as follows:

(a)     Corporate Power.  Securities Intermediary has all necessary corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(b)     Execution Authorized.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Securities Intermediary have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Securities Intermediary.

(c)     Securities Intermediary.  Securities Intermediary is a “securities intermediary” (as that term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC), and is acting in such capacity with respect to the Reserve Account.  Securities Intermediary is not a “clearing corporation” (as that term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC).  Securities Intermediary has at the time of this Agreement and shall continuously maintain a place of business in the United States at which any of the activities of Securities Intermediary are carried on and which (i) alone or together with other offices of Securities Intermediary or with other persons acting for Securities Intermediary in the United States or another nation (A) effects or monitors entries to securities accounts, (B) administers payments or corporate actions relating to securities held with Securities Intermediary or such other persons, or (C) is otherwise engaged in a business or other regular activity of maintaining securities accounts; or (ii)  is identified by an account number, bank code, or other specific means of identification as maintaining securities accounts in the United States.

Section 9.     Termination.  All rights to the Reserve Account and all other Collateral registered to or held therein shall revert to Pledgor, upon Securities Intermediary’s receipt of written notice, signed by an authorized officer of Secured Party, that the Indenture has terminated.

Section 10.     Resignation and Removal of Securities Intermediary.

(a)     Removal.  Securities Intermediary may be removed at any time by written notice given by Secured Party to Securities Intermediary and Pledgor, but such removal shall not

10

become effective until a successor Securities Intermediary shall have been appointed by Secured Party and shall have accepted such appointment in writing.

(b)     Resignation.  Securities Intermediary may resign at any time by giving not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice to Secured Party and Pledgor, but such  removal shall not become effective until a successor Securities Intermediary shall have, been appointed by Secured Party and shall have accepted such appointment in writing.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Securities Intermediary shall not have been delivered to the resigning Securities Intermediary within sixty (60) days after the giving of any such notice of resignation, the resigning Securities Intermediary may, at the expense of Pledgor, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Securities Intermediary.

(c)     Successor Securities Intermediary.  Any successor Securities Intermediary shall be a bank or trust company, having capital and surplus of at least $50 million, located in the State of New York.

(d)     Process of Succession.  Upon the appointment of a successor Securities Intermediary and its acceptance of such appointment, the resigning or removed Securities Intermediary shall transfer all items of Collateral held by it to such successor (which items of Collateral shall be transferred to new Reserve Account established and maintained by such successor).  Following such appointment all references herein to Securities Intermediary shall be deemed a reference to such successor; provided that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall continue to inure to the benefit of the resigning or removed Securities Intermediary with respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement while it was Securities Intermediary hereunder.

Section 11.     Secured Party as Indenture Trustee.  Secured Party shall at all times be the same Person that is the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.  Resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture shall also constitute substitution of a successor Secured Party under this Agreement.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, that successor Indenture Trustee shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Secured Party under this Agreement, and the retiring or removed Secured Party under this Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Secured Party all items of Collateral held by Secured Party, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Secured Party under this Agreement, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Secured Party such documents and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Secured Party of the security interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring or removed Secured Party shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement.

Section 12.     Choice of Law.  Both this Agreement and the Reserve Account shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York (regardless of its conflict of law provisions (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York)).  Regardless of any provision in any other agreement, for purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to be Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction, the Reserve Account and Securities

11

Entitlements related thereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, and the law of the State of New York shall govern all issues specified in Article 2(1) of the Hague Securities Convention.  The parties will not agree to any amendment to this Agreement or the Indenture to change the governing law to any law other than the laws of the State of New York.

Section 13.     Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended from time to time by a written amendment duly executed and delivered by the Pledgor, the Indenture Trustee and Securities Intermediary, and without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, that either (i) an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or (ii) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.

This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Pledgor, the Indenture Trustee and Securities Intermediary and, if the interests of the Noteholders are materially and adversely affected, with the consent of the Holders of the Notes evidencing at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting together as a single Class, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or Certificateholders under this Agreement.

No amendment otherwise permitted under this Section 13 may (x) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the Receivables or distributions required to be made for the benefit of any Noteholders or Certificateholders without the consent of all Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby, or (y) reduce the percentage of the Notes or Certificates which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of the Noteholders and Certificateholders adversely affected thereby; provided, that any amendment referred to in clause (x) or (y) above shall be deemed to not adversely affect any Noteholder if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied in respect of such proposed amendment.  No amendment referred to in clause (x) in the immediately preceding sentence shall be permitted unless an Officer’s Certificate shall have been delivered by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee certifying that such officer reasonably believes that such proposed amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or Certificateholder whose consent was not obtained.

Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement. Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Indenture Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Certificateholder and the Administrator and the Administrator shall provide such notification to each of the Rating Agencies.

12

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Certificateholders, the Noteholders or the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by the Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Indenture Trustee may prescribe.

Section 14.     Tax Reporting.  All items of income, gain, expense and loss recognized in the Securities Accounts shall be reported to the Internal Revenue Service and all state and local taxing authorities under the name and taxpayer identification number of the Pledgor.

Section 15.     Compensation.  Pledgor shall pay to Securities Intermediary from time to time reasonable compensation for its services hereunder.  Pledgor shall reimburse Securities Intermediary upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of Securities Intermediary’s agents and counsel.

Section 16.     Successors.  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective corporate successors.

Section 17.     Notices.  Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and deemed to have been properly given when delivered in person, or when sent by telecopy or other electronic means and electronic confirmation of error free receipt is received or two (2) days after being sent by certified or registered United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the party at the address set forth below.

Pledgor:	Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D Plano, Texas 75024-5965 Attention:  Treasury Operations Department Fax: (310) 381-7739 With a copy by electronic mail to: TFS_TREASURY_Operations@toyota.com
	With a copy to: Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC 6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-5A Plano, Texas 75024-5965 Attention:  General Counsel Fax: (310) 381-7739
Secured Party:	[________]
Securities Intermediary:	[________]

13

Any party may change its address for notices in the manner set forth above.

Section 18.     Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any manner of counterparts, all of which shall constitute in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement, by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

Section 19.     No Petition.  Each of the parties hereto, by entering into this Agreement, hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not at any time acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer or the Pledgor to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer or the Pledgor under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or the Pledgor, as the case may be, or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer or the Pledgor, in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Certificates, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents prior to the date that is one year and one day after the date on which the Indenture is terminated.  This Section 19 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the termination of Securities Intermediary under this Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

14

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

TOYOTA AUTO FINANCE RECEIVABLES LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:
[___________], as Securities Intermediary
By:
	Name:
	Title:
[___________], as Indenture Trustee
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Attachment 1

FORM OF PROHIBITION NOTICE

Date:

[________]

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Attention:  Treasury Operations Department

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-5A

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Attention:  General Counsel

 Re:    Prohibition Notice:  Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust - Reserve Account

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the Securities Account Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of [_______], 20[__] and entered into between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, [___________], in its capacity as Indenture Trustee, and [___________], in its capacity as Securities Intermediary, we hereby give you this Prohibition Notice and notify you of the commencement of a Suspension Period.  Until further notice from the undersigned substantially in the form of Attachment 2 to the Agreement, Securities Intermediary shall not accept or follow instructions from Pledgor pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Agreement.

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this notice are used with their respective meanings in the Agreement.

Yours truly,

[___________], as Indenture Trustee and Secured Party

By:  

Its:  

Attachment 2

FORM OF RESCISSION OF PROHIBITION NOTICE

Date:

[________]

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Attention:  Treasury Operations Department

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-5A

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Attention:  General Counsel

Re: Rescission of Prohibition Notice:  Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust - Reserve Account

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the Securities Account Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of [_______], 20[__], and entered into between Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, [___________], in its capacity as Indenture Trustee, and [___________], in its capacity as Securities Intermediary, we hereby notify you of the rescission by Secured Party of the Prohibition Notice dated , 20__ and the end of the related Suspension Period.  You are hereby instructed that you shall accept and follow written instructions from Pledgor pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Agreement.

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this notice are used with their respective meanings in the Agreement.

Yours truly,

[___________], as Indenture Trustee and Secured Party

By:  

Its:  

EX-4.7

Exhibit 4.7

FORM OF ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW AGREEMENT

among

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST, as Issuer,

TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, as Servicer and Administrator,

and

[__________], as Asset Representations Reviewer

Dated as of [__________], 20[__]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I	USAGE AND DEFINITIONS	1
Section 1.1.	Usage and Definitions	1
Section 1.2.	Additional Definitions	1
ARTICLE II	ENGAGEMENT OF ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER	2
Section 2.1.	Engagement; Acceptance	2
Section 2.2.	Confirmation of Status	2
ARTICLE III	ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW PROCESS	3
Section 3.1.	Review Notice and Identification of Review Receivables	3
Section 3.2.	Review Materials	3
Section 3.3.	Performance of Reviews	3
Section 3.4.	Review Reports	4
Section 3.5.	Review Representatives	5
Section 3.6.	Dispute Resolution	5
Section 3.7.	Limitations on Review Obligations	5
ARTICLE IV	ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER	6
Section 4.1.	Representations and Warranties	6
Section 4.2.	Covenants	7
Section 4.3.	Fees and Expenses	7
Section 4.4.	Limitation on Liability	8
Section 4.5.	Indemnification by Asset Representations Reviewer	9
Section 4.6.	Indemnification of Asset Representations Reviewer	9
Section 4.7.	Inspections of Asset Representations Reviewer	10
Section 4.8.	Delegation of Obligations	10
Section 4.9.	Confidential Information	10
Section 4.10.	Personally Identifiable Information	12
ARTICLE V	RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; SUCCESSOR ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER	14
Section 5.1.	Eligibility Requirements for Asset Representations Reviewer	14
Section 5.2.	Resignation and Removal of Asset Representations Reviewer	14
Section 5.3.	Successor Asset Representations Reviewer	15
Section 5.4.	Merger, Consolidation or Succession	15
ARTICLE VI	OTHER AGREEMENTS	15
Section 6.1.	Independence of Asset Representations Reviewer	15
Section 6.2.	No Petition	16
Section 6.3.	Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee	16
Section 6.4.	Termination of Agreement	16
ARTICLE VII	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	16
Section 7.1.	Amendments	16
Section 7.2.	Assignment; Benefit of Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries	17

i

Section 7.3.	Notices	17
Section 7.4.	GOVERNING LAW	17
Section 7.5.	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	17
Section 7.6.	No Waiver; Remedies	18
Section 7.7.	Severability	18
Section 7.8.	Headings	18
Section 7.9.	Counterparts	18

Schedule A – Review Materials

Schedule B – Representations, Warranties and Tests

ii

ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW AGREEMENT, dated as of [__________], 20[__] (this “Agreement”), among TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION, a California corporation, as servicer (in such capacity, the “Servicer”) and administrator (in such capacity, the “Administrator”), and [__________], a [__________] (the “Asset Representations Reviewer”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to engage the Asset Representations Reviewer to perform reviews of certain Receivables for compliance with certain representations and warranties made with respect thereto; and

WHEREAS, the Asset Representations Reviewer desires to perform such reviews of Receivables in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I USAGE AND DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1.     Usage and Definitions.  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Section 1.2.     Additional Definitions.  The following terms have the meanings given below:

“Annual Fee” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3(a).

“Annual Period” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3(e).

“Confidential Information” has the meaning stated in Section 4.9(b).

“Contract” means, with respect to any Receivable, the original tangible record constituting or forming a part of such Receivable, or a copy or image of such original tangible record, together with (and as modified by) any correction notice issued by the Servicer to the related Obligor with respect thereto.

“Information Recipients” has the meaning stated in Section 4.9(a).

“Indemnified Parties” has the meaning stated in Section 4.6(a).

“Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of [__________], 20[__], between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

“Indenture Trustee” means [__________], as indenture trustee under the Indenture, and any successor thereto.

“Issuer PII” has the meaning stated in Section 4.10(a).

“PII” has the meaning stated in Section 4.10(a).

“Review” means the performance by the Asset Representations Reviewer of the testing procedures for each Test and each Review Receivable according to Section 3.3.

“Review Fee” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3(b).

“Review Materials” means, for a Review and a Review Receivable, the documents and other materials listed in Schedule A.

“Review Notice” means a notice delivered to the Asset Representations Reviewer by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to 12.02 of the Indenture.

“Review Receivables” means those certain Receivables identified by the Servicer to the Asset Representations Reviewer following receipt of a Review Notice as not having been paid in full by the Obligor or purchased from the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Basic Documents at or prior to the date of such Review Notice.

“Review Report” means, for a Review, the report of the Asset Representations Reviewer as described in Section 3.4.

“Sale and Servicing Agreement” means the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [__________], 20[__], among the Issuer, the Seller and TMCC.

“Test” has the meaning stated in Section 3.3(a).

“Test Complete” has the meaning stated in Section 3.3(c).

“Test Fail” has the meaning stated in Section 3.3(a).

“Test Pass” has the meaning stated in Section 3.3(a).

ARTICLE II ENGAGEMENT OF ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

Section 2.1.     Engagement; Acceptance.  The Issuer hereby engages [__________] to act as the Asset Representations Reviewer for the Issuer.  [__________] hereby accepts the engagement and agrees to perform the obligations of the Asset Representations Reviewer on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

Section 2.2.     Confirmation of Status.  The parties confirm that the Asset Representations Reviewer is not responsible for (a) reviewing the Receivables for compliance with the representations and warranties under the Basic Documents, except as described in this

2

Agreement, or (b) determining whether noncompliance with the representations or warranties constitutes a breach of the Basic Documents.

ARTICLE III ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW PROCESS

Section 3.1.     Review Notice and Identification of Review Receivables.  Within [ten] ([10]) Business Days after delivery of a Review Notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Servicer will deliver a list of the Review Receivables to the Asset Representations Reviewer.  Upon receipt of a Review Notice and the related list of Review Receivables from the Servicer, the Asset Representations Reviewer will start a Review. Delivery of any Review Notice shall be made pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Section 3.2.     Review Materials.

(a)     Access to Review Materials.  Within sixty (60) days of the delivery of a Review Notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Servicer will give the Asset Representations Reviewer access to the Review Materials for all of the Review Receivables in one or more of the following ways, to be determined in the sole discretion of the Servicer: (i) by providing access to the Servicer’s receivables systems, either remotely or at an office of the Servicer, (ii) by electronic posting to a password-protected website to which the Asset Representations Reviewer has access, (iii) by providing scanned copies at an office of the Servicer where the Review Materials are located or (iv) in another manner agreed to between the Servicer and the Asset Representations Reviewer.  The Servicer may redact or remove PII from the Review Materials, but will use commercially reasonable efforts not to change the meaning or usefulness of the Review Materials for the Review.

(b)     Missing or Insufficient Review Materials.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will review the Review Materials to determine if any Review Materials are missing or insufficient for the Asset Representations Reviewer to perform any Test.  If the Asset Representations Reviewer determines that there are missing or insufficient Review Materials, the Asset Representations Reviewer will notify the Servicer and the Administrator promptly, and in any event no less than twenty (20) Business Days before completing the Review.  The Servicer will have fifteen (15) Business Days to give the Asset Representations Reviewer access to the missing Review Materials or other documents or information to correct any such insufficiency.  If the missing or insufficient Review Materials or other documents or information have not been provided by the Servicer within such fifteen (15) Business Day period, the related Review Report will report a Test Fail for each Test in respect of which such missing or insufficient Review Materials is necessary to determine whether a Test Pass result is appropriate.

Section 3.3.     Performance of Reviews.

(a)     Test Procedures.  For a Review, the Asset Representations Reviewer will perform, for each Review Receivable, the procedures listed under “Tests” in Schedule B for each representation and warranty (each, a “Test”), using the Review Materials necessary to perform the procedures described for such Test in Schedule B.  For each Test and Review Receivable, the

3

Asset Representations Reviewer will determine if the Test has been satisfied (a “Test Pass”) or if the Test has not been satisfied (a “Test Fail”).

(b)     Review Period.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will complete the Review of all of the Review Receivables within sixty (60) days after having received access to the Review Materials pursuant to Section 3.2(a).  However, if additional Review Materials are provided to the Asset Representations Reviewer in respect of any Review Receivables pursuant to Section 3.2(b), the Review period will be extended for an additional thirty (30) days in respect of any such Review Receivables.

(c)     Completion of Review for Certain Review Receivables.  Following the delivery of the list of the Review Receivables and before the delivery of the Review Report by the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Servicer may notify the Asset Representations Reviewer if a Review Receivable is paid in full by the Obligor or purchased from the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Basic Documents.  On receipt of such notice, the Asset Representations Reviewer will immediately terminate all Tests of the related Review Receivable, and the Review of such Review Receivables will be considered complete (a “Test Complete”).  In this case, the related Review Report will indicate a Test Complete for such Review Receivable and the related reason.

(d)     Previously Reviewed Receivable; Duplicative Tests.  If any Review Receivable was included in a prior Review, the Asset Representations Reviewer will not conduct additional Tests on such Review Receivable, but will include the previously reported Test results in the Review Report for the current Review.  If the same Test is required for more than one representation and warranty, the Asset Representations Reviewer will only perform the Test once for each Review Receivable, but will report the results of the Test for each applicable representation and warranty on the Review Report.

(e)     Termination of Review.  If a Review is in process and the Notes will be paid in full on the next Payment Date, the Servicer or the Administrator will notify the Asset Representations Reviewer no less than ten (10) days before that Payment Date.  On receipt of such notice, the Asset Representations Reviewer will terminate the Review immediately and will not be obligated to deliver a Review Report.

Section 3.4.     Review Reports.  Within five (5) days after the end of the applicable Review period under Section 3.3(b), the Asset Representations Reviewer will deliver to the Issuer, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee a Review Report indicating for each Review Receivable whether there was a Test Pass, Test Fail or Test Complete for each related Test.  For each Test Fail or Test Complete, the Review Report will indicate the related reason, including (for example) whether the Review Receivable was a Test Fail as a result of missing or incomplete Review Materials.  The Review Report will contain a summary of the Review results to be included in the Issuer’s Form 10-D report for the Collection Period in which the Review Report is received.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will ensure that the Review Report does not contain any PII.  On reasonable request of the Servicer or the Administrator, the Asset Representations Reviewer will provide additional details on the Test results.

4

Section 3.5.     Review Representatives.

(a)     Servicer Representative.  The Servicer will designate one or more representatives who will be available to assist the Asset Representations Reviewer in performing the Review, including responding to requests and answering questions from the Asset Representations Reviewer about access to Review Materials on the Servicer’s originations, receivables or other systems, obtaining missing or insufficient Review Materials and/or providing clarification of any Review Materials or Tests.

(b)     Asset Representations Reviewer Representative.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will designate one or more representatives who will be available to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator during the performance of a Review.

(c)     Questions About Review.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will make appropriate personnel available to respond in writing to written questions or requests for clarification of any Review Report from the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer or the Administrator until the earlier of (i) the payment in full of the Notes and (ii) two years after the delivery of the Review Report.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will not be obligated to respond to questions or requests for clarification from Noteholders or any other Person and will direct such Persons, and the Indenture Trustee will direct the Noteholders, to submit written questions or requests to the Servicer.

Section 3.6.     Dispute Resolution.  If a Review Receivable that was the subject of a Review becomes the subject of a dispute resolution proceeding under Section 11.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Asset Representations Reviewer will participate in the dispute resolution proceeding on request of a party to the proceeding.  The reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Asset Representations Reviewer for its participation in any dispute resolution proceeding will be considered expenses of the requesting party for the dispute resolution and will be paid by a party to the dispute resolution as determined by the mediator or arbitrator for the dispute resolution according to Section 11.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  If not paid by a party to the dispute resolution, the expenses will be reimbursed by the Issuer according to Section 4.3(d) of this Agreement.

Section 3.7.     Limitations on Review Obligations.

(a)     Review Process Limitations.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will have no obligation: (i) to determine whether a Delinquency Trigger has occurred or whether the required percentage of Noteholders has voted to direct a Review under the Indenture; (ii) to determine which Receivables are the subject of a Review; (iii) to obtain or confirm the validity of the Review Materials; (iv) to obtain missing or insufficient Review Materials; (v) to take any action or cause any other party to take any action under any of the Basic Documents to enforce any remedies for breaches of representations or warranties; or (vi) to establish cause, materiality or recourse for any Test Fail as described in Section 3.3.

(b)     Testing Procedure Limitations.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will only be required to perform the “Tests” described in Schedule B, and will not be obligated to perform additional procedures on any Review Receivable other than as specified in this Agreement.

5

However, the Asset Representations Reviewer may, in its discretion, (i) perform other tests that it deems reasonable and appropriate in determining whether the Review Receivables were in compliance with the representations and warranties made by TMCC and the Seller about the Review Receivables in the Basic Documents as of the Cutoff Date or Closing Date, as applicable, and (ii) provide additional information about any Review Receivable that it determines in good faith to be material to the related Review.

ARTICLE IV ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

Section 4.1.     Representations and Warranties.  The Asset Representations Reviewer represents and warrants to the Issuer as of the Closing Date:

(a)     Organization and Qualification.  The Asset Representations Reviewer is duly organized and validly existing as a [__________] in good standing under the laws of State of [__________].  The Asset Representations Reviewer is qualified as a foreign [__________] in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its properties or the conduct of its activities requires the qualification, license or approval, unless the failure to obtain the qualifications, licenses or approvals would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Asset Representations Reviewer’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)     Power, Authority and Enforceability.  The Asset Representations Reviewer has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.  The Asset Representations Reviewer has authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.  This Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Asset Representations Reviewer enforceable against the Asset Representations Reviewer, except as may be limited by insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general equitable principles.

(c)     No Conflicts and No Violation.  The completion of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and the performance of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s obligations under this Agreement will not (i) conflict with, or be a breach or default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, guarantee or similar document under which the Asset Representations Reviewer is a debtor or guarantor, (ii) result in the creation or imposition of a Lien on the properties or assets of the Asset Representations Reviewer under the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, guarantee or similar document, (iii) violate the organizational documents of the Asset Representations Reviewer or (iv) violate a law or, to the Asset Representations Reviewer’s knowledge, an order, rule or regulation of a federal or State court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Asset Representations Reviewer or its properties that applies to the Asset Representations Reviewer, which, in each case, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Asset Representations Reviewer’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(d)     No Proceedings.  To the Asset Representations Reviewer’s knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending or threatened in writing before a federal or State court,

6

regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Asset Representations Reviewer or its properties (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Asset Representations Reviewer’s ability to perform its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

(e)     Eligibility.  The Asset Representations Reviewer meets the eligibility requirements in Section 5.1.

Section 4.2.     Covenants.  The Asset Representations Reviewer covenants and agrees that:

(a)     Eligibility.  It will notify the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator promptly if it no longer meets, or reasonably expects that it will no longer meet, the eligibility requirements in Section 5.1.

(b)     Review Systems; Personnel.  It will maintain business process management and/or other systems necessary to ensure that it can perform each Test and, on execution of this Agreement, will load each Test into these systems. The Asset Representations Reviewer will ensure that these systems allow for each Review Receivable and the related Review Materials to be individually tracked and stored as contemplated by this Agreement.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will maintain adequate staff that is properly trained to conduct Reviews as required by this Agreement.

(c)     Maintenance of Review Materials.  It will maintain copies of any Review Materials, Review Reports and other documents relating to a Review, including internal correspondence and work papers, for a period of at least two years after any termination of this Agreement.

(d)     Compliance with Applicable Law.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will act in accordance with all requirements applicable to an asset representations reviewer under applicable law (as amended from time to time) and other state or federal securities law applicable to asset representations reviewers in effect during the term of this Agreement.

Section 4.3.     Fees and Expenses.

(a)     Annual Fee.  As compensation for its activities hereunder, the Asset Representations Reviewer shall be entitled to receive an annual fee (the “Annual Fee”) with respect to each Annual Period prior to the termination of the Issuer, in an amount equal to $[_____].

(b)     Review Fee.  Following the completion of a Review and the delivery of the related Review Report pursuant to Section 3.4, or the termination of a Review according to Section 3.3(e), and the delivery to the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Administrator of a detailed invoice in respect thereof, the Asset Representations Reviewer will be entitled to a fee of $[____] for each Review Receivable for which the Review was started (the “Review Fee”).  However, no Review Fee will be charged for any Review Receivable which was

7

included in a prior Review or for which no Tests were completed prior to the Asset Representations Reviewer being notified of a termination of the Review according to Section 3.3(e) or due to missing or insufficient Review Materials under Section 3.2(b).

(c)     Reimbursement of Travel Expenses.  If the Servicer provides access to the Review Materials at one of its properties, the Issuer will reimburse the Asset Representations Reviewer for its reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with the Review, following the delivery to the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Administrator of a detailed invoice in respect of such expenses; provided that such reimbursable expenses may not exceed [_______].

(d)     Dispute Resolution Expenses.  If the Asset Representations Reviewer participates in a dispute resolution proceeding under Section 3.6 of this Agreement and its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for participating in the proceeding are not paid by a party to the dispute resolution within ninety (90) days after the end of the proceeding, the Issuer will reimburse the Asset Representations Reviewer for such expenses after receipt of a detailed invoice in respect thereof.

(e)     Method of Payment.  The initial Annual Fee will become due and payable by TMCC within thirty (30) days of receipt by TMCC of an invoice in respect thereof.  Each other Annual Fee, and the amount of any properly invoiced fees, expenses or claims (including any Review Fee) to be reimbursed or paid by the Issuer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, will become due and payable by the Issuer on the next Payment Date occurring at least five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Servicer of the related invoice from the Asset Representations Reviewer, in each case in accordance with the priority of payments set forth in Section 5.06(b) or (c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable; provided that, (i) Annual Fees (other than the initial Annual Fee) will not be payable by the Issuer prior to the Payment Date immediately following the end of each annual period occurring on the anniversary of the Closing Date (each such period, an “Annual Period”), and (ii) the Asset Representations Reviewer must submit its invoice for any outstanding fees, expenses or claims not later than ten (10) Business Days before the final Payment Date.  The Servicer shall provide notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer of the final Payment Date at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to such Payment Date.  In the event that any such properly invoiced fees, expenses or claims are not paid or reimbursed in full by the Issuer on the related Payment Date, TMCC shall promptly pay the Asset Representations Reviewer for any such unpaid amounts.  If, subsequent to any such payment by TMCC to the Asset Representations Reviewer described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Asset Representations Reviewer receives payment or reimbursement in respect of the related fee, expense or claim, in part or in full, from the Issuer, then the Asset Representations Reviewer shall promptly refund TMCC for the amount of such payment or reimbursement received from the Issuer on such subsequent date.

Section 4.4.     Limitation on Liability.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will not be liable to any Person for any action taken, or not taken, in good faith under this Agreement or for errors in judgment.  However, the Asset Representations Reviewer will be liable for its willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence in performing its obligations under this Agreement.  In no event will the Asset Representations Reviewer be liable for special, indirect or consequential

8

losses or damages (including lost profit), even if the Asset Representations Reviewer has been advised of the likelihood of the loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

Section 4.5.     Indemnification by Asset Representations Reviewer .  The Asset Representations Reviewer will indemnify each of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents for all fees, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses, and including any such reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any enforcement (including any action, claim, or suit brought by such indemnified parties) of any indemnification or other obligation of the Asset Representations Reviewer) resulting from (a) the willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence of the Asset Representations Reviewer in performing its obligations under this Agreement and (b) the Asset Representations Reviewer’s breach of any of its representations or warranties in this Agreement.  The Asset Representations Reviewer’s obligations under this Section 4.5 will survive the termination of this Agreement, the termination of the Issuer and the resignation or removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer.

Section 4.6.     Indemnification of Asset Representations Reviewer.

(a)     Indemnification.  The Issuer will indemnify the Asset Representations Reviewer and its officers, directors, employees and agents (each, an “Indemnified Person”), for all costs, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities resulting from the performance of its obligations under this Agreement (including the fees and expenses of defending itself against any loss, damage or liability), but excluding any cost, expense, loss, damage or liability resulting from (i) the Asset Representations Reviewer’s willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence or (ii) the Asset Representations Reviewer’s breach of any of its representations or warranties in this Agreement.

(b)     Proceedings.  Promptly on receipt by an Indemnified Person of notice of a Proceeding against it, the Indemnified Person will, if a claim is to be made under Section 4.6(a), notify the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator of the Proceeding.  The Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator may participate in and assume the defense and settlement of a Proceeding at its expense.  If the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator notifies the Indemnified Person of its intention to assume the defense of the Proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person, and so long as the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator assumes the defense of the Proceeding in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator will not be liable for fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Person unless there is a conflict between the interests of the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator, as applicable, and an Indemnified Person.  If there is a conflict, the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator will pay for the reasonable fees and expenses of separate counsel to the Indemnified Person.  No settlement of a Proceeding may be made without the approval of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator and the Indemnified Person, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(c)     Survival of Obligations.  The Issuer’s, the Servicer’s and the Administrator’s obligations under this Section 4.6 will survive the resignation or removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer and the termination of this Agreement.

9

(d)     Repayment.  If the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator makes any payment under this Section 4.6 and the Indemnified Person later collects any of the amounts for which the payments were made to it from others, the Indemnified Person will promptly repay the amounts to the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator, as applicable.

Section 4.7.     Inspections of Asset Representations Reviewer.  The Asset Representations Reviewer agrees that, with reasonable prior notice not more than once during any year, it will permit authorized representatives of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator, during the Asset Representations Reviewer’s normal business hours, to examine and review the books of account, records, reports and other documents and materials of the Asset Representations Reviewer relating to (a) the performance of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s obligations under this Agreement, (b) payments of fees and expenses of the Asset Representations Reviewer for its performance and (c) a claim made by the Asset Representations Reviewer under this Agreement.  In addition, the Asset Representations Reviewer will permit the Issuer’s, the Servicer’s and the Administrator’s representatives to make copies and extracts of any of those documents and to discuss them with the Asset Representations Reviewer’s officers and employees.  Each of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator will, and will cause its authorized representatives to, hold in confidence the information except if disclosure may be required by law or if the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator reasonably determines that it is required to make the disclosure under this Agreement or the other Basic Documents.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will maintain all relevant books, records, reports and other documents and materials for a period of at least two years after the termination of its obligations under this Agreement.

Section 4.8.     Delegation of Obligations.  The Asset Representations Reviewer may not delegate or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement to any Person without the consent of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator.

Section 4.9.     Confidential Information.

(a)     Treatment.  The Asset Representations Reviewer agrees to hold and treat Confidential Information given to it under this Agreement in confidence and under the terms and conditions of this Section 4.9, and will implement and maintain safeguards to further assure the confidentiality of the Confidential Information.  The Confidential Information will not, without the prior consent of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator, be disclosed or used by the Asset Representations Reviewer, or its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives or affiliates, including legal counsel (collectively, the “Information Recipients”) other than for the purposes of performing Reviews of Review Receivables or performing its obligations under this Agreement.  The Asset Representations Reviewer agrees that it will not, and will cause its Affiliates to not (i) purchase or sell securities issued by TMCC, the Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates or special purpose entities formed by any of the foregoing Persons on the basis of Confidential Information or (ii) use the Confidential Information for the preparation of research reports, newsletters or other publications or similar communications.

(b)     Definition.  “Confidential Information” means oral, written and electronic materials (irrespective of its source or form of communication) furnished before, on or after the

10

date of this Agreement to the Asset Representations Reviewer for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement, including:

(i)       lists of Review Receivables and any related Review Materials;

(ii)      origination and servicing guidelines, policies and procedures, and form contracts; and

(iii)     notes, analyses, compilations, studies or other documents or records prepared by the Servicer or the Administrator, which contain information supplied by or on behalf of the Servicer, the Administrator or their respective representatives.

However, Confidential Information will not include information that (A) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by the Information Recipients, (B) was available to, or becomes available to, the Information Recipients on a non-confidential basis from a Person or entity other than the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator before its disclosure to the Information Recipients who, to the knowledge of the Information Recipient is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator and is not prohibited from transmitting the information to the Information Recipients, (C) is independently developed by the Information Recipients without the use of the Confidential Information, as shown by the Information Recipients’ files and records or other evidence in the Information Recipients’ possession or (D) the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator provides permission to the applicable Information Recipients to release.

(c)     Protection.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will take reasonable measures to protect the secrecy of and avoid disclosure and unauthorized use of Confidential Information, including those measures that it takes to protect its own confidential information and not less than a reasonable standard of care.  The Asset Representations Reviewer acknowledges that PII is also subject to the additional requirements in Section 4.10.

(d)     Disclosure.  If the Asset Representations Reviewer is required by applicable law, regulation, rule or order issued by an administrative, governmental, regulatory or judicial authority to disclose part of the Confidential Information, it may disclose the Confidential Information.  However, before a required disclosure, the Asset Representations Reviewer, if permitted by law, regulation, rule or order, will use its reasonable efforts to provide the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator with notice of the requirement and will cooperate, at the Issuer’s or the Servicer’s expense, as applicable, in the Issuer’s or the Servicer’s pursuit of a proper protective order or other relief for the disclosure of the Confidential Information.  If the Issuer or the Servicer is unable to obtain a protective order or other proper remedy by the date that the information is required to be disclosed, the Asset Representations Reviewer will disclose only that part of the Confidential Information that it is advised by its legal counsel it is legally required to disclose.

(e)     Responsibility for Information Recipients.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will be responsible for a breach of this Section 4.9 by its Information Recipients.

(f)     Violation.  The Asset Representations Reviewer agrees that a violation of this Agreement may cause irreparable injury to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator, and the

11

Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator may seek injunctive relief in addition to legal remedies.  If an action is initiated by the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator to enforce this Section 4.9, the prevailing party will be reimbursed for its fees and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred for the enforcement.

Section 4.10.     Personally Identifiable Information.

(a)     Definitions.  “PII” means information in any format about an identifiable individual, including, name, address, phone number, e-mail address, account number(s), identification number(s), any other actual or assigned attribute associated with or identifiable to an individual and any information that when used separately or in combination with other information could identify an individual.  “Issuer PII” means PII furnished by the Issuer, the Servicer, the Administrator or their respective Affiliates to the Asset Representations Reviewer and PII developed or otherwise collected or acquired by the Asset Representations Reviewer in performing its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)     Use of Issuer PII.  The Issuer does not grant the Asset Representations Reviewer any rights to Issuer PII except as provided in this Agreement.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will use Issuer PII only to perform its obligations under this Agreement or as specifically directed in writing by the Issuer and will only reproduce Issuer PII to the extent necessary for these purposes.  The Asset Representations Reviewer must comply with all laws applicable to PII, Issuer PII and the Asset Representations Reviewer’s business, including any legally required codes of conduct, including those relating to privacy, security and data protection.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will protect and secure Issuer PII.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will implement privacy or data protection policies and procedures that comply with applicable law and this Agreement.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will implement and maintain reasonable and appropriate practices, procedures and systems, including administrative, technical and physical safeguards to (i) protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of Issuer PII, (ii) ensure against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of Issuer PII, (iii) protect against unauthorized access to or use of Issuer PII and (iv) otherwise comply with its obligations under this Agreement.  These safeguards include a written data security plan, employee training, information access controls, restricted disclosures, systems protections (e.g., intrusion protection, data storage protection and data transmission protection) and physical security measures.

(c)     Additional Limitations.  In addition to the use and protection requirements described in Section 4.10(b), the Asset Representations Reviewer’s disclosure of Issuer PII is also subject to the following requirements:

(i)     The Asset Representations Reviewer will not disclose Issuer PII to its personnel or allow its personnel access to Issuer PII except (A) for the Asset Representations Reviewer personnel who require Issuer PII to perform a Review, (B) with the prior consent of the Issuer or (C) as required by applicable law.  When permitted, the disclosure of or access to Issuer PII will be limited to the specific information necessary for the individual to complete the assigned task.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will inform personnel with access to Issuer PII of the

12

confidentiality requirements in this Agreement and train its personnel with access to Issuer PII on the proper use and protection of Issuer PII.

(ii)     The Asset Representations Reviewer will not sell, disclose, provide or exchange Issuer PII with or to any third party without the prior consent of the Issuer.

(iii)     [Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Asset Representations Reviewer’s use and handling of Issuer PII shall also be subject to the terms and limitations described in that separate letter agreement between TMCC and the Asset Representations Reviewer dated [__________], (the “Letter Agreement”) and, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Letter Agreement and the terms of this Agreement related to the Asset Representations Reviewer’s use and handling of Issuer PII, the most restrictive of such terms shall govern.]

(d)     Notice of Breach.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will notify the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator promptly in the event of an actual or reasonably suspected security breach, unauthorized access, misappropriation or other compromise of the security, confidentiality or integrity of Issuer PII and, where applicable, immediately take action to prevent any further breach.

(e)     Return or Disposal of Issuer PII.  Except where return or disposal is prohibited by applicable law, promptly on the earlier of the completion of the Review or the request of the Issuer, all Issuer PII in any medium in the Asset Representations Reviewer’s possession or under its control will be (i) destroyed in a manner that prevents its recovery or restoration or (ii) if so directed by the Issuer, returned to the Issuer without the Asset Representations Reviewer retaining any actual or recoverable copies, in both cases, without charge to the Issuer.  Where the Asset Representations Reviewer retains Issuer PII, the Asset Representations Reviewer will limit the Asset Representations Reviewer’s further use or disclosure of Issuer PII to that required by applicable law.

(f)     Compliance; Modification.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will cooperate with and provide information to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator regarding the Asset Representations Reviewer’s compliance with this Section 4.10.  The Asset Representations Reviewer, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator agree to modify this Section 4.10 as necessary for any party to comply with applicable law.

(g)     Audit of Asset Representations Reviewer.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will permit the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator and their authorized representatives to audit the Asset Representations Reviewer’s compliance with this Section 4.10 during the Asset Representations Reviewer’s normal business hours on reasonable advance notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer, and not more than once during any year unless circumstances necessitate additional audits.  The Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator agree to make reasonable efforts to schedule any audit described in this Section 4.10 with the inspections described in Section 4.7.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will also permit the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator, during normal business hours on reasonable advance written notice, to audit any service providers used by the Asset Representations Reviewer to fulfill the Asset Representations Reviewer’s obligations under this Agreement.

13

(h)     Affiliates and Third Parties.  If the Asset Representations Reviewer processes the PII of the Issuer’s, the Servicer’s or the Administrator’s Affiliates or a third party when performing a Review, and if such Affiliate or third party is identified to the Asset Representations Reviewer, such Affiliate or third party is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Section 4.10, and this Agreement is intended to benefit the Affiliate or third party.  The Affiliate or third party may enforce the PII-related terms of this Section 4.10 against the Asset Representations Reviewer as if each were a signatory to this Agreement.

ARTICLE VRESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; SUCCESSOR ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

Section 5.1.     Eligibility Requirements for Asset Representations Reviewer.  The Asset Representations Reviewer must be a Person who (a) is not an Affiliate of TMCC, the Seller, the Issuer, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee and (b) is not an Affiliate of any Person that was engaged by TMCC or any underwriter of the Notes to perform any due diligence on the Receivables prior to the Closing Date.

Section 5.2.     Resignation and Removal of Asset Representations Reviewer.

(a)     No Resignation.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will not resign as Asset Representations Reviewer unless it determines it is legally unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement and there is no reasonable action that it could take to make the performance of its obligations under this Agreement permitted under applicable law.  In such event, the Asset Representations Reviewer will deliver a notice of its resignation to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator, together with an Opinion of Counsel supporting its determination.

(b)     Removal.  If any of the following events occur, the Issuer, by notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer, may remove the Asset Representations Reviewer and terminate its rights and obligations under this Agreement:

(i)      the Asset Representations Reviewer no longer meets the eligibility requirements in Section 5.1;

(ii)     the Asset Representations Reviewer breaches of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or obligations in this Agreement; or

(iii)     an Insolvency Event of the Asset Representations Reviewer occurs.

(c)     Notice of Resignation or Removal.  The Issuer will notify the Servicer, the Administrator, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of any resignation or removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer.

(d)     Continue to Perform After Resignation or Removal.  No resignation or removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer will be effective, and the Asset Representations Reviewer will continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement, until a successor Asset Representations Reviewer has accepted its engagement according to Section 5.3(b).

14

Section 5.3.     Successor Asset Representations Reviewer .

(a)     Engagement of Successor Asset Representations Reviewer.  Following the resignation or removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Issuer will engage a successor Asset Representations Reviewer who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 5.1.

(b)     Effectiveness of Resignation or Removal.  No resignation or removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer will be effective until the successor Asset Representations Reviewer has executed and delivered to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator an agreement accepting its engagement and agreeing to perform the obligations of the Asset Representations Reviewer under this Agreement or entering into a new agreement with the Issuer on substantially the same terms as this Agreement.

(c)     Transition and Expenses.  If the Asset Representations Reviewer resigns or is removed, the Asset Representations Reviewer will cooperate with the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator and take all actions reasonably requested to assist the Issuer in making an orderly transition of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s rights and obligations under this Agreement to the successor Asset Representations Reviewer.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will pay the reasonable expenses of transitioning the Asset Representations Reviewer’s obligations under this Agreement and preparing the successor Asset Representations Reviewer to take on the obligations on receipt of an invoice with reasonable detail of the expenses from the Issuer, the Servicer, the Administrator or the successor Asset Representations Reviewer. To the extent expenses incurred by the Asset Representations Reviewer in connection with the replacement of the Asset Representations Reviewer are not paid by the Asset Representations Reviewer that is being replaced, the Issuer will pay such expenses in accordance with the priority of payments set forth in Section 5.06(b) or (c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

Section 5.4.     Merger, Consolidation or Succession.  Any Person (a) into which the Asset Representations Reviewer is merged or consolidated, (b) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Asset Representations Reviewer is a party or (c) succeeding to the business of the Asset Representations Reviewer, if that Person meets the eligibility requirements in Section 5.1, will be the successor to the Asset Representations Reviewer under this Agreement.  Such Person will execute and deliver to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator an agreement to assume the Asset Representations Reviewer’s obligations under this Agreement (unless the assumption happens by operation of law).

ARTICLE VI OTHER AGREEMENTS

Section 6.1.     Independence of Asset Representations Reviewer.  The Asset Representations Reviewer will be an independent contractor and will not be subject to the supervision of the Issuer for the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.  Unless authorized by the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator, the Asset Representations Reviewer will have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator, respectively, and will not be considered an agent of any such Person.  Nothing in this Agreement will make the Asset Representations Reviewer and

15

the Issuer, the Servicer or the Administrator members of any partnership, joint venture or other separate entity or impose any liability as such on any of them.

Section 6.2.     No Petition.  Each of the parties agrees that, before the date that is one year and one day (or, if longer, any applicable preference period) after payment in full of all securities issued by the Seller, the Issuer or by a trust for which the Seller was a depositor, it will not start or pursue against, or join any other Person in starting or pursuing against the Seller or the Issuer, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings under any bankruptcy or similar law.  This Section 6.2 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 6.3.     Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee .  This Agreement has been signed on behalf of the Issuer by [__________], not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer.  In no event will [__________] in its individual capacity or a beneficial owner of the Issuer be liable for the Issuer’s obligations under this Agreement.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the Owner Trustee will be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the Trust Agreement.

Section 6.4.     Termination of Agreement.  This Agreement will terminate, except for the obligations under Section 4.6, on the earlier of (a) the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and (b) the date the Issuer is terminated under the Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 7.1.     Amendments.  The parties may amend this Agreement:

(i)     to clarify an ambiguity, correct an error or correct or supplement any term of this Agreement that may be defective or inconsistent with the other terms of this Agreement or to provide for, or facilitate the acceptance of this Agreement by, a successor Asset Representations Reviewer, in each case without the consent of the Noteholders or any other Person;

(ii)     to add, change or eliminate terms of this Agreement, in each case without the consent of the Noteholders or any other Person, if the Administrator delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee stating that the amendment will not have a material adverse effect on the Noteholders; or

(iii)     to add, change or eliminate terms of this Agreement for which an Officer’s Certificate is not or cannot be delivered under Section 7.1(ii), with the consent of a majority of the principal amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class then outstanding, acting together as a single class.

16

Section 7.2.     Assignment; Benefit of Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries.

(a)     Assignment.  Except as stated in Section 5.4, this Agreement may not be assigned by the Asset Representations Reviewer without the consent of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Administrator.

(b)     Benefit of Agreement; Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement is for the benefit of and will be binding on the parties and their permitted successors and assigns.  The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, will be third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and may enforce this Agreement against the Asset Representations Reviewer, the Servicer and the Administrator.  No other Person will have any right or obligation under this Agreement.

Section 7.3.     Notices.

(a)     Notices to Parties.  All notices, requests, demands, consents, waivers or other communications to or from the parties must be in writing and will be considered given:

(i)       for overnight mail, on delivery or, for registered first class mail, postage prepaid, three (3) days after deposit in the mail;

(ii)      for a fax, when receipt is confirmed by telephone, reply email or reply fax from the recipient;

(iii)     for an email, when receipt is confirmed by telephone or reply email from the recipient; and

(iv)     for an electronic posting to a password-protected website to which the recipient has access, on delivery of an email (without the requirement of confirmation of receipt) stating that the electronic posting has occurred.

(b)     Notice Addresses.  Any notice, request, demand, consent, waiver or other communication will be addressed as stated in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Administration Agreement, as applicable, or to another address as a party may give by notice to the other parties.

Section 7.4.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

Section 7.5.     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN LEGAL PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

17

Section 7.6.     No Waiver; Remedies.  No party’s failure or delay in exercising a power, right or remedy under this Agreement will operate as a waiver.  No single or partial exercise of a power, right or remedy will preclude any other or further exercise of the power, right or remedy or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.  The powers, rights and remedies under this Agreement are in addition to any powers, rights and remedies under law.

Section 7.7.     Severability.  If a part of this Agreement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then it will be deemed severable from the remaining Agreement and will not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining Agreement.

Section 7.8.     Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 7.9.     Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts. Each counterpart will be an original and all counterparts will together be one document.

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

18

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Servicer, the Administrator and the Asset Representations Reviewer have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[__] OWNER TRUST, as Issuer
By:	[__________], not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee
By:
	Name:
	Title:
TOYOTA MOTOR CREDIT CORPORATION,
	as Servicer and Administrator
By:
	Name:
	Title:
[__________],
	as Asset Representations Reviewer
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Schedule A

Review Materials

“Review Materials” means, with respect to each Receivable:

(a) the Contract;

(b) the original credit application executed by the related Obligor (or a photocopy or other image or electronic record thereof;

(c) the original certificate of title (or evidence that such certificate of title has been applied for), or a photocopy or other image thereof, and of such documents that the Servicer shall keep on file evidencing the security interest in the related Financed Vehicle;

(d) an electronic data tape describing certain characteristics of the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date or such other applicable date of determination (the “Data Tape”);

(e) a list of approved contract forms for the Review Receivables, as provided by TMCC; and

(f) such other documentation or information (whether tangible or electronic, and including, without limitation, screen prints or reports of the Servicer’s receivables and securitization systems) as the Servicer, as the case may be, may maintain and which the Servicer shall have determined to be relevant to any Test with respect to such Receivable.

Sch. A-1

Schedule B

Representations, Warranties and Tests

Representations and Warranties Made as of the Cutoff Date and the Closing Date (unless otherwise specified)	Tests
1.     Origination.  Each Receivable was originated in the United States by a Dealer for the retail sale of the related Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of such Dealer’s business, has been fully and properly executed or electronically authenticated by the parties thereto, has been purchased by TMCC from such Dealer under an existing agreement with TMCC and has been validly assigned by such Dealer to TMCC.	Test 1-1: Dealer Address Confirm the Dealer address on the Contract is a United States address. Test 1-2: Contract Signed Confirm the Obligor(s) and Dealer signed the Contract. Test 1-3: Valid Assignee Confirm TMCC, or a name included in the list of acceptable name variations, is identified as the assignee in either the Assignment section of the Contract or separate assignment document. Test 1-4: Valid Assignor Signature Confirm the Contract was completed electronically or if completed on paper, confirm the Dealer signature is present as assignor on the Contract or separate assignment document.
2.     Security Interest.  With respect to each Receivable, as of the Closing Date, TMCC has, or has started procedures that will result in TMCC having, a perfected, first priority security interest in the related Financed Vehicle, which security interest was validly created and is assignable by the Seller to the Purchaser, and by the Purchaser to the Issuer.	Test 2-1: Lienholder Confirm the title documents identify either TMCC, or a name included in the list of acceptable name variations, as the first lienholder. Test 2-2:  Obligor Name Confirm the Obligor name(s) on the Contract, taking into account any amendments or correction notices, match(es) the name(s) on the title documents. Test 2-3:  Valid VIN Confirm the vehicle identification number on the Contract, taking into account any amendments or correction notices, matches the vehicle identification number on the title documents.
3.     Simple Interest.  Each Receivable provides for scheduled monthly payments that fully amortize the Amount Financed by maturity (except for minimally different payments in the first or last month in the life of the Receivable) and provide for a finance charge or yield interest at its APR, in either case calculated based on the Simple Interest Method.	Test 3-1: Payments Review the Contract and confirm it reflects a level monthly payment except for the first and final payment, if any.  Sum the first payment (if any), the product of the number of payments (or the number of regular payments, if there is a first or final payment) and the Payment Amount and the final payment (if any) and confirm that this amount is equal to the Total of Payments in the Truth in Lending section of the Contract. Test 3-2: Simple Interest Observe the Contact and confirm it is a Simple Interest Method Contract.

Sch. B-1

Representations and Warranties Made as of the Cutoff Date and the Closing Date (unless otherwise specified)	Tests
4.     Prepayment.  Each Receivable allows for prepayment without penalty.	Test 4-1: Prepayment Confirm the Contract provides a prepayment disclosure that does not require a penalty.
5.     Compliance with Law.  To the Seller’s knowledge, each Receivable complied in all material respects at the time it was originated with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws, and regulations thereunder.	Test 5-1: Complete Contract Confirm the Contract was completed electronically or if completed on paper, confirm the Contract form number and revision date are approved for use according to TMCC internal documentation.
6.     Binding Obligation.  Each Receivable is on a form contract containing customary and enforceable provisions that includes rights and remedies allowing the holder to enforce the obligation and realize on the related Financed Vehicle and represents the legal, valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the related Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and by general principles of equity and consumer protection laws, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.	Test 6-1:  Valid Contract Form Confirm the Contract was completed electronically or if completed on paper, confirm the Contract form number and revision date are approved for use according to TMCC internal documentation. Test 6-2: Contract Executed Confirm the Obligor(s) signed the Contract.
7.     No Government Obligors.  None of the Receivables is due from the United States or any state or local government, or from any agency, department or instrumentality of the United States or any state or local government.	Test 7-1: Personal Use Review the Obligor section on the Contract and confirm the Obligor name(s)  is that of a natural person. Test 7-2: No Government Obligor If the Obligor section on the Contract does not report a natural person’s name or an obvious non-governmental business, confirm internet search results show no indication of the Obligor(s) to be a government agency, department, political subdivision or instrumentality.
8.     Receivables in Force.  As of the Cutoff Date, no Receivable has been satisfied, nor has any Financed Vehicle been released in whole or in part from the lien granted by the related Receivable.	Test 8-1: Active Account Observe the Receivable in TMCC’s Data Tape, and confirm it was an active account on the Cutoff Date.

Sch. B-2

Representations and Warranties Made as of the Cutoff Date and the Closing Date (unless otherwise specified)	Tests
9.     No Amendments or Waivers.  As of the Cutoff Date, no material provision of a Receivable has been amended, modified or waived in a manner that is prohibited by the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.	Test 9-1: Contract Form Confirm the Contract was completed electronically or if completed on paper, confirm the Contract form number and revision date are approved for use according to TMCC internal documentation. Test 9-2: Modification Review the Data Tape and the Contract (as amended by any related correction notice, if any) and confirm that, as of the Cutoff Date,  there is no revision to the following terms: i.          APR ii.         Original Contract Term iii.        Monthly Payment iv.        Total Amount Financed v.         Make / Model / Model Year vi.        Simple Interest Method Loan
10.   No Defenses.  To the Seller’s knowledge, as of the Closing Date, no Receivable is subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, nor has any such right been asserted or threatened with respect to any Receivable.	Test 10-1: No Litigation Review the Review Materials and confirm there is no evidence of litigation or other attorney involvement as of the Closing Date.
11.   No Payment Default.  Except for payment delinquencies that have been continuing for a period of not more than [__] days, no payment default under the terms of any Receivable exists as of the Cutoff Date.	Test 11-1: Delinquency Observe TMCC’s Data Tape and confirm the Receivable was not more than [__] days delinquent as of the Cutoff Date.
12.   No Repossession.  No Financed Vehicle has been repossessed without reinstatement as of the Cutoff Date.	Test 12-1: Repossession Inventory Observe TMCC’s receivables systems and confirm the Receivable was not held in repossession inventory as of the Cutoff Date.
13.   Insurance.  The terms of each Receivable require the related Obligor to obtain and maintain physical damage insurance covering the related Financed Vehicle in accordance with TMCC’s normal requirements.  No Financed Vehicle was subject to force-placed insurance.	Test 13-1: Physical Damage Covered Confirm the Contract contains language that required the Obligor to obtain and maintain insurance against physical damage to the Financed Vehicle. Test 13-2: No Force-Placed Insurance Confirm the Review Materials contain no evidence the Financed Vehicle was subject to force-placed insurance.

Sch. B-3

Representations and Warranties Made as of the Cutoff Date and the Closing Date (unless otherwise specified)	Tests
14.   Good Title.  Immediately prior to the transfer and assignment herein contemplated, the Seller had good and marketable title to each Receivable free and clear of all Liens and rights of others (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents) and, immediately upon the transfer and assignment thereof, the Purchaser will have good and marketable title to each Receivable, free and clear of all Liens and rights of others (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents).	Test 14-1: Sole Lienholder Confirm the title documents designate TMCC, or a name included in the list of acceptable name variations as the sole lien holder and that no other lien holder is listed. Test 14-2: No Transfer of Title Confirm the title documents indicate the Receivable has not been sold, assigned, or transferred to any other entity.
15.   Lawful Assignment.  No Receivable has been originated in, or is subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable under this Agreement, or pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the pledge of such Receivable under the Indenture are unlawful, void or voidable.  The terms of each Receivable do not limit the right of the owner of such Receivable to sell such Receivable.	Test 15-1: Contract Form Confirm the Contract was completed electronically or if completed on paper, confirm the Contract form number and revision date are approved for use according to TMCC internal documentation. Test 15-2: Assignability Confirm the Contract does not contain language that limits the sale or transfer of the Receivable.
16.   Additional Representations and Warranties.  (A) Each Receivable is being serviced by TMCC as of the Closing Date; (B) each Receivable is secured by a new or used passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle; (C) no Receivable was more than [__] days past due as of the Cutoff Date; and (D) as of the Cutoff Date, no Receivable was noted in the records of TMCC or the Servicer as being the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding or insolvency proceeding.	Test 16(A):  Servicing Confirm the Review Materials show the Receivable was being serviced by TMCC as of the Closing Date. Test 16(B):  Financed Vehicle Review the Contract and confirm the Financed Vehicle is a new or used passenger car, minivan, light-duty truck or sport utility vehicle. Test 16(C):  Delinquency Confirm the Data Tape shows the Receivable is not more than [__] days past due as of the Cut-off Date. Test 16(D):  No Bankruptcy Confirm the Data Tape shows the Obligor was not noted as being the subject of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding as of the Cutoff Date.

Sch. B-4

EX-4.8

Exhibit 4.8

(Multicurrency-Cross Border)

ISDA International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.

MASTER AGREEMENT
dated as of [________], 20[__]

[__________] and TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a “Transaction”) that are or will be governed by this Master Agreement, which includes the schedule (the “Schedule”), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a “Confirmation”) exchanged between the parties confirming those Transactions.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

1. Interpretation

(a)           Definitions.  The terms defined in Section 14 and in the Schedule will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.

(b)           Inconsistency.  In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail.  In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement (including the Schedule), such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

(c)           Single Agreement.  All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Master Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this “Agreement”), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.

2. Obligations

(a)           General Conditions.

(i)                Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

(ii)               Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the required currency.  Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary

for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

(iii)              Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other applicable condition precedent specified in this Agreement.

(b)           Change of Account.  Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the scheduled date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.

(c)           Netting.  If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable:—

(i)                in the same currency; and

(ii)               in respect of the same Transaction,

by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party’s obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by whom the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount will be determined in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of such Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction.  The election may be made in the Schedule or a Confirmation by specifying that subparagraph (ii) above will not apply to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election, together with the starting date (in which case subparagraph (ii) above will not, or will cease to, apply to such Transactions from such date).  This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of Offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries.

(d)           Deduction or Withholding for Tax.

(i)                Gross-Up.  All payments under this Agreement will be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect.  If a party is so required to deduct or withhold, then that party (“X”) will:—

(1)            promptly notify the other party (“Y”) of such requirement;

2

(2)            pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by X to Y under this Section 2(d)) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such amount has been assessed against Y;

(3)            promptly forward to Y an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Y, evidencing such payment to such authorities; and

(4)            if such Tax is an Indemnifiable Tax, pay to Y, in addition to the payment to which Y is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Y (free and clear of Indemnifiable Taxes, whether assessed against X or Y) will equal the full amount Y would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required.  However, X will not be required to pay any additional amount to Y to the extent that it would not be required to be paid but for:—

(A)the failure by Y to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d); or

(B)the failure of a representation made by Y pursuant to Section 3(f) to be accurate and true unless such failure would not have occurred but for (I) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (II) a Change in Tax Law.

(ii)               Liability.  If:–

(1)X is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction or withholding in respect of which X would not be required to pay an additional amount to Y under Section 2(d)(i)(4);

(2)X does not so deduct or withhold; and

(3)a liability resulting from such Tax is assessed directly against X,

then, except to the extent Y has satisfied or then satisfies the liability resulting from such Tax, Y will promptly pay to X the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest, but including any related liability for penalties only if Y has failed to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)).

(e)           Default Interest; Other Amounts.  Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party that defaults in the performance of any payment obligation will, to the extent permitted by law and subject to Section 6(c), be required to pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount

3

to the other party on demand in the same currency as such overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment, at the Default Rate.  Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.  If, prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party defaults in the performance of any obligation required to be settled by delivery, it will compensate the other party on demand if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

3. Representations

Each party represents to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the representations in Section 3(f), at all times until the termination of this Agreement) that:—

(a)           Basic Representations.

(i)                Status.  It is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;

(ii)               Powers.  It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which is it a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorise such execution, delivery and performance;

(iii)              No Violation or Conflict.  Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

(iv)             Consents.  All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and

(v)              Obligations Binding.  Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

(b)           Absence ofCertain Events.  No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

4

(c)           Absence of Litigation.  There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it or any of its Affiliates any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document.

(d)           Accuracy of Specified Information.  All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect.

(e)           Payer Tax Representation.  Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(e) is accurate and true.

(f)            Payee Tax Representations.  Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(f) is accurate and true.

4. Agreements

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party:—

(a)           Furnish Specified Information.  It will deliver to the other party or, in certain cases under subparagraph (iii) below, to such government or taxing authority as the other party reasonably directs:—

(i)                any forms, documents or certificates relating to taxation specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation;

(ii)               any other documents specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; and

(iii)             upon reasonable demand by such other party, any form or document that may be required or reasonably requested in writing in order to allow such other party or its Credit Support Provider to make a payment under this Agreement or any applicable Credit Support Document without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction or withholding at a reduced rate (so long as the completion, execution or submission of such form or document would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the party in receipt of such demand), with any such form or document to be accurate and completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such other party and to be executed and to be delivered with any reasonably required certification,

in each case by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b)           Maintain Authorisations.  It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it

5

with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

(c)           Comply with Laws.  It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(d)           TaxAgreement.  It will give notice of any failure of a representation made by it under Section 3(f) to be accurate and true promptly upon learning of such failure.

(e)           Payment of Stamp Tax.  Subject to Section 11, it will pay any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon it or in respect of its execution or performance of this Agreement by a jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled, or considered to have its seat, or in which a branch or office through which it is acting for the purpose of this Agreement is located (“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction”) and will indemnify the other party against any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon the other party or in respect of the other party’s execution or performance of this Agreement by any such Stamp Tax Jurisdiction which is not also a Stamp Tax Jurisdiction with respect to the other party.

5. Events of Default and Termination Events

(a)           Events of Default.  The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes an event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to such party:—

(i)                Failure to Pay or Deliver.  Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(ii)               Breach of Agreement.  Failure by the party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or obligation under Section 4(a)(0, 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)) to be complied with or performed by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied on or before the thirtieth day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(iii)              Credit Support Default.

(1)Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period has elapsed;

6

(2)the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document to be in full force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement (in either case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other party; or

(3)the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document;

(iv)             Misrepresentation.  A representation (other than a representation under Section 3(e) or (f)) made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(v)              Default under Specified Transaction.  The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (1) defaults under a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period; there occurs a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that Specified Transaction, (2) defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment or delivery due on the last payment, delivery or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a Specified Transaction (or such default continues for at least three Local Business Days if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period) or (3) disaffirms, disclaims; repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, a Specified Transaction (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

(vi)             Cross Default.  If “Cross Default” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of (1) a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) _.in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments, before it would otherwise have been due and payable or (2) a default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments on the due date thereof in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount under such agreements or instruments (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period);

(vii)            Bankruptcy.  The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party: —

7

(1)is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has, a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

(viii)        Merger Without Assumption.  The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer:—

(1)the resulting, serving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the other party to this Agreement; or

(2)the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)          Termination Events.  The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such Party of any event specified below constitutes an illegality if the event is specified in (i) below, a Tax Event if the event specified in (ii) below or a Tax Event Upon Merger if the event is specified in (iii) below, and, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger if the event is specified pursuant

8

to (iv) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is specified pursuant to (v) below:—

(i)                Illegality.  Due to the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law after the date on which a Transaction is entered into, or due to the promulgation of, or any change in, the interpretation by any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction of any applicable law after such date, it becomes unlawful (other than as a result of a breach by the party of Section 4(b)) for such party (which will be the Affected Party):—

(1)to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery or to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

(2)to perform, or for any Credit Support Provider of such party to perform, any contingent or other obligation which the party (or such Credit Support Provider) has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction;

(ii)               Tax Event.  Due to (x) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (y) a Change in Tax Law, the party (which will be the Affected Party) will, or there is a substantial likelihood that it will, on the next succeeding Scheduled Payment Date (1) be required to pay to the other party an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount is required to be deducted or withheld for or on account of a Tax (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) and no additional amount is required to be paid in respect of such Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B));

(iii)              Tax Event Upon Merger.  The party (the “Burdened Party”) on the next succeeding Scheduled Payment Date will either (1) be required to pay an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount has been deducted or withheld for or on account of any Indemnifiable Tax in respect of which the other party is not required to pay an additional amount (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B)), in either case as a result of a party consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging with or into, or transferring all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (which will be the Affected Party) where such action does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii);

(iv)             Credit Event Upon Merger.  If “Credit Event Upon Merger” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, such party (“X”), any Credit Support Provider of X or any applicable Specified Entity of X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and such action does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii) but the creditworthiness of the

9

resulting, surviving or transferee entity is materially weaker than that of X, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity, as the case may be, immediately prior to such action (and, in such event, X or its successor or transferee, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party); or

(v)              Additional Termination Event. If any “Additional Termination Event” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event, the Affected Party or Affected Parties shall be as specified for such Additional Termination Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation).

(c)           Event ofDefault and Illegality.  If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Event of Default also constitutes an Illegality, it will be treated as an Illegality and will not constitute an Event of Default.

6. Early Termination

(a)           Right to Terminate Following Event of Default.  If at any time an Event of Default with respect to a party (the “Defaulting Party”) has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the “Non-defaulting Party”) may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the relevant Event of Default, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions.  If, however, “Automatic Early Termination” is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party, then an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(1), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8), and as of the time immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).

(b)           Right to Terminate Following Termination Event.

(i)                Notice.  If a Termination Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and each Affected Transaction and will also give such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require.

(ii)               Transfer to Avoid Termination Event.  If either an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) or a Tax Event occurs and there is only one Affected Party, or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party, the Affected Party will, as a condition to its right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv), use all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party to incur a loss, excluding immaterial, incidental expenses) to transfer within 20 days after it gives notice under Section 6(b)(i) all its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Affected Transactions to another of its Offices or Affiliates so that such Termination Event ceases to exist.

10

If the Affected Party is not able to make such a transfer it will give notice to the other party to that effect within such 20 day period, whereupon the other party may effect such a transfer within 30 days after the notice is given under Section 6(b)(i).

Any such transfer by a party under this Section 6(b)(ii) will be subject to and conditional upon the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be withheld if such other party’s policies in effect at such time would permit it to enter into transactions with the transferee on the terms proposed.

(iii)              Two Affected Parties.  If an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) or a Tax Event occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days after notice thereof is given under Section 6(b)(i) on action to avoid that Termination Event.

(iv)             Right to Terminate:  If:—

(1)a transfer under Section 6(b)(ii) or an agreement under Section 6(b)(iii), as the case may be, has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or

(2)an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2), a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs, or a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is not the Affected Party,

either party in the case of an Illegality, the Burdened Party in the case of a Tax Event Upon Merger, any Affected Party in the case of a Tax Event or an Additional Termination Event if there is more than one Affected Party, or the party which is not the Affected Party in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party and provided that the relevant Termination Event is then continuing, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.

(c)           Effect of Designation.

(i)                If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or (b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing.

(ii)              Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement.  The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date shall be determined pursuant to Section 6(e).

11

(d)           Calculations.

(i)                Statement.  On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including all relevant quotations and specifying any amount payable under Section 6(e)) and (2) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid.  In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation obtained in determining a Market Quotation, the records of the party obtaining such quotation will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation.

(ii)               Payment Date.  An amount calculated as being due in respect of any Early Termination Date under Section 6(e) will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default) and on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event.) Such amount will be paid together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest thereon (before as well as after judgment) in the Termination Currency, from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date such amount is paid, at the Applicable Rate.  Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

(e)           Payments on Early Termination.  If an Early Termination Date occurs, the following provisions shall apply based on the parties’ election in the Schedule of a payment measure, either “Market Quotation” or “Loss”, and a payment method, either the “First Method” or the “Second Method”.  If the parties fail to designate a payment measure or payment method in the Schedule, it will be deemed that “Market Quotation” or the “Second Method”, as the case may be, shall apply.  The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date and determined pursuant to this Section will be subject to any Set-off.

(i)                Events of Default.  If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default:—

(1)First Method and Market Quotation.  If the First Method and Market Quotation apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party the excess, if a positive number, of (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party over (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party.

(2)First Method and Loss.  If the First Method and Loss apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party, if a positive number, the Non-defaulting Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement.

12

(3)Second Method and Market Quotation.  If the Second Method and Market Quotation apply, an amount will be payable equal to (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party.  If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(4)Second Method and Loss.  If the Second Method and Loss apply, an amount will be payable equal to the Non-defaulting Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement.  If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(ii)              Termination Events.  If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event:—

(1)One Affected Party. If there is one Affected Party, the amount payable will be determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i)(3), if Market Quotation applies, or Section 6(e)(i)(4), if Loss applies, except that, in either case, references to the Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and the party which is not the Affected Party, respectively, and, if Loss applies and fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, Loss shall be calculated in respect of all Terminated Transactions.

(2)Two Affected Parties.  If there are two Affected Parties:—

(A)if Market Quotation applies, each party will determine a Settlement Amount in respect of the Terminated^-Transactions, and an amount will be payable equal to (I) the sum of (a) one-half of the difference between the Settlement Amount of the party with the higher Settlement Amount (“X”) and the Settlement Amount of the party with the lower Settlement Amount (“Y”) and (b) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (II) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y; and

(B)if Loss applies, each party will determine its Loss in respect of this Agreement (or, if fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated; in respect of all Terminated Transactions) and an amount will be payable equal to one-half of the difference between the Loss of the party with the higher Loss (“X”) and the Loss of the party with the lower Loss (“Y”).

If the amount payable is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number, X will pay the absolute value of that amount to Y.

13

(iii)              Adjustment for Bankruptcy.  In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs because “Automatic Early Termination” applies in respect of a party, the amount determined under this Section 6(e) will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by law to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

(iv)             Pre-Estimate.  The parties agree that if Market Quotation applies an amount recoverable under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty.  Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement neither party will be entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of such losses.

7. Transfer

Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that:—

(a)           a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

(b)           a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any amount payable to it from a Defaulting Party under Section 6(e).

Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section will be void.

8. Contractual Currency

(a)           Payment in the Contractual Currency.  Each payment under this Agreement will be made in the relevant currency specified in this Agreement for that payment (the “Contractual Currency”).  To the extent permitted by applicable law, any obligation to make payments under this Agreement in the Contractual Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than the Contractual Currency, except to the extent such tender results in the actual receipt by the party to which payment is owed, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the currency so tendered into the Contractual Currency, of the full amount in the Contractual Currency of all amounts payable in respect of this Agreement.  If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall.  If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party receiving the payment will refund promptly the amount of such excess.

14

(b)           Judgments. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Contractual Currency is rendered (i) for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, (ii) for the payment of any amount relating to any early termination in respect of this Agreement or (iii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in (i) or (ii) above, the party seeking recovery, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which such party is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order will be entitled to receive immediately from the other party the amount of any shortfall of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency and will refund promptly to the other party any excess of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the Contractual Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purposes of such judgment or order and the rate of exchange at which such party is able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the currency received into the Contractual Currency, to purchase the Contractual Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order actually received by such party.  The term “rate of exchange” includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Contractual Currency.

(c)           Separate Indemnities. To the extent permitted by applicable law, these indemnities constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Agreement, will be enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply notwithstanding any indulgence granted by the party to which any payment is owed and will not be affected by judgment being obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums payable in respect of this Agreement.

(d)           Evidence of Loss.  For the purpose of this Section 8, it will be sufficient for a party to demonstrate that it would have suffered a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made.

9. Miscellaneous

(a)           Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all oral communication and prior writings with respect thereto.

(b)           Amendments.  No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or electronic messages on an electronic messaging system.

(c)           Survival of Obligations.  Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and 6(c)(ii), the obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.

(d)           Remedies Cumulative.  Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.

15

(e)           Counterparts and Confirmations.

(i)                This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original.

(ii)              The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise).  A Confirmation shall be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement.  The parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex or electronic message constitutes a Confirmation.

(f)            No Waiver of Rights. A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(g)           Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

10. Offices; Multibranch Parties

(a)           If Section 10(a) is specified in the Schedule as applying, each party that enters into a Transaction through an Office other than its head or home office represents to the other party that, notwithstanding the place of booking office or jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation of such party, the obligations of such party are the same as if it had entered into the Transaction through its head or home office.  This representation will be deemed to be repeated by such party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into.

(b)           Neither party may change the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries for the purpose of a Transaction without the prior written consent of the other party.

(c)           If a party is specified as a Multibranch Party in the Schedule, such Multibranch Party may make and receive payments or deliveries under any Transaction through any Office listed in the Schedule, and the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to a Transaction will be specified in the relevant Confirmation.

11. Expenses

A Defaulting Party will, on demand, indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and Stamp Tax, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any

16

Credit Support Document to which the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection.

12. Notices

(a)           Effectiveness.  Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner set forth below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging system) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system details provided (see the Schedule) and will be deemed effective as indicated:—

(i)                if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

(ii)               if sent by telex, on the date the recipient’s answerback is received;

(iii)              if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that transmission is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible form, it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine);

(iv)              if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date that mail is delivered or its delivery is attempted; or

(v)               if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date that electronic message is received,

unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication shall be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

(b)           Change of Addresses.  Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic messaging system details at which notices or other communications are to be given to it.

13. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

(a)           Governing Law.  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.

(b)          Jurisdiction.  With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement (“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably:—

(i)                submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, or to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York; and

17

(ii)              waives any objection which it may have at anytime to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party.

Nothing in this Agreement precludes either party from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (outside, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982 or any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force) nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c)           Service ofProcess.  Each party irrevocably appoints the Process Agent (if any) specified opposite its name in the Schedule to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings.  If for any reason any party’s Process Agent is unable to act as such, such party will promptly notify the other party and within_, 30 days appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the other party.  The parties irrevocably consent to service of process given in the manner provided for notices in Section 12.  Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of either party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(d)           Waiver ofImmunities.  Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction, order for specific performance or for recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.

14. Definitions

As used in this Agreement:—

“Additional Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Party”has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“AffectedTransactions” means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, Tax Event or Tax Event Upon Merger, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions.

“Affiliate”means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person.  For this purpose, “control” of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.

“Applicable Rate” means:—

18

(a)           in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(b)           in respect of an obligation to pay an amount under Section 6(e) of either party from and after the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable, the Default Rate;

(c)           in respect of all other obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and

(d)           in all other cases, the Termination Rate.

“Burdened Party”has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Change in Tax Law” means the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law (or in the application or official interpretation of any law) that occurs on or after the date on which the relevant Transaction is entered into.

“consent” includes a consent, approval, action, authorisation, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control consent.

“Credit Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Credit Support Document” means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement.

“Credit Support Provider” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus 1% per annum.

“Defaulting Party”has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Early Termination Date” means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iv).

“Event of Default”has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.

“Illegality” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Indemnifiable Tax” means any Tax other than a Tax that would not be imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement but for a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxation authority imposing such Tax and the recipient of such payment or a person related to such recipient (including, without limitation, a connection arising from such recipient or related person being or having been a citizen or resident of such jurisdiction, or being or having been organised, present or engaged in a trade or business in such jurisdiction, or having or having had a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in such jurisdiction,

19

but excluding a connection arising solely from such recipient or related person having executed, delivered, performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or a Credit Support Document).

“law”includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation (as modified, in the case of tax matters, by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority) and “lawful”and “unlawful” will be construed accordingly.

“Local Business Day” means, subject to the Schedule, a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) (a) in relation to any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), in the place(s) specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement, (b) in relation to any other payment, in the place where the relevant account is located and, if different, in the principal financial centre, if any, of the currency of such payment, (c) in relation to any notice or other communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a)(i), in the city specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and (d) relation to Section 5(a)(v)(2), in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.

“Loss”means, with respect to this Agreement or one or more Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and a party, the Termination Currency Equivalent of an amount that party reasonably determines in good faith to be its total losses and costs (or gain, in which case expressed as a negative number) in connection with this Agreement or that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, including any loss of bargain, cost of funding or, at the election of such party but without duplication, loss or cost incurred as a result of its terminating, liquidating, obtaining or reestablishing any hedge or related trading position (or any gain resulting from any of them).  Loss includes losses and costs (or gains) in respect of any payment or delivery required to have been made (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) on or before the relevant Early Termination Date and not made, except, so as to avoid duplication, if Section 6(e)(i)(1) or (3) or 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) applies.  Loss does not include a party’s legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to under Section 11.  A party will determine its Loss as of the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if that is not reasonably practicable, as of the earliest date thereafter as is reasonably practicable.  A party may (but need not) determine its Loss by reference to quotations of relevant rates or prices from one or more leading dealers in the relevant markets.

“Market Quotation” means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions and a party making the determination, an amount determined on the basis of quotations from Reference Market-makers.  Each quotation will be for an amount, if any, that would be paid to such party (expressed as a negative number) or by such party (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement between such party (taking into account any existing Credit Support Document with respect to the obligations of such party) and the quoting Reference Market-maker to enter into a transaction (the “Replacement Transaction”) that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic_.  equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each

20

applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date.  For this purpose, Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions are to be excluded but, without limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included.  The Replacement Transaction would be subject to such documentation as such party and the Reference Market-maker may, in good faith, agree.  The party making the determination (or its agent) will request each Reference Market-maker to provide its quotation to the extent reasonably practicable as of the same day and time (without regard to different time zones) on, or as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant Early Termination Date.  The day and time as of which those quotations are to be obtained will be selected in good faith by the party obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), and, if each party is so obliged, after consultation with the other.  If more than three quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations, without regard to the quotations having the highest and lowest values.  If exactly three such quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the quotation remaining after disregarding the highest and lowest quotations.  For this purpose, if more than one quotation has the same highest value or lowest value, then one of such quotations shall be disregarded.  If fewer than three quotations are provided, it will be deemed that the Market Quotation in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions cannot be determined.

“Non-default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the Non-defaulting Party (as certified by it) if it were to fund the relevant amount.

“Non-defaulting Party”has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Office”means a branch or office of a party, which may be such party’s head or home office.

“Potential Event of Default” means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default,

“Reference Market-makers” means four leading dealers in the relevant market selected by the party determining a Market Quotation in good faith (a) from among dealers of the highest credit standing which satisfy all the criteria that such party applies generally at the time in deciding whether to offer or to make an extension of credit and (b) to the extent practicable, from among such dealers having an office in the same city.

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means,with respect to a party, the jurisdictions (a) in which the party is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, (b) where an Office through which the party is acting for purposes of this Agreement is located, (c) in which the party executes this Agreement and (d) in relation to any payment, from or through which such payment is made.

“Scheduled Payment Date” means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(i) with respect to a Transaction.

21

“Set-off”means set-off, offset, combination of accounts, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which the payer of an amount under Section 6 is entitled or subject (whether arising under this Agreement, another contract, applicable law or otherwise) that is exercised by, or imposed on, such payer.

“Settlement Amount” means, with respect to a party and any Early Termination Date, the sum of:—

(a)           the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Market Quotations (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation is determined; and

(b)           such party’s Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid Amounts) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation cannot be determined or would not (in the reasonable belief of the party making the determination) produce a commercially reasonable result.

“Specified Entity” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Specified Indebtedness” means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.

“Specified Transaction” means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is a rate swap transaction; basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions), (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.

“Stamp Tax”means any stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Tax”means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that is imposed by any government or other taxing authority in respect of any payment under this Agreement other than a stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Tax Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

22

“Terminated Transactions” means with respect to any Early Termination Date (a) if resulting from a Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (b) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions (in either case) in effect immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early Termination Date (or, if “Automatic Early Termination” applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date).

“Termination Currency” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Termination Currency Equivalent” means, in respect of any amount denominated in the Termination Currency, such Termination Currency amount and, in respect of any amount denominated in a currency other than the Termination Currency (the “Other Currency”), the amount in the Termination Currency determined by the party making the relevant determination as being required to purchase such amount of such Other Currency as at the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if the relevant Market Quotation or Loss (as the case may be), is determined as of a later date, that later date, with the Termination Currency at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of the foreign exchange agent (selected as provided below) for the purchase of such Other Currency with the Termination Currency at or about 11:00 a.m.  (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) on such date as would be customary for the determination of such a rate for the purchase of such Other Currency for value on the relevant Early Termination Date or that later date.  The foreign exchange agent will, if only one party is obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), be selected in good faith by that party and otherwise will be agreed by the parties.

“Termination Event” means an Illegality, a Tax Event or a Tax Event Upon Merger or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.

“Termination Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts.

“Unpaid Amounts” owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section 2(a)(iii)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) on or prior to such Early-Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date and (b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction, for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in each case together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest, in the currency of such amounts, from (and including) the date such amounts or obligations were or would have been required to have been paid or performed to (but excluding) such Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Rate.  Such amounts of interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.  The fair market value of any obligation referred to in clause (b) above shall be reasonably determined by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it shall be the average of the

23

Termination Currency Equivalents of the fair market values reasonably determined by both parties.

24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.

[__________]		TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST*
		(Name of Party)
By:	_____________________________	By:	_____________________________
	Name:		Name:
	Title:		Title:
	Date:		Date:
			*  [______________], not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee

SCHEDULE TO THE MASTER AGREEMENTDATED AS OF [________], 20[__]BETWEEN[__________] (“PARTY A”)AND TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST (“PARTY B”)

Reference is made to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [________], 20[__] (the “Sale and Servicing Agreement”), among Party B, as Issuer, Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as Seller, and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, as Servicer and Sponsor.  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

15. Termination Provisions.

(a) “Specified Entity” means in relation to Party A for the purpose of:

Section 5(a)(v), [None]Section 5(a)(vi), [None]Section 5(a)(vii), [None] Section 5(b)(iv), [None]

and in relation to Party B for the purpose of:

Section 5(a)(v), NoneSection 5(a)(vi), NoneSection 5(a)(vii), None Section 5(b)(iv), None

(b) “Specified Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 14.

(c) The “Breach of Agreement” provisions of Section 5(a)(ii) will not apply to Party B.

(d) The “Credit Support Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(iii) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

(e) The “Misrepresentation” provisions of Section 5(a)(iv) will not apply to Party B.

(f) The “Default Under The Specified Transaction” provisions of Section 5(a)(v) will not apply to Party B.

(g) The “Cross Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) will not apply to Party B.

(h) The “Tax Event Upon Merger” provisions of Section 5(b)(iii) will not apply to Party B.

(i) The “Credit Event Upon Merger” provisions of Section 5(b)(iv) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

1

(j) The “Automatic Early Termination” provisions of Section 6(a) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

(k) Payments On Early Termination.  “Market Quotation” and “Second Method” will apply for the purpose of Section 6(e) of this Agreement; provided, however, that (x) except as otherwise specified in this Part 1(k), notwithstanding the definition of “Replacement Transaction” contained in the definition of “Market Quotation” in Section 14 of this Agreement, the Replacement Transaction will have a notional balance in each future Calculation Period (as defined in the relevant Transaction) equal to an amount determined in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner by the Non-defaulting Party or the party that is not the Affected Party based on its expected schedule of the “Notional Amount” of such Transaction in each such future Calculation Period (and in determining such expected Notional Amount in each such future Calculation Period, such party will as primary although not exclusive considerations take into account: (a) the [Class [__] Note Balance] as of the Early Termination Date; and (b) the amortization rate of the Receivables from the Effective Date of the Transaction until the Early Termination Date without reference to the reduction in the [Class [__] Note Balance] as a direct result of any sale of Receivables pursuant to Section 5.04 of the Indenture but taking into account the amortization rate of the Receivables remaining following such sale of Receivables; and (y) in the case of the Additional Termination Event specified below (A) in Part 1(m)(i) of this Schedule that occurs other than as a result of an amendment after the date hereof to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the promulgation of regulations thereunder after the date hereof, or (B) in Part 1(m)(iv) of this Schedule, in either case, the related Settlement Amount for each Party will be deemed to be zero.

(l) “Termination Currency” means United States Dollars.

(m) “Additional Termination Event” will apply.  Any of the following shall constitute an Additional Termination Event:

(i) Investment Company.  Party B becomes subject to registration as an “investment company” for purposes of the Investment Company Act of1940, as amended (in which event Party A and Party B shall be the Affected Parties and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions).

(ii) Event of Default Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Any “Event of Default” (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement) shall occur and be continuing (in which event Party B shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions).

(iii) [Eligible Hedge Counterparty].  If Party A ceases to be an “[Eligible Hedge Counterparty]” (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement) and does not, within the relevant timeframes set out therein, comply with the requirements set out in Section [____] of the Sale and Servicing Agreement (in which event Party A shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions).

2

(iv) Exercise of Optional Purchase of All Receivables.  The Servicer (or any successor to the Servicer) exercises its option to purchase the corpus of the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement (in which event Party A and Party B shall be the Affected Parties and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions).

16. Tax Representations

(a)           Payer Representations.  For the purpose of Section 3(e) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B each make the following representation:

It is not required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under Sections 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e) of this Agreement) to be made by it to the other party under this Agreement.  In making this representation, it may rely on (i) the accuracy of any representations made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Agreement, (ii) the satisfaction of the agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and the accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and (iii) the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(d) of this Agreement, except that it will not be a breach of this representation where reliance is placed on clause (ii) above and the other party does not deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) by reason of material prejudice to its legal or commercial position.

(b)           Payee Representations.  For the purpose of Section 3(f) of this Agreement:―

(i) Party A and Party B each make the following representation:―

It is a “U.S. person” (as that term is used in section 1.1441-4(a)(3)(ii) of United States Treasury Regulations) for United States federal income tax purposes.

(ii) Party A and Party B each make the following representation:―

It is an exempt recipient (as that term is used in section 1.6049-4(c) of United States Treasury Regulations).

17. Agreement to Deliver Documents

For the purpose of Section 4(a) of this Agreement, each party agrees to deliver the following documents as applicable:

(a) Tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are:

Party required to deliver document Form/Document/Certificate Date by which to be delivered

3

Party required to deliver document	Form/Document/Certificate	Date by which to be delivered
Party A and Party B	Any document required or reasonably requested to allow the other party to make payments under this Agreement without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction or withholding at a reduced rate.	Promptly upon the earlier of (i) reasonable demand by the other party and (ii) learning that the form or document is required.

(b) Other documents to be delivered are:

Party required to deliver document	Form/Document/Certificate	Date by which to be delivered	Covered by Section 3(d) Representation
Party A and Party B	Certificate or other documents evidencing the authority of the party entering into this Agreement and the persons acting on behalf of such party	At or promptly following the execution of this Agreement, and, if a Confirmation so requires it on or before the date set forth therein	Yes
Party A	Legal Opinions in the form reasonably acceptable to the other party	At or promptly following the execution of this Agreement	No
Party B	If requested by Party A, all servicing reports required to be provided by or to Party B under the Sale and Servicing Agreement	Promptly following receipt in the case of reports received and simultaneously with the date furnished in the case of reports sent	No

18. Miscellaneous

(a) Addresses For Notices: For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this Agreement: Address for notices or communications to Party A:

Address:               [__________]

(For all purposes)

Address for notices or communications to Party B:

Address: Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trustc/o [__________], as Owner Trustee

[__________]

(For all purposes)

4

(b) Process Agent.  For the purpose of Section 13(c):

Party A appoints as its Process Agent: Not Applicable

Party B appoints as its Process Agent: Not Applicable

(c) Offices.  The provisions of Section 10(a) will apply to this Agreement.

(d) Multibranch Party.  For the purpose of Section 10:

Party A is not a Multibranch Party.

Party B is not a Multibranch Party.

(e) Calculation Agent.  Party A will be the Calculation Agent.  All calculations by the Calculation Agent (the “CA”) shall be made in good faith and through the exercise of the CA’s commercially reasonable judgment.

(f) Credit Support Document.  Details of any Credit Support Document:

Party A: None.

Party B: None.

(g) Credit Support Provider.

Party A: Not Applicable

Party B: Not Applicable

(h) Governing Law.  This Agreement and each Confirmation will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its choice of law doctrine.

(i) Waiver of Jury Trial.  Each party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any proceedings relating to this Agreement.

(j) “Affiliate” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.

19. Other Provisions

(a) Gross-Up, Liability.  Neither Party A nor Party B will in any circumstance be required to pay additional amounts in respect of any Indemnifiable Tax or be under any obligation to pay to the other any amount in respect of any liability of such other for or on account of any Tax and, accordingly, Section 2(d)(i)(4) and Section 2(d)(ii) of this Agreement shall not apply.

(b) Section 6(b)(iii) shall not apply.

5

(c) Section 6(b)(iv) is hereby amended by (i) deleting the words “a Credit Event Upon Merger” wherever they appear in that provision.

(d) Section 7 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Except as stated under Section 6(b)(ii) of the Agreement and as provided in this Section 7, neither Party A nor Party B is permitted to assign, novate or transfer as a whole or in part any of its rights, obligations or interests under this Agreement.  Party A may transfer this Agreement to an Eligible Hedge Counterparty (the “Transferee”), on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice, provided that (i)  Party A delivers an opinion of independent counsel of recognized standing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee confirming that as of the date of such transfer the Transferee will not, as a result of such transfer, be required to withhold or deduct on account of tax under this Agreement; and (ii) a Termination Event or Event of Default will not occur under this Agreement as a result of such transfer.

(e) Additional Representations.  Section 3 is hereby amended by adding at the end thereof the following Subparagraphs:

(g)              It is entering into this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise).

(h)              It is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and the material terms of the Agreement have been, and the material terms of each Transaction will be, subject to individual negotiations by the parties.

(i)It hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement and each Transaction hereunder or thereunder is intended to be a “swap agreement” as that term is defined in the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (as amended from time to time) and that the rights granted to each party under Section 6 include a contractual right to terminate a “swap agreement” and to offset and net out termination values and payment amounts in connection therewith.

(f) Confirmations.  Each Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and will be read and construed as one with this Agreement.

(g) Interest Rate and Currency Exchanges Definitions.  Reference is hereby made to the 2006 ISDA Definitions, published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (the “Definitions”), which are hereby incorporated by reference herein.

(h) No Set-off.  Without affecting the provisions of this Agreement requiring the calculation of certain net payment amounts, all payments under this Agreement will be made without set-off or counterclaims.

(i) Inconsistency.  In the event of an inconsistency among or between any of the following documents, the relevant document first listed below shall govern.

(i) Confirmation;

6

(ii) Schedule;

(iii) Definitions;

(iv) Sections 1 through 14 of this Agreement.

(j) (i)  Default Interest; Other Amounts.  Section 2(e) of this Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end of the first sentence thereof:

; provided, however, that this Section 2(e) shall not apply to either Party A or Party B if its failure to pay is caused solely by such party becoming required to deduct or withhold on account of any Tax as set out in Section 2(d)(i); provided, further, that this Section 2(e) shall not apply to Party B if its failure to pay is caused by a shortfall of funds in the Collection Account as applied in accordance with Section [____] of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(ii)  Payment Date.  Section 6(d)(ii) of this Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

; provided, however, that in no event shall any interest accrue or be payable with respect to any amount payable by Party B under this Section 6(d)(ii) to the extent that such amount is not paid by Party B on a Payment Date and such failure to pay is caused by a shortfall of funds in the Collection Account available to pay such amount as a Hedge Termination Payment in accordance with Section [____] of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(k) Scope of Obligations of the Owner Trustee.  The parties hereto agree that:

(i) This Agreement is executed and delivered by [__________], not individually or personally but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee on behalf of Party B, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

(ii) Each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of Party B is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking or agreement by the Owner Trustee but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only Party B.

(iii) The Owner Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability in connection with this Agreement, and Party A shall not bring any claim whatsoever against the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity or against the assets of the Owner Trustee (other than the assets of Party B).

(l) Non-Petition.  Party A agrees, prior to the date that is one (1) year and one (1) day after the payment in full of all indebtedness for borrowed money of Party B, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise, directly or indirectly, invoke, or cause Party B to invoke, the process of any government or political subdivision or any agency, authority, bureau,

7

central bank, commission, department or instrumentality of either, or any court, federal or state regulatory authority, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, in each case, whether foreign or domestic for the purpose of (a) commencing or sustaining a case against Party B, under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (including the United States Bankruptcy Code, Title 11 United States Code, as amended), (b) appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official for Party B, or any substantial part of the property of Party B, or (c) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of Party B.

(m) Limited Recourse.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the obligations of Party B under this Agreement are limited recourse obligations of Party B, payable solely from the Collateral, subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and, following realization of the Collateral, any claims of Party A against Party B shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.  None of the trustees, officers or administrators of Party B shall be liable for any amount due from Party B under this Agreement.  It is understood that the foregoing provisions shall not (i) prevent recourse to the Collateral for the sums due or to become due to Party A under Agreement (subject to the priority of payments set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and subject to sub-section (l) above) or (ii) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any obligation of Party B arising under this Agreement until the Collateral has been realized and the proceeds applied in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, whereupon any outstanding obligation of Party B under this Agreement shall be extinguished.  This paragraph shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Schedule by their duly authorized officers as of [________], 20[__].

[__________]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
Confirmed as of the date first written:
TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST
By:	[__________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

CONFIRMATION FOR U.S. DOLLAR INTEREST RATE SWAP TRANSACTION UNDER 1992 MASTER AGREEMENT

TO: Toyota Auto Receivables [__]-[__] Owner Trust (“Party B”)

c/o [__________], as Owner Trustee

[__________]

FROM:           [__________] (“Party A”)

DATE: [________], 20[__]

The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Swap Transaction entered into between the parties hereto on the Trade Date specified below (the “Swap Transaction”).  This letter agreement constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Master Agreement specified below.

1. The definitions and provisions contained in the 2006 ISDA Definitions (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., the “Definitions”) are incorporated into this Confirmation.  In the event of any inconsistency between the Definitions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern.  Terms not otherwise defined herein or in the Definitions shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [________], 20[__], among Party B, as Issuer, Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC, as Seller, and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, as Sponsor and Servicer.

This Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to, the ISDA Master Agreement between the parties hereto dated as of [________], 20[__] (the “Agreement”), and all provisions contained or incorporated by reference in the Agreement shall govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

Party A and Party B acknowledge that this Swap Transaction relates to the [Class [__] Notes] issued by Party B pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of [________], 20[__], between Party B, as issuer, and [__________], as indenture trustee and securities intermediary.

2. The terms of the particular Swap Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

Trade Date:	[________], 20[__].
Effective Date:	[________], 20[__].
Termination Date:	The earlier of the (a) the date on which the [Class [__] Note Balance] hereunder has been reduced to zero or (b) the [Class [__] Final Maturity Date], subject to early termination in accordance with the

	terms of the Agreement.
Notional Amounts:	For each Calculation Period, the [Class [__] Note Balance] as of the close of business on the first day of the related Floating Rate Calculation Period.
Fixed Amounts:
Fixed Rate Payer:	Party B.
Fixed Rate Payer Payment Dates:	The [__] day of each month, commencing [________], 20[__], subject to adjustment in accordance with the Following Business Day Convention.
Fixed Rate:	[____]%.
Fixed Rate Day Count Fraction:	30/360.
Floating Amounts:
Floating Rate Payer:	Party A.
Floating Rate Payer Payment Dates:	The [__] day of each month, commencing [________], 20[__], subject to adjustment in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day Convention.
Floating Rate:	[____]%.
Designated Maturity:	One month.
Spread:	Zero.
Initial Floating Rate:	[____]%.
Floating Rate Day Count Fraction:	Actual/360.
Reset Date:	The first day of each Calculation Period.
Compounding:	Inapplicable.
Business Days:	New York, New York, Wilmington, Delaware and [__________].
Calculation Agent:	Party A.

2

3.Account Details.

Payments to Party A:	To be provided in writing by Party A.
Payments to Party B:	To be provided in writing by Party B.

[Signature Page Follows]

3

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing the copy of this Confirmation enclosed for that purpose and returning it to us.

Yours sincerely,
[__________]

By:    Name:Title:

Confirmed as of the date above:
TOYOTA AUTO RECEIVABLES 20[__]-[_] OWNER TRUST
By:	[__________], not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee
	By:	______________________________________
		Name
		Title:

EX-5.1

Exhibits 5.1 and 23.1

October 26, 2018

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Re:          Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

Registration Statement on Form SF-3

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (“TAFR LLC”) and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (“TMCC”), in connection with the preparation of a registration statement on Form SF-3 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the proposed offering from time to time in one or more series (each, a “Series”) by one or more trusts (each, an “Issuing Entity”) of asset backed notes (the “Notes”).  The Registration Statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).  As set forth in the Registration Statement, each Series of Notes is to be issued under and pursuant to the terms of a separate trust agreement and amended and restated trust agreement, a sale and servicing agreement, an indenture and an administration agreement (each, an “Agreement”) among TAFR LLC, TMCC, an indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), an owner trustee (the “Owner Trustee”) and one or more other entities, each to be identified in the prospectus for such Series of Notes.

As such counsel, we have examined and relied upon originals or copies of such corporate records, documents, agreements or other instruments of TAFR LLC and TMCC as we consider appropriate.  As to all matters of fact, we have entirely relied upon certificates of officers of TAFR LLC and TMCC and of public officials, and have assumed, without independent inquiry, the accuracy of those certificates.  In connection with this opinion, we have also examined and relied upon the Registration Statement and the form of prospectus included therein.  In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to the originals

of all documents reviewed by us as copies, the authenticity and completeness of all original documents reviewed by us in original or copy form, and the legal competence of each individual executing any document.

Each opinion set forth below relating to the binding effect of the Notes is subject to the following general qualifications:

(i) the enforceability of any obligation of the Issuing Entity or TMCC or otherwise may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium, marshalling or other laws and rules affecting the enforcement generally of creditors’ rights and remedies (including such as may deny giving effect to waivers of debtors’ or guarantors’ rights); and

(ii) the enforcement of any rights may in all cases be subject to an implied duty of good faith and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

This opinion letter is limited solely to the internal, substantive laws of the State of New York as applied by courts located in New York without regard to choice of law.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that each Series of Notes, when duly authorized by all requisite statutory trust action on the part of the related Issuing Entity, executed by the Owner Trustee and authenticated by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the Indenture, and delivered against payment of the purchase price therefor as described in the Registration Statement, will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will constitute the binding obligations of the applicable Issuing Entity, enforceable against such Issuing Entity in accordance with their terms.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the heading “Legal Opinions” in the prospectus.  In rendering the foregoing opinions and giving such consent, we do not admit that we are “experts” within the meaning of the Act.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

EX-5.2

Exhibits 5.2 and 23.2

October 26, 2018

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

19851 South Western Avenue EF 12

Torrance, California 90501

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

19001 South Western Avenue

Torrance, California 90501

Re: Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLCToyota Motor Credit CorporationRegistration Statement on Form SF-3

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Delaware counsel to Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement on Form SF-3 (the "Registration Statement") relating to the proposed offering from time to time by one or more Delaware statutory trusts (each, a "Trust") in one or more series (each, a "Series") of asset backed notes (the "Notes"). The Registration Statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").  As set forth in the Registration Statement, each Series of Notes is to be issued under and pursuant to the conditions of a separate indenture between the related Trust and an indenture trustee, and each Trust will be governed by the terms of a separate amended and restated trust agreement between the Company and an owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee"), each to be identified in the prospectus for such Series of Notes.  This opinion is being delivered to you at your request.

We have examined and relied upon such records, documents, certificates and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinions expressed below, including the following documents:

(a)The Registration Statement;

(b)The form of initial trust agreement to be entered into by the Company and the Owner Trustee for the purposes of forming each Trust (the "Initial Trust Agreement");

(c)The form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (the "Trust Agreement"), including the exhibits attached thereto, which was filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

Toyota Motor Credit CorporationOctober 26, 2018

Page 2

(d)The form of Indenture (the "Indenture"), including the forms of Notes attached thereto, which was filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; and

(e)The form of certificate of trust (the "Certificate of Trust") to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "Secretary of State") for each Trust.

With respect to all documents examined by us, we have assumed (i) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as authentic originals, (ii) the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies or forms, and (iii) the genuineness of all signatures.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed (i) that, when each Trust is formed, the Initial Trust Agreement will constitute the entire agreement among the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof, including with respect to the formation of such Trust, and the Certificate of Trust will be duly filed with the Secretary of State and will be in full force and effect, (ii) that, at the time each Series of Notes are issued, the related Trust Agreement and the Indenture will constitute the entire agreements among the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof, including, in the case of such Trust Agreement, with respect to the operation and termination of such Trust, that the Certificate of Trust will be in full force and effect and will not be amended and that such Trust Agreement and Indenture will be in full force and effect and will be executed and delivered in substantially the forms reviewed by us, (iii) except to the extent provided in paragraph 1 below, the due creation or due organization or due formation, as the case may be, and valid existence in good standing of each party to the documents examined by us under the laws of the jurisdiction governing its creation, organization or formation, (iv) the legal capacity of natural persons who are to be parties to the documents examined by us, (v) except to the extent provided in paragraph 2 below, that each of the parties to the documents examined by us has the power and authority to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, such documents, and (vi) except to the extent provided in paragraph 2 below, the due authorization, execution and delivery by all parties thereto of all documents examined by us.  We have not participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement (except for providing this opinion) or the prospectus included therein (the "Prospectus") and assume no responsibility for their contents, other than this opinion.

This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding the securities and blue sky laws of the State of Delaware), and we have not considered and express no opinion on the laws of any other jurisdiction, including federal laws and rules and regulations relating thereto.  Our opinions are rendered only with respect to Delaware laws and rules, regulations and orders thereunder which are currently in effect.

Based upon the foregoing, and upon our examination of such questions of laws and rules, regulations and orders thereunder as we have considered necessary or appropriate, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1.When the Initial Trust Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action and has been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and when the Certificate of Trust has been duly authorized, executed and filed by the Owner Trustee of a Trust with the

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

Toyota Motor Credit CorporationOctober 26, 2018

Page 3

Secretary of State, the Trust will be duly formed as a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. § 3801, et seq.

2.When a Trust is duly formed, the related Trust Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action and has been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto, the Trust will have the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the related Indenture and to issue the related Series of Notes and will have duly authorized such Indenture and Notes.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading "Legal Opinions" in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement.  In giving the foregoing consents, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of Persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including this exhibit.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.

EAM

EX-8.1

Exhibits 8.1 and 23.1

October 26, 2018

Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

6565 Headquarters Drive, W2-3D

Plano, Texas 75024-5965

Re: Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLCToyota Motor Credit CorporationRegistration Statement on Form SF-3       

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC (“TAFR LLC”) and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (“TMCC”), in connection with the preparation of a registration statement on Form SF-3 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the proposed offering from time to time by one or more trusts in one or more series (each, a “Series”) of Asset Backed Notes (the “Notes”).  The Registration Statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). As set forth in the Registration Statement, each Series of Notes is to be issued under and pursuant to the conditions of a separate trust agreement and amended and restated trust agreement, a sale and servicing agreement, an indenture and an administration agreement (each, an “Agreement”) among TAFR LLC, TMCC, an indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), an owner trustee (the “Owner Trustee”) and one or more other entities, each to be identified in the prospectus for such Series of Notes.

As such counsel, we have examined copies of the limited liability company agreement of TAFR LLC and the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of TMCC, the Registration Statement and the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) included therein, the form of each Agreement, and originals or copies of such other corporate minutes, records, agreements and other instruments of TAFR LLC and TMCC, certificates of public officials and other documents and have made such examinations of law, as we have deemed necessary to form the basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In our examination of such materials, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all copies submitted to us. As to various questions of fact material to such opinions, we have relied, to the extent we deemed appropriate, upon representations, statements and certificates of officers and representatives of TAFR LLC, TMCC and others.

Attorneys involved in the preparation of this opinion letter are admitted to practice law in the State of New York and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the federal tax laws of the United States of America.

Based on the foregoing and consideration of such other matters as we have deemed appropriate, we are of the opinion that as of the date hereof, the statements in the Prospectus under the headings “Summary of Terms—Tax Status” and “Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences,” insofar as they describe certain provisions of federal tax law or legal conclusions with respect thereto, are correct in all material respects.

Our opinion above is based upon our interpretations of current law, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, judicial decisions, administrative rulings and existing final and temporary Treasury regulations, which are subject to change both prospectively and retroactively, and upon the facts and assumptions discussed herein. This opinion letter is limited to the matters set forth herein, and no opinions are intended to be implied or may be inferred beyond those expressly stated herein.  We also note that the Prospectus does not relate to a specific transaction and, accordingly, the descriptions of Federal income tax consequences referred to above may require modification in the context of a subsequent transaction.  In addition, our opinion is based on the assumption that the matter, if litigated, will be properly presented to the applicable court. Furthermore, our opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will not take a contrary position.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the references to this firm in the Prospectus which forms a part of the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to any application made by or on behalf of TAFR LLC, TMCC or any dealer in connection with the registration of the Notes under the securities or blue sky laws of any state or jurisdiction. In rendering the foregoing opinions and giving such consent, we do not admit that we are “experts” within the meaning of the Act.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

EX-36.1

Exhibit 36.1

Certification of Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC

I, [___________], certify as of [DATE OF FINAL PROSPECTUS] that:

1. I have reviewed the prospectus relating to the Asset-Backed Notes of Toyota Auto Receivables 20[__]-[_] Owner Trust (the “securities”) and am familiar with, in all material respects, the following: the characteristics of the securitized assets underlying the offering (the “securitized assets”), the structure of the securitization, and all material underlying transaction agreements as described in the prospectus;

2. Based on my knowledge, the prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading;

3. Based on my knowledge, the prospectus and other information included in the registration statement of which it is a part fairly present, in all material respects, the characteristics of the securitized assets, the structure of the securitization and the risks of ownership of the securities, including the risks relating to the securitized assets that would affect the cash flows available to service payments or distributions on the securities in accordance with their terms; and

4. Based on my knowledge, taking into account all material aspects of the characteristics of the securitized assets, the structure of the securitization, and the related risks as described in the prospectus, there is a reasonable basis to conclude that the securitization is structured to produce, but is not guaranteed by this certification to produce, expected cash flows at times and in amounts to service scheduled payments of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal on the securities (or other scheduled or required distributions on the securities, however denominated) in accordance with their terms as described in the prospectus.

5. The foregoing certifications are given subject to any and all defenses available to me under the federal securities laws, including any and all defenses available to an executive officer that signed the registration statement of which the prospectus referred to in this certification is part.

[___________],

Name: [____]

Chief Executive Officer of Toyota Auto Finance Receivables LLC